Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 10, 2011

Registration No. 333-174661

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Groupon, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware   7379   27-0903295
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

600 West Chicago Avenue, Suite 620
Chicago, Illinois 60654
312-676-5773
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



Andrew D. Mason
Chief Executive Officer
Groupon, Inc.
600 West Chicago Avenue, Suite 620
Chicago, Illinois 60654
312-676-5773
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Steven J. Gavin, Esq.
Matthew F. Bergmann, Esq.
Winston & Strawn LLP
35 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
312-558-5600
  David R. Schellhase, Esq.
General Counsel
Groupon, Inc.
600 West Chicago Avenue, Suite 620
Chicago, Illinois 60654
312-676-5773
  Peter M. Astiz, Esq.
Gregory M. Gallo, Esq.
Jason C. Harmon, Esq.
DLA Piper LLP (US)
2000 University Avenue
East Palo Alto, California 94303
650-833-2036



         Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.



         If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.  o

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o

Non-accelerated filer  ý (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company  o

          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued August 10, 2011

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we and the selling stockholders are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

                    Shares

LOGO

CLASS A COMMON STOCK



Groupon, Inc. is offering                   shares of its Class A common stock and the selling stockholders are offering                   shares of Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be between $               and $               per share.



Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to               votes per share and will be convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately          % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering.



We expect to apply to list our Class A common stock on the                   under the symbol "GRPN."



Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10.



PRICE $      A SHARE



 
 
Price to
Public
 
Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
 
Proceeds to
Groupon
 
Proceeds to
Selling Stockholders
  Per Share   $             $             $             $          
  Total   $                      $                      $                      $                   

Groupon, Inc. and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                   shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on                           , 2011.



MORGAN STANLEY   GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
CREDIT SUISSE   J.P. MORGAN

ALLEN & COMPANY LLC   BofA MERRILL LYNCH   BARCLAYS CAPITAL   CITI   DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES

WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY   CITADEL SECURITIES

LOOP CAPITAL MARKETS   RBC CAPITAL MARKETS   THE WILLIAMS CAPITAL GROUP, L.P.

                           , 2011


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  10

Letter from Andrew D. Mason

  31

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

  33

Use of Proceeds

  35

Dividend Policy

  35

Capitalization

  36

Dilution

  39

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

  41

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  44

Business

  72

Management

  90

Executive Compensation

  98

Related Party Transactions

  116

Principal and Selling Stockholders

  124

Description of Capital Stock

  127

Material United States Federal Tax Considerations

  131

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  137

Underwriting

  139

Legal Matters

  146

Experts

  146

Where You Can Find Additional Information

  146

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1



        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our Class A common stock.

         Until                        , 2011 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

        For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourself about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the shares of Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus. Except where the context requires otherwise, in this prospectus the terms "Company," "Groupon," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Groupon, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and where appropriate, its direct and indirect subsidiaries.


GROUPON, INC.

        Groupon is a local e-commerce marketplace that connects merchants to consumers by offering goods and services at a discount. Traditionally, local merchants have tried to reach consumers and generate sales through a variety of methods, including the yellow pages, direct mail, newspaper, radio, television and online advertisements, promotions and the occasional guy dancing on a street corner in a gorilla suit. By bringing the brick and mortar world of local commerce onto the internet, Groupon is creating a new way for local merchants to attract customers and sell goods and services. We provide consumers with savings and help them discover what to do, eat, see and buy in the places where they live and work.

        We started Groupon in October 2008 and believe the growth of our business demonstrates the power of our solution and the size of our market opportunity:

    We increased our revenue from $3.3 million in the second quarter of 2009 to $878.0 million in the second quarter of 2011. We had net income of $21,000 for the second quarter of 2009 as compared to a net loss of $102.7 million for the second quarter of 2011.

    We expanded from five North American markets as of June 30, 2009 to 175 North American markets and 45 countries as of June 30, 2011. Revenue from our international and North American operations was $535.1 million and $342.9 million, respectively, in the second quarter of 2011.

    We increased our subscriber base from 152,203 as of June 30, 2009 to 115.7 million as of June 30, 2011. A total of 43,014 customers purchased Groupons through the end of the second quarter of 2009 as compared to 23,072,600 through the end of the second quarter of 2011, including 12,066,676 customers who have purchased more than one Groupon since January 1, 2009.

    We increased the number of merchants featured in our marketplace from 212 in the second quarter of 2009 to 78,466 in the second quarter of 2011.

    We sold 116,231 Groupons in the second quarter of 2009 compared to 32.5 million Groupons in the second quarter of 2011.

    We grew from 37 employees as of June 30, 2009 to 9,625 employees as of June 30, 2011.

        Each day we email our subscribers discounted offers for goods and services that are targeted by location and personal preferences. Consumers also access our deals directly through our websites and mobile applications. A typical deal might offer a $20 Groupon that can be redeemed for $40 in value at a restaurant, spa, yoga studio, car wash or other local merchant. Customers purchase Groupons from us and redeem them with our merchants. Our revenue is the purchase price paid by the customer for the Groupon. Our gross profit is the amount we retain after paying an agreed upon percentage of the purchase price to the featured merchant.

1


Table of Contents

Our Advantage

        Customer experience and relevance of deals.     We are committed to providing a great customer experience and maintaining the trust of our customers. We use our technology and scale to target relevant deals based on individual subscriber preferences. As we increase the volume of transactions through our marketplace, we increase the amount of data that we have about deal performance and customer interests. This data allows us to continue to improve our ability to help merchants design the most effective deals and deliver deals to customers that better match their interests.

        Merchant scale and quality.     In the first half of 2011, we featured deals from over 135,000 merchants worldwide across over 140 categories of goods and services. Our salesforce of over 4,800 sales representatives enables us to work with local merchants in 175 North American markets and 45 countries. We draw on the experience we have gained in working with merchants to evaluate prospective merchants based on quality, location and relevance to our subscribers. We maintain a large base of prospective merchants interested in our marketplace, which enables us to be more selective and offer our subscribers higher quality deals. Increasing our merchant base also increases the number and variety of deals that we offer to consumers, which we believe drives higher subscriber and user traffic, and in turn promotes greater merchant interest in our marketplace.

        Brand.     We believe we have built a trusted and recognizable brand by delivering a compelling value proposition to consumers and merchants. A benefit of our well recognized brand is that a substantial portion of our subscribers in our established markets is acquired through word-of-mouth. We believe our brand is trusted due to our dedication to our customers and our significant investment in customer satisfaction.

Our Strategy

        Our objective is to become an essential part of everyday local commerce for consumers and merchants. Key elements of our strategy include the following:

        Grow our subscriber base.     We have made significant investments to acquire subscribers through online marketing initiatives. Our subscriber base has also increased by word-of-mouth. Our investments in subscriber growth are driven by the cost to acquire a subscriber relative to the profits we expect to generate from that subscriber over time. Our goal is to retain existing and acquire new subscribers by providing more targeted and real-time deals, delivering high quality customer service and expanding the number and categories of deals we offer.

        Grow the number of merchants we feature.     To drive merchant growth, we have expanded the number of ways in which consumers can discover deals through our marketplace. For example, to better target subscribers, in February 2011, we launched Deal Channels, which aggregates daily deals from the same category. We adjust the number and variety of products we offer merchants based on merchant demand in each market. We have also made significant investments in our salesforce, which builds merchant relationships and local expertise. Our merchant retention efforts are focused on providing merchants with a positive experience by offering targeted placement of their deals to our subscriber base, high quality customer service and tools to manage deals more effectively.

        Increase the number and variety of our products through innovation.     We have launched a variety of new products in the past 12 months and we plan to continue to launch new products to increase the number of subscribers and merchants that transact business through our marketplace. As our local e-commerce marketplace grows, we believe consumers will use Groupon not only as a discovery tool for local merchants, but also as an ongoing connection point to their favorite merchants.

        Expand with acquisitions and business development partnerships.     Since May 2010, we have made 17 acquisitions and we have entered into several agreements with local partners to expand our

2


Table of Contents


international presence. The increase in our revenue, key operating metrics and employee headcount from 2009 to 2010 is partially attributable to these acquisitions and the subsequent growth of our international operations as a result of such acquisitions. We have also entered into affiliate programs with companies such as eBay, Microsoft, Yahoo and Zynga, pursuant to which these partners display, promote and distribute our deals to their users in exchange for a share of the revenue generated from our deals. We intend to continue to expand our business with strategic acquisitions and business development partnerships.

Our Metrics

        We have organized our operations into two principal segments: North America, which represents the United States and Canada, and International, which represents the rest of our global operations. We measure our business with several financial metrics.

        The key metrics include gross profit, consolidated segment operating income (loss), or CSOI, and free cash flow. Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure. See "—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measure" for a reconciliation of this measure to the most applicable financial measure under U.S. GAAP.

        We believe gross profit is an important indicator for our business because it is a reflection of the value of our service to our merchants. In 2010 and the first half of 2011, we generated gross profit of $280.0 million and $611.0 million, respectively.

        We believe CSOI is an important measure for management to evaluate the performance of our business as it represents the operating results of our segments and, as reported under U.S. GAAP, does not include certain non-cash expenses. In 2010 and the first half of 2011, our CSOI was $(181.0) million and $(160.6) million, respectively.

        We believe free cash flow is an important indicator for our business because it measures the amount of cash we generate after spending on marketing, wages and benefits, capital expenditures and other items. Free cash flow also reflects changes in working capital. In 2010 and the first half of 2011, we generated free cash flow of $72.2 million and $36.8 million, respectively.

Our Risks

        Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully under the caption "Risk Factors," and include but are not limited to the following:

    we may not maintain the revenue growth that we have experienced since inception;

    we have experienced rapid growth over a short period in a new market we have created and we do not know whether this market will continue to develop or whether it can be maintained;

    we base our decisions regarding investments in subscriber acquisition on assumptions regarding our ability to generate future profits that may prove to be inaccurate;

    we have incurred net losses since inception and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future;

    if we fail to retain our existing subscribers or acquire new subscribers, our revenue and business will be harmed;

    if we fail to retain existing merchants or add new merchants, our revenue and business will be harmed;

3


Table of Contents

    our business is highly competitive and competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business;

    if we are unable to recover subscriber acquisition costs with revenue and gross profit generated from those subscribers, our business and operating results will be harmed;

    if we are unable to maintain favorable terms with our merchants, our gross profit may be adversely affected; and

    our operating cash flow and results of operations could be adversely impacted if we change our merchant payment terms or our revenue does not continue to grow.

Corporate Information

        We are a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 600 West Chicago Avenue, Suite 620, Chicago, Illinois 60654, and our telephone number at this address is (312) 676-5773. Our website is www.groupon.com . Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

        GROUPON, the GROUPON logo, GROUPON NOW and other GROUPON—formative marks are trademarks of Groupon, Inc. in the United States or other countries. This prospectus also includes other trademarks of Groupon and trademarks of other persons.

Letter from Andrew D. Mason

        A letter from Andrew D. Mason, one of our co-founders and our Chief Executive Officer, appears on page 32 of this prospectus.

4


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

Class A common stock offered

   
 

By us

 

                 shares

 

By the selling stockholders

 

                 shares

   

Total

 

                 shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                 shares

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                 shares

   

Total shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                 shares

Use of proceeds

 

We expect our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million. We plan to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies; however, we do not have any commitments for any acquisitions at this time. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed                symbol

 

"GRPN"



        The number of shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 297,813,591 shares outstanding at June 30, 2011, and excludes:

    1,199,988 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering;

    11,613,319 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2011 at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share;

    480,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting of performance stock units granted in connection with certain of our acquisitions;

    5,484,233 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units granted under our 2010 Plan; and

    951,366 shares of Class A common stock available for additional grants under our 2010 Plan.

        Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to recapitalize all of our outstanding shares of capital stock (other than our Series B preferred stock) into newly issued shares of our Class A common stock. In addition, we intend to recapitalize all of our outstanding shares of our Series B preferred stock into newly issued shares of our Class B common stock. The purpose of the recapitalization is to exchange all of our

5


Table of Contents


outstanding shares of capital stock (other than our Series B preferred stock) for shares of the Class A common stock that will be sold in this offering. See "Related Party Transactions—Recapitalization." Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus (other than historical financial statements) assumes:

    the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering;

    the consummation of the recapitalization prior to the closing of this offering; and

    no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

6


Table of Contents


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        We present below our summary consolidated financial and other data for the periods indicated. Financial information for periods prior to 2008 has not been provided because we began operations in 2008. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data for the year ended December 31, 2008 was derived from financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financials statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited information was prepared on a basis consistent with that used to prepare our audited financial statements and includes all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring items, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the unaudited period. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods. You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, each included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

  $ 94   $ 30,471   $ 713,365   $ 131,534   $ 1,522,746  

Cost of revenue

    89     19,542     433,411     77,176     911,699  
                       

Gross profit

    5     10,929     279,954     54,358     611,047  

Operating expenses:

                               
 

Marketing

    163     4,548     263,202     35,495     378,735  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    1,474     7,458     233,913     37,677     451,980  
 

Acquisition-related

            203,183     9,434      
                       
   

Total operating expenses

    1,637     12,006     700,298     82,606     830,715  
                       

Loss from operations

    (1,632 )   (1,077 )   (420,344 )   (28,248 )   (219,668 )

Interest and other income (expense), net

    90     (16 )   284     (96 )   1,539  

Equity-method investment activity, net of tax

                    (8,763 )
                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (1,542 )   (1,093 )   (420,060 )   (28,344 )   (226,892 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

        248     (6,674 )   (905 )   (1,732 )
                       

Net loss

    (1,542 )   (1,341 )   (413,386 )   (27,439 )   (225,160 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

            23,746     61     19,759  
                       

Net loss attributable to Groupon, Inc.

    (1,542 )   (1,341 )   (389,640 )   (27,378 )   (205,401 )

Dividends on preferred stock

    (277 )   (5,575 )   (1,362 )   (1,046 )    

Redemption of preferred stock in excess of carrying value

            (52,893 )       (34,327 )

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

            (12,425 )       (15,651 )

Preferred stock distributions

    (339 )                
                       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (2,158 ) $ (6,916 ) $ (456,320 ) $ (28,424 ) $ (255,379 )
                       

Net loss per share

                               
 

Basic

  $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (2.66 ) $ (0.17 ) $ (1.67 )
 

Diluted

  $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (2.66 ) $ (0.17 ) $ (1.67 )

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

                               
 

Basic

    166,738,129     168,604,142     171,349,386     169,048,421     152,813,014  
 

Diluted

    166,738,129     168,604,142     171,349,386     169,048,421     152,813,014  

Segment Financial Data :

                               
 

North America (1)

  $ (1,608 ) $ (962 ) $ (10,436 ) $ 8,309   $ (32,279 )
 

International (1)

            (170,557 )   (23,047 )   (128,314 )
                       
   

Total CSOI

  $ (1,608 ) $ (962 ) $ (180,993 ) $ (14,738 ) $ (160,593 )
                       

(1)
We do not allocate stock-based compensation and acquisition-related expense to the segments. See Note 14 " Segment Information " of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) and Note 13 "Segment Information" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

7


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  

Operating Metrics:

                               

Subscribers (1)

    *     1,807,278     50,583,805     10,445,521     115,717,299  

Cumulative customers (2)

    *     375,099     9,031,807     2,379,611     23,072,600  

Featured merchants (3)

    *     2,695     66,289     12,468     135,247  

Groupons sold (4)

    *     1,248,792     30,296,070     5,822,856     60,620,482  

Average revenue per subscriber (5)

    *   $ 17   $ 27   $ 21   $ 18  

Average cumulative Groupons sold per customer (6)

    *     3.3     3.5     3.0     4.0  

Average revenue per Groupon sold (7)

    *   $ 24   $ 24   $ 23   $ 25  

*
Not available

(1)
Reflects the total number of subscribers who had a Groupon account on the last day of the applicable period, less individuals who have unsubscribed. May include individual subscribers with multiple registrations because the information we collect from subscribers does not permit us to identify when a subscriber may have created multiple accounts, nor do we prevent subscribers from creating multiple accounts.

(2)
Reflects the total number of unique customers who have purchased Groupons from January 1, 2009 through the end of the applicable period. May include individual customers with multiple registrations.

(3)
Reflects the total number of merchants featured in the applicable period.

(4)
Reflects the total number of Groupons sold in the applicable period.

(5)
Reflects the average revenue generated per average number of subscribers in the applicable period.

(6)
Reflects the average number of Groupons sold per cumulative customer from January 1, 2009 through the end of the applicable period.

(7)
Reflects the average revenue generated per Groupon sold in the applicable period.

 
  As of December 31,   As of June 30, 2011  
 
  2008   2009   2010   Actual   Pro Forma (1)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)(3)
 
 
  (in thousands, other than per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                     
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,966   $ 12,313   $ 118,833   $ 225,093              
 

Working capital (deficit)

    2,643     3,988     (196,564 )   (304,904 )            
 

Total assets

    3,006     14,962     381,570     637,712              
 

Total long-term liabilities

            1,621     25,713              
 

Redeemable preferred stock

    4,747     34,712                      
 

Cash dividends per common share

        0.125                      
 

Total Groupon, Inc. stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (2,091 )   (29,969 )   8,077     (66,419 )            

(1)
The pro forma column gives effect to (i) the recapitalization of all outstanding shares of our capital stock (other than our Series B preferred stock) into 297,813,591 shares of Class A common stock and all outstanding shares of our Series B preferred stock into 1,199,988 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and (ii) the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering.

(2)
The pro forma as adjusted column gives further effect to the sale by us of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) the amount of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital (deficit), total assets and total Groupon, Inc. stockholders' equity by approximately $       million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, working capital (deficit), total assets and total Groupon, Inc. stockholders' equity by approximately $       million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

8


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

        We use free cash flow as a key non-GAAP financial measure. Free cash flow is used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures.

        Free cash flow, which is reconciled to "Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities," is cash flow from operations reduced by "Purchases of property and equipment." We use free cash flow, and ratios based on it, to conduct and evaluate our business because, although it is similar to cash flow from operations, we believe it typically will present a more conservative measure of cash flows as purchases of fixed assets, software developed for internal use and website development costs are a necessary component of ongoing operations.

        Free cash flow has limitations due to the fact that it does not represent the residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures. For example, free cash flow does not include the cash payments for business acquisitions. In addition, free cash flow reflects the impact of the timing difference between when we are paid by customers and when we pay merchants. Therefore, we believe it is important to view free cash flow as a complement to our entire consolidated statements of cash flows.

        The following is a reconciliation of free cash flow to the most comparable GAAP measure, "Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities," for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the first half of 2010 and 2011:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ (1,526 ) $ 7,510   $ 86,885   $ 15,528   $ 57,984  

Purchases of property and equipment

    (19 )   (290 )   (14,681 )   (3,934 )   (21,202 )
                       

Free cash flow

  $ (1,545 ) $ 7,220   $ 72,204   $ 11,594   $ 36,782  
                       

9


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         An investment in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our Class A common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our Class A common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may not maintain the revenue growth that we have experienced since inception.

        Although our revenue has increased substantially since inception, we may not be able to maintain our historical rate of revenue growth. We believe that our continued revenue growth will depend, among other factors, on our ability to:

    acquire new subscribers who purchase Groupons;

    retain our existing subscribers and have them continue to purchase Groupons;

    attract new merchants who wish to offer deals through the sale of Groupons;

    retain our existing merchants and have them offer additional deals through our marketplace;

    expand the number, variety and relevance of products and deals we offer each day;

    increase the awareness of our brand across geographies;

    provide our subscribers and merchants with a superior experience;

    respond to changes in consumer access to and use of the internet and mobile devices; and

    react to challenges from existing and new competitors.

        However, we cannot assure you that we will successfully implement any of these actions.

We have experienced rapid growth over a short period in a new market that we have created and we do not know whether this market will continue to develop or whether it can be maintained. If we are unable to successfully respond to changes in the market, our business could be harmed.

        Our business has grown rapidly as merchants and consumers have increasingly used our marketplace. However, this is a new market which we only created in late 2008 and which has operated at a substantial scale for only a limited period of time. Given the limited history, it is difficult to predict whether this market will continue to grow or whether it can be maintained. For example, as a result of our limited operating history in a new industry and because the majority of our subscribers registered for our service or made their initial purchase of a Groupon in the past 12 months, it is difficult to discern meaningful or established trends with respect to the purchase activity of our subscribers or customers. We expect that the market will evolve in ways which may be difficult to predict. For example, we anticipate that over time we will reach a point in most markets where we have achieved a market penetration such that investments in new subscriber acquisition are less productive and the continued growth of our gross profit will require more focus on increasing the rate at which our existing subscribers purchase Groupons. It is also possible that merchants or customers could broadly determine that they no longer believe in the value of our current services or marketplace. In the event of these or any other changes to the market, our continued success will depend on our ability to successfully adjust our strategy to meet the changing market dynamics.

10


Table of Contents


If we are unable to do so, our business could be harmed and our results of operations subject to a material negative impact.

We base our decisions regarding investments in subscriber acquisition primarily on our analysis of the profits generated from subscribers that we acquired in prior periods. If the estimates and assumptions we use are inaccurate, we may not be able to recover our subscriber acquisition costs and our growth rate and financial results will be adversely affected.

        Our decisions regarding investments in subscriber acquisition substantially depend upon our analysis of the profits generated from subscribers we acquired in earlier periods. We refer to this as our subscriber economics. Our analysis regarding subscriber economics includes several assumptions, including:

    Because the costs of offering or distributing deals to existing subscribers are not significant, our analysis focuses on the online marketing costs incurred during the quarter in which the subscribers are originally acquired and makes various assumptions with respect to the level of additional marketing or other expenses necessary to maintain subscriber loyalty and generate purchase activity in subsequent periods. If our assumptions regarding such expenses in subsequent periods are incorrect, our subscriber economics could be less favorable than we believe.

    The analysis which we present below in "Business—Subscriber Economics" includes a discussion of our Q2 2010 cohort and case studies from certain of our largest markets. These results inherently reflect a distinct group of merchants, subscribers and geographies and may not be representative of our current or future composite group of merchants, subscribers and geographies. For example, our Q2 2010 cohort and market case studies may reflect unique market dynamics or the novelty of our service during the periods covered.

        If our assumptions regarding our subscriber economics, including those relating to the effectiveness of our marketing spend, prove incorrect, our ability to generate profits from our investments in new subscriber acquisitions may be less than we have assumed. In such case, we may need to increase expenses or otherwise alter our strategy and our results of operations could be negatively impacted.

We have incurred net losses since inception and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future.

        We incurred net losses of $389.6 million and $205.4 million in 2010 and the first half of 2011, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $624.9 million as of June 30, 2011. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest to increase our subscriber base, increase the number and variety of deals we offer each day, expand our marketing channels, expand our operations, hire additional employees and develop our technology platform. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. Many of our efforts to generate revenue from our business are new and unproven, and any failure to increase our revenue could prevent us from attaining or increasing profitability. We cannot be certain that we will be able to attain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks and difficulties as we encounter them, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

If we fail to retain our existing subscribers or acquire new subscribers, our revenue and business will be harmed.

        We spent $345.1 million on online marketing initiatives relating to subscriber acquisition for the first half of 2011 and expect to continue to spend significant amounts to acquire additional subscribers. We must continue to retain and acquire subscribers that purchase Groupons in order to increase revenue and achieve profitability. We cannot assure you that the revenue or gross profit from subscribers we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring new subscribers. If consumers do not perceive our Groupon offers to be of high value and quality or if we fail to introduce new and more relevant deals, we may not be

11


Table of Contents


able to acquire or retain subscribers. If we are unable to acquire new subscribers who purchase Groupons in numbers sufficient to grow our business, or if subscribers cease to purchase Groupons, the revenue or gross profit we generate may decrease and our operating results will be adversely affected.

        We believe that many of our new subscribers originate from word-of-mouth and other non-paid referrals from existing subscribers, and therefore we must ensure that our existing subscribers remain loyal to our service in order to continue receiving those referrals. If our efforts to satisfy our existing subscribers are not successful, we may not be able to acquire new subscribers in sufficient numbers to continue to grow our business or we may be required to incur significantly higher marketing expenses in order to acquire new subscribers. Further, we believe that our success is influenced by the level of communication and sharing among subscribers. If the level of usage by our subscriber base declines or does not grow as expected, we may suffer a decline in subscriber growth or revenue. A significant decrease in the level of usage or subscriber growth would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to retain existing merchants or add new merchants, our revenue and business will be harmed.

        We depend on our ability to attract and retain merchants that are prepared to offer products or services on compelling terms through our marketplace. We do not have long-term arrangements to guarantee the availability of deals that offer attractive quality, value and variety to consumers or favorable payment terms to us. We must continue to attract and retain merchants in order to increase revenue and achieve profitability. If new merchants do not find our marketing and promotional services effective, or if existing merchants do not believe that utilizing our products provides them with a long-term increase in customers, revenues or profits, they may stop making offers through our marketplace. In addition, we may experience attrition in our merchants in the ordinary course of business resulting from several factors, including losses to competitors and merchant closures or bankruptcies. If we are unable to attract new merchants in numbers sufficient to grow our business, or if too many merchants are unwilling to offer products or services with compelling terms through our marketplace or offer favorable payment terms to us, we may sell fewer Groupons and our operating results will be adversely affected.

        If our efforts to market, advertise and promote products and services from our existing merchants are not successful, or if our existing merchants do not believe that utilizing our services provides them with a long-term increase in customers, revenues or profits, we may not be able to retain or attract merchants in sufficient numbers to grow our business or we may be required to incur significantly higher marketing expenses or accept lower margins in order to attract new merchants. A significant increase in merchant attrition or decrease in merchant growth would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Our business is highly competitive. Competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

        We expect competition in e-commerce generally, and group buying in particular, to continue to increase because there are no significant barriers to entry. A substantial number of group buying sites that attempt to replicate our business model have emerged around the world. In addition to such competitors, we expect to increasingly compete against other large internet and technology-based businesses, such as Facebook, Google and Microsoft, each of which has launched initiatives which are directly competitive to our business. We also expect to compete against other internet sites that are focused on specific communities or interests and offer coupons or discount arrangements related to such communities or interests. We also compete with traditional offline coupon and discount services, as well as newspapers, magazines and other traditional media companies who provide coupons and discounts on products and services.

12


Table of Contents

        We believe that our ability to compete depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including the following:

    the size and composition of our subscriber base and the number of merchants we feature;

    the timing and market acceptance of deals we offer, including the developments and enhancements to those deals offered by us or our competitors;

    subscriber and merchant service and support efforts;

    selling and marketing efforts;

    ease of use, performance, price and reliability of services offered either by us or our competitors;

    our ability to cost-effectively manage our operations; and

    our reputation and brand strength relative to our competitors.

        Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger subscriber bases than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to benefit from their existing customer or subscriber base with lower customer acquisition costs or to respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in consumer habits. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive pricing policies, which may allow them to build larger subscriber bases or generate revenue from their subscriber bases more effectively than we do. Our competitors may offer deals that are similar to the deals we offer or that achieve greater market acceptance than the deals we offer. This could attract subscribers away from our websites and applications, reduce our market share and adversely impact our gross margin. In addition, we are dependent on some of our existing or potential competitors, including Facebook, Google and Microsoft, for banner advertisements and other marketing initiatives to acquire new subscribers. Our ability to utilize their platforms to acquire new subscribers may be adversely affected if they choose to compete more directly with us.

If we are unable to recover subscriber acquisition costs with revenue and gross profit generated from those subscribers, our business and operating results will be harmed.

        As of June 30, 2011, we had 115.7 million subscribers to our daily emails, and we expect the number of subscribers to grow significantly during the remainder of 2011. Acquiring a subscriber base is costly, and the success of our business depends on our ability to generate revenue from new and existing subscribers. In 2010 and the first half of 2011, we spent $241.5 million and $345.1 million, respectively, on online marketing initiatives relating to subscriber acquisition. As our subscriber base continues to evolve, it is possible that the composition of our subscribers may change in a manner that makes it more difficult to generate revenue and gross profit to offset the costs associated with acquiring new subscribers. For example, if we acquire a large number of new subscribers who are not viewed as an attractive demographic by merchants, we may not be able to generate compelling products for those subscribers to offset the cost of acquiring those subscribers. If the cost to acquire subscribers is greater than the revenue or gross profit we generate over time from those subscribers, our business and operating results will be harmed.

If we are unable to maintain favorable terms with our merchants, our gross profit may be adversely affected.

        The success of our business depends in part on our ability to retain and increase the number of merchants who use our service. Currently, when a merchant partners with us to offer a deal for its products or services, it receives an agreed upon percentage of the revenue from each Groupon sold, and we retain the rest. If merchants decide that utilizing our services no longer provides an effective means of attracting new customers or selling their goods and services, they may demand a higher percentage of the revenue from each Groupon sold. This would adversely affect our gross profit.

13


Table of Contents

        In addition, we expect to face increased competition from other internet and technology-based businesses such as Facebook, Google and Microsoft, each of which has launched initiatives which are directly competitive to our business. We also have seen that some competitors will accept lower margins, or negative margins, to attract attention and acquire new subscribers. If competitors engage in group buying initiatives in which merchants receive a higher percentage of the revenue than we currently offer, we may be forced to pay a higher percentage of the revenue than we currently offer, which may reduce our gross profit.

Our operating cash flow and results of operations could be adversely impacted if we change our merchant payment terms or our revenue does not continue to grow.

        Our merchant payment terms and revenue growth have provided us with operating cash flow to fund our working capital needs. Our merchant arrangements are generally structured such that we collect cash up front when our customers purchase Groupons and make payments to our merchants at a subsequent date. In North America, we typically pay our merchants in installments within sixty days after the Groupon is sold. In our International segment, merchants are not paid until the customer redeems the Groupon. Our accrued merchant payable, which primarily consists of payment obligations to our merchants, has grown, both nominally and as a percentage of revenue, as our revenue has increased, particularly the revenue from our International segment. Our accrued merchant payable balance increased from $4.3 million as of December 31, 2009 to $391.9 million as of June 30, 2011. We use the operating cash flow provided by our merchant payment terms and revenue growth to fund our working capital needs. If we offer our merchants more favorable or accelerated payment terms or our revenue does not continue to grow in the future, our operating cash flow and results of operations could be adversely impacted and we may have to seek alternative financing to fund our working capital needs.

Our business relies heavily on email and other messaging services, and any restrictions on the sending of emails or messages or a decrease in subscriber willingness to receive messages could adversely affect our revenue and business.

        Our business is highly dependent upon email and other messaging services. Deals offered through emails and other messages sent by us, or on our behalf by our affiliates, generate a substantial portion of our revenue. Because of the importance of email and other messaging services to our businesses, if we are unable to successfully deliver emails or messages to our subscribers or potential subscribers, or if subscribers decline to open our emails or messages, our revenue and profitability would be adversely affected. Actions by third parties to block, impose restrictions on, or charge for the delivery of, emails or other messages could also materially and adversely impact our business. From time to time, internet service providers block bulk email transmissions or otherwise experience technical difficulties that result in our inability to successfully deliver emails or other messages to third parties. In addition, our use of email and other messaging services to send communications about our website or other matters may result in legal claims against us, which if successful might limit or prohibit our ability to send emails or other messages. Any disruption or restriction on the distribution of emails or other messages or any increase in the associated costs would materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

We have a rapidly evolving business model and our new product and service offerings could fail to attract or retain subscribers or generate revenue.

        We have a rapidly evolving business model and are regularly exploring entry into new market segments and the introduction of new products and features with respect to which we may have limited experience. In addition, our subscribers may not respond favorably to our new products and services. These products and services may present new and significant technology challenges, and we may be subject to claims if subscribers of these offerings experience service disruptions or failures or other quality issues. If products or services we introduce, such as changes to our websites and applications, the introduction of

14


Table of Contents


social networking and location-based marketing elements to our websites, or entirely new lines of business that we may pursue, fail to engage subscribers or merchants, we may fail to acquire or retain subscribers or generate sufficient revenue or other value to justify our investment, and our business may be materially and adversely affected. Our ability to retain or increase our subscriber base and revenue will depend heavily on our ability to innovate and to create successful new products and services. In addition, the relative profitability, if any, of our new activities may be lower than that of our historical activities, and we may not generate sufficient revenue from new activities to recoup our investments in them. If any of this were to occur, it could damage our reputation, limit our growth and negatively affect our operating results.

If we are unable to retain the services of certain individuals involved in the operations of our International segment, our international expansion may suffer.

        Our international expansion has been rapid and our international business has become critical to the growth in our revenue and our ability to achieve profitability. In the first half of 2010 and the first half of 2011, 8.1% and 57.9%, respectively, of our revenue was generated from our International segment. We began our international operations in May 2010 with the acquisition of CityDeal Europe GmbH, or CityDeal, which was founded by Oliver Samwer and Marc Samwer. Since the CityDeal acquisition, Messrs. Samwer have served as consultants and been extensively involved in the development and operations of our International segment. The agreements under which Messrs. Samwer provide us with consulting services will expire in October 2011. In the event Messrs. Samwer do not continue to provide us with consulting services after October 2011, we can make no assurances that the loss of their services will not disrupt our international operations or have an adverse effect on our ability to grow our international business.

Our international operations are subject to increased challenges, and our inability to adapt to the varied commercial and regulatory landscapes of our international markets may adversely affect our business.

        Further expansion into international markets requires management attention and resources and requires us to localize our services to conform to a wide variety of local cultures, business practices, laws and policies. The different commercial and internet infrastructure in other countries may make it more difficult for us to replicate our business model. In many countries, we compete with local companies that understand the local market better than we do, and we may not benefit from first-to-market advantages. We may not be successful in expanding into particular international markets or in generating revenue from foreign operations. As we continue to expand internationally, we are increasingly subject to risks of doing business internationally, including the following:

    strong local competitors;

    different regulatory requirements, including regulation of gift cards and coupon terms, internet services, professional selling, distance selling, bulk emailing, privacy and data protection, banking and money transmitting, that may limit or prevent the offering of our services in some jurisdictions or prevent enforceable agreements;

    difficulties in integrating with local payment providers, including banks, credit and debit card networks and electronic funds transfer systems;

    different employee/employer relationships and the existence of workers' councils and labor unions;

    shorter payment cycles, different accounting practices and greater problems in collecting accounts receivable;

    higher internet service provider costs;

    seasonal reductions in business activity;

15


Table of Contents

    expenses associated with localizing our products, including offering subscribers the ability to transact business in the local currency; and

    differing intellectual property laws.

        If, as we continue to expand internationally, we are unable to successfully replicate our business model due to commercial and regulatory constraints in our international markets, our business may be adversely affected.

The integration of our international operations with our North American technology platform may result in business interruptions.

        We currently use a common technology platform in our North America segment to operate our business and are in the process of migrating our operations in our International segment to the same platform. Such changes to our technology platform and related software carry risks such as cost overruns, project delays and business interruptions and delays. If we experience a material business interruption as a result of this process, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

An increase in the costs associated with maintaining our international operations could adversely affect our results of operations.

        Certain factors may cause our international costs of doing business to exceed our comparable costs in North America. For example, in some countries, expansion of our business may require a close commercial relationship with one or more local banks, a shared ownership interest with a local entity or registration as a bank under local law. Such requirements may reduce our revenue, increase our costs or limit the scope of our activities in particular countries.

        Further, as we expand our international operations and have additional portions of our international revenue denominated in foreign currencies, we could become subject to increased difficulties in collecting accounts receivable and repatriating money without adverse tax consequences and increased risks relating to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Further, we could be subject to the application of U.S. tax rules to acquired international operations and local taxation of our fees or of transactions on our websites.

        We conduct certain functions, including product development, subscriber support and other operations, in regions outside of North America. Any factors which reduce the anticipated benefits, including cost efficiencies and productivity improvements, associated with providing these functions outside of North America, including increased regulatory costs associated with our international operations, could adversely affect our business.

An increase in our refund rates could reduce our liquidity and profitability.

        Our "Groupon Promise" states that we will provide our customers with a refund of the purchase price of a Groupon if they believe that we have let them down. As we increase our revenue, our refund rates may exceed our historical levels. A downturn in general economic conditions may also increase our refund rates. An increase in our refund rates could significantly reduce our liquidity and profitability.

        As we do not have control over our merchants and the quality of products or services they deliver, we rely on a combination of our historical experience with each merchant and online and offline research of customer reviews of merchants for the development of our estimate for refund claims. Our actual level of refund claims could prove to be greater than the level of refund claims we estimate. If our refund reserves are not adequate to cover future refund claims, this inadequacy could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and profitability.

16


Table of Contents

        Our standard agreements with our merchants generally limit the time period during which we may seek reimbursement for customer refunds or claims. Our customers may make claims for refunds with respect to which we are unable to seek reimbursement from our merchants. Our inability to seek reimbursement from our merchants for refund claims could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and profitability.

If our merchants do not meet the needs and expectations of our subscribers, our business could suffer.

        Our business depends on our reputation for providing high-quality deals, and our brand and reputation may be harmed by actions taken by merchants that are outside our control. Any shortcomings of one or more of our merchants, particularly with respect to an issue affecting the quality of the deal offered or the products or services sold, may be attributed by our subscribers to us, thus damaging our reputation, brand value and potentially affecting our results of operations. In addition, negative publicity and subscriber sentiment generated as a result of fraudulent or deceptive conduct by our merchants could damage our reputation, reduce our ability to attract new subscribers or retain our current subscribers, and diminish the value of our brand.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to manage the growth of our organization effectively.

        We have experienced rapid growth in demand for our services since our inception. Our employee headcount and number of subscribers have increased significantly since our inception, and we expect this growth to continue for the foreseeable future. The growth and expansion of our business and service offerings places significant demands on our management and our operational and financial resources. We are required to manage multiple relations with various merchants, subscribers, technology licensors and other third parties. In the event of further growth of our operations or in the number of our third-party relationships, our information technology systems or our internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations. To effectively manage our growth, we must continue to implement operational plans and strategies, improve and expand our infrastructure of people and information systems, and train and manage our employee base.

The loss of one or more key members of our management team, or our failure to attract, integrate and retain other highly qualified personnel in the future, could harm our business.

        We currently depend on the continued services and performance of the key members of our management team, including Andrew D. Mason, our Chief Executive Officer, Jason E. Child, our Chief Financial Officer, and Margaret H. Georgiadis, our Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Mason is one of our founders and his leadership has played an integral role in our growth. The loss of key personnel, including key members of management as well as our marketing, sales, product development and technology personnel, could disrupt our operations and have an adverse effect on our ability to grow our business. Moreover, many members of our management are new to our team or have been recently promoted to new roles.

        Eric P. Lefkofsky is one of our founders and has served as the Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors since our inception. Although Mr. Lefkofsky historically has devoted a significant amount of his business time to Groupon, he is under no contractual or other obligation to do so and may not do so in the future. Mr. Lefkofsky invests his business time and financial resources in a variety of other businesses, including Lightbank LLC, a private investment firm that Mr. Lefkofsky co-founded with Bradley A. Keywell. Such investments may be in areas that present conflicts with, or involve businesses related to, our operations. If Mr. Lefkofsky devotes less time to our business in the future, our business may be adversely affected.

        As we become a more mature company, we may find our recruiting and retention efforts more challenging. We are seeking to hire a significant number of personnel in 2011, including certain key

17


Table of Contents


management personnel. If we do not succeed in attracting, hiring and integrating excellent personnel, or retaining and motivating existing personnel, we may be unable to grow effectively.

We may be subject to additional unexpected regulation which could increase our costs or otherwise harm our business.

        The application of certain laws and regulations to Groupons, as a new product category, is uncertain. These include laws and regulations such as the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009, or the CARD Act, and unclaimed and abandoned property laws. In addition, from time to time, we may be notified of additional laws and regulations which governmental organizations or others may claim should be applicable to our business. For example, we were recently notified by the Massachusetts Alcoholic Beverages Control Commission that Groupon discounts for some Massachusetts restaurants may not be in compliance with Massachusetts liquor laws and regulations. If we are required to alter our business practices as a result of any laws and regulations, our revenue could decrease, our costs could increase and our business could otherwise be harmed. In addition, the costs and expenses associated with defending any actions related to such additional laws and regulations and any payments of related penalties, judgments or settlements could adversely impact our profitability.

The implementation of the CARD Act and similar state and foreign laws may harm our business and results of operations.

        Groupons may be considered gift cards, gift certificates, stored value cards or prepaid cards and therefore governed by, among other laws, the CARD Act, and state laws governing gift cards, stored value cards and coupons. Other foreign jurisdictions have similar laws in place, in particular European jurisdictions where the European E-Money Directive regulates the business of electronic money institutions. Many of these laws contain provisions governing the use of gift cards, gift certificates, stored value cards or prepaid cards, including specific disclosure requirements and prohibitions or limitations on the use of expiration dates and the imposition of certain fees. For example, if Groupons are subject to the CARD Act and are not included in the exemption for promotional programs, it is possible that the purchase value, which is the amount equal to the price paid for the Groupon, or the promotional value, which is the add-on value of the Groupon in excess of the price paid, or both, may not expire before the later of (i) five years after the date on which the Groupon was issued or the date on which the subscriber last loaded funds on the Groupon if the Groupon has a reloadable feature; (ii) the Groupon's stated expiration date (if any); or (iii) a later date provided by applicable state law. We and several merchants with whom we have partnered are currently defendants in 16 purported class actions that have been filed in federal and state court claiming that Groupons are subject to the CARD Act and various state laws governing gift cards and that the defendants have violated these laws by issuing Groupons with expiration dates and other restrictions. In the event that it is determined that Groupons are subject to the CARD Act or any similar state or foreign law or regulation, and are not within various exemptions that may be available to Groupon under the CARD Act or under some of the various state or foreign jurisdictions, our liabilities with respect to unredeemed Groupons may be materially higher than the amounts shown in our financial statements and we may be subject to additional fines and penalties. In addition, if federal or state laws require that the face value of Groupons have a minimum expiration period beyond the period desired by a merchant for its promotional program, or no expiration period, this may affect the willingness of merchants to issue Groupons in jurisdictions where these laws apply. If we are required to materially increase the estimated liability recorded in our financial statements with respect to unredeemed gift cards, our net income could be materially and adversely affected.

18


Table of Contents


If we are required to materially increase the estimated liability recorded in our financial statements with respect to unredeemed Groupons, our net income could be materially and adversely affected.

        In certain states and foreign jurisdictions, Groupons may be considered a gift card. Some of these states and foreign jurisdictions include gift cards under their unclaimed and abandoned property laws which require companies to remit to the government the value of the unredeemed balance on the gift cards after a specified period of time (generally between one and five years) and impose certain reporting and recordkeeping obligations. We do not remit any amounts relating to unredeemed Groupons based on our assessment of applicable laws. The analysis of the potential application of the unclaimed and abandoned property laws to Groupons is complex, involving an analysis of constitutional and statutory provisions and factual issues, including our relationship with subscribers and merchants and our role as it relates to the issuance and delivery of a Groupon. In the event that one or more states or foreign jurisdictions successfully challenges our position on the application of its unclaimed and abandoned property laws to Groupons, or if the estimates that we use in projecting the likelihood of Groupons being redeemed prove to be inaccurate, our liabilities with respect to unredeemed Groupons may be materially higher than the amounts shown in our financial statements. If we are required to materially increase the estimated liability recorded in our financial statements with respect to unredeemed gift cards, our net income could be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, a successful challenge to our position could subject us to penalties or interest on unreported and unremitted sums, and any such penalties or interest would have a further material adverse impact on our net income.

Government regulation of the internet and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

        We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the internet and e-commerce. Existing and future regulations and laws could impede the growth of the internet or other online services. These regulations and laws may involve taxation, tariffs, subscriber privacy, data protection, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, the provision of online payment services and the characteristics and quality of services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the internet as the vast majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the internet or e-commerce. In addition, it is possible that governments of one or more countries may seek to censor content available on our websites and applications or may even attempt to completely block access to our websites. Adverse legal or regulatory developments could substantially harm our business. In particular, in the event that we are restricted, in whole or in part, from operating in one or more countries, our ability to retain or increase our subscriber base may be adversely affected and we may not be able to maintain or grow our revenue as anticipated.

New tax treatment of companies engaged in internet commerce may adversely affect the commercial use of our services and our financial results.

        Due to the global nature of the internet, it is possible that various states or foreign countries might attempt to regulate our transmissions or levy sales, income or other taxes relating to our activities. Tax authorities at the international, federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in internet commerce. New or revised international, federal, state or local tax regulations may subject us or our subscribers to additional sales, income and other taxes. We cannot predict the effect of current attempts to impose sales, income or other taxes on commerce over the internet. New or revised taxes and, in particular, sales taxes, VAT and similar taxes would likely increase the cost of doing business online and decrease the attractiveness of advertising and selling goods and services over the internet. New taxes could also create significant increases in internal costs necessary to capture data, and collect and remit taxes. Any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

19


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with federal, state and international privacy laws and regulations, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new privacy laws or regulations, could adversely affect our business.

        A variety of federal, state and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of consumer data. The existing privacy-related laws and regulations are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations. In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies may expand current or enact new laws regarding privacy matters. For example, recently there have been Congressional hearings and increased attention to the capture and use of location-based information relating to users of smartphones and other mobile devices. We have posted privacy policies and practices concerning the collection, use and disclosure of subscriber data on our websites and applications. Several internet companies have incurred penalties for failing to abide by the representations made in their privacy policies and practices. In addition, several states have adopted legislation that requires businesses to implement and maintain reasonable security procedures and practices to protect sensitive personal information and to provide notice to consumers in the event of a security breach. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any data-related consent orders, Federal Trade Commission requirements or orders or other federal, state or international privacy or consumer protection-related laws, regulations or industry self-regulatory principles could result in claims, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others or other liabilities, which could adversely affect our business. In addition, a failure or perceived failure to comply with industry standards or with our own privacy policies and practices could result in a loss of subscribers or merchants and adversely affect our business. Federal, state and international governmental authorities continue to evaluate the privacy implications inherent in the use of third-party web "cookies" for behavioral advertising. The regulation of these cookies and other current online advertising practices could adversely affect our business.

We may suffer liability as a result of information retrieved from or transmitted over the internet and claims related to our service offerings.

        We may be, and in certain cases have been, sued for defamation, civil rights infringement, negligence, patent, copyright or trademark infringement, invasion of privacy, personal injury, product liability, breach of contract, unfair competition, discrimination, antitrust or other legal claims relating to information that is published or made available on our websites or service offerings we make available (including provision of an application programming interface platform for third parties to access our website, mobile device services and geolocation applications). This risk is enhanced in certain jurisdictions outside the United States, where our liability for such third-party actions may be less clear and we may be less protected. In addition, we could incur significant costs in investigating and defending such claims, even if we ultimately are not found liable. If any of these events occurs, our net income could be materially and adversely affected.

        We are subject to risks associated with information disseminated through our websites and applications, including consumer data, content that is produced by our editorial staff and errors or omissions related to our product offerings. Such information, whether accurate or inaccurate, may result in our being sued by our merchants, subscribers or third parties and as a result our revenue and goodwill could be materially and adversely affected.

Our business depends on our ability to maintain and scale the network infrastructure necessary to operate our websites and applications, and any significant disruption in service on our websites or applications could result in a loss of subscribers, customers or merchants.

        Subscribers access our deals through our websites and applications. Our reputation and ability to acquire, retain and serve our subscribers and customers are dependent upon the reliable performance of our websites and applications and the underlying network infrastructure. As our subscriber base and the amount of information shared on our websites and applications continue to grow, we will need an increasing amount of network capacity and computing power. We have spent and expect to continue to

20


Table of Contents


spend substantial amounts on data centers and equipment and related network infrastructure to handle the traffic on our websites and applications. The operation of these systems is expensive and complex and could result in operational failures. In the event that our subscriber base or the amount of traffic on our websites and applications grows more quickly than anticipated, we may be required to incur significant additional costs. Interruptions in these systems, whether due to system failures, computer viruses or physical or electronic break-ins, could affect the security or availability of our websites and applications, and prevent our subscribers from accessing our services. A substantial portion of our network infrastructure is hosted by third-party providers. Any disruption in these services or any failure of these providers to handle existing or increased traffic could significantly harm our business. Any financial or other difficulties these providers face may adversely affect our business, and we exercise little control over these providers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the services they provide. If we do not maintain or expand our network infrastructure successfully or if we experience operational failures, we could lose current and potential subscribers and merchants, which could harm our operating results and financial condition.

Our business depends on the development and maintenance of the internet infrastructure.

        The success of our services will depend largely on the development and maintenance of the internet infrastructure. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity and security, as well as timely development of complementary products, for providing reliable internet access and services. The internet has experienced, and is likely to continue to experience, significant growth in the number of users and amount of traffic. The internet infrastructure may be unable to support such demands. In addition, increasing numbers of users, increasing bandwidth requirements or problems caused by viruses, worms, malware and similar programs may harm the performance of the internet. The backbone computers of the internet have been the targets of such programs. The internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure, and it could face outages and delays in the future. These outages and delays could reduce the level of internet usage generally as well as the level of usage of our services, which could adversely impact our business.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or may be accused of infringing intellectual property rights of third parties.

        We regard our subscriber list, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technology and similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on trademark, copyright and patent law, trade secret protection and confidentiality and/or license agreements with our employees and others to protect our proprietary rights. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which our deals are made available. We also may not be able to acquire or maintain appropriate domain names or trademarks in all countries in which we do business. Furthermore, regulations governing domain names may not protect our trademarks and similar proprietary rights. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or diminish the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights. We may be unable to prevent third parties from using and registering our trademarks, or trademarks that are similar to, or diminish the value of, our trademark in some countries.

        We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of any unauthorized use of our proprietary rights. Third parties that license our proprietary rights also may take actions that diminish the value of our proprietary rights or reputation. The protection of our intellectual property may require the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Moreover, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not adequately protect our rights or prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our proprietary rights. We are currently subject to multiple litigations and disputes related to our intellectual property and service offerings. We may in the future be subject to additional litigation and disputes. The costs of supporting such litigation and disputes are considerable, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

21


Table of Contents

        We are currently subject to third-party claims that we infringe their proprietary rights or trademarks and expect to be subject to additional claims in the future. Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources, injunctions against us or the payment of damages by us. We may need to obtain licenses from third parties who allege that we have infringed their rights, but such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties whose sole or primary business is to assert such claims.

Our business depends on a strong brand, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, or if we receive unfavorable media coverage, our ability to expand our base of subscribers and merchants will be impaired and our business and operating results will be harmed.

        We believe that the brand identity that we have developed has significantly contributed to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing the "Groupon" brand is critical to expanding our base of subscribers and merchants. Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make substantial investments and these investments may not be successful. If we fail to promote and maintain the "Groupon" brand, or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business, operating results and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected. We anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, maintaining and enhancing our brand may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to be a group buying leader and to continue to provide reliable, trustworthy and high quality deals, which we may not do successfully.

        We receive a high degree of media coverage around the world. Unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our websites, applications, practices or service offerings, or the offerings of our merchants, could adversely affect our reputation, resulting in difficulties in recruiting, decreased revenue and a negative impact on the number of merchants we feature and the size of our subscriber base, the loyalty of our subscribers and the number and variety of deals we offer each day. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic investments could result in operating difficulties, dilution and other harmful consequences.

        We expect to continue to evaluate and consider a wide array of potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions and dispositions of businesses, joint ventures, technologies, services, products and other assets and strategic investments. At any given time, we may be engaged in discussions or negotiations with respect to one or more of these types of transactions. Any of these transactions could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. The process of integrating any acquired business may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures and is itself risky. The areas where we may face difficulties include:

    diversion of management time, as well as a shift of focus from operating the businesses to issues related to integration and administration, particularly given the number, size and varying scope of our recent acquisitions;

    the need to integrate each company's accounting, management, information, human resource and other administrative systems to permit effective management, and the lack of control if such integration is delayed or not implemented;

    the need to implement controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company at companies that prior to acquisition had lacked such controls, procedures and policies;

    in some cases, the need to transition operations and subscribers onto our existing platforms; and

    liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including violations of laws, rules and regulations, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities.

22


Table of Contents

        Moreover, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any or all of our acquisitions, or we may not realize them in the time frame expected. Future acquisitions or mergers may require us to issue additional equity securities, spend a substantial portion of our available cash, or incur debt or liabilities, amortize expenses related to intangible assets or incur write-offs of goodwill, which could adversely affect our results of operations and dilute the economic and voting rights of our stockholders.

Our total number of subscribers may be higher than the number of our actual individual subscribers and may not be representative of the number of persons who are active potential customers.

        Our total number of subscribers may be higher than the number of our actual individual subscribers because some subscribers have multiple registrations, other subscribers have died or become incapacitated and others may have registered under fictitious names. Given the challenges inherent in identifying these subscribers, we do not have a reliable system to accurately identify the number of actual individual subscribers, and thus we rely on the number of total subscribers as our measure of the size of our subscriber base. In addition, the number of subscribers includes the total number of individuals that have completed registration through a specific date, less individuals who have unsubscribed, and should not be considered as representative of the number of persons who continue to actively consider our deals by reviewing our email offers.

Our business may be subject to seasonal sales fluctuations which could result in volatility or have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

        Our business, like that of our merchants, may be subject to some degree of sales seasonality. As the growth of our business stabilizes, these seasonal fluctuations may become more evident. Seasonality may cause our working capital cash flow requirements to vary from quarter to quarter depending on the variability in the volume and timing of sales. These factors, among other things, make forecasting more difficult and may adversely affect our ability to manage working capital and to predict financial results accurately, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We depend on the continued growth of online commerce.

        The business of selling goods and services over the internet, particularly through coupons, is dynamic and relatively new. Concerns about fraud, privacy and other problems may discourage additional consumers and merchants from adopting the internet as a medium of commerce. In countries such as the U.S., Germany, the United Kingdom, France and Japan, where our services and online commerce generally have been available for some time and the level of market penetration of our services is high, acquiring new subscribers for our services may be more difficult and costly than it has been in the past. In order to expand our subscriber base, we must appeal to and acquire subscribers who historically have used traditional means of commerce to purchase goods and services and may prefer internet analogues to our offerings, such as the retailer's own website. If these consumers prove to be less active than our earlier subscribers, or we are unable to gain efficiencies in our operating costs, including our cost of acquiring new subscribers, our business could be adversely impacted.

Our business is subject to interruptions, delays or failures resulting from earthquakes, other natural catastrophic events or terrorism.

        Our services, operations and the data centers from which we provide our services are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, fires, floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, acts of war, human errors, break-ins and similar events. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations and our insurance coverage may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. Acts of terrorism could cause disruptions to the internet, our business or the economy as a whole. We may not have sufficient protection or recovery plans in certain circumstances, such as natural disasters affecting areas where data centers upon which we rely are located, and our

23


Table of Contents


business interruption insurance may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. Such disruptions could negatively impact our ability to run our websites, which could harm our business.

Our results of operations may be negatively impacted by investments we make as we enter new product and service categories.

        We have offered Groupons in over 140 different types of businesses, services and activities that fall into six broad categories. We intend to continue to invest in the development of our existing categories and to expand into new categories. We may make substantial investments in such new categories in anticipation of future revenue. We may also face greater competition in specific categories from internet sites that are more focused on such categories. If the launch of a new category requires investments greater than we expect, if we are unable to generate sufficient merchant offers which are of high quality, value and variety or if the revenue generated from a new category grows more slowly or produces lower gross profit than we expect, our results of operations could be adversely impacted.

Failure to deal effectively with fraudulent transactions and subscriber disputes would increase our loss rate and harm our business.

        Groupons are issued in the form of redeemable coupons with unique identifiers. It is possible that consumers or other third parties will seek to create counterfeit Groupons in order to fraudulently purchase discounted goods and services from our merchants. While we use advanced anti-fraud technologies, it is possible that technically knowledgeable criminals will attempt to circumvent our anti-fraud systems using increasingly sophisticated methods. In addition, our service could be subject to employee fraud or other internal security breaches, and we may be required to reimburse consumers and/or merchants for any funds stolen or revenue lost as a result of such breaches. Our merchants could also request reimbursement, or stop using Groupon, if they are affected by buyer fraud or other types of fraud.

        We may incur significant losses from fraud and counterfeit Groupons. We may incur losses from claims that the consumer did not authorize the purchase, from merchant fraud, from erroneous transmissions, and from consumers who have closed bank accounts or have insufficient funds in them to satisfy payments. In addition to the direct costs of such losses, if they are related to credit card transactions and become excessive, they could potentially result in our losing the right to accept credit cards for payment. If we were unable to accept credit cards for payment, we would suffer substantial reductions in revenue, which would cause our business to suffer. While we have taken measures to detect and reduce the risk of fraud, these measures need to be continually improved and may not be effective against new and continually evolving forms of fraud or in connection with new product offerings. If these measures do not succeed, our business will suffer.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and interest rates.

        Because we conduct a significant and growing portion of our business outside the United States but report our financial results in U.S. dollars, we face exposure to adverse movements in currency exchange rates. Our foreign operations are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as the financial results are translated from the local currency into U.S. dollars upon consolidation. If the U.S. dollar weakens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency denominated transactions will result in increased revenue, operating expenses and net income. Similarly, if the U.S. dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency denominated transaction will result in decreased revenue, operating expenses and net income. As exchange rates vary, sales and other operating results, when translated, may differ materially from expectations. In addition, we face exposure to fluctuations in interest rates which may impact our investment income unfavorably.

We are subject to payments-related risks.

        We accept payments using a variety of methods, including credit card, debit card and gift certificates. As we offer new payment options to consumers, we may be subject to additional regulations, compliance

24


Table of Contents


requirements and fraud. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower profitability. We rely on third parties to provide payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards and debit cards and it could disrupt our business if these companies become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, we may be subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from consumers or facilitate other types of online payments, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

        We are also subject to or voluntarily comply with a number of other laws and regulations relating to money laundering, international money transfers, privacy and information security and electronic fund transfers. If we were found to be in violation of applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties or forced to cease our payments services business.

Federal laws and regulations, such as the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act and similar foreign laws, could be expanded to include Groupons.

        Various federal laws, such as the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act and foreign laws and regulations, such as the European Directive on the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purpose of money laundering and terrorist financing, impose certain anti-money laundering requirements on companies that are financial institutions or that provide financial products and services. For these purposes, financial institutions are broadly defined to include money services businesses such as money transmitters, check cashers and sellers or issuers of stored value cards. Examples of anti-money laundering requirements imposed on financial institutions include subscriber identification and verification programs, record retention policies and procedures and transaction reporting. We do not believe that we are a financial institution subject to these laws and regulations based, in part, upon the characteristics of Groupons and our role with respect to the distribution of Groupons to subscribers. However, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, a division of the U.S. Treasury Department tasked with implementing the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act, recently proposed amendments to the scope and requirements for parties involved in stored value or prepaid access cards, including a proposed expansion of financial institutions to include sellers or issuers of prepaid access cards. In the event that this proposal is adopted as proposed, it is possible that a Groupon could be considered a financial product and that we could be a financial institution. In the event that we become subject to the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act or any other anti-money laundering law or regulation imposing obligations on us as a money services business, our regulatory compliance costs to meet these obligations would likely increase which could reduce our net income.

State and foreign laws regulating money transmission could be expanded to include Groupons.

        Many states and certain foreign jurisdictions impose license and registration obligations on those companies engaged in the business of money transmission, with varying definitions of what constitutes money transmission. We do not currently believe we are a money transmitter given our role and the product terms of Groupons. However, a successful challenge to our position or expansion of state or foreign laws could subject us to increased compliance costs and delay our ability to offer Groupons in certain jurisdictions pending receipt of any necessary licenses or registrations.

Current uncertainty in global economic conditions could adversely affect our revenue and business.

        Our operations and performance depend on worldwide economic conditions, which deteriorated significantly in the United States and other countries in late 2008 and through 2009. The current economic environment continues to be uncertain. These conditions may make it difficult for our merchants to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause our merchants to terminate their

25


Table of Contents


relationships with us or could cause our subscribers to slow or reduce their spending. Furthermore, during challenging economic times, our merchants may face issues gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could result in their unwillingness to continue with our service or impair their ability to make timely payments to us. If that were to occur, we may experience decreased revenue, be required to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts and our days receivables outstanding would be negatively impacted. If we are unable to finance our operations on acceptable terms as a result of renewed tightening in the credit markets, we may experience increased costs or we may not be able to effectively manage our business. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or subsequent economic recovery, worldwide, in the United States or in our industry. These and other economic factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

Our management team has a limited history of working together and may not be able to execute our business plan.

        Our management team has worked together for only a limited period of time and has a limited track record of executing our business plan as a team. We have recently filled a number of positions in our senior management and finance and accounting staff. Accordingly, certain key personnel have only recently assumed the duties and responsibilities they are now performing. In addition, certain of our executives have limited experience managing a large global business operation. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict whether our management team, individually and collectively, will be effective in operating our business.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company, and regulatory compliance may divert its attention from the day-to-day management of our business.

        The individuals who now constitute our management team have limited experience managing a publicly-traded company and limited experience complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company that will be subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws. In particular, these new obligations will require substantial attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could materially and adversely impact our business operations.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

        We will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that we do not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including the requirements of Section 404, as well as new rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the exchange on which our Class A common stock is listed, impose additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. We expect that compliance with these public company requirements will increase our costs and make some activities more time-consuming. A number of those requirements will require us to carry out activities we have not done previously. For example, we will adopt new internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, we will incur additional expenses associated with our SEC reporting requirements. For example, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, for our annual report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, we will need to document and test our internal control procedures, our management will need to assess and report on our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm will need to issue an opinion on the effectiveness of those controls. Furthermore, if we identify any issues in complying with those requirements (for example, if we or our accountants identify a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs rectifying those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect us, our reputation or investor perceptions of us. We also expect that it will be difficult and expensive to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. Advocacy efforts by

26


Table of Contents


stockholders and third-parties may also prompt even more changes in corporate governance and reporting requirements. We expect that the additional reporting and other obligations imposed on us by these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and the costs of our related legal, accounting and administrative activities significantly. These increased costs will require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from growing.

        We may in the future be required to raise capital through public or private financing or other arrangements. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all, and our failure to raise capital when needed could harm our business. Additional equity financing may dilute the interests of our common stockholders, and debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants and could reduce our profitability. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to grow our business or respond to competitive pressures.

Risks Related to the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

You should not rely on a reported statement in a June 2011 news report attributed to our co-founder and Executive Chairman in making your investment decision. You should rely only on statements made in this prospectus in determining whether to purchase our shares.

        In a June 5, 2011 news story reported on Bloomberg.com, our co-founder and Executive Chairman was reported to have stated in a June 3, 2011 interview that "Groupon was going to be wildly profitable." The story and reported statement have been reprinted in various news media outlets. Mr. Lefkofsky did not agree to be interviewed for the news story and, through representatives, requested that the statement not be published. The reported statement does not accurately or completely reflect Mr. Lefkofsky's views and should not be considered by prospective investors in isolation or at all. Prospective investors are cautioned to consider the risks and uncertainties disclosed in this Risk Factors section and elsewhere in the prospectus.

        You should carefully evaluate all of the information in this prospectus. We have in the past, and may continue to receive, a high degree of media coverage, including coverage that is not directly attributable to statements made by our officers and employees, incorrectly reports on statements made by our officers or employees or is misleading as a result of omitting to state information provided by us or our officers or employees. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus in determining whether to purchase our shares.

Our Class A common stock has no prior market. We cannot assure you that our stock price will not decline after the offering.

        Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock, and an active public market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The market price of our Class A common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering. The price of our stock may change in response to variations in our operating results and also may change in response to other factors, including factors specific to technology companies, many of which are beyond our control. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

    the financial projections that we may choose to provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure for any reason to meet these projections;

    the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our Class A common stock;

    success of competitive products or services;

27


Table of Contents

    the public's response to press releases or other public announcements by us or others, including our filings with the SEC and announcements relating to litigation;

    speculation about our business in the press or the investment community;

    future sales of our Class A common stock by our significant stockholders, officers and directors;

    changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of debt or equity securities;

    our entry into new markets;

    regulatory developments in the United States or foreign countries;

    strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings; and

    changes in accounting principles.

        In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between the representatives of the underwriters and us.

The concentration of our capital stock ownership with our founders, executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

        After this offering, our Class B common stock will have                votes per share and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are selling in this offering, will have one vote per share. We anticipate that our founders, executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates will together own approximately        % of our outstanding capital stock, representing approximately        % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. In particular, following this offering, our founders, Eric P. Lefkofsky, Bradley A. Keywell and Andrew D. Mason, will control 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock and approximately        % of our outstanding Class A common stock, representing approximately        % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Messrs. Lefkofsky, Keywell and Mason will therefore have significant influence over management and affairs and over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets, for the foreseeable future. In addition, because of this dual class structure, Messrs. Lefkofsky, Keywell and Mason will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if they own less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that our stockholders do not view as beneficial. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Possible future sales of shares by our stockholders could negatively affect our stock price after this offering.

        Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2011, upon completion of this offering, we will have                        shares of Class A common stock and 1,199,988 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options and the sale of                        shares of our Class A common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders.

        All of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Substantially all of the remaining                        shares of Class A common stock and 1,199,988 shares of Class B common stock outstanding after this offering, based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2011, will be restricted as a result of securities laws, lock-up agreements or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for at

28


Table of Contents


least 180 days after the date of this prospectus (or such earlier date or dates as agreed between us and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC), subject to certain extensions.

        Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in its sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to expiration of the lock-up period.

        We have established our 2010 Stock Plan, originally effective April 16, 2010 and most recently amended on April 1, 2011, or the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan allows us to issue, among other things, stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock to eligible employees (including our named executive officers), directors and advisors, as determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors. We also maintain the 2008 Stock Option Plan, originally effective January 15, 2008, or the 2008 Plan, pursuant to which stock options are currently outstanding (although no future awards may be granted under the 2008 Plan). We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering to cover the issuance of shares upon the exercise of options granted under the 2010 Plan and the 2008 Plan, and of shares granted under the 2010 Plan. As a result, any shares issued or granted under the 2010 Plan after the completion of this offering also will be freely tradable in the public market, subject to lock-up agreements as applicable. If equity securities are issued under the 2010 Plan or the 2008 Plan and it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, then the price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially.

We will have broad discretion in using our net proceeds from this offering, and the benefits from our use of the proceeds may not meet investors' expectations.

        Our management will have broad discretion over the allocation of our net proceeds from this offering as well as over the timing of their use without stockholder approval. We have not yet determined how the net proceeds of this offering to be received by us that will be used, other than for working capital and other general corporate purposes. As a result, investors will be relying upon management's judgment with only limited information about our specific intentions for the use of our net proceeds from this offering. Our failure to apply these proceeds effectively could cause our business to suffer.

If securities analysts do not publish research or if securities analysts or other third parties publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, the price of our Class A common stock could decline.

        The trading market for our Class A common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that securities analysts and other third parties choose to publish about us. We do not control these analysts or other third parties. The price of our Class A common stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our Class A common stock or if one or more securities analysts or other third parties publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or cease publishing reports about us.

Because our existing investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution in their investment.

        Investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share because the price that new investors pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the shares acquired. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our existing investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of Class A common stock. In addition, upon the completion of this offering, there will be options to purchase 11,613,319 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, restricted stock units with respect to 5,484,233 shares of our Class A common stock and performance stock units with respect to 480,000 shares of our Class A common stock, based on the number of such awards outstanding on June 30, 2011. To the extent shares of Class A common stock are issued with respect to such awards in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors.

        The initial public offering price for the shares sold in this offering was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail

29


Table of Contents


in the trading market. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the determination of the initial public offering price.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

        We intend to retain all of our earnings for the foreseeable future to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends. As a result, you can expect to receive a return on your investment in our Class A common stock only if the market price of the stock increases.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.

        Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:

    Our certificate of incorporation provides for a dual class common stock structure. As a result of this structure, our founders will have significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that other stockholders may view as beneficial.

    Our board of directors has the right to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors.

    Special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our Executive Chairman of the Board, our Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors or holders of not less than the majority of our issued and outstanding capital stock. This limits the ability of minority stockholders to take certain actions without an annual meeting of stockholders.

    Our stockholders may not act by written consent unless the action to be effected and the taking of such action by written consent is approved in advance by our board of directors. As a result, a holder, or holders, controlling a majority of our capital stock would generally not be able to take certain actions without holding a stockholders' meeting.

    Our certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting in the election of directors. This limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates.

    Stockholders must provide timely notice to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon an annual meeting of stockholders. These provisions may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

    Our board of directors may issue, without stockholder approval, shares of undesignated preferred stock. The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us.

        For a description of our capital stock, see "Description of Capital Stock."

30


Table of Contents

August 9, 2011

LETTER FROM ANDREW D. MASON

Dear Potential Stockholders,

        On the day of this writing, Groupon's over 9,600 employees offered more than 1,000 daily deals to 115 million subscribers across 45 countries and have sold to date over 90 million Groupons. Reaching this scale in about 30 months required a great deal of operating flexibility, dating back to Groupon's founding.

        Before Groupon, there was The Point—a website launched in November 2007 after my former employer and one of my co-founders, Eric Lefkofsky, asked me to leave graduate school so we could start a business. The Point is a social action platform that lets anyone organize a campaign asking others to give money or take action as a group, but only once a "tipping point" of people agree to participate.

        I started The Point to empower the little guy and solve the world's unsolvable problems. A year later, I started Groupon to get Eric to stop bugging me to find a business model. Groupon, which started as a side project in October 2008, applied The Point's technology to group buying. By January 2009, its popularity soaring, we had fully shifted our attention to Groupon.

        I'm writing this letter to provide some insight into how we run Groupon. While we're looking forward to being a public company, we intend to continue operating according to the long-term focused principles that have gotten us to this point. These include:

We aggressively invest in growth.

        We spend a lot of money acquiring new subscribers because we can measure the return and believe in the long-term value of the marketplace we're creating. When we see opportunities to invest in long-term growth expect that we will pursue them regardless of the short-term impact on our profitability.

We are always reinventing ourselves.

        In our early days, each Groupon market featured only one deal per day. The model was built around our limitations: We had a tiny community of customers and merchants.

        As we grew, we ran into the opposite problem. Overwhelming demand from merchants, with nine-month waiting lists in some markets, left merchant demand unfilled and contributed to hundreds of Groupon clones springing up around the world. And as our customer base grew larger, our merchants had an entirely new problem: Dealing with too many customers instead of too few.

        To adapt, we increased our investment in technology and released deal targeting, enabling us to feature different deals for different subscribers in the same market based on their personal preferences. In addition to providing a more relevant customer experience, this helped us to manage the flow of customers and opened the Groupon marketplace to more merchants, in turn increasing the number and variety of deals offered through our marketplace.

        Today, we are pursuing models of reinvention that would not be possible without the critical mass of customers and merchants we have achieved. Groupon NOW, for example, allows customers to pull deals on demand for immediate redemption, and helps keep merchants bustling throughout the day.

        Expect us to make ambitious bets in technology and product innovation that distract us from our current business. Some bets we'll get right, and others we'll get wrong, but we think it's the only way to continuously build exciting products.

We are unusual and we like it that way.

        We want the time people spend with Groupon to be memorable. Life is too short to be a boring company. Whether it's with a deal for something unusual, such as fire dancing classes, or a marketing

31


Table of Contents


campaign such as Grouspawn (1) , we seek to create experiences for our customers that make today different enough from yesterday to justify getting out of bed. While weighted toward the measurable, our decision-making process also considers what we feel in our gut to be great for our customers and merchants, even if it can't be quantified immediately.


(1)
Grouspawn is a foundation we created that awards college scholarships to babies whose parents used a Groupon on their first date.

Our customers and merchants are what we care about.

        After selling out on our original mission of saving the world to start hawking coupons, in order to live with ourselves, we vowed to make Groupon a service that people love using. We set out to upturn the stigmas created by traditional discounting services, trusting that nothing would be as crucial to our long-term success as happy customers and merchants. We put our phone number on our printed Groupons and built a huge customer service operation, manned in part with members of Chicago's improv community. We developed a sophisticated, multi-stage process to pick deals from high quality merchants with vigorously fact-checked editorial content. We built a dedicated merchant services team that works with our merchant partners to ensure satisfaction. And we have a completely open return policy, giving customers a refund if they ever feel like Groupon let them down. We do these things to make our customers and merchants happy, believing that market success will follow.

        We believe that when once-great companies fall, they don't lose to competitors, they lose to themselves—and that happens when they stop focusing on making people happy. As such, we do not intend to be reactive to competitors. We will watch them, but we won't distract ourselves with decisions that aren't designed primarily to make our customers and merchants happy.

We don't measure ourselves in conventional ways.

        There are three main financial metrics that we track internally.

        First, we track gross profit—our revenue less the amounts we pay our merchants—because we believe it is the best proxy for the value we're creating. Second, we measure free cash flow, which is our cash flow from operations, reduced by our capital expenditures. We use this measure as an indicator of our long-term financial stability.

        Third, we track Adjusted Consolidated Segment Operating Income (ACSOI) which is our Consolidated Segment Operating Income (CSOI) reported under U.S. GAAP before our new subscriber acquisition costs. We exclude those costs because, unlike our other marketing expenses, they are an up-front investment to acquire new subscribers that we expect to end when this period of rapid expansion in our subscriber base concludes and we determine that the returns on such investment are no longer attractive. While we track this management metric internally to gauge our performance, we encourage you to base your investment decision on whatever metrics make you comfortable.



        If you're thinking about investing, hopefully it's because, like me, you believe that Groupon is better positioned than any company in history to reshape local commerce. The speed of our growth reflects the enormous opportunity before us to create a more efficient local marketplace. As with any business in a 30-month-old industry, success for our investors is not guaranteed. We have yet to reach sustained profitability and we have no shortage of competition. Our path will include some moments of brilliance and others of sheer stupidity. Knowing that this will at times be a bumpy ride, we thank you for considering joining us.

LOGO    

32


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

        This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words "believe," "may," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "expect" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in "Risk Factors." Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time-to-time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

        Factors that may cause actual results to differ from expected results include, among others:

    our future financial performance, including our revenue, gross profit, operating expenses and our ability to attain or increase profitability;

    our ability to retain and grow our merchant and subscriber bases;

    competition in our business;

    our ability to recover subscriber acquisition costs;

    our ability to maintain favorable payment terms with our merchants;

    our liability with respect to unredeemed Groupons or increases in refund rates;

    restrictions on our ability to send emails or messages;

    our international expansion;

    the effect of laws applying to our business;

    our ability to maintain the network infrastructure necessary to operate our websites and applications;

    our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property rights; and

    the increased costs associated with being a public company.

        You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

        You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

33


Table of Contents

        Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our offerings. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

34


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the Class A common stock offered by us will be approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $            , after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from the offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us of this offering. However, we intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies; however, we do not have any commitments for any acquisitions at this time. Based on our current cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, we do not expect that we will utilize any of the net proceeds to us of this offering to fund operations, including online marketing expenses, during the next twelve months. We will have broad discretion in the way we use the net proceeds. Pending use of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in money market funds and investment grade debt securities.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We declared dividends on our preferred stock in the amounts of $0.3 million, $5.6 million and $1.4 million in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. We declared dividends on our common stock in the amount of $21.3 million in 2009. We did not declare any dividends on our common stock in 2008 or 2010. We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Class A common stock or Class B common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

35


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2011 on:

    an actual basis;

    a pro forma basis giving effect to (i) the recapitalization of all outstanding shares of our capital stock (other than our Series B preferred stock) into 297,813,591 shares of Class A common stock and all outstanding shares of our Series B preferred stock into 1,199,988 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and (ii) the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering; and

    a pro forma as adjusted basis giving further effect to the sale by us of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The information below is illustrative only and our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization following the completion of this offering will be based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with "Management's

36


Table of Contents


Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of June 30, 2011  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 225,093   $     $    
               

Total debt

      $     $    

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

    681              

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                   

Common Stock

                   
 

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual;            shares authorized, 297,813,591 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;            shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                 
 

Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual;            shares            authorized, 1,199,988 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;            shares authorized,            shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                 
 

Voting common stock, $0.0001 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 211,495,998 shares issued and 144,531,311 shares outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    4              
 

Non-voting convertible common stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 10,061,288 shares issued and 7,821,086 shares outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                 

Preferred Stock

                   
 

Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;            authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                 
 

Series B, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 199,998 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                 
 

Series D, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 6,560,174 shares authorized and 5,956,420 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    1              
 

Series E, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 4,406,160 shares authorized and 4,060,183 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                 
 

Series F, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 4,202,658 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    1              
 

Series G, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 30,075,690 shares authorized, and 30,072,814 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    3              

Treasury stock

    (809,941 )            

Additional paid-in capital

    1,355,119              

Stockholder receivable

    (180 )            

Accumulated deficit

    (624,869 )            

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    13,443              
               
 

Total Groupon, Inc. stockholders' equity

    (66,419 )            
               
   

Total capitalization

  $ (65,738 ) $     $    
               

(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) the amount of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total Groupon, Inc. stockholders' equity and total capitalization we receive from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents,

37


Table of Contents

    additional paid-in capital, total Groupon, Inc. stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

         The table above excludes the following shares:

    1,199,988 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering;

    11,613,319 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2011 at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share;

    480,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting of performance stock units granted in connection with certain of our acquisitions;

    5,484,233 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units granted under our 2010 Plan; and

    1,191,366 shares of Class A common stock available for additional grants under our 2010 Plan.

38


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our Class A common stock, your investment will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2011 was a deficit of approximately $270.9 million, or $0.91 per share of Class A and Class B common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2011, after giving effect to the recapitalization of all outstanding shares of our capital stock (other than our Series B preferred stock) into 297,813,591 shares of Class A common stock and all outstanding shares of our Series B preferred stock into 1,199,988 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

        Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of Class A common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A and Class B common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2011 would have been $             million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $            per share to investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

        $    
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2011

  $          
 

Increase per share attributable to this offering

  $          

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

        $    
             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $    
             

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share would be $            per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $            per share and the dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $            per share.

        The following table presents, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2011, after giving effect to the sale of                shares of Class A common stock and recapitalization of all of our capital stock (other than our Series B preferred stock) into 297,813,591 shares of Class A common stock and all outstanding shares of our Series B preferred stock into 1,199,988 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the differences between the existing stockholders and the purchasers of shares in

39


Table of Contents


this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price paid per share:

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New public investors

                               
                         

Total

          100.0 % $       100.0 %      
                         

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $            , total consideration paid by all stockholders by $             and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $            , in each case assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and without deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The foregoing calculations are based on 297,813,591 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2011 and exclude:

    1,199,988 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering;

    11,613,319 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2011 at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share;

    480,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting of performance stock units granted in connection with certain of our acquisitions;

    5,484,233 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units granted under our 2010 Plan; and

    1,191,366 shares of Class A common stock available for additional grants under our 2010 Plan.

        Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to                        shares, or        % of the total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to            , or        % of the total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to            , or        % of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering.

        To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised or outstanding restricted stock units vest, new investors will experience further dilution. If all of these options were exercised and all of these restricted stock units vest, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and restricted stock units, would own        % and our new investors would own        % of the total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. The net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $            , causing dilution to new investors of $            per share.

40


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        The following table presents selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. Financial information for periods prior to 2008 has not been provided because we began operations in 2008. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data for the year ended December 31, 2008 was derived from our unaudited financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financials statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited information was prepared on a basis consistent with that used to prepare our audited financial statements and includes all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring items, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the unaudited period.

        We made several acquisitions during 2010, including the acquisitions of CityDeal, Qpod.inc. Ludic Labs, Inc. and Mobly, Inc. The consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets and statements of cash flows include the results of entities acquired from the effective date of the acquisition for accounting purposes.

        The following information should be read together with the more detailed information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands, except share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

  $ 94   $ 30,471   $ 713,365   $ 131,534   $ 1,522,746  

Cost of revenue

    89     19,542     433,411     77,176     911,699  
                       

Gross profit

    5     10,929     279,954     54,358     611,047  

Operating expenses:

                               
 

Marketing

    163     4,548     263,202     35,495     378,735  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    1,474     7,458     233,913     37,677     451,980  
 

Acquisition-related

            203,183     9,434      
                       
 

Total operating expenses

    1,637     12,006     700,298     82,606     830,715  
                       

Loss from operations

    (1,632 )   (1,077 )   (420,344 )   (28,248 )   (219,668 )

Interest and other income (expense), net

    90     (16 )   284     (96 )   1,539  

Equity-method investment activity, net of tax

                    (8,763 )
                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (1,542 )   (1,093 )   (420,060 )   (28,344 )   (226,892 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

        248     (6,674 )   (905 )   (1,732 )
                       

Net loss

    (1,542 )   (1,341 )   (413,386 )   (27,439 )   (225,160 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

            23,746     61     19,759  
                       

Net loss income attributable to Groupon, Inc. 

    (1,542 )   (1,341 )   (389,640 )   (27,378 )   (205,401 )

Dividends on preferred stock

    (277 )   (5,575 )   (1,362 )   (1,046 )    

Redemption of preferred stock in excess of carrying value

            (52,893 )       (34,327 )

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

            (12,425 )       (15,651 )

Preferred stock distributions

    (339 )                
                       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (2,158 ) $ (6,916 ) $ (456,320 ) $ (28,424 ) $ (255,379 )
                       

Net loss per share

                               
 

Basic

  $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (2.66 ) $ (0.17 ) $ (1.67 )
 

Diluted

  $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (2.66 ) $ (0.17 ) $ (1.67 )

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

                               
 

Basic

    166,738,129     168,604,142     171,349,386     169,048,421     152,813,014  
 

Diluted

    166,738,129     168,604,142     171,349,386     169,048,421     152,813,014  

Segment Financial Data:

                               
 

North America (1)

  $ (1,608 ) $ (962 ) $ (10,436 ) $ 8,309   $ (32,279 )
 

International (1)

            (170,537 )   (23,047 )   (128,314 )
                       
   

Total CSOI

  $ (1,608 ) $ (962 ) $ (180,993 ) $ (14,738 ) $ (160,593 )
                       

(1)
We do not allocate stock-based compensation and acquisition-related expenses to the segments. See Note 14 " Segment Information " of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) and Note 13 "Segment Information" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

41


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  

Operating Metrics:

                               
 

Subscribers (1)

    *     1,807,278     50,583,805     10,445,521     115,717,299  
 

Cumulative customers (2)

    *     375,099     9,031,807     2,379,611     23,072,600  
 

Featured merchants (3)

    *     2,695     66,289     12,468     135,247  
 

Groupons sold (4)

    *     1,248,792     30,296,070     5,822,856     60,620,482  
 

Average revenue per subscriber (5)

    *   $ 17   $ 27   $ 21   $ 18  
 

Average cumulative Groupons sold per customer (6)

    *     3.3     3.5     3.0     4.0  
 

Average revenue per Groupon sold (7)

    *   $ 24   $ 24   $ 23   $ 25  

*
Not available

(1)
Reflects the total number of subscribers who had a Groupon account on the last day of the applicable period, less individuals who have unsubscribed. May include individual subscribers with multiple registrations because the information we collect from subscribers does not permit us to identify when a subscriber may have created multiple accounts, nor do we prevent subscribers from creating multiple accounts.

(2)
Reflects the total number of unique customers who have purchased Groupons from January 1, 2009 through the end of the applicable period. May include individual customers with multiple registrations.

(3)
Reflects the total number of merchants featured in the applicable period.

(4)
Reflects the total number of Groupons sold in the applicable period.

(5)
Reflects the average revenue generated per average number of subscribers in the applicable period.

(6)
Reflects the average number of Groupons sold per cumulative customer from January 1, 2009 through the end of the applicable period.

(7)
Reflects the average revenue generated per Groupon sold in the applicable period.

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
June 30,
2011
 
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, other than per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,966   $ 12,313   $ 118,833   $ 225,093  
 

Working capital (deficit)

    2,643     3,988     (196,564 )   (304,904 )
 

Total assets

    3,006     14,962     381,570     637,712  
 

Total long-term liabilities

            1,621     25,713  
 

Redeemable preferred stock

    4,747     34,712          
 

Cash dividends per common share

        0.125          
 

Total Groupon, Inc. stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (2,091 )   (29,969 )   8,077     (66,419 )

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

        We use free cash flow as a key non-GAAP financial measure. Free cash flow is used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures.

        Free cash flow, which is reconciled to "Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities," is cash flow from operations reduced by "Purchases of property and equipment." We use free cash flow, and ratios based on it, to conduct and evaluate our business because, although it is similar to cash flow from operations, we believe it typically will present a more conservative measure of cash flows as purchases of fixed assets, software developed for internal use and website development costs are a necessary component of ongoing operations.

        Free cash flow has limitations due to the fact that it does not represent the residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures. For example, free cash flow does not include the cash payments for business acquisitions. In addition, free cash flow reflects the impact of the timing difference between when we are paid by customers and when we pay merchants. Therefore, we believe it is important to view free cash flow as a complement to our entire consolidated statements of cash flows.

42


Table of Contents

        The following is a reconciliation of free cash flow to the most comparable GAAP measure, "Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities," for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the first half of 2010 and 2011:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ (1,526 ) $ 7,510   $ 86,885   $ 15,528   $ 57,984  

Purchases of property and equipment

    (19 )   (290 )   (14,681 )   (3,934 )   (21,202 )
                       

Free cash flow

  $ (1,545 ) $ 7,220   $ 72,204   $ 11,594   $ 36,782  
                       

43


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of many factors, including those we describe under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data."

Overview

        Groupon is a local e-commerce marketplace that connects merchants to consumers by offering goods and services at a discount. Traditionally, local merchants have tried to reach consumers and generate sales through a variety of methods, including the yellow pages, direct mail, newspaper, radio, television and online advertisements and promotions. By bringing the brick and mortar world of local commerce onto the internet, Groupon is creating a new way for local merchants to attract customers and sell goods and services. We provide consumers with savings and help them discover what to do, eat, see and buy in the places where they live and work.

        Each day we email our subscribers discounted offers for goods and services that are targeted by location and personal preferences. Consumers access our deals directly through our websites and mobile applications. Our revenue is the purchase price paid by the customer for the Groupon. Our gross profit is the amount of revenue we retain after paying an agreed upon percentage of the purchase price to the featured merchant. In 2010, we generated revenue of $713.4 million, compared to $30.5 million in 2009. During the first half of 2011, we generated revenue of $1,522.7 million, compared to $131.5 million in the first half of 2010. The increases in revenue were partially due to our rapid international expansion during 2010, which included our acquisition of CityDeal. Revenue from our international operations was $265.0 million and $881.9 million in 2010 and the first half of 2011, respectively.

        We have organized our operations into two principal segments: North America, which represents the United States and Canada, and International, which represents the rest of our global operations. For the first half of 2011, we derived 57.9% of our revenue from our International segment, compared to 8.1% in the first half of 2010. We expect the percentage of total revenue derived from outside North America to continue to increase in future periods as we continue to expand globally.

        We incurred a net loss of $205.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and have an accumulated deficit of $624.9 million as of June 30, 2011. Since our inception, we have driven our growth through substantial investments in infrastructure and marketing to drive subscriber acquisition. We intend to continue to pursue a strategy of significant investment in these areas.

How We Measure Our Business

        We measure our business with several financial and operating metrics. We use these metrics to assess the progress of our business, make decisions on where to allocate capital, time and technology investments, and assess longer-term performance of our marketplace. The key metrics are as follows:

    Financial Metrics

    Gross profit.   Our gross profit is the amount that we retain after paying our merchants an agreed upon percentage of the purchase price to the featured merchant. We believe gross profit is an important indicator for our business because it is a reflection of the value of our service to our merchants. Gross profit is influenced by the mix of national and local deals we offer. We tend to accept lower gross profit margins for national deals because such offers are made, in part, for the purpose of acquiring new subscribers and establishing our brand. In addition, gross profit margins

44


Table of Contents

      in our International segment are generally higher than in our North America segment. Factors such as city size and maturity of markets have not had a meaningful impact on gross margin and changes in the mix of category of deals historically have not had a meaningful impact on gross profit.

    Free cash flow.   Free cash flow is cash flow from operations less amounts paid for purchases of property and equipment, including internal-use software and website development. We believe free cash flow is an important indicator for our business because it measures the amount of cash we generate after spending on marketing, wages and benefits, capital expenditures and other items. Free cash flow also reflects changes in working capital. We use free cash flow to conduct and evaluate our business because we believe free cash flow captures the cash flow of our ongoing operations. See "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measure" for further information.

    Consolidated segment operating income (loss).   CSOI is the operating income of our two segments, North America and International. As reported under U.S. GAAP, we do not allocate stock-based compensation and acquisition-related expense to our segments. We use CSOI to allocate resources and evaluate performance internally. See Note 14 " Segment Information " of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) and Note 13 " Segment Information " of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

    Operating Metrics

    Subscribers.   We define subscribers as the total number of individuals that have completed registration through a specific date, less individuals who have unsubscribed. To sign up for our service and become a subscriber, an individual provides an email address. We can measure our overall growth in the market as well as our potential revenue opportunity as a function of our total subscriber base. The subscriber base does not take into consideration the activity level of the subscriber with our service, nor does it adjust for multiple or unused accounts. Despite these drawbacks, we believe this metric provides valuable insight about the trajectory and scale of our business. Although the vast majority of our revenue comes from subscribers, we also sell Groupons to customers that purchase as guests and, as such, are not included in our total subscriber number.

    Cumulative customers.   We define cumulative customers as the total number of unique customers that have purchased Groupons from January 1, 2009 (the first date we began tracking unique customers) through a specific date. We consider this metric to be an important indicator of our business performance as it helps us to understand the purchase rate of our subscribers.

    Featured merchants.   This metric represents the total number of merchants featured in a given time period. For deals offered on a nationwide basis, we count the national merchant once. For deals offered by national merchants on a local or regional basis, we count the national merchant as a separate merchant in each market in which the deal is offered. We consider this metric to be a good indicator of growth as well as an important measure of the effectiveness of our sales and marketing infrastructure.

    Groupons sold.   This metric represents the total number of Groupons sold in a given time period. This metric is presented net of Groupons refunded during the same time period. We use this metric to measure our growth and activity level in the aggregate as well as in our individual markets.

    Average revenue per subscriber.   This metric represents the average revenue generated per average number of subscribers in a given time period. This metric is presented as the total revenue generated in a given time period, divided by the average number of subscribers during such period. Although this metric is difficult to evaluate in light of our rapid subscriber growth, we believe that this measure is an indicator of subscriber activity level.

45


Table of Contents

    Average cumulative Groupons sold per customer.   This metric represents the average number of Groupons sold per cumulative customer from January 1, 2009 through a specified date. This metric is presented as the total number of Groupons sold in a given time period, divided by the total number of cumulative customers at the end of such period. We consider this metric to be an important indicator of our business performance as it helps us to understand the purchase rate of our customers.

    Average revenue per Groupon sold.   This metric represents the average revenue generated per Groupon sold in a given time period. This metric is presented as the total revenue generated in a given time period, divided by the number of Groupons sold in such time period. Although we believe total revenue and total gross profit, not average revenue per Groupon sold, are better indicators of the overall growth of our marketplace, average revenue per Groupon sold provides an opportunity to evaluate whether our growth is primarily driven by volume of sales or the prices of Groupons.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  

Operating Metrics:

                               

Subscribers (1)

    *     1,807,278     50,583,805     10,445,521     115,717,299  

Cumulative customers (2)

    *     375,099     9,031,807     2,379,611     23,072,600  

Featured merchants (3)

    *     2,695     66,289     12,468     135,247  

Groupons sold (4)

    *     1,248,792     30,296,070     5,822,856     60,620,482  

Average revenue per subscriber (5)

    *   $ 17   $ 27   $ 21   $ 18  

Average cumulative Groupons sold per customer (6)

    *     3.3     3.5     3.0     4.0  

Average revenue per Groupon sold (7)

    *   $ 24   $ 24   $ 23   $ 25  

*
Not available

(1)
Reflects the total number of subscribers who had a Groupon account on the last day of the applicable period, less individuals who have unsubscribed. May include individual subscribers with multiple registrations because the information we collect from subscribers does not permit us to identify when a subscriber may have created multiple accounts, nor do we prevent subscribers from creating multiple accounts.

(2)
Reflects the total number of unique customers who have purchased Groupons from January 1, 2009 through the end of the applicable period. May include individual customers with multiple registrations.

(3)
Reflects the total number of merchants featured in the applicable period.

(4)
Reflects the total number of Groupons sold in the applicable period.

(5)
Reflects the average revenue generated per average number of subscribers in the applicable period.

(6)
Reflects the average number of Groupons sold per cumulative customer from January 1, 2009 through the end of the applicable period.

(7)
Reflects the average revenue generated per Groupon sold in the applicable period.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

        Subscriber acquisition costs.     We must continue to acquire and retain subscribers who purchase Groupons in order to increase revenue and achieve profitability. We characterize online marketing expenses as subscriber acquisition costs because these expenses are intended to acquire new subscribers. We spent $345.1 million on online marketing initiatives relating to subscriber acquisition for the first half of 2011 and expect to continue to expend significant amounts to acquire additional subscribers. If consumers do not perceive our Groupon offerings to be of high value and quality, or if we fail to introduce new or more relevant deals, we may not be able to acquire or retain subscribers. In our limited operating history, we have not incurred significant marketing or other expense on initiatives designed to re-activate

46


Table of Contents

subscribers or increase the level of purchases by our existing subscribers. If such expenditures or initiatives become necessary to maintain a desired level of activity in our marketplace, our business and profitability could be adversely affected.

        Deal sourcing and quality.     We consider our merchant relationships to be a vital part of our business model. We depend on our ability to attract and retain merchants that are prepared to offer products or services on compelling terms. We do not have long-term arrangements to guarantee availability of deals that offer attractive quality, value and variety to consumers or favorable payment terms to us. If new merchants do not find our marketing and promotional services effective, or if our existing merchants do not believe that utilizing our services provides them with a long-term increase in customers, revenues or profits, they may stop making offers through our marketplace.

        Competitive pressure.     Our growth and geographical expansion have drawn a significant amount of attention to our business model. As a result, a substantial number of group buying sites that attempt to replicate our business model have emerged around the world. In addition to such competitors, we expect to increasingly compete against other large internet and technology-based businesses, such as Facebook, Google and Microsoft, each of which has launched initiatives which are directly competitive to our business. We also expect to compete against other internet sites that are focused on specific communities or interests and offer coupons or discount arrangements related to such communities or interests.

        Investment in growth.     We are a high-growth company and have aggressively invested, and intend to continue to invest, to support this growth. As a result, we have incurred net losses in the majority of quarters since our inception. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we continue to increase the number and variety of deals we offer each day, broaden our subscriber base, expand our marketing channels, expand our operations, hire additional employees and develop our technology.

        Pace and effectiveness of expansion.     We have grown our business rapidly since inception, adding new subscribers and markets both domestically and internationally. Our international operations have become critical to our revenue growth and our ability to achieve profitability. In the first half of 2010 and the first half of 2011, 8.1% and 57.9%, respectively, of our revenue was generated from our international operations. Expansion into international markets requires management attention and resources and requires us to localize our services to conform to a wide variety of local cultures, business practices, laws and policies. International acquisitions also expose us to a variety of execution risks. The different commercial and internet infrastructure in other countries may make it more difficult for us to replicate our traditional business model.

Basis of Presentation

    Revenue

        Revenue primarily consists of the gross amount paid by customers for purchased Groupons, excluding any applicable taxes, less customer refunds and obligations related to credits earned for customer loyalty and reward programs. We record our revenue on a gross basis because we consider ourselves to be the primary obligor for the Groupon voucher. This consideration stems from the Groupon Promise, which provides that our customers will receive a refund of the amount paid for the Groupon by such customer in the event that the merchant is unable or fails to deliver the goods or services in a satisfactory manner. Our merchants are responsible for fulfilling the obligation to deliver the goods and services that are sold when a Groupon is redeemed.

    Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue primarily consists of the amounts paid to and accrued for our merchants associated with the sale of Groupons.

47


Table of Contents

    Gross Profit

        Gross profit is the amount we retain after paying an agreed upon percentage of the purchase price to the featured merchant.

    Marketing

        We direct consumers to our websites and applications primarily through a number of targeted online marketing channels, such as display advertising networks, sponsored search, social networking sites, portal advertising, email marketing campaigns, affiliate programs and other similar initiatives, which we consider to be subscriber acquisition costs. Our marketing expenses are largely variable, impacted by the amount of subscriber growth we wish to pursue and changes in online marketing rates. To the extent there is increased or decreased competition for these traffic sources, or to the extent our mix of these channels shifts, we would expect to see a corresponding change in our marketing expense. We also incur offline marketing costs from television, radio and print advertising.

        Marketing is the primary method by which we acquire subscribers, and as such, is a critical part of our growth strategy. Over time we expect that our marketing expense will decrease as a percentage of revenue as our opportunity to aquire new subscribers diminishes and we move to transactional marketing focused on converting subscribers into customers.

    Selling, General and Administrative

        Selling, general and administrative expense primarily consists of wages and benefits (including stock-based compensation), credit card processing fees, consulting and professional fees, depreciation and amortization and technology-related costs. Approximately 50% of our employees were part of our salesforce as of June 30, 2011, and their compensation represented a significant portion of our selling, general and administrative expenses. Our salesforce is critical to growing and maintaining our merchant base and is the main source for driving new Groupon offers. We expect that our salesforce headcount will continue to grow over time as we continue to expand our business into new markets, but that our sales and marketing expense will decrease as a percentage of revenue.

    Acquisition-Related

        In May 2010, we acquired CityDeal, a European-based collective buying power business launched in January 2010 that provided daily deals and online marketing services substantially similar to the Company. As part of the overall consideration paid, we were obligated to issue additional shares of our common stock in December 2010 due to the achievement of financial and performance earn-out targets. We recorded a liability on our consolidated balance sheet as of the original acquisition date for this consideration and subsequently remeasured the liability on a periodic basis until final settlement. As a result of this remeasurement, we recorded a total charge of $204.2 million in acquisition-related expenses in 2010, which was partially offset by other nominal acquisition-related items.

    Interest and Other Income (Expense)

        Interest and other income (expense) primarily consists of foreign currency gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions which are denominated in currencies other than our functional currencies and interest expense on our loans from related parties.

48


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2011:

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 131,534   $ 1,522,746  

Cost of revenue

    77,176     911,699  
           

Gross profit

    54,358     611,047  

Operating expenses:

             
 

Marketing

    35,495     378,735  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    37,677     451,980  
 

Acquisition-related

    9,434      
           
   

Total operating expenses

    82,606     830,715  
           

Loss from operations

    (28,248 )   (219,668 )

Interest and other (expense) income, net

    (96 )   1,539  

Equity-method investment activity, net of tax

        (8,763 )
           

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (28,344 )   (226,892 )

Benefit for income taxes

    (905 )   (1,732 )
           

Net loss

    (27,439 )   (225,160 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    61     19,759  
           

Net loss attributable to Groupon, Inc.

    (27,378 )   (205,401 )

Dividends on preferred stock

    (1,046 )    

Redemption of preferred stock in excess of carrying value

        (34,327 )

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

        (15,651 )
           

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (28,424 ) $ (255,379 )
           

49


Table of Contents

        The following table reflects all of the line items of our statements of operations as a percentage of revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011:

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2010   2011  

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of revenue

    58.7     59.9  
           

Gross profit

    41.3     40.1  

Operating expenses:

             
 

Marketing

  $ 27.0   $ 24.9  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    28.6     29.6  
 

Acquisition-related

    7.2      
           
   

Total operating expenses

    62.8     54.5  
           

Loss from operations

    (21.5 )   (14.4 )

Interest and other (expense) income, net

        0.1  

Equity-method investment activity, net of tax

        (0.6 )
           

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (21.5 )   (14.9 )

Benefit for income taxes

    (0.6 )   (0.1 )
           

Net loss

    (20.9 )   (14.8 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    0.1     1.3  
           

Net loss attributable to Groupon, Inc.

    (20.8 )   (13.5 )

Dividends on preferred stock

    (0.8 )    

Redemption of preferred stock in excess of carrying value

        (2.3 )

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

        (1.0 )
           

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

    (21.6 )%   (16.8 )%
           

    Revenue

        For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, our revenue was $131.5 million and $1,522.7 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $1,391.2 million, or 1,058%. The increase in revenue was directly attributable to the increase in the number of Groupons we sold in the period compared to the same period of the prior year. The increase in the number of Groupons sold was driven by subscriber growth in our existing markets and our entry into new markets. In May 2010, we also began our international expansion by acquiring CityDeal, which added 1.9 million subscribers as of the date of the acquisition in several major European markets, including London, Berlin and Paris, and ended the year with operations in 38 countries. As a result of the entry into these new markets and growth in existing markets we added 105.3 million new subscribers from June 30, 2010 through June 30, 2011.

    Segment Revenue

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2010   % of total   2011   % of total  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

North America

  $ 120,832     91.9 % $ 640,820     42.1 %

International

    10,702     8.1 %   881,926     57.9 %
                   
 

Revenue

  $ 131,534     100.0 % $ 1,522,746     100.0 %
                   

50


Table of Contents

        For six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, our revenue was $120.8 million and $640.8 million, respectively, for our North America segment. Subsequent to June 30, 2010, we added 111 new North American markets and continued growth in our existing markets. For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, our revenue was $10.7 million and $881.9 million, respectively, for our International segment. In May 2010, we commenced our international operations with the purchase of CityDeal, a European-based local e-commerce business similar to ours, which operated in 80 markets in 16 countries with 1.9 million subscribers at the time of acquisition. We subsequently completed eight additional international acquisitions during 2010 and five international acquisitions in 2011, which gave us access to markets and additional subscribers around the world.

    Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue was 58.7% and 59.9% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The significant increase in the absolute cost of revenue is consistent with the growth of our revenue.

    Gross Profit

        Gross profit and gross margin for each of the periods presented were as follows:

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Gross profit

  $ 54,358   $ 611,047  

Gross margin

    41.3 %   40.1 %

        Gross margin decreased as a percentage of revenue from 41.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 to 40.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to an increase in national deals in North America for which we accepted lower gross margins for the purpose of acquiring new subscribers and establishing our brand. The decrease in gross margin was also due to the increased revenue from our operations in the Asia-Pacific region, which has substantially lower gross margins and is the fastest growing region in our business globally.

    Marketing

        Marketing expense as a percentage of revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011 was 27.0% and 24.9%, respectively. Our marketing expense increased by $343.2 million to $378.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010 primarily driven by investments in subscriber acquisition in new markets. We have focused the majority of our marketing spending online, particularly on display advertising networks as part of our new subscriber acquisition strategy. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, marketing expense as a percentage of revenue for the North America and International segments was 20.9% and 27.8%, respectively. The higher marketing expense as a percentage of revenue for our International segment reflects our launch into new international markets, which requires higher marketing costs to establish a strong initial subscriber base.

    Selling, General and Administrative

        Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue was 28.6% and 29.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue was principally related to the build out of our salesforce and investments in our corporate infrastructure necessary to support our current and anticipated growth.

        Our selling, general and administrative expense increased by $414.3 million to $452.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to June 30, 2010.

51


Table of Contents

        Wages and benefits (excluding stock-based compensation) increased by $193.5 million to $208.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to June 30, 2010, as we continued to add sales and administrative staff to support our business. Stock-based compensation costs also increased to $59.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $4.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 due to awards issued to retain key employees and awards issued in connection with our acquisitions. System maintenance and equipment expenses increased as a percentage of revenue because of our continued investment in technologies required to support our growth. Credit card processing fees have also increased consistent with revenue, as this cost is generally variable based on the dollar volume of transactions that are processed. Depreciation and amortization expense increased in total for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to June 30, 2010 primarily because we recorded $53.6 million of intangible assets in connection with our acquisitions through June 30, 2011, which accounted for a majority of the $10.7 million of amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2011. In addition, selling, general and administrative expense was negatively impacted for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as a result of accruals for ongoing litigation.

    Interest and Other Income (Expense)

        For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, we had less than $0.1 million of foreign currency losses and $2.0 million of foreign currency gains, respectively.

    Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

        We recorded a benefit for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 as we were able to benefit from losses in certain foreign jurisdictions.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 94   $ 30,471   $ 713,365  

Cost of revenue

    89     19,542     433,411  
               

Gross profit

    5     10,929     279,954  

Operating expenses:

                   
 

Marketing

    163     4,548     263,202  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    1,474     7,458     233,913  
 

Acquisition-related

            203,183  
               
   

Total operating expenses

    1,637     12,006     700,298  
               

Loss from operations

    (1,632 )   (1,077 )   (420,344 )

Interest and other income (expense), net

    90     (16 )   284  
               

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (1,542 )   (1,093 )   (420,060 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

        248     (6,674 )
               

Net loss

    (1,542 )   (1,341 )   (413,386 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

            23,746  
               

Net loss attributable to Groupon, Inc.

    (1,542 )   (1,341 )   (389,640 )

Dividends on preferred stock

    (277 )   (5,575 )   (1,362 )

Redemption of preferred stock in excess of carrying value

            (52,893 )

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

            (12,425 )

Preferred stock distributions

    (339 )        
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (2,158 ) $ (6,916 ) $ (456,320 )
               

52


Table of Contents

        The following table reflects all of the line items of our statements of operations as a percentage of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of revenue

    94.7     64.1     60.8  
               

Gross profit

    5.3     35.9     39.2  

Operating expenses:

                   
 

Marketing

    *     14.9     36.8  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    *     24.5     32.8  
 

Acquisition-related

            28.5  
               
   

Total operating expenses

    *     39.4     98.1  
               

Loss from operations

    *     (3.5 )   (58.9 )

Interest and other income (expense), net

    95.7     (0.1 )    
               

Loss before provision for income taxes

    *     (3.6 )   (58.9 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

        0.8     (1.0 )
               

Net loss

    *     (4.4 )   (57.9 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

            3.3  
               

Net loss attributable to Groupon, Inc

    *     (4.4 )   (54.6 )

Dividends on preferred stock

    *     (18.3 )   (0.2 )

Redemption of preferred stock in excess of carrying value

            (7.4 )

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

            (1.7 )

Preferred stock distributions

    *          
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

    * %   (22.7 )%   (63.9 )%
               

*
Not meaningful

    Revenue

        For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, our revenue was $0.1 million, $30.5 million and $713.4 million, respectively, reflecting growth rates of 32,316% and 2,241%, respectively, as compared to the corresponding prior year.

        2010 compared to 2009.     In 2010, our revenue increased $682.9 million to $713.4 million, an increase of 2,241%. As the average revenue per Groupon remained relatively consistent year-to-year, the overall increase in revenue was directly attributable to the increase in volume of Groupons that we sold. The increase in the number of Groupons sold was driven by subscriber growth in our existing markets and our entry into new markets. During 2010, we added 124 new North American markets and 48.8 million new subscribers. In 2010, we also began our international expansion by acquiring CityDeal, which added 1.9 million subscribers as of the date of the acquisition in several major European markets, including London, Berlin and Paris. We ended the year with operations in 38 countries.

        2009 compared to 2008.     In 2009, our revenue increased by $30.4 million to $30.5 million, an increase of 32,316%. 2009 was our first full year of operations, and during the period we added 29 North American markets and 1.8 million subscribers. Significant markets entered in 2009 included Boston, Los Angeles and New York.

        In addition to expanding the scale of our business domestically and internationally through acquisitions and entering new markets, we have several other initiatives that have driven revenue growth

53


Table of Contents


over the last three years. We have increased our total marketing spend significantly, focusing on acquiring subscribers through online channels such as social networking websites and search engines. We also have added substantially to our salesforce, allowing us to increase the number of merchant relationships and offer more deals on a daily basis on our websites and higher quality deals to subscribers.

    Segment Revenue

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   % of total   2009   % of total   2010   % of total  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

North America

  $ 94     100.0 % $ 30,471     100.0 % $ 448,317     62.8 %

International

                    265,048     37.2 %
                           
 

Revenue

  $ 94     100.0 % $ 30,471     100.0 % $ 713,365     100.0 %
                           

        Revenue for our International segment was $265.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. In May 2010, we commenced our international operations with the purchase of CityDeal, a European-based local e-commerce website similar to ours, which operated in 80 markets in 16 countries with 1.9 million subscribers at the time of acquisition. We subsequently completed eight additional international acquisitions during 2010, which gave us access to markets and additional subscribers around the world.

    Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue was 94.7%, 64.1% and 60.8% for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The significant increase in absolute cost of revenue is consistent with the growth of our revenue.

        2010 compared to 2009.     In 2010, our cost of revenue increased by $413.9 million to $433.4 million, an increase of 2,118%. As compared to 2009, the cost of revenue was lower as a percentage of revenue as demand for our services allowed us to be more selective in the merchant deals we chose to offer while maintaining or improving our merchant terms. As a result, we were able to retain more of the gross amounts paid by our customers and remit less to merchants. In addition, our cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue decreased due to higher margins on deals in our International segment, which did not begin operations until 2010.

        2009 compared to 2008.     In 2009, our cost of revenue increased to $19.5 million, an increase of 21,857%. Cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 was not indicative of normal operating levels due to the small number of transactions processed in that period as we started selling Groupons in October 2008.

    Gross Profit

        Consolidated gross profit and gross margin for each of the years presented were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Gross profit

  $ 5   $ 10,929   $ 279,954  

Gross margin

    5.3%     35.9%     39.2%  

        Gross margin increased from 35.9% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 39.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in gross margin was due to a higher purchasing rate of offered deals and our ability to maintain or improve our merchant terms. As a result, we were able to retain more of the gross amounts paid by our customers and remit less to merchants. We from time to time offer

54


Table of Contents


national deals to generate revenue and increase brand awareness which typically generate a lower gross margin. Additionally, to date we have achieved higher overall gross margins for our International segment, which began in operations in May 2010. We attribute the higher gross margins in our International segment primarily to the absence of national deals in this segment. The rate of refunds was materially consistent from year-to-year, and as such, did not have a meaningful impact on the increase in gross margin.

    Marketing

        Marketing expense as a percentage of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 was 14.9% and 36.8%. Over time, we expect that our marketing expense will decrease as a percentage of revenue as our opportunity to acquire new subscribers diminishes and we move to transactional marketing.

        2010 compared to 2009.     In 2010, our marketing expense increased by $258.7 million to $263.2 million, an increase of 5,687%. The significant increase was attributable to an increase in online marketing spend, particularly on display advertising networks as part of our new subscriber acquisition strategy. For the year ended December 31, 2010, marketing expense as a percentage of revenue for the North America and International segment was 23.4% and 59.6%, respectively. In 2010, we made significant marketing investments in our International segment to accelerate growth and establish our presence in new markets. As a result, we experienced much larger operating losses for our International segment than we did for our North America segment. We believe that our marketing investments in our International segment will continue to be significant as a percentage of revenue in the foreseeable future, but will decline as those markets begin to mature.

        2009 compared to 2008.     In 2009, our marketing expense increased by $4.4 million to $4.5 million, an increase of 2,690%. Marketing expense as a percentage of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 is not indicative of normal operating levels due to the small number of transactions processed in 2008 as we started selling Groupons in October 2008.

    Selling, General and Administrative

        Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue was 24.5% and 32.8% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The increases in selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue were principally related to the build out of our salesforce and investments in our corporate infrastructure necessary to support our current and anticipated growth. Over time, as our operations mature in a greater percentage of our markets, we expect that our selling, general and administrative expense will decrease as a percentage of revenue.

        2010 compared to 2009.     In 2010, our selling, general and administrative expense increased by $226.5 million to $233.9 million, an increase of 3,036%. As described below, the increase in selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009 was due to increases in wages and benefits, credit card processing fees, consulting and professional fees and depreciation and amortization expenses. Additionally, the selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue for our International segment were significantly higher than for our North America segment, which contributed to larger operating losses in our International segment. This was primarily a result of the build out of our international operations, including our sales force, to support future revenue growth. We expect that over time selling, general and administrative expenses for our International segment will decline as a percentage of revenue for the segment.

        Wages and benefits (excluding stock-based compensation) increased by $87.6 million to $91.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 as we continued to add sales and administrative staff to support our business. Stock-based compensation costs also increased to $36.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to awards issued to retain key employees

55


Table of Contents


and awards issued in connection with our acquisitions. Credit card processing fees have also increased consistent with revenue, as this cost is generally variable based on the dollar volume of transactions that are processed. Our consulting and professional fees increased as a percentage of revenue in 2010 primarily related to higher legal and technology-related costs. Depreciation and amortization expense increased as a percentage of revenue in 2010 primarily because we recorded $47.3 million of intangible assets in connection with our acquisitions, resulting in $11.0 million of amortization expense.

        2009 compared to 2008.     In 2009, our selling, general and administrative expense increased by $6.0 million to $7.5 million, an increase of 406%. Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 is not indicative of normal operating levels due to the small number of transactions processed in 2008 as we started selling Groupons in October 2008.

    Acquisition-Related

        In May 2010, we acquired CityDeal, a European-based collective buying power business similar to ours. As part of the overall consideration paid, we were obligated to issue additional shares of our common stock in December 2010 due to the achievement of financial and performance earn-out targets. We recorded a liability on our consolidated balance sheet as of the original acquisition date for this consideration and subsequently remeasured the liability on a periodic basis until final settlement. As a result of this remeasurement, we recorded a total expense of $204.2 million as acquisition-related expenses, which was partially offset by other nominal acquisition-related items.

    Interest and Other Income (Expense)

        For the year ended December 31, 2010 we had other income of $0.5 million related to foreign currency gains. We did not incur any foreign currency gains or losses for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 as we did not have any international operations until 2010. We also recorded $0.4 million of interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 related to interest on loans from related parties.

    Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

        The benefit for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 was due to our ability to benefit from losses in the United States and foreign jurisdictions.

56


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following table represents data from our unaudited statements of operations and our key operating metrics for our most recent nine quarters. You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations of any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  June 30,
2010
  Sept. 30,
2010
  Dec. 31,
2010
  Mar. 31,
2011
  June 30,
2011
 
 
  (unaudited)
(dollars in thousands)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                                       

Revenue

  $ 3,301   $ 9,998   $ 16,920   $ 44,236   $ 87,298   $ 185,231   $ 396,600   $ 644,728   $ 878,018  

Gross profit

  $ 1,209   $ 3,996   $ 5,641   $ 19,985   $ 34,373   $ 72,287   $ 153,309   $ 270,000   $ 341,047  
 

Percentage of revenue

    36.6 %   40.0 %   33.3 %   45.2 %   39.4 %   39.0 %   38.7 %   41.9 %   38.8 %

Income (loss) from operations

  $ 17   $ 848   $ (1,626 ) $ 8,571   $ (36,819 ) $ (55,967 ) $ (336,129 ) $ (117,148 ) $ (102,520 )
 

Percentage of revenue

    0.5 %   8.5 %   (9.6 )%   19.4 %   (42.2 )%   (30.2 )%   (84.8 )%   (18.2 )%   (11.7 )%

Net income (loss) attributable to Groupon, Inc. 

  $ 21   $ 850   $ (1,903 ) $ 8,551   $ (35,929 ) $ (49,032 ) $ (313,230 ) $ (102,668 ) $ (102,733 )
 

Percentage of revenue

    0.6 %   8.5 %   (11.2 )%   19.3 %   (41.2 )%   (26.5 )%   (79.0 )%   (15.9 )%   (11.7 )%

Segment Financial Data:

                                                       
 

North America (1)

  $ 29   $ 877   $ (1,562 ) $ 8,687   $ (378 ) $ 3,160   $ (21,905 ) $ (21,778 ) $ (10,501 )
 

International (1)

                    (23,047 )   (26,054 )   (121,456 )   (76,506 )   (51,808 )
                                       
   

Total CSOI

  $ 29   $ 877   $ (1,562 ) $ 8,687   $ (23,425 ) $ (22,894 ) $ (143,361 ) $ (98,284 ) $ (62,309 )
                                       
 

Percentage of revenue

    0.9 %   8.8 %   (9.2 )%   19.6 %   (26.8 )%   (12.4 )%   (36.1 )%   (15.2 )%   (7.1 )%

Operating Metrics:

                                                       

Subscribers (2)

    152,203     627,051     1,807,278     3,434,610     10,445,521     21,369,608     50,583,805     83,100,006     115,717,299  

Cumulative customers (3)

    43,014     153,471     375,099     874,017     2,379,611     4,623,267     9,031,807     15,803,995     23,072,600  

Featured merchants (4)

    212     765     1,644     2,903     9,565     18,722     35,099     56,781     78,466  

Groupons sold (5)

    116,231     340,471     764,869     1,760,398     4,062,458     8,237,733     16,235,481     28,094,743     32,525,739  

Average revenue per subscriber (6)

  $ 43   $ 26   $ 14   $ 17   $ 13   $ 12   $ 11   $ 10   $ 9  

Average cumulative Groupons sold per customer (7)

    3.3     3.2     3.3     3.4     3.0     3.3     3.5     3.8     4.0  

Average revenue per Groupon sold (8)

  $ 28   $ 29   $ 22   $ 25   $ 21   $ 22   $ 24   $ 23   $ 27  

(1)
We do not allocate stock-based compensation and acquisition-related expenses to the segments. See Note 14 " Segment Information " of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) and Note 13 "Segment Information" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(2)
Reflects the total number of subscribers who had a Groupon account on the last day of the applicable period, less individuals who have unsubscribed. May include individual subscribers with multiple registrations because the information we collect from subscribers does not permit us to identify when a subscriber may have created multiple accounts, nor do we prevent subscribers from creating multiple accounts.

(3)
Reflects the total number of unique customers who have purchased Groupons from January 1, 2009 through the end of the applicable period. May include individual customers with multiple registrations.

(4)
Reflects the total number of merchants featured in the applicable period.

(5)
Reflects the total number of Groupons sold in the applicable period.

(6)
Reflects the average revenue generated per average number of subscribers in the applicable period.

(7)
Reflects the average number of Groupons sold per cumulative customer from January 1, 2009 through the end of the applicable period.

(8)
Reflects the average revenue generated per Groupon sold in the applicable period.

2011 Quarterly Highlights

    Revenue

        Our revenue for the second quarter of 2011 increased 906% year over year from $87.3 million in the second quarter of 2010 to $878.0 million in the second quarter of 2011. On a sequential quarterly basis, our revenue increased 36.2% from $644.7 million in the first quarter of 2011 to $878.0 million in the second quarter of 2011.

57


Table of Contents

    Gross Profit

        Our gross profit for the second quarter of 2011 increased 892% year over year to $341.0 million from $34.4 million in the second quarter of 2010. On a sequential quarterly basis, our gross profit increased 26.3% from $270.0 million in the first quarter of 2011 to $341.0 million in the second quarter of 2011. Gross margin decreased from 41.9% in the first quarter of 2011 to 38.8% in the second quarter of 2011. The decrease in gross margin was due to an increase in national deals in our North America segment, for which we accepted lower gross margins for the purpose of acquiring new subscribers and establishing our brand, and increased revenue from our operations in the Asia-Pacific region, which has substantially lower gross margins and is the fastest growing region in our business globally. Over the past four consecutive quarters, our gross margin has averaged 39.6% and can vary significantly between quarters based upon the mix of national and local deals and the effects of launching Groupon in new markets throughout the world.

    Consolidated Segment Operating Income

        Our consolidated segment operating income (loss), or CSOI, for the second quarter of 2011 improved by $36.0 million from a $98.3 million loss in the first quarter of 2011 to a $62.3 million loss in the second quarter of 2011. North America segment operating loss improved by 51.8% from a $21.8 million loss in the first quarter of 2011 to a $10.5 million loss in the second quarter of 2011. International segment operating loss improved by 32.3% from a $76.5 million loss in the first quarter of 2011 to a $51.8 million loss in the second quarter of 2011. North America segment operating loss was positively affected by improvements in gross profit, partially offset by significant investments we made in personnel related to various new initiatives that were started in the second quarter of 2011, including Groupon NOW, Groupon Live and Groupon Getaways. Additionally, North America segment operating loss was negatively impacted by a legal reserve we established in the quarter. International segment operating loss was positively affected by improvements in gross profit, partially offset by upfront marketing and other investments of approximately $52.0 million related to the build-out of our operations in the major Asia-Pacific markets of South Korea, Australia and Japan.

        The improvement in CSOI quarter over quarter was largely driven by the absolute increase in gross profit resulting from the increase in Groupons sold and the increase in our subscriber base to 115.7 million aided by expansion into new markets.

Quarterly Trends

        Our gross margin and overall operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors. We have experienced exceptional growth since our inception as well as significant changes in our business. For instance, we have entered into many new markets, made several international acquisitions, and increased our merchant and subscriber base over the last three years. These changes have resulted in substantial growth in revenue and corresponding increases in cost of revenue and operating expenses to support our growth. Our growth has led to uneven overall operating results due to differences in the terms and types of deals that we offer, changes in our investment in marketing from quarter-to-quarter, increases in employee headcount and the impact of our acquisitions. We have determined in the past, and expect to continue to determine in the future, to undertake substantial marketing expense increases when we perceive opportunities to enter new markets or penetrate existing markets more deeply. The return on these investments is generally achieved in future periods and, as a result, these investments can adversely impact near term results. For example, although we generated net income in the first quarter of 2010, we subsequently pursued a much more aggressive growth strategy, including rapid international expansion, acquisitions and a substantial increase in our marketing expenses. This has resulted in losses from operations for the three months ended June 30, 2010, September 30, 2010, December 31, 2010, March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011.

        In addition, our business is directly affected by the behavior of our merchants and subscribers. Economic conditions and competitive pressures can positively and negatively impact the types of deals that we can offer and the rate at which they are purchased. Consequently, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future operating performance.

58


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        As of June 30, 2011, we had $225.1 million in cash and cash equivalents, which primarily consisted of cash and money market accounts.

        Since our inception, we have funded our working capital requirements and expansion primarily through private sales of common and preferred stock, yielding net proceeds of $1,129 million. We used $941.7 million of the proceeds from these sales to redeem shares of our common and preferred stock, and the remainder to fund acquisitions and for working capital and general corporate purposes. We used a significant portion of the net proceeds received from our private offerings to redeem shares because management and the board of directors determined that projected cash flow from future operations would be sufficient to support our growth strategy. As a result, we have funded our working capital requirements primarily with cash flow from operations to date. We generated positive cash flow from operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011 despite experiencing net losses in each of these periods, and we expect annual cash flow from operations to remain positive in the foreseeable future. We generally use this cash flow to fund our operations, make additional acquisitions, purchase capital expenditures and meet our other cash operating needs. Cash flow from operations was $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $86.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $58.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

        Although we can provide no assurances, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our available cash and cash equivalents balance and cash generated from operations, should be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements and other capital expenditures for the next twelve months.

    Anticipated Uses of Cash

        Our priority in 2011 is to continue to increase our revenue and improve our gross profit by increasing the volume of transactions that are processed through our marketplace, coupled with expansion and penetration into new domestic and international markets. We intend to continue to invest to acquire subscribers, to expand our salesforce and aggressively market our products, and to acquire or make strategic investments in complementary businesses that add to our subscriber or customer base or provide incremental technology. In order to support our overall global business expansion, we also expect to make significant investments in our corporate facilities and information technology infrastructure, with approximately $65.0 million of capital expenditures planned for the year ending December 31, 2011. We currently plan to fund these expenditures with cash flows generated from operations during this period. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to fund these uses of cash. We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

59


Table of Contents

    Cash Flow

        Our net cash flow from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods below were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash provided by (used in):

                               

Operating activities

  $ (1,526 ) $ 7,510   $ 86,885   $ 15,528   $ 57,984  

Investing activities

    (19 )   (1,961 )   (11,879 )   1,869     (70,503 )

Financing activities

    4,408     3,798     30,445     16,725     111,684  

Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

            1,069     (516 )   7,095  
                       

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,863   $ 9,347   $ 106,520   $ 33,606   $ 106,260  
                       

    Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities

        Cash provided by (used in) operating activities primarily consists of our net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, deferred income taxes, acquisition-related expenses and the effect of changes in working capital and other items.

        Our current merchant arrangements are structured such that we collect cash up front when our customers purchase Groupons and make payments to most of our merchants at a subsequent date. Under our traditional merchant payment model, we pay our merchants in installments over a period of generally sixty days for all Groupons purchased. Under this payment model, merchants are paid regardless of whether the Groupon is redeemed. Under the redemption payment model, which we utilize in most of our international operations in conformity with local market practice, merchants are not paid until the customer redeems the Groupon that has been purchased. If a customer does not redeem the Groupon under this payment model, we retain all of the revenue for the Groupon purchase. As a result of these payment models, we experience swings in merchant payables that can cause volatility in working capital levels and impact cash balances more or less than our operating income or loss would indicate. In general, merchant payable balances have increased in line with the growth of our overall business, which has created additional cash flow from operations. Furthermore, growth in our international operations has accelerated cash flow due to more favorable payment terms with our merchants. The redemption model generally improves our overall cash flow because we do not pay our merchants until the customer redeems the Groupon. To the extent we offer our merchants more favorable or accelerated payment terms or our revenue does not continue to grow in the future, our cash flow could be adversely impacted.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2011, our net cash provided by operating activities of $58.0 million consisted of net loss of $225.2 million, offset by $77.8 million in adjustments for non-cash items and $205.4 million in cash provided by changes in working capital and other activities. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of an increase in cash due to $59.1 million in stock-based compensation expense, $5.0 million in depreciation expense on property and equipment, $10.7 million in amortization of intangible assets and $8.8 million in losses in equity interests, partially offset by an excess tax benefit on stock-based compensation of $3.5 million and deferred income taxes of $2.2 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital activities primarily consisted of a $216.9 million increase in our merchant payables, due to the growth in the number of Groupons sold, and a $74.8 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities primarily related to online marketing costs incurred to acquire subscribers and operational expenses such as payroll and benefits, customer refunds, costs associated with customer loyalty and reward programs, and a $1.6 million increase in other assets and liabilities. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in operating cash flow due to a $14.4 million

60


Table of Contents


decrease in accounts payable, due to the timing of invoices received and paid, a $53.1 million increase in accounts receivable, and a $17.2 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Increases in accrued expenses, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets primarily reflect the significant increase in the number of employees, vendors, and subscribers resulting from our internal growth and global expansion through recent acquisitions.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2010, our net cash provided by operating activities of $15.5 million consisted of net loss of $27.4 million, offset by $28.4 million in cash provided by changes in working capital and other activities and $14.5 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of $9.4 million in acquisition-related costs and $4.1 million in stock-based compensation. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of a $18.7 million increase in accrued merchant payables due to an increase in the number of Groupons sold, a $4.7 million increase in accounts payable due to timing of invoices received and paid, an increase of $3.1 million in accrued expense and other current liabilities, an increase in due to related parties of $3.6 million and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $2.8 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in operating cash flow due to an increase in accounts receivable of $3.5 million. The increases in accounts payable, accrued expenses, other current liabilities, due to related parties and accounts receivable are a result of internal business growth.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, our net cash provided by operating activities of $86.9 million consisted of a net loss of $413.4 million, offset by $245.1 million in adjustments for non-cash items and $255.2 million in cash provided by changes in working capital and other activities. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of $203.2 million in acquisition-related expenses, $36.2 million in stock-based compensation expense, $1.9 million in depreciation expense on property and equipment and $11.0 million in amortization of intangible assets, partially offset by $7.3 million in deferred income taxes. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital activities primarily consisted of a $149.0 million increase in our merchant payables, due to the growth in the number of Groupons sold, a $94.6 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities primarily related to online marketing costs incurred to acquire subscribers and operational expenses such as payroll and benefits, customer refunds and costs associated with customer loyalty and reward programs, and a $50.8 million increase in accounts payable. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in operating cash flow due to a $34.9 million increase in accounts receivable, a $2.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a $1.5 million increase in other assets and liabilities. Increases in accrued expenses, accounts payable, accounts receivable and other current assets primarily reflect the significant increase in the number of employees, vendors, and subscribers resulting from our internal growth and global expansion through recent acquisitions.

        For the year ended December 31, 2009, our net cash provided by operating activities of $7.5 million was comprised of a net loss of $1.3 million, offset by $8.8 million in cash provided by working capital and other items. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of a $4.3 million increase in accrued merchant payable and accrued expenses resulting from internal business growth.

        For the year ended December 31, 2008, our net cash used in operating activities of $1.5 million primarily reflected our net loss of $1.5 million.

    Cash Provided by (Used In) Investing Activities

        Cash used in investing activities primarily consists of capital expenditures, acquisitions of businesses and changes in the balances of restricted stock.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2011, our net cash used in investing activities of $70.5 million primarily consisted of $44.3 million invested in subsidiaries and equity interests, $21.2 million in purchases of capital expenditures and $3.7 million in net cash paid in business acquisitions.

61


Table of Contents

        For the six months ended June 30, 2010, our net cash used in investing activities of $1.9 million primarily consisted of $5.6 million in cash received from acquisitions, partially offset by $3.9 million in capital expenditures.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, our net cash used in investing activities of $11.9 million was primarily comprised of $14.7 million in capital expenditures, partially offset by $3.8 million in net cash received from acquisitions. The capital expenditures reflect the significant growth of the business domestically and internationally. We received net cash from our acquisitions in 2010, as a significant portion of the purchase price paid consisted of stock and contingent consideration.

        For the year ended December 31, 2009, our net cash used in investing activities of $2.0 million primarily reflected a $1.4 million change in restricted cash related to cash paid for a security agreement with our merchant processor and a letter of credit for a facility lease agreement.

    Cash Provided By Financing Activities

        Cash provided by financing activities primarily consists of net proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock and the exercise of stock options by employees, net of the repurchase of founders' stock, common stock and preferred stock held by certain stockholders.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2011, our net cash provided by financing activities of $111.7 million was driven primarily by net cash proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock of $509.7 million. We used $353.6 million of the proceeds to repurchase our common stock, $35.0 million to redeem shares of our preferred stock and $13.6 million to pay our related party loans incurred in connection with the CityDeal acquisition.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2010, our net cash provided by financing activities of $16.7 million was driven primarily by net cash proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock of $134.9 million. We used $119.9 million of the proceeds to repurchase our common stock.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, our net cash provided by financing activities of $30.4 million was driven primarily by net cash proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock of $584.7 million. We used $503.2 million of the proceeds to repurchase our common stock, $55.0 million to redeem shares of our preferred stock, and $1.3 million to pay dividends to our preferred stockholders. In addition, we received $5.0 million from related party loans throughout 2010.

        For the year ended December 31, 2009, our net cash provided by financing activities of $3.8 million was due primarily to $29.9 million of net cash proceeds from the sale and issuance of preferred stock, of which $26.4 million was used to fund a special dividend to certain holders of our capital stock.

        For the year ended December 31, 2008, our net cash provided by financing activities of $4.4 million reflected $4.7 million in net proceeds from the sale and issuance of preferred stock.

62


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        The following table summarizes our future contractual obligations and commitments as of June 30, 2011:

 
  Payments due by period  
 
  Total   2011   2012   2013   2014   2015   Thereafter  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations (1)

  $ 81,386   $ 9,579   $ 15,347   $ 11,809   $ 10,184   $ 10,069   $ 24,398  

Purchase obligations (2)

    20,180     4,453     7,727     8,000              
                               

Total

  $ 101,566   $ 14,032   $ 23,074   $ 19,809   $ 10,184   $ 10,069   $ 24,398  
                               

(1)
The operating lease obligations are for office facilities and are non-cancelable. Certain leases contain periodic rent escalation adjustments and renewal and expansion options. Operating lease obligations expire at various dates with the latest maturity in 2017.

(2)
Purchase obligations primarily represent non-cancelable contractual obligations related to sales and marketing services.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2011.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, interest rate changes and inflation. Information relating to quantitative and qualitative disclosures about these market risks is set forth below.

    Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        We transact business in various foreign currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally the euro, British pound sterling and Japanese yen, which exposes us to foreign currency risk. For the first half of 2011, we derived approximately 57.9% of our revenue from international customers and we expect the percentage of total revenue derived from outside the United States to increase in future periods as we continue to expand globally. Revenue and related expenses generated from our international operations are denominated in the functional currencies of the corresponding country. The functional currency of our subsidiaries that either operate or support these markets is generally the same as the corresponding local currency. The results of operations of, and certain of our intercompany balances associated with, our international operations are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Upon consolidation, as exchange rates vary, our revenue and other operating results may differ materially from expectations, and we may record significant gains or losses on the remeasurement of intercompany balances.

        We assess our market risk based on changes in foreign currency exchange rates utilizing a sensitivity analysis that measures the potential impact in earnings, fair values and cash flows based on a hypothetical 10% change (increase and decrease) in currency rates. We use a current market pricing model to assess the changes in the value of the U.S. dollar on foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities. The primary assumption used in these models is a hypothetical 10% weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against all our currency exposures as of June 30, 2011.

        We used June 30, 2011 market rates on outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities to perform the sensitivity analyses separately for each of our currency exposures. The estimates are based on the market risk sensitive portfolios described in the preceding paragraphs and assume instantaneous, parallel shifts in exchange rates. As of June 30, 2011, our working capital deficit (defined as current assets less current liabilities) subject to foreign currency translation risk was

63


Table of Contents


$247.8 million. The potential decrease in net current assets from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in quoted foreign currency exchange rates would be $24.8 million.

    Interest Rate Risk

        Our cash and cash equivalents primarily consisted of highly-rated commercial paper and money market funds. We currently have no investments of any type and do not have any long-term borrowings. Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates is limited because nearly all of our cash and cash equivalents have a short-term maturity and are used primarily for working capital purposes.

    Impact of Inflation

        We believe that our results of operations are not materially impacted by moderate changes in the inflation rate. Inflation and changing prices did not have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in 2008, 2009, 2010 or the first half of 2011.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles of the United States, or U.S. GAAP, requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosures of contingent liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The SEC has defined a company's critical accounting policies as the ones that are most important to the portrayal of the company's financial condition and results of operations, and which require the company to make its most difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. Based on this definition, we have identified the following critical accounting policies and estimates addressed below. We also have other key accounting policies, which involve the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that are significant to understanding our results. See Note 2 " Summary of Significant Accounting Policies " of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. Although we believe that our estimates, assumptions, and judgments are reasonable, they are based upon information available at the time. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates under different assumptions, judgments, or conditions.

    Revenue Recognition

        We recognize revenue from the sale of Groupons when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the selling price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. These criteria generally are met when the number of customers who purchase the daily deal exceeds any predetermined minimum or threshold, based on the executed contract with our merchants. We record the gross purchase price we receive, excluding taxes where applicable, as we consider ourselves to be the primary obligor for the Groupon voucher, and record an allowance for estimated customer refunds on total revenue primarily based on historical experience.

        We use various customer loyalty and reward programs to build brand loyalty and provide subscribers with incentives to buy Groupons. When subscribers perform qualifying acts, such as providing a referral to a new subscriber or participating in promotional offers, we grant the customer credits that can be redeemed for awards such as free or discounted goods or services in the future. We accrue the costs related to the associated obligation to redeem the award credits granted at issuance in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets and record the corresponding offset to revenue on the consolidated statements of operations.

        If our judgments regarding estimated customer refunds and accrued costs associated with customer loyalty and reward programs are inaccurate, actual net revenue could differ from the amount we recognize, directly impacting our results of operations.

64


Table of Contents

    Acquisitions and the Recoverability of Goodwill and Long-Lived Intangible Assets

        A component of our growth strategy has been to acquire and integrate businesses that complement our existing operations. We account for business combinations using the purchase method of accounting and allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the purchase date. The difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

        In determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, we primarily use recognized valuation methods such as an income approach or a cost approach and apply present value modeling. Our significant estimates in the income or cost approach include identifying business factors such as size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment and assessing comparable revenue and operating income multiples in estimating the fair value. Further, we make certain assumptions within present value modeling valuation techniques including risk-adjusted discount rates, future price levels, rates of increase in operating expenses, weighted average cost of capital, rates of long-term growth, and effective income tax rates. Valuations are performed by management or independent valuation specialists under management's supervision, where appropriate. We believe that the estimated fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on reasonable assumptions that marketplace participants would use. However, such assumptions are inherently uncertain and actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Future changes in our assumptions or the interrelationship of those assumptions may negatively impact future valuations. In future measurements of fair value, adverse changes in discounted cash flow assumptions could result in an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets that would require a non-cash charge to the consolidated statements of operations and may have a material effect on our financial condition and operating results.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        We measure stock-based compensation cost at fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, and generally recognize the corresponding compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the service period during which awards are expected to vest. We include stock-based compensation expense in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units is based on the valuation of our common stock on the date of grant. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment.

        We use the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

    Fair Value of Our Common Stock.   Because our stock has not been publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in "Common Stock Valuations" below.

    Expected Term.   The expected term represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the "simplified method" allowed under SEC guidance. We used the "simplified method" due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options.

    Volatility.   Since we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for publicly-traded options of comparable industry peers similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage, based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. We did

65


Table of Contents

      not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers' common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

    Risk-free Interest Rate.   The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

    Dividend Yield.   We do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

        If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

        The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011:

 
  2008   2009   2010   Six months ended
June 30, 2011
 

Dividend yield

                 

Risk-free interest rate

    3.10 %   2.82 %   2.58 %   1.79 %

Expected term (in years)

    5.98     6.84     6.13     4.47  

Expected volatility

    46 %   46 %   46 %   44 %

    Common Stock Valuations

        The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, or the Board, which intended that all options granted were exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, the Board with input from management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

    the prices of our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

    our operating and financial performance;

    current business conditions and projections;

    the hiring of key personnel;

    the history of our company and the introduction of new products and services;

    our stage of development;

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

    any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

    the market performance of comparable publicly-traded companies; and

66


Table of Contents

    the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

        We granted stock options with the following exercise price ranges each quarter since the beginning of 2008:

Three Months Ended
  Shares Underlying
Options
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price ($)
 

March 31, 2008

         

June 30, 2008

    30,000     0.03  

September 30, 2008

    480,000     0.03  

December 31, 2008

    600,000     0.03  

March 31, 2009

    300,000     0.05  

June 30, 2009

    2,814,000     0.09  

September 30, 2009

    3,258,000     0.16  

December 31, 2009

    873,000     0.51  

March 31, 2010

    5,625,000     2.42  

June 30, 2010

    1,121,400     3.35  

September 30, 2010

    1,868,200     4.49  

December 31, 2010

    150,600     6.95  

March 31, 2011

    60,000     15.80  

June 30, 2011 (1)

    19,000     0.03  

(1)
The 19,000 options granted in the three months ended June 30, 2011 have an exercise price of $0.03 because they were granted as part of a settlement agreement with a former employee. The exercise price of these options represents the fair market value of the stock when the employee left the Company.

        Summarized below are the significant factors the Board considered in determining the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards.

    Fiscal Year 2008 and Prior

        We raised $4.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance convertible preferred stock in January 2008 and began operations with the launch of our first market in Chicago in October 2008.

    Fiscal Year 2009

      First Quarter 2009.     In the first quarter, we generated revenue of $0.3 million for the first quarter of 2009 through continued to growth in the Chicago market.

      Second Quarter 2009.     In the second quarter, we launched our services in four additional markets (New York, Washington D.C., San Francisco and Boston) and the total number of subscribers rose to approximately 0.2 million at June 30, 2009. We generated revenue of $3.3 million for the second quarter of 2009.

      Third Quarter 2009.     In the third quarter, we launched our services in 12 new markets across the United States and the total number of subscribers increased to approximately 0.6 million at September 30, 2009. We generated revenue of $10.0 million for the third quarter of 2009.

      Fourth Quarter 2009.     In the fourth quarter, we raised $29.9 million in net proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock in November 2009 and the total number of subscribers increased to approximately 1.8 million at December 31, 2009 as we launched our services in 13 additional markets across the United States. We generated revenue of $16.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2009.

67


Table of Contents

    Fiscal Year 2010

      First Quarter 2010.     In the first quarter, the total number of subscribers increased to approximately 3.4 million as of March 31, 2010 as we launched our services in 13 new markets across the United States. In addition, we launched our official Groupon application for the Apple iPhone and iPod touch, which provides at no additional cost a more convenient buying and redemption process for both consumers and merchants. We generated revenue of $44.2 million for the first quarter of 2010.

      Second Quarter 2010.     In the second quarter, we raised $134.9 million in net proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock in April 2010. We also expanded our global presence to 80 markets and 16 countries in Europe and in Latin America with acquisitions. In addition, we acquired a mobile development company in May 2010. We also launched our services in 20 additional markets across North America, including Toronto and Vancouver, increasing the total number of subscribers to approximately 10.4 million as of June 30, 2010. We generated revenue of $87.3 million for the second quarter of 2010.

      Third Quarter 2010.     In the third quarter, the total number of subscribers increased to approximately 21.4 million as of September 30, 2010 as we launched our services in 22 new markets across North America, including Calgary, Edmonton and Ottawa. We also expanded our global presence into the Russian Federation and Japan in August 2010. In addition, we began targeting deals to subscribers based upon their personal preferences and buying history. We generated revenue of $185.2 million for the third quarter of 2010.

      Fourth Quarter 2010.     In the fourth quarter, we raised $449.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock in December 2010. In addition, we expanded our presence in the Asia-Pacific region, and we also acquired Ludic Labs, Inc., a company that designs and develops local marketing services, in November 2010. The total number of subscribers increased to approximately 50.6 million as of December 31, 2010 as we launched our services in 69 additional markets across North America, including 12 markets in Canada. We generated revenue of $396.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2010.

    Fiscal Year 2011

      First Quarter 2011.     In the first quarter of 2011 we raised $492.5 million in net proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock. We expanded our presence into new and expanding markets in India, Malaysia, South Africa and the Middle East through a series of acquisitions. The total number of subscribers increased to approximately 83.1 million as of March 31, 2011 as we launched our services in 21 additional markets across North America. We generated revenue of $644.7 million for the first quarter of 2011.

      Second Quarter 2011.     In the second quarter of 2011 we expanded our presence into Indonesia. The total number of subscribers increased to approximately 115.7 million as of June 30, 2011. We generated revenue of $878.0 million for the second quarter of 2011.

    Income Taxes

        We are subject to income taxes in both the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. For example, our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory rates, by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or by changes in the relevant tax, accounting and other laws, regulations, principles and interpretations.

68


Table of Contents

        We are subject to audit in various jurisdictions, and such jurisdictions may assess additional income tax against us. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of any tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from historical income tax provisions and accruals. The results of an audit or litigation could have a material effect on our operating results or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made.

        We account for income taxes using the liability method, under which deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized based upon anticipated future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying values of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. We regularly review deferred tax assets to assess their potential realization and establish a valuation allowance for portions of such assets to reduce the carrying value if we do not consider it to be more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. Any change in the valuation allowance would be charged to income in the period such determination was made.

        We began foreign operations in 2010 and generated taxable losses in our foreign jurisdictions. Since we have no prior history of capturing our future income projections by jurisdiction, we record a full valuation allowance in all foreign jurisdictions in a net deferred tax asset position at December 31, 2010. The Company's unrecoverable foreign net operating loss carryforwards are primarily in Europe and Asia. We will continue to reassess the need for a valuation allowance on our foreign deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis.

        In performing this review, we make estimates and assumptions regarding projected future taxable income, the expected timing of reversals of existing temporary differences and the implementation of tax planning strategies. A change in these assumptions could cause an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance resulting in an increase or decrease in the Company's effective tax rate, which could materially impact our results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, issued accounting guidance, which, among other requirements, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about the use of fair value measurements. Such guidance prescribes a single definition of fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. For financial instruments and certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis at least annually, the guidance was effective beginning the first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. This portion of the guidance, which was adopted as of the beginning of 2008, had no impact on our consolidated financial statements. For all other nonfinancial assets and liabilities the guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. We adopted this guidance effective as of the beginning of 2009, and its application had no impact on our consolidated financial statements. In January 2010, the FASB issued additional guidance that improves disclosures about fair value measures that were originally required. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those years. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our financial position or results of operations.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that establishes principles and requirements for determining how a company recognizes and measures the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, noncontrolling interests and certain contingent considerations acquired in a business combination. The guidance on business combinations also requires acquisition-related transaction expenses and restructuring costs be expensed as incurred rather than capitalized. This guidance became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and we adopted the provisions of this guidance

69


Table of Contents


prospectively beginning in 2009. In December 2010, the FASB issued an update to this guidance, which specifies that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. The amendments also expand the supplemental pro forma disclosures that are required. The new guidance is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. We adopted the provisions of this business combinations guidance at the beginning of 2011.

        In April 2008, the FASB issued a staff position that amends the list of factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible assets. This new guidance applies to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets in business combinations and asset acquisitions. Under this guidance, entities estimating the useful life of a recognized intangible asset must consider their historical experience in renewing or extending similar arrangements or, in the absence of historical experience, must consider assumptions that market participants would use about renewal or extension. This staff position became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of this guidance prospectively beginning in 2009, and its application had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification as the sole source of authoritative U.S. GAAP. Pursuant to these provisions, we have incorporated the applicable references in its consolidated financial statements. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our financial position or results of operations.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance that eliminates the qualifying special purpose entity concept, changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets and requires enhanced disclosures about transfers of financial assets. The guidance also revises earlier guidance for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity, requires a new approach for determining who should consolidate a variable interest entity, changes when it is necessary to reassess who should consolidate a variable interest entity, and requires enhanced disclosures related to an enterprise's involvement in variable interest entities. The guidance is effective for the first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009. We adopted the provisions of this guidance prospectively beginning in 2010, and its application had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In September 2009, the FASB issued guidance that allows companies to allocate arrangement consideration in a multiple element arrangement in a way that better reflects the transaction economics. It provides another alternative for establishing fair value for a deliverable when vendor specific objective evidence or third party evidence for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined. When this evidence cannot be determined, companies will be required to develop a best estimate of the selling price to separate deliverables and allocate arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. The guidance also expands the disclosure requirements to require that an entity provide both qualitative and quantitative information about the significant judgments made in applying this guidance. This guidance was effective on a prospective basis for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified on or after January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2010, the FASB issued additional guidance that improves disclosures for certain fair value measures that were originally required. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those years. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our financial position or results of operations.

70


Table of Contents

        In February 2010, the FASB issued guidance, effective immediately that removes the requirement to disclose the date through which subsequent events were evaluated in both originally issued and reissued financial statements for SEC filers. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2010, the FASB issued guidance about when to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. According to the new guidance, entities must consider whether it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists by assessing if there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating impairment. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2010, the FASB issued guidance about the disclosure of supplementary pro forma information for business combinations, which clarifies the disclosure requirements for pro forma financial information related to a material business combination or a series of immaterial business combinations that are material in the aggregate. The guidance clarified that the pro forma disclosures are prepared assuming the business combination occurred at the start of the prior annual reporting period. Additionally, a narrative description of the nature and amount of material, non-recurring pro forma adjustments would be required. The new guidance is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance that changed the requirement for presenting "Comprehensive Income" in the consolidated financial statements. The update requires an entity to present the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 and should be applied retrospectively. The adoption of the standard will not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

        In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance that amends certain fair value measurement principles and disclosure requirements. The new guidance states, among other things, that the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise are only relevant when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets and prohibits the grouping of financial instruments for purposes of determining their fair values when the unit of account is specified in other guidance. The update is to be applied prospectively and is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

71


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

        Groupon is a local e-commerce marketplace that connects merchants to consumers by offering goods and services at a discount. Traditionally, local merchants have tried to reach consumers and generate sales through a variety of methods, including the yellow pages, direct mail, newspaper, radio, television and online advertisements, promotions and the occasional guy dancing on a street corner in a gorilla suit. By bringing the brick and mortar world of local commerce onto the internet, Groupon is creating a new way for local merchants to attract customers and sell goods and services. We provide consumers with savings and help them discover what to do, eat, see and buy in the places where they live and work.

        We started Groupon in October 2008 and believe the growth of our business demonstrates the power of our solution and the size of our market opportunity:

    We increased our revenue from $3.3 million in the second quarter of 2009 to $878.0 million in the second quarter of 2011. We had net income of $21,000 for the second quarter of 2009 as compared to a net loss of $102.7 million for the second quarter of 2011.

    We expanded from five North American markets as of June 30, 2009 to 175 North American markets and 45 countries as of June 30, 2011. Revenue from our international and North American operations was $535.1 million and $342.9 million, respectively, in the second quarter of 2011.

    We increased our subscriber base from 152,203 as of June 30, 2009 to 115.7 million as of June 30, 2011. A total of 43,014 customers purchased Groupons through the end of the second quarter of 2009 as compared to 23,072,600 through the end of the second quarter of 2011, including 12,066,676 customers that have purchased more than one Groupon since January 1, 2009.

    We increased the number of merchants featured in our marketplace from 212 in the second quarter of 2009 to 78,466 in the second quarter of 2011.

    We sold 116,231 Groupons in the second quarter of 2009 compared to 32.5 million Groupons in the second quarter of 2011.

    We grew from 37 employees as of June 30, 2009 to 9,625 employees as of June 30, 2011.

        Each day we email our subscribers discounted offers for goods and services that are targeted by location and personal preferences. Consumers also access our deals directly through our websites and mobile applications. A typical deal might offer a $20 Groupon that can be redeemed for $40 in value at a restaurant, spa, yoga studio, car wash or other local merchant. Customers purchase Groupons from us and redeem them with our merchants. Our revenue is the purchase price paid by the customer for the Groupon. Our gross profit is the amount we retain after paying an agreed upon percentage of the purchase price to the featured merchant.

        Groupon primarily addresses the worldwide local commerce markets in the leisure, recreation, foodservice and retail sectors. The leisure, recreation and foodservice market is expected to be $1.4 trillion in the U.S. and $5.3 trillion internationally in 2011 (Euromonitor International 2011 report). The retail market is expected to be $2.9 trillion in the U.S. and $12.2 trillion internationally in 2011. We believe a substantial portion of these expenditures on leisure, recreation, foodservice and retail will be spent with local merchants. This belief is based on the collective experience of our management and employees that commerce involving individuals is primarily local and has been substantiated by the growth we have experienced since our inception. Groupon also addresses the online advertising market serving these merchants. The size of the U.S. online advertising market is estimated to be $51.9 billion in 2011, of which $16.1 billion is estimated to be spent by local merchants according to Borrell Associates. The size of the global online advertising market is estimated to be approximately $79 billion in 2011 (IDC May 2011 Worldwide New Media Market Model, 2H10).

72


Table of Contents

Our Business

        The following examples illustrate how our marketplace works and the benefits it can provide our merchants and consumers.

    Two-Hour Romantic Dinner Cruise With Star Fleet Entertainment Yachts, Houston, Texas

      Merchant Objective :    Star Fleet Entertainment Yachts, a yacht charter business on the Texas Gulf Coast, hosts murder mystery themed and romantic dinner cruises for up to 150 passengers. Star Fleet regularly sold out its murder mystery themed cruises, but had trouble filling its romantic dinner cruises. The President and Chief Executive Officer of Star Fleet sought to use our service as a marketing tool to introduce Star Fleet to new consumers and increase sales.

      The Deal :    On January 19, 2010, we emailed and posted the following Groupon daily deal in Houston, Texas that offered one ticket on a two-hour romantic dinner cruise on the Star Fleet Entertainment Yacht for $32, a 50% discount.

      GRAPHIC

      The Results :    We sold 2,181 Groupons in 24 hours. By targeting an under-performing segment of its business, Star Fleet was able to increase ticket sales for romantic dinner cruises. In addition, more than half of the Groupons were sold to new customers. Star Fleet's website traffic peaked on the day the deal was offered at approximately 6,700 unique visits, 82% of which were from new visitors. Star Fleet sold out all romantic dinner cruises from January 19, 2010 through September 30, 2010 and substantially increased its gross sales for romantic dinner cruises compared to the same period in the prior year.

73


Table of Contents

    Latin Cuisine and Drinks at Seviche, Louisville, Kentucky

      Merchant Objective :    Seviche is an award-winning restaurant located in Louisville, Kentucky. Despite Seviche's award-winning status, it struggled during the winter months to maintain sales even after trying several forms of traditional local marketing.

      The Deal :    On February 8, 2010, we emailed and posted the following Groupon daily deal in Louisville, Kentucky that offered $60 worth of Latin cuisine and drinks for $25, a 58% discount.

      GRAPHIC

      The Results :    We sold 793 Groupons in 24 hours. Seviche's customer headcount increased by 170% in the week following the daily deal. The Groupon customers spent an average 68% above the $60 face value of the Groupon, generating approximately $80,000 in gross sales.

74


Table of Contents

        We have offered deals involving over 140 different types of businesses, services and activities that fall into the six broad categories identified below. The following chart shows the percentage of deals we offered across these categories during the first half of 2011 in our North America and International segments:

North America   International

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

Our Advantage

        We have created an e-commerce marketplace for connecting local merchants to consumers. Although there are many companies which have tried to replicate our approach, we believe that the customer experience and relevancy of our deals, our merchant scale and quality and our brand are sustainable competitive advantages.

        Customer Experience and Relevance of Deals.     We are committed to providing a great customer experience and maintaining the trust of our customers. Consistent with this commitment, our "Groupon Promise" is core to our customer service philosophy:

      " Nothing is more important to us than treating our customers well. If you ever feel like Groupon let you down, give us a call and we'll return your purchase—simple as that ."

        In addition, we use our technology and scale to target relevant deals based on individual subscriber preferences. As we increase the volume of transactions through our marketplace, we increase the amount of data that we have about deal performance and customer interests. This data allows us to continue to improve our ability to help merchants design the most effective deals and deliver deals to customers that better match their interests. We use information about our subscribers to select and send deals via email and our mobile applications can also target deals to subscribers based on proximity to the sponsoring merchant. Increased relevancy enables us to offer several daily deals, which we believe results in increasing purchases by targeted subscribers, thereby driving greater demand for Groupons. We monitor the relevancy of deals by measuring purchasing rates among targeted subscribers.

        Merchant Scale and Quality.     In the first half of 2011, we featured deals from over 135,000 merchants worldwide across over 140 categories of goods and services. Our salesforce of over 4,800 sales representatives enables us to work with local merchants in 175 North American markets and 45 countries. We draw on the experience we have gained to evaluate prospective merchants based on quality, location and relevance to our subscribers. We maintain a large base of prospective merchants interested in our marketplace, which enables us to be more selective and offer our subscribers higher quality deals. Increasing our merchant base also increases the number and variety of deals that we offer to consumers, which we believe drives higher subscriber and user traffic, and in turn promotes greater merchant interest in offering deals through our marketplace, creating a network effect.

75


Table of Contents

        Brand.     We believe we have built a trusted and recognizable brand by delivering a compelling value proposition to merchants and consumers. A benefit of our brand is that a substantial portion of our subscribers are acquired through word-of-mouth, which we consider sources other than from a paid-for link to our website. For example, during the first half of 2011, approximately 40% of our subscribers in our North America segment were acquired through word-of-mouth. We believe our brand is trusted due to our dedication to our customers and our significant investment in customer satisfaction. We believe that trust in our brand is evidenced by our repeat customers and the scale of our merchant pool.

Our Strategy

        Our objective is to become an essential part of everyday local commerce for consumers and merchants. Key elements of our strategy include the following:

        Grow our subscriber base.     As of June 30, 2011, we had 115.7 million subscribers. We have made significant investments to acquire subscribers through online marketing initiatives, such as search engine marketing, display advertisements, referral programs and affiliate marketing. In 2010 and during the first half of 2011, we spent $241.5 million and $345.1 million, respectively, on these initiatives. In addition, our subscriber base has increased by word-of-mouth. We intend to continue to invest in acquiring subscribers so long as we believe the economics of our business support such investments. See "—Subscriber Economics." Our goal is to retain existing and acquire new subscribers by providing more targeted and real-time deals, delivering high quality customer service and expanding the number and categories of deals we offer. We intend to continue to invest in the development of increased relevance of our service as the number and variety of our deals we offer our subscribers increase and we gain more information about our subscribers' interests.

        Grow the number of merchants we feature.     During 2010 and the first half of 2011, we featured Groupon daily deals for over 66,000 merchants and over 135,000 merchants worldwide, respectively. To drive merchant growth, we have expanded the number of ways in which consumers can discover deals through our marketplace. We adjust the number and variety of products we offer merchants based on merchant demand in each market. We have also made significant investments in our salesforce, which builds merchant relationships and local expertise. Our merchant retention efforts are focused on providing merchants with a positive experience by offering targeted placement of their deals to our subscriber base, high quality customer service and tools to manage deals more effectively. For example, we recently began offering a mobile redemption application that enables our merchants to manage their Groupon business and maintain an ongoing relationship with their Groupon customers. We routinely solicit feedback from our merchants to ensure their objectives are met and they are satisfied with our services. Based on this feedback, we believe our merchants consider the profitability of the immediate deal, potential revenue generated by repeat customers and increased brand awareness for the merchant and the resulting revenue stream that brand awareness may generate over time. Some merchants view our deals as a marketing expense and may be willing to offer deals with little or no immediate profitability in an effort to gain future customers and increased brand awareness.

        Increase the number and variety of our products through innovation.     We have launched a variety of new products in the past 12 months and we plan to continue to launch new products to increase the number of subscribers and merchants that transact business through our marketplace. For example, to better target subscribers, in February 2011, we launched Deal Channels, which aggregates daily deals from the same category. We currently offer Deal Channels in home and garden and event tickets and travel. In addition, we recently have launched Groupon NOW, which is a deal initiated by a merchant on demand and offered instantly to subscribers through mobile devices and our website. As our local e-commerce marketplace grows, we believe consumers will use Groupon not only as a discovery tool for local merchants, but also as an ongoing connection point to their favorite merchants.

76


Table of Contents

        Expand with acquisitions and business development partnerships.     Since May 2010, we have made 17 acquisitions. The increase in our revenue, key operating metrics and employee headcount from 2009 to 2010 is partially attributable to these acquisitions and the subsequent growth of our International segment as a result of such acquisitions. Our largest transaction to date was our acquisition of CityDeal, a company based in Europe that operated in 80 markets in 16 countries with 1.9 million subscribers at the time of acquisition. Excluding CityDeal, each of the companies we have acquired had less than $1 million in annual revenue at the time of acquisition. Typically, the core assets that we gain from an acquisition are a local management team and small subscriber and merchant bases, to which we then apply our expertise, resources and brand to scale the business. In addition to acquisitions, we have entered into agreements with local partners to expand our international presence. For example, in February 2011, we entered into a partnership with TCH Burgundy Limited, or Tencent, a Chinese internet company, to operate a Chinese e-commerce website. We have also entered into affiliate programs with companies such as eBay, Microsoft, Yahoo and Zynga, pursuant to which these partners display, promote and distribute our deals to their users in exchange for a share of the revenue generated from our deals. We intend to continue to expand our business with acquisitions and business development partnerships.

Subscriber Economics

        We have grown our subscriber base from 0.2 million as of June 30, 2009 to 115.7 million subscribers worldwide as of June 30, 2011. The chart below shows the number of our subscribers as of the end of each quarter since June 30, 2009 in our North America and International segments:

North American Subscribers (in millions)   International Subscribers (in millions)

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

        We grow our subscriber base through marketing initiatives and word-of-mouth. Online marketing consists of search engine marketing, display advertisements, referral programs and affiliate marketing and has historically represented our largest operating expense. Our offline marketing programs include traditional television, billboard, and radio advertisements, public relations as well as sponsored events to increase our visibility and build our brand.

        In 2010 and the first half of 2011, we spent $241.5 million and $345.1 million, respectively, on subscriber acquisition. We acquired 48.8 million and 65.1 million subscribers, respectively, during those periods. Since our inception, we have prioritized growth, and investments in our marketing initiatives have contributed to our losses. Our investments in subscriber growth are driven by the cost to acquire a subscriber as compared to the profits we expect to generate from that subscriber over time. Once acquired, subscribers have been relatively inexpensive to maintain because our interaction is largely limited to daily emails and our mobile applications. Over time, as our business continues to scale and we become more established in a greater percentage of our markets, we expect that our marketing expense will decrease as a percentage of revenue.

        To demonstrate the economics of our business model, we have compared the revenue and gross profit generated from the North American subscribers we acquired in the second quarter of 2010, which we refer to as our Q2 2010 cohort, to the online marketing expenses incurred to acquire such subscribers, which is a

77


Table of Contents


portion of our total marketing expenses. The gross profit attributed to such subscribers reflects the amount we retained after paying an agreed upon percentage to the featured merchants for the Groupons purchased by such subscribers. The Q2 2010 cohort is illustrative of trends we have seen among our North American subscriber base. The Q2 2010 cohort included 3.7 million subscribers that we initially spent $18.0 million in online marketing to acquire in the second quarter of 2010. In that quarter, we generated $29.8 million in revenue and $12.8 million in gross profit from the sale of approximately 1.2 million Groupons to these subscribers. Through June 30, 2011, we generated an aggregate of $185.3 million in revenue and $77.3 million in gross profit from the sale of approximately 8.0 million Groupons to the Q2 2010 cohort. In summary, we spent $18.0 million in online marketing expense to acquire subscribers in the Q2 2010 cohort and generated $77.3 million in gross profit from this group of subscribers over five quarters.

City Case Studies

        To further illustrate our business model, we have provided case studies for Chicago, the site of our North American headquarters and our oldest North American market, Boston, our second oldest North American market, Berlin, the site of our international headquarters, and London, both international markets we entered through the CityDeal acquisition. As illustrated below, the number of subscribers, cumulative customers, featured merchants, revenue and Groupons sold generally increased in each of these markets over the periods presented. Average revenue per Groupon sold declined or remained stable in each of these markets for the periods presented as a result of the mix of categories featured. Although average revenue per Groupon sold declined in certain markets in certain periods, we believe that total revenue and total gross profit, rather than average revenue per Groupon sold, are better indicators of our overall growth in each market because these are the measures that we aim to maximize in each market. In addition, while gross profit increased in a manner consistent with the increases in revenue, gross margins remained stable in each of these markets for the periods presented. The performance of these markets is not necessarily indicative of our current or future performance in other markets.

    Case Study: Chicago

        Chicago is the first market we entered, and we offered our first daily deal there in October 2008. Chicago is also our largest market. Due to our history in Chicago and the fact that we are headquartered there, we have tested new features and strategies in Chicago. As of June 30, 2009, we had 36,891 subscribers, and, for the second quarter of 2009, we generated $1.6 million in revenue from 46,909 Groupons sold. As of June 30, 2011, we had 1.9 million subscribers, and, for the second quarter of 2011, we generated $24.3 million in revenue from 1.1 million Groupons sold. The following table shows information regarding subscribers and cumulative customers as of the end of each quarter and featured merchants, revenue and Groupons sold in each quarter beginning with the second quarter of 2009:

 
  Three Months Ended,  
Chicago
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sept. 30,
2010
  Dec. 31,
2010
  Mar. 31,
2011
  June 30,
2011
 

Subscribers

    36,891     62,038     147,882     268,056     492,826     750,118     1,102,146     1,504,978     1,887,348  

Cumulative customers

    19,003     43,023     74,237     125,403     184,074     285,987     409,746     552,712     699,580  

Featured merchants

    67     92     131     144     157     233     470     759     1,228  

Revenue (in millions)

  $ 1.6   $ 3.0   $ 3.9   $ 6.3   $ 9.3   $ 13.1   $ 16.9   $ 21.5   $ 24.3  

Groupons sold

    46,909     84,373     149,371     263,304     350,928     541,084     678,933     950,689     1,079,559  

Average revenue per subscriber

  $ 43   $ 61   $ 37   $ 30   $ 24   $ 21   $ 18   $ 16   $ 14  

Average cumulative Groupons sold per customer

    2.5     3.1     3.8     4.3     4.9     5.0     5.2     5.5     5.9  

Average revenue per Groupon sold

  $ 34   $ 36   $ 26   $ 24   $ 27   $ 24   $ 25   $ 23   $ 22  

78


Table of Contents

    Case Study: Boston

        Boston is the second market we entered, and we offered our first daily deal there in April 2009. As of June 30, 2009, we had 17,069 subscribers, and, for the second quarter of 2009, we generated $0.7 million in revenue from 26,032 Groupons sold. As of June 30, 2011, we had 944,024 subscribers, and, for the second quarter of 2011, we generated $10.9 million in revenue from 387,319 Groupons sold. The following table shows information regarding subscribers and cumulative customers as of the end of each quarter and featured merchants, revenue and Groupons sold in each quarter beginning with the second quarter of 2009:

 
  Three Months Ended,  
Boston
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sept. 30,
2010
  Dec. 31,
2010
  Mar. 31,
2011
  June 30,
2011
 

Subscribers

    17,069     56,904     122,375     194,615     285,615     412,467     561,064     778,936     944,024  

Cumulative customers

    8,545     20,953     36,634     62,610     94,617     142,930     197,961     272,548     342,196  

Featured merchants

    66     75     87     110     116     145     286     456     667  

Revenue (in millions)

  $ 0.7   $ 1.4   $ 1.8   $ 2.9   $ 4.6   $ 5.9   $ 7.1   $ 9.3   $ 10.9  

Groupons sold

    26,032     39,996     56,457     95,755     152,675     223,469     284,157     388,178     387,319  

Average revenue per subscriber

  $ 41   $ 38   $ 20   $ 18   $ 19   $ 17   $ 15   $ 14   $ 13  

Average cumulative Groupons sold per customer

    3.0     3.2     3.3     3.5     3.9     4.2     4.4     4.6     4.8  

Average revenue per Groupon sold

  $ 27   $ 35   $ 32   $ 30   $ 30   $ 26   $ 25   $ 24   $ 28  

    Case Study: Berlin

        Berlin was one of the international markets we entered through our acquisition of CityDeal which was completed in May 2010 and is the site of our European headquarters. As of June 30, 2010, we had 92,500 subscribers and, for the second quarter of 2010, we generated $1.0 million in revenue from 47,068 Groupons sold. As of June 30, 2011, we had 492,300 subscribers, and, for the second quarter of 2011, we generated $8.7 million in revenue from 251,930 Groupons sold. The following table shows information regarding subscribers and cumulative customers as of the end of each quarter and featured merchants, revenue and Groupons sold in each quarter beginning with the second quarter of 2010:

 
  Three Months Ended,  
Berlin
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sept. 30,
2010
  Dec. 31,
2010
  Mar. 31,
2011
  June 30,
2011
 

Subscribers

    92,500     152,800     261,200     396,000     492,300  

Cumulative customers

    20,237     40,350     67,574     107,898     152,518  

Featured merchants

    108     268     303     416     543  

Revenue (in millions)

  $ 1.0   $ 2.4   $ 4.5   $ 6.1   $ 8.7  

Groupons sold

    47,068     89,321     124,585     229,279     251,930  

Average revenue per subscriber

  $ 11   $ 20   $ 22   $ 19   $ 20  

Average cumulative Groupons sold per customer

    2.3     3.4     3.9     4.5     4.9  

Average revenue per Groupon sold

  $ 21   $ 27   $ 36   $ 27   $ 35  

    Case Study: London

        London also was one of the international markets we entered through our acquisition of CityDeal. As of June 30, 2010, we had 159,156 subscribers, and for the second quarter of 2010, we generated $1.7 million in revenue from 49,564 Groupons sold. As of June 30, 2011, we had 2,005,854 subscribers, and, for the second quarter of 2011, we generated $24.1 million in revenue from 420,492 Groupons sold. The following table shows information regarding subscribers and cumulative customers as of the end of each quarter and featured merchants, revenue and Groupons sold in each quarter beginning with the second quarter of 2010:

 
  Three Months Ended,  
London
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sept. 30,
2010
  Dec. 31,
2010
  Mar. 31,
2011
  June 30,
2011
 

Subscribers

    159,156     423,660     993,622     1,602,968     2,005,854  

Cumulative customers

    25,419     70,514     137,075     262,189     377,585  

Featured merchants

    102     232     294     432     583  

Revenue (in millions)

  $ 1.7   $ 5.4   $ 10.8   $ 20.1   $ 24.1  

Groupons sold

    49,564     126,916     237,756     402,086     420,492  

Average revenue per subscriber

  $ 11   $ 19   $ 15   $ 15   $ 13  

Average cumulative Groupons sold per customer

    1.9     2.5     3.0     3.1     3.3  

Average revenue per Groupon sold

  $ 34   $ 43   $ 45   $ 50   $ 57  

79


Table of Contents

Our Merchants

        In the first half of 2011, we featured deals from over 135,000 merchants worldwide. To drive merchant growth, we have expanded the number and variety of product offerings available through our marketplace and invested in our salesforce. The charts below show the number of merchants we featured in our North America and International segments, which we entered in May 2010 with the acquisition of CityDeal, during each quarter indicated:

North American Merchants Featured   International Merchants Featured

 

 

 
GRAPHIC   GRAPHIC

        Our salesforce includes over 4,800 inside and outside merchant sales representatives who build merchant relationships and provide local expertise. Our North American merchant sales representatives are based in our offices in Chicago and our international merchant sales representatives work from our 74 international offices. As the size of our salesforce has grown, the productivity of our sales representatives has increased. In the first quarter of 2009, when we first began investing in the development of our salesforce, the average number of merchants featured per sales representative per month was six and the average revenue per sales representative per month was $87,000. In the second quarter of 2011, the average number of merchants featured per sales representative per month was 16 and the average revenue per sales representative per month was $138,000. The following table lists the number of sales representatives in our North American and International segment as of the end of each quarter beginning with the first quarter of 2009:

Size of Salesforce
  Mar. 31,
2009
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sept. 30,
2010
  Dec. 31,
2010
  Mar. 31,
2011
  June 30,
2011
 

North America

    2     18     44     76     128     201     348     493     661     990  

International

                        1,080     1,224     2,080     2,895     3,860  
                                           
 

Total

    2     18     44     76     128     1,281     1,572     2,573     3,556     4,850  

        The number of sales representatives is higher as a percentage of revenue in our International segment due to the need to have separate sales organizations for most of the different countries in which we operate. Due to local economic conditions, however, the average cost of each sales representative is lower in most countries in our International segment as compared to the costs in our North America segment.

        Our standard contractual arrangements grant us the exclusive right to feature deals for a merchant's products and services for a limited time period and provide us with the discretion as to whether or not to offer the deal during such period. Our merchant pool represents the number of committed deals that we have discretion to run at any time. Our merchant pool has grown from 15 as of March 31, 2009 to over 49,000 as of June 30, 2011. We restrict the size of our merchant pool to manage the length of time between contract signing to deal launch, but have expanded the pool as we have increased our capacity to offer more deals each day. The scale of our merchant pool benefits our marketplace by enabling us to offer a wider variety of more relevant deals. In light of our significant merchant pool and our objective to promote variety in our daily deals, our general practice to date has not been to pursue repeat merchants.

80


Table of Contents

        The charts below show the size of our merchant pool for our North America and International segments, which we entered in May 2010 with the acquisition of CityDeal, as of the end of each quarter indicated:

North American Merchant Pool   International Merchant Pool

 

 

 
GRAPHIC   GRAPHIC

Our Products

        As our operations have grown, we have increased the number and variety of products that we offer. Our new products have allowed us to serve more merchants each day by segmenting our subscriber base, offering more relevant, targeted deals and increasing the rate at which deals are purchased within each segment. We employ an algorithmic approach to deal targeting based on data collected by us about our subscribers, merchants and deals. We launched our first targeted deals in June 2010 in our largest North American markets. The combination of our North American salesforce of 990 as of June 30, 2011, our technology platform and our merchant pool of over 20,000 merchants as of June 30, 2011 gives us the ability to target deals to subsets of North American subscribers within a particular market. In addition, instead of featuring one deal per city per day, we can feature multiple deals per city per day matched to different groups of subscribers based on what we know about their personal preferences. We intend to continue to build our international infrastructure to enable us to offer targeted deals worldwide, as targeting increases the number of deals that we can offer across our marketplace.

        Our products include:

        Featured Daily Deals.     We distribute a featured daily deal by email on behalf of local merchants to subscribers using our targeting technology, which distributes deals to subscribers based on their location and personal preferences. We also have offered daily deals from more than 40 national merchants, including Bath & Body Works, The Body Shop, Hyatt Regency, InterContinental Hotels, Lions Gate, Redbox, Shutterfly and Zipcar across subsets of the North American market. We initially offered one daily deal to all subscribers in a given market but now offer several daily deals in most established markets. We launched this product in October 2008 and it is offered in all of our North American and international markets.

        Deals Nearby.     Daily deals that do not appear as a featured daily deal appear as Deals Nearby. Each Deal Nearby currently is summarized in fewer than 20 words next to the featured daily deal. Deals Nearby often extend beyond the subscriber's closest market or buying preferences. Deals Nearby can also be targeted to certain subscribers, where access to the deal can only be obtained through an emailed hyperlink. Upon clicking the hyperlink, a subscriber is directed to a full description of the deal that is presented in the same format as the subscriber's featured daily deal. We launched this product in January 2009 and it is offered in substantially all of our North American and international markets.

81


Table of Contents

        The following graphic captures the featured daily deal and all Deals Nearby offered in Washington, DC on March 24, 2011:

GRAPHIC

        National Deals.     National merchants also have used our marketplace as an alternative to traditional marketing and brand advertising. Although our primary focus continues to be on local deals, we use

82


Table of Contents


national deals from time to time to build our brand awareness, acquire new customers and generate additional revenue. As an example, on August 19, 2010, we emailed and posted a Groupon daily deal offering $50 of apparel at Gap for $25 to 9.2 million subscribers across 85 markets in North America. We sold approximately 433,000 Groupons in 24 hours, generating over $10.8 million in revenue. Of the consumers who purchased Groupons, approximately 200,000 were new subscribers. The Gap deal was our first deal from a national brand that we distributed across our North American markets. Since the Gap deal, we have featured deals from Barnes & Noble, FTD and Nordstrom across our North American markets.

        Groupon NOW.     Groupon NOW is a deal initiated by a merchant on demand and offered instantly to subscribers through mobile devices and our website. Groupon NOW deals target subscribers within close proximity of the merchant and the purchased Groupons typically expire within a few hours of the deal launch. Merchants launch Groupon NOW deals from our platform and can use this product to attract customers when they have excess capacity. We launched Groupon NOW in the second quarter of 2011 in 25 North American markets.

        Deal Channels.     Deal Channels aggregate daily deals from the same category and are accessible through our website and through email alerts that subscribers sign up to receive. We currently offer Deal Channels in home and garden and event tickets and travel. Merchants can register their deals to be included in a Deal Channel. Subscribers can use Deal Channels to focus on deals that are of interest to them. We launched Deal Channels in February 2011 in selected North American markets.

        Self-Service Deals.     Self-Service Deals allows our merchants to use a self-service platform to create and launch deals at their discretion. The use of the platform is free and allows merchants to establish a permanent e-commerce presence on Groupon that can be visited and followed by subscribers. We receive a portion of the purchase price from deals sold through Self-Service Deals based on the extent to which we marketed the deal. We launched Self-Service Deals in December 2010 in selected North American markets.

Distribution

        We distribute our deals directly through several platforms: a daily email, our websites, our mobile applications and social networks. We also utilize various online affiliates to display and promote Groupon deals on their websites, as well as agreements with several large online brands to distribute our deals. Our large online affiliates include eBay, Microsoft, Yahoo and Zynga. Other partnerships allow us to distribute daily deals to a partner's user base. For example, in December 2010, we partnered with Redbox to offer a daily deal to their user base and we acquired over 200,000 new customers through that offer and in March 2011, we partnered with eBay to offer a daily deal to their user base and we acquired over 290,000 new customers through that offer.

        In addition, we have partnered with thousands of smaller online affiliates. Affiliates can embed our widget onto their website and earn a commission when their website visitors purchase Groupons through the affiliate link. Our commission rate varies depending on whether the customer is new or existing and the website's overall sales volume. We also offer commissions to affiliates when they refer a customer to Groupon. We expect to continue to pursue relationships to extend the distribution of our deals.

        We also use various customer loyalty and reward programs to build brand loyalty and provide customers with incentives to buy Groupons. When customers perform qualifying acts, such as providing a referral to a new subscriber or participating in promotional offers, we grant the customer credits that can be redeemed for awards such as free or discounted goods or services in the future.

        Email.     The featured daily deal email contains one headline deal with a full description of the deal and often contains links to "More Great Deals Nearby," all of which are available within a subscriber's market. A subscriber who clicks on a deal within the daily email is directed to our website to learn more

83


Table of Contents


about the deal and to purchase the Groupon. We sometimes email "WOW" deals to targeted subscribers as they are available, which are deals that have performed well in the past and can be offered on behalf of the merchant on demand.

        Websites.     Visitors are prompted to register as a subscriber when they first visit our website and thereafter use the website as a portal for featured daily deals, Deals Nearby, national deals, and where available, Deal Channels and Self-Service Deals. Our website also provides opportunities to engage with the Groupon community through the GrouBLOGpon, a blog maintained by our employees, Groupon Meetups, a forum for meeting with others to redeem Groupons at a particular location, Groupon Flickr, a collection of digital photos from subscribers, and rewards programs for referring new subscribers, such as our offer of $10 in Groupon Bucks to subscribers who refer someone who later buys a Groupon.

        Mobile Applications.     Consumers also access our deals through our mobile applications, which are available at no additional cost on the iPhone, Android, Blackberry and Windows mobile operating systems. We launched our first mobile application in March 2010 and our applications have been downloaded 8.8 million times since then. These applications enable consumers to browse, purchase, manage and redeem deals on their mobile devices as well as access Groupon NOW deals that are offered based on the location of the subscriber.

        Social Networks.     We publish our daily deals through various social networks and our notifications are adapted to the particular format of each of these social networking platforms. Our website and mobile application interfaces enable our consumers to push notifications of our deals to their personal social networks.

Operations

        Our business operations are divided into the following core functions to address the needs of our merchants and customers.

        City Planners.     Our city planners identify merchant leads and manage deal scheduling to maximize deal quality and variety within our markets. In identifying leads, city planners rank local merchants based on reviews, local feedback and other data. In certain cases, city planners submit requests to merchant services representatives for certain deals based on a scoring system that considers past performance of similar deals, quality of merchant reviews, number of redemption locations and the zip code of the merchant. In scheduling deals, city planners review deals in our merchant pool and determine which deals to offer based on the viability of the deal as well as gross profit and marketing goals. City planners also work with our salesforce to establish sales quotas based on subcategory-level performance in a particular city, such as addressable market size and scheduling diversity. As of June 30, 2011, we employed 297 city planners.

        Editorial.     Our editorial department is responsible for creating editorial content on the daily deals we offer, as well as additional content featured on our website. Each deal that we feature typically goes through several stages to ensure that the deal description meets our standards for accuracy, quality and editorial voice. After offer details are reviewed, our editorial staff verifies the accuracy of the deal and its value through independent research. Once a deal is vetted, our editorial staff drafts a full description of the deal, which is passed through voice editing and copy editing before being launched. As of June 30, 2011, we employed 1,176 editorial staff.

84


Table of Contents

        Merchant Services.     Once a contract is signed, one of our merchant services representatives initiates the first of several communications with the merchant to introduce the merchant to the tools that we provide and plan for Groupon redemptions through expiration. Typically, a merchant services representative communicates with merchants before, during, and after a daily deal is featured. Before the deal is run, the representative works with the merchant to prepare staffing and inventory capacity in anticipation of increased customer traffic. The representative communicates with the merchant on the day the deal is featured to review deal performance. After the deal has closed, the representative maintains contact with the merchant to support the merchant's redemption efforts and to prepare the merchant for a potential spike in redemption near expiration. We also offer several merchant tools to help merchants manage their deals. These tools include status updates on deal performance, analytics that measure purchase traffic and demographic information of purchasers, a capacity calculator to estimate demand for the deal ahead of its feature date, and a return on investment calculator that estimates the return on investment that the merchant may receive from the deal. Each of these tools is accessible through an online account that is personal to the merchant and accessed through our website. As of June 30, 2011, we employed 689 merchant services representatives.

        Customer Service Representatives.     Our customer service representatives can be reached via phone or email 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Our Groupon Promise is core to our customer service philosophy. The customer service team also works with our information technology team to improve the customer experience on the website and mobile applications based on customer feedback. As of June 30, 2011, we employed 1,125 customer representatives.

        Technology.     We employ technology to improve the experience we offer to subscribers and merchants, increase the rate at which our subscribers purchase Groupons, and enhance the efficiency of our business operations. A component of our strategy is to continue developing and refining our technology.

        We currently use a common technology platform across our North American operations that includes business operations tools to track internal workflow, applications and infrastructure to serve content at scale, dashboards and reporting tools to display operating and financial metrics for historical and ongoing deals, and a publishing and purchasing system for consumers. Over time, we plan to merge our North American technology platform with our international technology platforms and we expect this to enable greater efficiencies and consistency across our global organization.

        Our websites are hosted at U.S. datacenters in Miami, Florida and Dallas, Texas and international datacenters in Asia and Europe. Our data centers host our public-facing websites and applications, as well as our back-end business intelligence systems. We use commercial antivirus, firewall and patch-management technologies to protect and maintain the systems located at our data centers. We have invested in intrusion detection and pattern detection tools to try to recognize intrusions to our website. We have also engaged a third-party internet security provider to test the security of our website and identify vulnerabilities. In financial transactions between our website and our customers, we use Secure Socket Layer to provide encryption in transferring data. We have designed our websites to be available, secure and cost-effective using a variety of proprietary software and freely available and commercially supported tools. We believe we can scale to accommodate increasing numbers of subscribers by adding relatively inexpensive industry-standard hardware or using a third-party provider of computing resources.

        We devote a substantial portion of our resources to developing new technologies and features and improving our core technologies. Our information technology team is focused on the design and development of new features and products, maintenance of our websites and development and maintenance of our internal operations systems. As of June 30, 2011, our information technology team consisted of 380 employees.

Competition

        Since our inception, a substantial number of competing group buying sites have emerged around the world attempting to replicate our business model. Our major domestic competitors include Facebook, Google, Microsoft, Eversave, BuyWithMe and LivingSocial. These competitors offer substantially the same or similar product offerings as us. We also compete with businesses that focus on particular merchant

85


Table of Contents


categories or markets. We also compete with traditional offline coupon and discount services, as well as newspapers, magazines and other traditional media companies that provide coupons and discounts on products and services. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

    breadth of subscriber base and merchants featured;

    local presence and understanding of local business trends;

    ability to deliver a high volume of relevant deals to consumers;

    ability to produce high purchase rates for deals among subscribers;

    ability to generate positive return on investment for merchants; and

    strength and recognition of our brand.

We believe we compete favorably on the factors described above. In particular, as of June 30, 2011, our subscriber base was 115.7 million and during the first half of 2011 we featured 135,247 merchants and delivered deals in 175 North American markets and 45 countries. Furthermore, we deliver a high volume of relevant deals to consumers, which has resulted in 92.2 million Groupons sold through June 30, 2011.

        Although we believe we compete favorably on the factors described above, we anticipate that larger, more established companies may directly compete with us as we continue to demonstrate the viability of a local e-commerce business model. Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to benefit from their existing customer or subscriber base with lower acquisition costs or to respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive pricing policies, which may allow them to build a larger subscriber base or to monetize that subscriber base more effectively than us. Our competitors may develop products or services that are similar to our products and services or that achieve greater market acceptance than our products and services. In addition, although we do not believe that merchant payment terms are a principal competitive factor in our market, they may become such a factor and we may be unable to compete fairly on such terms.

Regulation

        We are subject to a number of foreign and domestic laws and regulations that affect companies conducting business on the internet, many of which are still evolving and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. In the United States and abroad, laws relating to the liability of providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties are currently being tested by a number of claims. These regulations and laws may involve taxation, tariffs, subscriber privacy, data protection, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, the provision of online payment services and the characteristics and quality of services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the internet as the vast majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the internet or e-commerce. In addition, it is possible that governments of one or more countries may seek to censor content available on our websites or may even attempt to completely block access to our websites. Accordingly, adverse legal or regulatory developments could substantially harm our business.

        The CARD Act, as well as the laws of most states, contain provisions governing product terms and conditions of gift cards, gift certificates, stored value or pre-paid cards or coupons ("gift cards"), such as provisions prohibiting or limiting the use of expiration dates on gift cards or the amount of fees charged in connection with gift cards or requiring specific disclosures on or in connection with gift cards. Groupons generally are included within the definition of "gift cards" in many of these laws. In addition, certain foreign jurisdictions have laws that govern disclosure and certain product terms and conditions, including restrictions on expiration dates and fees that may apply to Groupons. However, the CARD Act as well as a number of states and certain foreign jurisdictions also have exemptions from the operation of these provisions or otherwise modify the application of these provisions applicable to gift cards that are issued as

86


Table of Contents


part of a promotion or promotional program. If Groupons are subject to the CARD Act, and are not included in the exemption for promotional programs, it is possible that the purchase value, which is the amount equal to the price paid for the Groupon, or the promotional value, which is the add-on value of the Groupon in excess of the price paid, or both, may not expire before the later of (i) five years after the date on which the Groupon was issued or the date on which the customer last loaded funds on the Groupon if the Groupon has a reloadable feature; (ii) the Groupon's stated expiration date (if any), unless Groupons come within an exemption in the CARD Act for promotional programs; or (iii) a later date provided by applicable state law. In addition, regardless of whether an exemption for Groupons applies under the CARD Act, in those states that prohibit or otherwise restrict expiration dates on gift cards that are defined to include Groupons and that do not have exemptions that apply to the purchase value or the promotional value, or both, of Groupons, Groupons may be required to be honored for the full offer value (the total of purchase value and promotional value) until redeemed. Our terms of use and agreements with our merchants require merchants to continue to honor unredeemed Groupons that are past the stated expiration date of the promotional value of the Groupon to the extent required under the applicable law. Recently, we changed our policy to provide that the purchase value of the Groupon, which is the amount equal to the purchase price that the consumer paid, will never expire unless redeemed or refunded. The promotional value of the Groupon will expire on the date stated on the Groupon, unless applicable law prohibits expiration of the promotional value. While we are attempting to comply with exemptions for promotional programs available under these laws so that our Groupons' promotional value can expire on the date stated on the Groupon, we continue to require that merchants with whom we partner honor Groupons under the provisions of all laws applicable to Groupons, including laws that prohibit expiration.

        We and several merchants with whom we have partnered are currently defendants in over 16 purported class actions that have been filed in federal and state court claiming that Groupons are subject to the CARD Act and various state laws governing gift cards and that the defendants have violated these laws by issuing Groupons with expiration dates and other restrictions. Plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, restitution, damages and/or disgorgement in unspecified amounts as well as attorneys' fees and costs. Recently, all pending federal court actions have been ordered to be transferred to one federal court under rules governing multidistrict litigation and consolidated for certain pre-trial purposes. While Groupon intends to defend these actions vigorously, the outcome of these actions or the court rulings that they may entail may substantially harm our business.

        In addition, some states and foreign jurisdictions also include gift cards under their unclaimed and abandoned property laws which require companies to remit to the government the value of the unredeemed balance on the gift cards after a specified period of time (generally between one and five years) and impose certain reporting and recordkeeping obligations. We do not remit any amounts relating to unredeemed Groupons based upon our assessment of applicable laws. The analysis of the potential application of the unclaimed and abandoned property laws to Groupons is complex, involving an analysis of constitutional and statutory provisions and factual issues, including our relationship with customers and merchants and our role as it relates to the issuance and delivery of a Groupon. We are currently subject to several actions claiming that Groupons are subject to various unclaimed and abandoned property laws. In addition, we have received inquiries from the attorneys general of various states regarding the operation of our business under state laws.

        Many states have passed laws requiring notification to subscribers when there is a security breach of personal data. There are also a number of legislative proposals pending before the U.S. Congress, various state legislative bodies and foreign governments concerning data protection. In addition, data protection laws in Europe and other jurisdictions outside the United States may be more restrictive, and the interpretation and application of these laws are still uncertain and in flux. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our data practices. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, this could result in an order requiring that we change our data practices, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, the Digital Millennium Copyright Act has provisions that limit, but do not necessarily eliminate, our liability for linking to third-party websites that include materials that infringe copyrights or other rights, so long as we comply with the statutory requirements of

87


Table of Contents


this act. Complying with these various laws could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner adverse to our business.

        Various federal laws, such as the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act, impose certain anti-money laundering requirements on companies that are financial institutions or that provide financial products and services. For these purposes, financial institutions are broadly defined to include money services businesses such as money transmitters, check cashers and sellers or issuers of stored value. Examples of anti-money laundering requirements imposed on financial institutions include customer identification and verification programs, record retention policies and procedures and transaction reporting. We do not believe that we are a financial institution subject to these laws and regulations based, in part, on the characteristics of the Groupons and our role with respect to the distribution of the Groupons to customers. However, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, a division of the U.S. Treasury Department tasked with implementing the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act, recently proposed amendments to the scope and requirements for parties involved in stored value or prepaid access, including a proposed expansion of the definition of financial institution to include sellers or issuers of prepaid access. In the event that this proposal is adopted as proposed, it is possible that a Groupon could be considered a financial product and that we could be a financial institution. In addition, foreign laws and regulations, such as the European Directive on the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purpose of money laundering and terrorist financing, impose certain anti-money laundering requirements on companies that are financial institutions or that provide financial products and services. Although we do not believe we are a financial institution or otherwise subject to these laws and regulations, it is possible that the Company could be considered a financial institution or provider of financial products.

        We are or may be subject to similar laws and regulations in jurisdictions outside of the United States.

Intellectual Property

        We protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions. We control access to our proprietary technology by entering into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with third parties.

        In addition to these contractual arrangements, we also rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade dress, domain names and patents to protect our intellectual property. We pursue the registration of our copyrights, trademarks, service marks and domain names in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. As of June 30, 2011, we had approximately 160 trademarks registered or pending in approximately 60 countries or regions, including the United States, the European Union, and countries in the South America, Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa regions. Our registration efforts have focused on gaining protection of the following trademarks (among others): GROUPON, the GROUPON logo, GROUPON NOW and other GROUPON-formative marks. These marks are material to our business as they enable others to easily identify us as the source of the services offered under these marks and are essential to our brand identity. In addition, as of June 30, 2011, we owned one issued U.S. patent and five pending U.S. patent applications.

        Circumstances outside our control could pose a threat to our intellectual property rights. For example, effective intellectual property protection may not be available in the United States or other countries in which we operate. Also, the efforts we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete. Also, protecting our intellectual property rights is costly and time-consuming. Any unauthorized disclosure or use of our intellectual property could make it more expensive to do business and harm our operating results.

        Companies in the internet, social media technology and other industries may own large numbers of patents, copyrights and trademarks and may frequently request license agreements, threaten litigation or file suit against us based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We are currently subject to, and expect to face in the future, allegations that we have infringed the

88


Table of Contents


trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties, including our competitors and non-practicing entities. As we face increasing competition and as our business grows, we will likely face more claims of infringement.

Employees

        As of June 30, 2011, we had 2,385 employees in our North America segment, consisting of 1,084 corporate and operational staff, 990 sales representatives and 311 customer service representatives, and 7,240 employees in our International segment, consisting of 2,566 corporate and operational staff, 3,860 sales representatives and 814 customer service representatives.

Properties

        Our principal executive offices in North America are located in Chicago, Illinois and our principal international executive offices are located in Berlin, Germany. As of June 30, 2011, the properties listed below represented our materially important facilities. We believe that our properties are generally suitable to meet our needs for the foreseeable future. However, we will continue to seek additional space as needed to satisfy our growth.

Description of Use
  Square
Footage
  Operating
Segment
  Lease Expiration  

Corporate office facilities

    358,000   North America     From 2011 through 2017  

Corporate office facilities

    298,000   International     From 2011 through 2016  

Legal Proceedings

        We currently are involved in several disputes or regulatory inquiries, including suits by our customers (individually or as class actions) alleging, among other things, violation of the CARD Act and state laws governing gift cards, stored value cards and coupons, violations of unclaimed and abandoned property laws and violations of privacy laws. The number of these disputes and inquiries is increasing. Any claims or regulatory actions against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, damage awards, injunctive relief or increased costs of doing business through adverse judgment or settlement, require us to change our business practices in expensive ways, require significant amounts of management time, result in the diversion of significant operational resources or otherwise harm our business.

        In addition, third parties have from time to time claimed, and others may claim in the future, that we have infringed their intellectual property rights. We are subject to intellectual property disputes, and expect that we will increasingly be subject to intellectual property infringement claims as our services expand in scope and complexity. We have in the past been forced to litigate such claims. We may also become more vulnerable to third-party claims as laws such as the Digital Millennium Copyright Act are interpreted by the courts, and as we become subject to laws in jurisdictions where the underlying laws with respect to the potential liability of online intermediaries like ourselves are either unclear or less favorable. We believe that additional lawsuits alleging that we have violated patent, copyright or trademark laws will be filed against us. Intellectual property claims, whether meritorious or not, are time consuming and costly to resolve, could require expensive changes in our methods of doing business, or could require us to enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements.

        From time to time, we may become party to litigation incident to the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors. In addition, we have received inquiries from the attorneys general of various states regarding the operation of our business under state laws. The inquiries range in scope and subject matter but we do not believe that such inquiries, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our business.

89


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth information about our officers and directors as of August 9, 2011:

Name
  Age  
Position

Officers:

       
 

Andrew D. Mason

  30   Co-Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 

Jason E. Child

  42   Chief Financial Officer
 

Joseph M. Del Preto II

  36   Chief Accounting Officer
 

Margaret H. Georgiadis

  47   Chief Operating Officer
 

Jason D. Harinstein

  35   Senior Vice President—Corporate Development
 

Jeffrey Holden

  43   Senior Vice President—Product Management
 

David R. Schellhase

  47   General Counsel
 

Brian J. Schipper

  50   Senior Vice President—Human Resources
 

Brian K. Totty

  44   Senior Vice President—Engineering and Operations

Directors:

       
 

Eric P. Lefkofsky

  42   Co-Founder and Executive Chairman of the Board
 

Peter J. Barris (2)(3)

  59   Director
 

Kevin J. Efrusy (1)(2)

  39   Director
 

Mellody Hobson

  42   Director
 

Bradley A. Keywell (2)(3)

  41   Co-Founder and Director
 

Theodore J. Leonsis (1)(2)(3)

  55   Vice Chairman of the Board
 

Howard Schultz (1)

  57   Director

(1)
Member of our Audit Committee.

(2)
Member of our Compensation Committee.

(3)
Member of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

    Executive Officers

         Andrew D. Mason is a co-founder of the Company and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a director since our inception. In 2007, Mr. Mason co-founded ThePoint, a web platform that enables users to promote collective action to support social, educational and civic causes, from which Groupon evolved. Prior to co-founding ThePoint, Mr. Mason worked as a computer programmer with InnerWorkings, Inc. (NASDAQ: INWK). Mr. Mason received his Bachelor of Arts from Northwestern University. Mr. Mason brings to our Board the perspective and experience as one of our founders and as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Mason was elected to the Board pursuant to voting rights granted to holders of our common stock and preferred stock under our voting agreement, which will be terminated upon the closing of this offering.

         Jason E. Child has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2010. From March 1999 through December 2010, Mr. Child held several positions with Amazon.com, Inc. (NASDAQ: AMZN), including Vice President of Finance, International from April 2007 to December 2010, Vice President of Finance, Asia from July 2006 to July 2007, Director of Finance, Amazon Germany from April 2004 to July 2006, Director of Investor Relations from April 2003 to April 2004, Director of Finance, Worldwide Application Software from November 2001 to April 2003, Director of Finance, Marketing and Business Development from November 2000 to November 2001 and Global Controller from October 1999 to November 2000. Prior to joining Amazon.com, Mr. Child spent more than seven years at Arthur Andersen where he was a C.P.A. and a consulting manager. Mr. Child received his Bachelor of Arts from the Foster School of Business at the University of Washington.

90


Table of Contents

         Joseph M. Del Preto II has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since April 2011. From January 2011 to April 2011, Mr. Del Preto served as our Global Controller. Prior to joining Groupon, Mr. Del Preto served as Controller and Vice President, Finance of Echo Global Logistics, Inc. (NASDAQ: ECHO) from April 2009 to December 2010. From January 2006 to March 2009, Mr. Del Preto served as Controller of InnerWorkings, Inc. (NASDAQ: INWK). Mr. Del Preto began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Del Preto received his Bachelor of Science from Indiana University.

         Margaret H. Georgiadis has served as our Chief Operating Officer since May 2011. From October 2009 through April 2011, Ms. Georgiadis served as Vice President, Global Sales Operations at Google, Inc. (NASDAQ: GOOG), where she managed sales operations across regions and channels and the global technology teams that commercialize Google's products. She also led the local and commerce businesses. From January 2009 to September 2009, she served as a Principal at Synetro Capital, a private equity group in Chicago, Illinois. From August 2004 to December 2008, Ms. Georgiadis was Executive Vice President of Card Products and Chief Marketing Officer at Discover Financial Services in Riverwoods, Illinois. From 1990 to 2004, she was a partner at McKinsey and Company in London and Chicago. Ms. Georgiadis has served on the board of directors of The Jones Group Inc. (NYSE: JNY) since January 2009. Ms. Georgiadis received her Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Harvard and her Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

         Jason D. Harinstein has served as our Senior Vice President of Corporate Development since March 2011. From June 2005 to February 2011, Mr. Harinstein served in several capacities at Google, Inc. (NASDAQ: GOOG), including most recently as Director of Corporate Development. From July 2003 to June 2005, Mr. Harinstein worked as an Equity Research Associate at Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. where he covered Internet advertising, online search, eCommerce and video game companies. Previously, Mr. Harinstein served as a strategy consultant at iXL, Inc. (now part of Razorfish) from June 1999 to June 2001, and at Andersen Consulting Strategic Services (now Accenture) from September 1997 to June 1999. Mr. Harinstein received his Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Northwestern University and his Masters in Business Administration from the University of Chicago.

         Jeffrey Holden has served as our Senior Vice President, Product Management since April 2011. In 2006, Mr. Holden co-founded Pelago, Inc. and served as its Chief Executive Officer until Groupon acquired Pelago in April 2011. Prior to co-founding Pelago, Mr. Holden held several positions at Amazon.com, Inc. (NASDAQ: AMZN), including Senior Vice President, Worldwide Discovery, from March 2005 to January 2006, Senior Vice President, Consumer Applications, from April 2004 to March 2005, Vice President, Consumer Applications, from April 2002 to April 2004, and Director, Automated Merchandising and Discovery from February 2000 to April 2002. Mr. Holden joined Amazon.com in May 1997 as Director, Supply Chain Optimization Systems. Mr. Holden received his Bachelor of Science and Master of Science degrees in Computer Science from the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.

         David R. Schellhase has served as our General Counsel since June 2011. From March 2010 to May 2011, Mr. Schellhase served as Executive Vice President, Legal of salesforce.com, inc. (NYSE: CRM) From December 2004 to March 2010, Mr. Schellhase served as the Senior Vice President and General Counsel of salesforce.com, and he served as Vice President and General Counsel of salesforce.com July 2002 to December 2004. From December 2000 to June 2002, Mr. Schellhase was an independent legal consultant and authored a treatise entitled Corporate Law Department Handbook. Previously, he served as General Counsel at Linuxcare, Inc., The Vantive Corporation and Premenos Technology Corp. Mr. Schellhase received a Bachelor of Arts from Columbia University and a Juris Doctor from Cornell University.

         Brian J. Schipper , has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since June 2011. From October 2006 to May 2011, Mr. Schipper served as Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of Cisco Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ: CSCO). From November 2003 to October 2006, Mr. Schipper served as the Corporate Vice President, Human Resources of Microsoft Corporation (NASDAQ: MSFT).

91


Table of Contents


From February 2002 to March 2003, Mr. Schipper was Partner and Head of Human Resources and Administration for Andor Capital Management LLC. From March 2000 to February 2002, Mr. Schipper served as Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Administration at DoubleClick, Inc. Prior to joining DoubleClick, Mr. Schipper served as Vice President, Human Resources at PepsiCo, Inc. (NYSE: PEP) from May 1995 to March 2000. Prior to joining PepsiCo, Mr. Schipper worked at Compaq Computer Corporation, where he was global head of compensation and benefits and head of Human Resources for North America. Mr. Schipper received his Bachelors Degree from Hope College and his Masters in Business Administration from Michigan State University.

         Brian K. Totty, Ph.D., has served as our Senior Vice President of Engineering since November 2010. Dr. Totty was the Chief Executive Officer of Ludic Labs, Inc., a startup venture developing a new class of software applications from January 2006 through November 2007. We acquired Ludic Labs in November 2010. Dr. Totty also was a co-founder and Senior Vice President of Research and Development of Inktomi Corporation from February 2006 to August 2007. Dr. Totty received his Ph.D. in computer science from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, his Master of Public Administration from Harvard's Kennedy School and his Bachelor of Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

    Directors

         Eric P. Lefkofsky is a co-founder of the Company and has served as our Executive Chairman since our inception. Mr. Lefkofsky was elected to the Board pursuant to voting rights granted to the former holders of our Series B Preferred Stock under our voting agreement, which will be terminated upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Lefkofsky is a co-founder of Echo Global Logistics, Inc. (NASDAQ: ECHO) and has served on its board of directors since February 2005. Mr. Lefkofsky is the co-founder of InnerWorkings, Inc. (NASDAQ: INWK) and has served on its board of directors since August 2008. In 2008, Mr. Lefkofsky co-founded Lightbank LLC, a private investment firm specializing in information technology companies, and has served as a manager since that time. In April 2006, Mr. Lefkofsky co-founded MediaBank, LLC, an electronic exchange and database that automates the procurement and administration of advertising media, and has served as a director or manager since that time. From May 2000 to April 2001, Mr. Lefkofsky served as Chief Operating Officer and director of HA-LO Industries Inc. Mr. Lefkofsky co-founded Starbelly.com, Inc., and served as its President from September 1999 to May 2000, at which point Starbelly.com was acquired by HA-LO. In July 2001, HA-LO filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Mr. Lefkofsky also serves on the board of directors of Children's Memorial Hospital, the board of trustees of the Steppenwolf Theatre, the board of trustees of the Art Institute of Chicago and the board of trustees of the Museum of Contemporary Art in Chicago. Mr. Lefkofsky holds a bachelor's degree from the University of Michigan and a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Michigan Law School. Mr. Lefkofsky brings to the Board an in-depth knowledge and understanding of the Company's business as one of its founders as well as experience as the director of several public companies.

         Peter J. Barris has served on our Board since January 2008. Mr. Barris was elected pursuant to voting rights granted to New Enterprise Associates under our voting agreement, which will be terminated upon the closing of this offering. Since July 2009, Mr. Barris has served on the board of directors of Echo Global Logistics, Inc. (NASDAQ: ECHO) and since January 2006, Mr. Barris has served on the board of directors of InnerWorkings, Inc. (NASDAQ: INWK). Since 1999, Mr. Barris has been the Managing General Partner of New Enterprise Associates where he specializes in information technology investing. Mr. Barris also serves on the board of directors of Vonage Holdings Corp. (NASDAQ: VG) and Neutral Tandem, Inc. (NASDAQ: TNDM). Mr. Barris is a member of the board of trustees, Northwestern University and board of advisors, Tuck's Center for Private Equity and Entrepreneurship at Dartmouth. He received a Master of Business Administration from Dartmouth College and a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from Northwestern University. Mr. Barris brings to the Board a sophisticated knowledge of information technology companies that includes investments in over twenty information technology companies that

92


Table of Contents


have completed public offerings or successful mergers as well as experience serving as a director of several public companies.

         Kevin J. Efrusy has served on our Board since November 2009. Mr. Efrusy was elected pursuant to voting rights granted to Accel Growth Fund L.P. under our voting agreement, which will be terminated upon the closing of the offering. Mr. Efrusy joined Accel in 2003 where serves as a General Partner. From 1999 to 2002 he co-founded and served as President and VP of Business Development of IronPlanet, an online marketplace for heavy equipment. In 1998 he was a co-founder of Corio, an ASP/SaaS pioneer that went public on NASDAQ and was acquired by IBM in 2005. Mr. Efrusy was a product manager at Zip2 from 1996 to 1997 and an Associate Consultant at Bain & Company from 1995 to 1996. Mr. Efrusy also serves on the boards of directors of several private consumer internet service and SaaS/open source software companies. He formerly served on the boards of Xensource (acquired by Citrix in 2007), Springsource (acquired by VMWare in 2009), and BBN Technologies (acquired by Raytheon in 2009). Mr. Efrusy received his Master of Business Administration from the Stanford Graduate School of Business where he was an Arjay Miller Scholar. He received his Master of Science in Electrical Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering, and Bachelor of Arts from Stanford University. Mr. Efrusy brings to the Board an in-depth knowledge of the consumer internet services industry.

         Mellody Hobson has served as the president and a director of Ariel Investments, LLC, a Chicago-based investment management firm, since 2000 and as the chairman since 2006 and a trustee since 1993 of the mutual funds it manages. She previously served as senior vice president and director of marketing at Ariel Capital Management, Inc. from 1994 to 2000, and as vice president of marketing at Ariel Capital Management, Inc. from 1991 to 1994. Ms. Hobson has served as a director of Starbucks, Inc. (NASDAQ: SBUX) since February 2005, DreamWorks Animation SKG, Inc. (NASDAQ: DWA) since 2004 and The Estee Lauder Companies, Inc. (NYSE: EL) since 2004. Ms. Hobson works with a variety of civic and professional institutions, including serving as a director of the Field Museum, the Chicago Public Education Fund and the Sundance Institute. Additionally, she is on the board of governors of the Investment Company Institute. Ms. Hobson received her Bachelor of Arts from Princeton University. Ms. Hobson brings to the Board significant operational, investment and financial experience and valuable knowledge of corporate governance and similar issues from her service on other publicly-traded companies' boards of directors as well as her prior service on the Securities and Exchange Commission Investment Advisory Committee.

         Bradley A. Keywell is a co-founder of the Company and has served on our Board since December 2006. Mr. Keywell was elected pursuant to voting rights granted to the holders of our Series B preferred stock under our voting agreement, which will be terminated upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Keywell is a co-founder of Echo Global Logistics, Inc. (NASDAQ: ECHO) and has served on its board of directors since February 2005. In 2008, Mr. Keywell co-founded Lightbank LLC, a private investment firm specializing in information technology companies, and has served as a manager since that time. In April 2006, Mr. Keywell co-founded MediaBank, LLC, an electronic exchange and database that automates the procurement and administration of advertising media, and has served as a director or manager since that time. From May 2000 to March 2001, Mr. Keywell served as the President of HA-LO Industries Inc. Mr. Keywell co-founded Starbelly.com Inc., which was acquired by HA-LO in May 2000. In July 2001, HA-LO filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Mr. Keywell also serves as a trustee of Equity Residential (NYSE: EQR), a real estate investment trust. Mr. Keywell serves on the board of trustees of the Zell-Lurie Entrepreneurship Institute at the University of Michigan, the NorthShore University HealthSystem Foundation and the Museum of Contemporary Art in Chicago. Mr. Keywell is the Chairman of the Illinois Innovation Council. Mr. Keywell is also the founder and Chairman of Chicago Ideas Week and the Connect to the Future Foundation. Mr. Keywell holds a bachelor's degree from the University of Michigan and a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Michigan Law School. Mr. Keywell brings to the Board an in-depth knowledge and understanding of the information technology sector as well as experience as a director of a public company.

93


Table of Contents

         Theodore J. Leonsis has served on our Board since June 2009 and as our Vice Chairman since April 2011. Mr. Leonsis was elected pursuant to voting rights granted to the holders of our common stock and preferred stock under our voting agreement, which will be terminated upon the closing of this offering. Since 1999, Mr. Leonsis has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Monumental Sports & Entertainment, LLC, a sports and entertainment company that owns the NBA's Washington Wizards, NHL's Washington Capitals, WNBA's Washington Mystics, the Verizon Center in Washington, D.C. and the Baltimore-Washington Ticketmaster franchise. Mr. Leonsis also has served as a Vice Chairman Emeritus of AOL LLC, a leading global Web company, since December 2006. Mr. Leonsis held a number of other executive positions with AOL from September 1994 to December 2006, most recently as Vice Chairman and President, AOL Audience Business. Mr. Leonsis has served as a director of American Express Co. (NYSE: AXP) since July 2010, a director of Rosetta Stone Ltd. (NYSE: RST) since December 2009 and a director of NutriSystem, Inc. (NASDAQ: NTRI) since December 2008. Mr. Leonsis also serves on the board of directors of several private internet and technology companies. Mr. Leonsis is an acknowledged innovator and internet entrepreneur. Mr. Leonsis brings to the Board his experiences in digital businesses, his innovative approaches, and his expertise in identifying business opportunities and driving new strategies based on changing technologies, social media, and the internet.

         Howard Schultz has served on our Board since February 2011. Mr. Schultz was elected pursuant to pursuant to voting rights granted to the holders of our common stock and preferred stock under our voting agreement, which will be terminated upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Schultz is the founder of Starbucks Corporation (NASDAQ: SBUX) and serves as its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Schultz has served as the Chairman of Starbucks since 1985 and reassumed the role of President and Chief Executive Officer in January 2008. Mr. Schultz also served as a director of Dreamworks, Animation SKG, Inc. (NASDAQ: DWA) from October 2004 and May 2008. As the founder of Starbucks, Mr. Schultz brings to the Board a record of innovation, achievement and leadership as well as almost 30 years of experience in brand marketing and international distribution and operations.

Our Founders

        Andrew D. Mason, our Chief Executive Officer, Eric P. Lefkofsky, our Executive Chairman, and Bradley A. Keywell, one of our directors (who we collectively refer to in this prospectus as our "founders"), founded Groupon in October 2008. Groupon evolved from The Point, which is a web platform that enables users to promote collective action in support of social, educational or other causes. Mr. Mason conceived of the idea for The Point in 2006 and Mr. Lefkofsky provided funding to the business, which led to its launch in November 2007. In October 2008, Groupon began operations when Mr. Mason decided to apply the concept of web-based collective action to create an e-commerce marketplace.

        Working closely together since our inception, Messrs. Mason and Lefkofsky have had key roles in the management of our company. Mr. Mason serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Lefkofsky serves as our Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors. As Executive Chairman, Mr. Lefkofsky will continue to work actively with Mr. Mason and senior management concerning a broad range of operating and strategic issues.

        In addition, as a result of the concentration of our capital stock ownership with our founders, they will have significant influence over management and over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets, for the foreseeable future. Our Class B common stock has            votes per share and our Class A common stock has one vote per share. As of                2011, our founders owned shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock representing approximately      % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result of this dual class structure, our founders will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if they come to own less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

94


Table of Contents

Consulting Arrangements

        Oliver Samwer and Marc Samwer ("Messrs. Samwer") are the founders of CityDeal, a European-based collective buying power business that we acquired in May 2010. Since the CityDeal acquisition, Messrs. Samwer have served as consultants and been extensively involved in the development and operations of our International segment.

        Messrs. Samwer entered into consulting agreements with CityDeal on May 12, 2010. Pursuant to their consulting agreements, Messrs. Samwer advise CityDeal with respect to its goals and spend at least 50% of their work hours consulting for CityDeal. Messrs. Samwer do not receive any additional compensation from CityDeal or Groupon in connection with their consulting role. The term of Messrs. Samwers' consulting agreements expire on October 18, 2011.

Code of Ethics

        In connection with the completion of this offering, we will adopt a Code of Ethics for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers, which is applicable to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other principal executive and senior financial officers. This code will become effective as of the effective date of this offering.

Board of Directors

        Our board of directors currently consists of eight members. Our bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors, and nine directors are currently authorized.

        Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation as currently in effect and a voting agreement among us and significant holders of our preferred stock and common stock, who together have substantial control of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock, those holders vote together to cause the election of all of our directors as follows:

    Mr. Barris, who was elected as the designee of New Enterprise Associates;

    Mr. Efrusy, who was elected as the designee of Accel Growth Fund L.P.;

    Messrs. Leonsis and Schultz, who were elected as the designees of (i) the holders of a majority of our common stock, voting as a class and (ii) the holders of a majority of our preferred stock, voting as a class, which holders also have the right to elect one additional director pursuant to the voting agreement;

    Mr. Mason, who was elected as the designee of the holders of a majority of our preferred stock and common stock, voting together; and

    Messrs. Lefkofsky and Keywell and Ms. Hobson, who were elected as the designees of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our Series B preferred stock.

        Upon the closing of this offering, the voting agreement by which these directors were elected will terminate.

Director Independence

        Under                        , a majority of a listed company's board of directors must be comprised of independent directors, and each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees must be independent as well. Under                        , a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if that company's board of directors affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with that company, either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with that company.

95


Table of Contents

        In addition, following the effectiveness of this registration statement, the members of our audit committee must satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Rule 10A-3. In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, no member of the audit committee may, other than in his capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other Board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the company or any of its subsidiaries.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will undertake a review of the independence of each director and consider whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. We do not intend to take advantage of the exceptions to corporate governance requirements for controlled companies pursuant to                             rules.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below.

    Audit Committee

        Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Efrusy, Leonsis and Schultz, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Leonsis is the chairperson of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements under the rules and regulations of the                        and the SEC and Mr. Leonsis qualifies as our audit committee financial expert under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Under the audit committee charter to be effective upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

    selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

    evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;

    monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors and reviewing with management and the independent auditors our interim and year-end operating results; and

    preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

    Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Barris, Efrusy, Keywell and Leonsis. Mr. Barris is the chairperson of our compensation committee. Under the compensation committee charter to be effective upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

    reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, the annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

96


Table of Contents

    reviewing the succession planning for our executive officers;

    reviewing and recommending compensation goals and bonus and stock compensation criteria for our employees;

    preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

    administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans.

    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Barris, Keywell and Leonsis. Mr. Keywell is the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Under the nominating and corporate governance committee charter to be effective upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

    assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders to the board of directors;

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

    overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management; and

    recommending members for each committee of our board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        Messrs. Efrusy, Keywell and Lefkofsky served as members of the compensation committee during 2010. None of the members of our compensation committee, other than Mr. Lefkofsky, is or has in the past served as an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

97


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        The following is a presentation of the material elements of the compensation arrangements of the following current and former executive officers, who are also identified in the "Summary Compensation Table" for 2010 (collectively, our "named executive officers" or "NEOs"):

    Andrew D. Mason, Chief Executive Officer

    Jason E. Child, Chief Financial Officer

    Robert S. Solomon, Former President and Chief Operating Officer

    Brian K. Totty, Senior Vice President of Engineering and Operations

    Kenneth M. Pelletier, Former Chief Technology Officer

        This discussion also contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs.

Overview

        Our business is highly competitive, and competition presents an ongoing challenge to our success. We expect competition in the internet business generally, and the group buying business in particular, to continue to increase because there are not substantial barriers to entry. Our ability to compete and succeed in this environment is directly tied to our ability to recruit, incentivize and retain skilled and talented individuals to form an executive team characterized by a high level of sales, marketing, operations, financial, and strategic acquisitions expertise. Our compensation philosophy is centered around our goal of establishing and maintaining an executive compensation program that attracts proven, talented leaders who possess the skills and experience necessary to materially add to the Company's long-term value, expansion and ability to achieve our strategic goals. To that end, our executive compensation program also permits us to recognize and reward individual achievements within the framework of the Company's overarching goals and objectives.

        Briefly, the primary goals of our executive compensation program are as follows:

    Recruit and retain talented and experienced individuals who are able to develop, implement and deliver on long-term value creation strategies;

    Provide a substantial portion of each executive's compensation in components that are directly tied to the long-term value and growth of the Company;

    Reward both Company and individual performance and achievement; and

    Ensure that our compensation is reasonable and competitive with opportunities made available to executives at companies with which we compete for executive talent.

Our Compensation-Setting Process

        Historically, the initial compensation arrangements with our executive officers, including the named executive officers, have been the result of arm's-length negotiations between the Company and each individual executive. Prior to the formation of our compensation committee, the Board was primarily responsible for overseeing and approving the negotiation of these arrangements on behalf of the Company. We have been undergoing a period of substantial growth and development in recent years in a highly competitive business and technological environment, and the focus of these arrangements has been to recruit talented individuals to help us meet specific long-term financial and growth objectives. Individual

98


Table of Contents


compensation arrangements with executives have been influenced by a number of factors, including the following, each as of the time of the applicable hiring decision:

    our need to fill a particular position;

    our financial position and growth direction at the time of hiring;

    the individual's expertise and experience; and

    the competitive nature of the position.

        In May 2010, we formed our compensation committee. Our compensation committee is now composed entirely of independent directors, and is responsible for overseeing our executive compensation program and approving ongoing compensation arrangements for our named executive officers. Due to the relatively recent formation of our compensation committee, its members are in the process of formulating a comprehensive overall approach to executive compensation, and we expect that our compensation program in future may vary, perhaps significantly, from our historical practices. We currently do not intend to change our compensation policies and practices in connection with or following this offering.

        In February 2011, we retained a compensation consultant, Compensia, Inc. ("Compensia"), to review and assess our current employee compensation practices relative to market compensation practices. Specifically, Compensia was engaged to:

    provide data for the establishment of a peer group of companies to serve as a basis for assessing competitive executive and director compensation practices going forward;

    review and assess our current executive compensation programs relative to market to determine any changes that may need to be implemented in connection with or following our initial public offering;

    assist in the development of salary and equity guidelines for certain technology positions; and

    assess current cash and equity compensation levels relative to market and compensation strategy and structure for executive, director and technology positions and certain other employee groups.

        The results of Compensia's review and assessment were presented to the compensation committee in April 2011. The compensation committee resolved to take the review and assessment provided by Compensia under advisement for further discussion and analysis.

        Our compensation committee generally expects to seek input from our chief executive officer and chief operating officer when discussing the performance and compensation of the other named executive officers, as well as during the process of searching for and negotiating compensation packages with new senior management hires. The compensation committee also expects to coordinate with our chief financial officer in determining the financial and accounting implications of our compensation programs and hiring decisions. None of our named executive officers participates in compensation committee deliberations relating to his or her own compensation.

Elements of Our Compensation Program

        The four key elements of our compensation package for named executive officers are base pay, discretionary performance bonuses, equity-based awards, and our benefits programs. We do not use specific formulas or weightings in determining the allocation of the various pay elements; rather, each named executive officer's compensation has been designed to provide a combination of fixed and at-risk compensation that is tied to achievement of the Company's short- and long-term objectives.

        Base Salary.     We offer reasonable base salaries that are intended to provide a level of stable fixed compensation to executives for performance of day-to-day services. Each named executive officer's base salary was established as the result of arm's-length negotiation with the individual, and is generally

99


Table of Contents


reviewed annually to determine whether an adjustment is warranted or required. The base salaries paid to our named executive officers in 2010 are set forth in the "Summary Compensation Table" below. The following table sets forth the base salary rates in effect for 2010:

Name
  2010 Base Salary Rate ($)  

Andrew D. Mason

    180,000 (1)

Jason E. Child

    350,000  

Robert S. Solomon

    350,000  

Brian K. Totty

    250,000  

Kenneth M. Pelletier

    185,000  

(1)
At his own recommendation to the compensation committee, Mr. Mason's base salary for 2011 was reduced to $575, effective January 1, 2011.

        Discretionary Performance Bonus.     We offer our named executive officers the opportunity to earn annual performance bonuses, which are determined by the Board or the compensation committee at its sole discretion, based on each officer's job performance and the Company's financial performance. As a privately-held company, we believe that a discretionary cash bonus program has allowed the Board and compensation committee to retain flexibility to conserve cash while rewarding results as determined to be appropriate. Because of the rapidly-changing nature of our business, the Board and compensation committee have not believed that selecting pre-set performance metrics would enhance incentive efforts, and instead have focused on using equity incentives to encourage company-wide improvements. No discretionary bonuses were awarded to any named executive officers for 2010 performance.

        Equity-Based Awards.     Our practice, as a private and rapidly growing company, has been to grant equity awards to our newly hired executive officers, in order to effectively align the interests of the executive with our long-term growth objectives. As such, we have not generally made regular equity awards to our named executive officers, although we anticipate that annual equity awards may form a component of our compensation structure for executives going forward, in order to more effectively align the interests of executive officers and our stockholders and ensure appropriate long-term incentives remain in place. The sizes and types of awards that have historically been granted to newly hired executive officers have not been determined based on a specific formula, but rather on a combination of the Board's or compensation committee's discretionary judgment regarding the appropriate level of compensation for the position, the need to fill a particular position, and the negotiation process with the particular individual involved.

        Benefits Programs.     Our employee benefit programs, including our 401(k) plan and health, dental, vision and short-term disability coverage programs, are designed to provide a stable array of support to our employees generally, including our named executive officers, and their families.

Post-Employment Compensation

        The terms and conditions of employment for Messrs. Mason, Child and Totty are set forth in their employment agreements. Prior to his departure from the position of President and Chief Operating Officer, the terms and conditions of employment for Mr. Solomon were also set forth in his employment agreement. The material terms of these agreements are summarized under "Employment Agreements" below. These employment agreements also provide for certain benefits in the event of the named executive officer's termination of employment under specified circumstances or upon a change in control. We believe that our extension of these post-employment and change in control benefits was necessary in order to induce these individuals to forego other competitive opportunities that were available to them. The material terms of these post-employment arrangements, including the terms of Mr. Solomon's separation agreement and Mr. Pelletier's separation agreement, are set forth in "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below. Prior to his departure from the Company, Mr. Pelletier had not entered into any formal employment agreement or post-employment compensation arrangement with us.

100


Table of Contents

Effect of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation Decisions

        Accounting Treatment.     We recognize a charge to earnings for accounting purposes for equity awards over their vesting period. When we become a publicly-held company, we expect that our compensation committee will continue to review and consider the accounting impact of equity awards in addition to considering the impact for dilution and overhang when deciding on amounts and terms of equity grants.

        Deductibility of Executive Compensation.     Following our initial public offering, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, may limit the amount that we may deduct from our federal income taxes for compensation paid to our executive officers to $1 million dollars per executive officer per year, unless certain requirements are met. Section 162(m) provides an exception from this deduction limit for certain forms of performance-based compensation. While our compensation committee is mindful of the benefit to us of the full deductibility of compensation, the Board and the compensation committee believe that we should not be constrained by the requirements of the Section 162(m) exception where those requirements would impair our flexibility in compensating our executive officers in a manner that can best promote our corporate objectives. Therefore, the Board and the compensation committee have not adopted a policy that would require that all compensation be deductible. We intend to continue to compensate our executive officers in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Company and our stockholders.

        Taxation of Parachute Payments and Deferred Compensation.     We do not provide and have no obligation to provide any executive officer, including any named executive officer, with a "gross-up" or other reimbursement payment for any tax liability that he or she might owe as a result of the application of Section 280G, 4999, or 409A of the Code. Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code provide that executive officers and directors who hold significant equity interests and certain other service providers may be subject to an excise tax if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control that exceed certain limits prescribed by the Code, and that the employer may forfeit a deduction on the amounts subject to this additional tax. Our 2010 Plan permits a participant to elect, in his or her discretion, to reduce a payment or acceleration of vesting under the plan to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of an excise tax under Sections 280G and 4999. Section 409A of the Code also may impose significant taxes on a service provider in the event that he or she receives deferred compensation that does not comply with the requirements of Section 409A. We have structured our compensation arrangements with the intention of complying with or otherwise being exempt from the requirements of Section 409A. Further, our 2010 Plan provides that the Board may amend the terms of the plan or any award agreement to the extent necessary to comply with or effectuate an exemption from the requirements of Section 409A.

Hiring of New Chief Operating Officer

        On April 15, 2011, we hired Margaret H. Georgiadis to serve as our new Chief Operating Officer. Pursuant to the terms of her employment agreement, which expires December 15, 2015, Ms. Georgiadis receives a base salary of $500,000 per year. She is also eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus not to exceed 100% of her base salary and to participate in our employee and executive benefit plans (the costs of which will be reimbursed by the Company). In connection with her hiring, Ms. Georgiadis was granted 1,100,000 restricted stock units under our 2010 Plan, 300,000 of which were immediately vested. With respect to the remaining restricted stock units, 12 / 56 of them will vest on April 15, 2012, 3 / 56 of them will vest at the end of each of the next fourteen three-month periods thereafter, and a final 2 / 56 of them will vest at the end of the 56 th  month following the date of hire. Vesting is subject to Ms. Georgiadis' continued employment through each vesting date.

        If Ms. Georgiadis' employment is terminated without cause or for good reason, she will be entitled to receive (i) continued payment of base salary for twelve months following termination, (ii) a lump sum payment of 100% of her annual bonus target, (iii) continued company-paid medical and insurance benefits for up to twelve months following termination, and (iv) immediate vesting of the sum of 171,249 restricted

101


Table of Contents


stock units plus the positive difference between (x) the number of restricted stock units that would have vested through her termination (excluding the immediately vested units), had the vesting been determined at the rate of 1 / 56 of the total per month, and (y) the number of restricted units that would have vested in accordance with her employment agreement. If the foregoing termination occurs within six months prior to or twelve months following a change in control, Ms. Georgiadis will also be entitled to immediate vesting of her unvested restricted stock units and any other equity awards granted to her during her employment. Her right to these benefits is contingent on her execution of a release of claims against the Company.

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation of the individuals who served as our named executive officers during 2010.

Name and Principal Position (1)
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($) (2)
  Option
Awards
($) (3)
  Stock
Awards
($) (4)
  All Other
Compensation
($) (5)
  Total
Compensation
($)
 

Andrew D. Mason
Chief Executive Officer

    2010     180,000 (6)               4,599     184,599  

Jason E. Child (7)
Chief Financial Officer

    2010     5,384     375,000         9,477,000     140     9,857,524  

Robert S. Solomon (8)
Former President and Chief Operating Officer

    2010     263,846         5,068,785         2,160     5,334,791  

Brian K. Totty
Senior Vice President of Engineering and Operations

    2010     20,833             2,659,334         2,680,167  

Kenneth M. Pelletier (9)
Former Chief Technology Officer

    2010     185,000                 7,838     192,838  

(1)
Eric P. Lefkofsky, our Co-Founder and Executive Chairman of the Board, is not an employee of the Company and receives no compensation for his service as an executive officer. Therefore, he is not included in the compensation tables or "Compensation Discussion and Analysis". Mr. Lefkofsky's compensation for his service as a non-employee director is disclosed in "Director Compensation in 2010" below.

(2)
There were no discretionary performance bonuses paid to any of our named executive officers for 2010. Mr. Child received a one-time signing bonus in connection with the execution of his employment agreement, effective December 20, 2010.

(3)
Amounts disclosed in this column relate to grants of stock options made under the 2010 Plan. With respect to each stock option grant, the amounts disclosed generally reflect the grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 "Stock Compensation". The exercise price of stock options is equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the grant date, determined in good faith by the Board and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code. Grant date fair value was determined using a generally accepted option valuation methodology referred to as the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. Information regarding assumptions used in calculating the value of stock option awards made to executive officers is provided in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" above.

(4)
Amounts disclosed in this column relate to grants of restricted stock units made under the 2010 Plan. With respect to each restricted stock unit grant, the amounts disclosed generally reflect the grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Grant date fair value for each restricted stock unit award was determined in good faith by the Board without regard to lapsing restrictions and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code.

(5)
Amounts disclosed in this column relate to amounts paid to reimburse our named executive officers for the cost of participation in our group health and dental plans and for parking costs at the Company's headquarters in Chicago, Illinois.

(6)
At his own recommendation to the compensation committee, Mr. Mason's base salary rate for 2011 was reduced to $575, effective January 1, 2011.

(7)
Mr. Child was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer on December 20, 2010. Prior to his appointment, no single individual served in the capacity of or performed the functions of chief financial officer of the Company.

(8)
Mr. Solomon ceased to be our President and Chief Operating Officer on March 22, 2011.

(9)
Mr. Pelletier's employment with us terminated on March 23, 2011.

102


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

        Overview.     We have entered into employment agreements with each of Messrs. Mason, Child and Totty. Prior to his departure from the position of President and Chief Operating Officer, we had entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Solomon. Prior to his separation, Mr. Pelletier did not have a formal employment agreement with the Company.

        Andrew D. Mason.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Mason to serve as our Chief Executive Officer effective November 1, 2009, which replaced his prior employment agreement. His current agreement expires on December 1, 2014. Pursuant to his agreement, Mr. Mason is to be paid a base salary of $180,000 annually, which amount is to be increased by at least fifteen percent per year thereafter. Notwithstanding this provision of his employment agreement, Mr. Mason's base salary for 2011 has been reduced to $575, upon his own recommendation to the compensation committee. He is also eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to fifty percent of his base salary, which is payable as determined by the Board and the compensation committee in their sole discretion based on Mr. Mason's job performance, our financial performance, and certain performance targets that may be approved by the Board and the compensation committee. Notwithstanding this provision of his employment agreement, Mr. Mason's bonus has been eliminated as a component of his 2011 compensation, upon his own recommendation to the compensation committee. Mr. Mason is also entitled to participate in our executive and employee benefit plans on the same basis as other members of our senior management, and is reimbursed by us for the costs of those plans in which he elects to participate. In connection with the execution of his employment agreement, Mr. Mason purchased 1,800,000 shares of our Class A common stock on November 1, 2009 at their then current fair market value with a promissory note. In April 2011, Mr. Mason repaid the promissory note with respect to 1,650,000 shares and forfeited 150,000 shares. In connection with the repayment of the promissory note and forfeiture of the shares, the remaining balance of the promissory note was cancelled. These shares are subject to our right to repurchase upon a termination of Mr. Mason's employment for any reason prior to November 1, 2014, at a purchase price of their fair market value on the repurchase date. The repurchase right lapses with respect to twenty percent of the underlying shares for every year in which Mr. Mason continues to be employed commencing on November 1, 2009. Mr. Mason is also entitled to receive certain benefits upon certain terminations of employment, which benefits are summarized below in "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control."

        Jason E. Child.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Child to serve as our Chief Financial Officer effective December 20, 2010, which was amended and restated effective April 29, 2011, and expires on December 20, 2015. Pursuant to his amended and restated employment agreement, Mr. Child is paid a base salary of $350,000 annually. Mr. Child is also eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of at least $350,000, determined by the Board and the compensation committee, payable semi-annually on June 20 th and December 20 th of each year. Mr. Child is entitled to participate in our executive and employee benefit plans on the same basis as other members of our senior management, and is reimbursed by us for the costs of those plans in which he elects to participate. In connection with the execution of his employment agreement in December 2010, Mr. Child received a one-time signing bonus of $375,000, and an award of 600,000 restricted stock units under our 2010 Plan. We granted Mr. Child an additional 50,000 restricted stock units on April 29, 2011 in connection with the execution of his amended and restated employment agreement. No restricted stock units will vest until the earliest of (i) December 20, 2011, (ii) six months after the effective date of our initial public offering, or (iii) a change in control. On the first of the foregoing events to occur, 130,000 restricted stock units will vest, and on the last day of each subsequent three-month period, 32,500 additional restricted stock units will vest. No restricted stock units will vest if Mr. Child has not been continuously employed by us up to and including the applicable vesting date. Mr. Child is also entitled to receive certain benefits upon certain terminations of employment and a change in control, which benefits are summarized below in "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control."

103


Table of Contents

        Rob S. Solomon.     Mr. Solomon ceased to hold the position of President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company on March 22, 2011. Prior to that date, we had entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Solomon to serve as our President and Chief Operating Officer effective March 15, 2010. Pursuant to his agreement, Mr. Solomon was paid a base salary of $350,000 annually. He was also eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to thirty-three percent of his base salary, which was payable as determined by the Board and the compensation committee in their sole discretion based on Mr. Solomon's job performance, our financial performance, and certain performance targets approved by the Board. Mr. Solomon was also entitled to participate in our executive and employee benefit plans on the same basis as other members of our senior management, and was reimbursed by us for the costs of those plans in which he elected to participate. In connection with the execution of his employment agreement, Mr. Solomon received an award of options to purchase 4,110,000 shares of our Class A common stock under our 2010 Plan, 1,027,500 of which vested on March 22, 2011, with the remaining options to vest in approximately equal increments each quarter thereafter beginning on June 22, 2011. Mr. Solomon entered into a transition services and separation agreement with us on April 5, 2011, pursuant to which he receives certain benefits throughout a specified transition period and following his termination, which benefits are summarized below in "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control."

        Brian K. Totty.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Totty to serve as our Senior Vice President of Engineering and Operations, effective November 30, 2010. His agreement does not have a specified term. Pursuant to his agreement, Mr. Totty is paid a base salary of $250,000 annually. Mr. Totty is also eligible to participate in those fringe benefit plans generally available to our employees. In connection with the execution of his employment agreement, Mr. Totty received an award of 197,280 restricted stock units under our 2010 Plan, which vest in equal increments over thirty-six months beginning December 30, 2010. No restricted stock units will vest if Mr. Totty has not been continuously employed by us up to and including the applicable vesting date. If, as of November 30, 2012, there has not been a change in control, an initial public offering, or a bona fide third party offer to purchase Mr. Totty's shares of Class A common stock, Mr. Totty will have a one-time right to require us to purchase his shares of Company capital stock at their then current fair market value, up to an aggregate value of $2,000,000, which right shall expire after 60 days. This right will terminate automatically if Mr. Totty voluntarily terminates employment (other than following a demotion) at any time prior to November 30, 2012. Mr. Totty is also entitled to receive certain benefits upon certain terminations of employment and a change in control, which benefits are summarized below in "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control."

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2010

        The following table sets forth information regarding grants of awards made to our named executive officers during 2010. These amounts have been adjusted to reflect a three-for-one stock split completed in August 2010, and a two-for-one stock split completed in January 2011.

Name
  Grant Date   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Restricted Stock
Units (#)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
  Exercise
Price of
Option
Awards ($/sh)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
($) (1)
 

Andrew D. Mason

                     

Jason E. Child

    12/20/2010     600,000 (2)           9,477,000  

Robert S. Solomon

    3/22/2010         155,424 (3)   2.57     191,684  

    3/22/2010         3,954,576 (4)   2.57     4,877,179  

Brian K. Totty

    11/30/2010     197,280 (5)           2,659,334  

Kenneth M. Pelletier

                     

(1)
Reflects grant date fair value of restricted stock units and option awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions underlying the valuations are set forth in footnotes 2 and 3 to the Summary Compensation Table above.

104


Table of Contents

(2)
Reflects the award of restricted stock units under the 2010 Plan upon Mr. Child's employment as Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to his entering into an employment agreement with us.

(3)
Reflects the award of incentive stock options under the 2010 Plan upon Mr. Solomon's employment as President and Chief Operating Officer, pursuant to his entering into an employment agreement with us.

(4)
Reflects the award of nonqualified statutory stock options under the 2010 Plan upon Mr. Solomon's employment as President and Chief Operating Officer, pursuant to his entering into an employment agreement with us.

(5)
Reflects the award of restricted stock units under the 2010 Plan upon Mr. Totty's employment as Senior Vice President of Engineering and Operations, pursuant to his entering into an employment agreement with us.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Year-End

        The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2010. These amounts have been adjusted to reflect a three-for-one stock split completed in August 2010, and a two-for-one stock split completed in January 2011.

 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares of Stock
that Have Not
Vested
(#)
  Market Value
of Shares
of Stock
that Have
Not Vested
($)
 

Andrew D. Mason

                         

Jason E. Child

                    600,000 (1)   9,477,000  

Robert S. Solomon

        4,110,000 (2)   2.57     3/22/2020          

Brian K. Totty

                    191,800 (3)   3,029,481  

Kenneth M. Pelletier

        45,000 (4)   0.02     9/1/2017          

        143,750 (5)   0.02     11/7/2018          

        387,500 (6)   0.16     7/9/2019          

(1)
Restricted stock units vest according to the following schedule: 120,000 on the earliest of (i) December 20, 2011, (ii) six months after the effective date of our initial public offering, or (iii) a change in control event; and an additional 30,000 on the last day of each subsequent three-month period following the initial vesting event. Vesting is subject to Mr. Child's continued employment by the Company up to and including each applicable vesting date.

(2)
Stock options would have vested according to the following schedule: 1,027,500 on March 22, 2011; an additional 256,878 on June 22, 2011 and on each monthly anniversary of such date thereafter through December 22, 2011; and an additional 256,842 on March 22, 2014. Vesting of certain of Mr. Solomon's stock options was accelerated pursuant to his separation agreement, as described below in "Mr. Solomon's Transition Services and Separation Agreement."

(3)
Restricted stock units vest according to the following schedule: 5,480 on December 31, 2010 and on each monthly anniversary of such date thereafter. Vesting is subject to Mr. Totty's continued employment by us up to and including each applicable vesting date.

(4)
Stock options would have vested according to the following schedule: 5,000 on January 1, 2011 and on each monthly anniversary of such date thereafter. Vesting of certain of Mr. Pelletier's stock options was accelerated pursuant to his separation agreement, as described below in "Mr. Pelletier's Separation Agreement."

(5)
Stock options would have vested according to the following schedule: 6,250 on January 7, 2011 and on each monthly anniversary of such date thereafter. Vesting of certain of Mr. Pelletier's stock options was accelerated pursuant to his separation agreement, as described below in "Mr. Pelletier's Separation Agreement."

(6)
Stock options would have vested according to the following schedule: 12,500 on January 9, 2011 and on each monthly anniversary of such date thereafter. Vesting of certain of Mr. Pelletier's stock options was accelerated pursuant to his separation agreement, as described below in "Mr. Pelletier's Separation Agreement."

105


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2010

        The following table sets forth all exercises of stock options by our named executive officers during 2010. These amounts have been adjusted to reflect a three-for-one stock split completed in August 2010, and a two-for-one stock split completed in January 2011.

 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
  Value Realized on
Exercise
($) (1)
  Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
(#)
  Value Realized
on Vesting
($) (2)
 

Andrew D. Mason

                 

Jason E. Child

                 

Robert S. Solomon

                 

Brian K. Totty

            5,480 (3)   86,584  

Kenneth M. Pelletier

    544,998     2,424,762          

(1)
The value realized on exercise is the difference between the fair market value of the underlying stock at the time of exercise and the exercise price of the option.

(2)
The value realized on vesting is the fair market value of the underlying stock on the vesting date.

(3)
Consists of shares settled upon the vesting of restricted stock units awarded on November 30, 2010.

Pension Benefits

        Aside from our 401(k) plan, we do not maintain any pension plan or arrangement under which our named executive officers are entitled to participate or receive post-retirement benefits.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

        We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans or arrangements under which our named executive officers are entitled to participate.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

        Potential Payments pursuant to Mr. Mason's Employment Agreement.     Upon a termination of employment by us without cause or by Mr. Mason for good reason, Mr. Mason is entitled to receive, for a period of 180 days following termination, (i) continued payment of his base salary, less applicable withholding, and (ii) continuation of his then-current benefits under our benefit plans. Mr. Mason is also subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictive covenants for a period of two years following a termination of employment for any reason.

        "Cause" is defined in Mr. Mason's employment agreement as:

    failure to perform reasonable legally assigned duties following written notice of such failure and a reasonable opportunity to cure;

    theft, dishonesty, or falsification of employment or Company records;

    an act or acts constituting a felony or involving moral turpitude;

    willful misconduct or gross negligence that has had a material adverse effect on our reputation or business; or

    material breach of the employment agreement following written notice of such breach and reasonable opportunity to cure.

106


Table of Contents

        "Good reason" is defined in Mr. Mason's employment agreement as:

    material reduction of duties and responsibilities below what is customary for his position, without Mr. Mason's consent;

    office relocation more than twenty-five miles from our current office, without Mr. Mason's consent; or

    our breach of the employment agreement which has continued for more than thirty days following notice to us of such breach.

        "Change in control" is defined in Mr. Mason's employment agreement by reference to our 2008 Plan, which is described below under "2008 Stock Option Plan."

        Potential Payments pursuant to Mr. Child's Employment Agreement.     Upon a termination of employment by us without cause or by Mr. Child for good reason, Mr. Child is entitled to receive immediate vesting of 110,000 unvested restricted stock units (from his original grant of 600,000 restricted stock units) and, for a period of six months following termination, (i) continued payment of his base salary, less applicable withholding, and (ii) continuation of Company-provided insurance benefits until he has secured insurance benefits elsewhere. Upon a change in control, Mr. Child is entitled to immediate vesting of fifty percent of his then unvested restricted stock units. However, in the event of a change of control that occurs on or before December 20, 2011, Mr. Child has the option to elect, in lieu of such immediate vesting, to receive a contractual commitment from us to pay him $2,650,000 annually, payable on a quarterly basis over the next five years, contingent on Mr. Child's remaining employed by us on each payment date. If Mr. Child makes such an election, and his employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Child for good reason during the period beginning three months prior to the public announcement of a change in control and ending twelve months following a change in control, Mr. Child shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment of the amount he would have received had he remained employed by us for an additional thirty-six months, payable in a lump sum. Mr. Child is also subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictive covenants for a period of six months following a termination of employment for any reason.

        "Cause" is defined in Mr. Child's employment agreement as:

    theft, material dishonesty, or falsification of employment or Company records;

    an act or acts constituting a felony; or

    willful misconduct or gross negligence that has had a material adverse effect on our reputation or business.

        "Good reason" is defined in Mr. Child's employment agreement as:

    material reduction of duties and responsibilities below what is customary for his position, without Mr. Child's consent;

    a change in title;

    our requirement that he report to anyone other than the chief executive officer;

    office relocation more than fifty miles from our current office, without Mr. Child's consent;

    material reduction of his base salary or minimum annual bonus, without a corresponding similar reduction to the base salaries or annual bonuses of other executive officers; or

    our material breach of the employment agreement which has continued for more than thirty days following notice to us of such breach.

107


Table of Contents

        "Change in control" is defined in Mr. Child's employment agreement by reference to our 2010 Plan, which is described below under "2010 Stock Plan."

        Potential Payments pursuant to Mr. Solomon's Employment Agreement.     Upon a termination of employment by us without cause or by Mr. Solomon for good reason, Mr. Solomon was entitled to receive, for a period of six months following termination, (i) continued payment of his base salary, less applicable withholding, (ii) continuation of Company-provided insurance benefits until he has secured insurance benefits elsewhere, and (iii) immediate vesting of 900,000 options. If such a termination had occurred during the period beginning three months prior to the public announcement of a change in control and ending twelve months following a change in control, Mr. Solomon also would have been entitled to immediate vesting of the options that would have vested over the next two years. Mr. Solomon is also subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictive covenants for a period of two years following a termination of employment for any reason.

        "Cause" is defined in Mr. Solomon's employment agreement as:

    failure to perform reasonably assigned duties following written notice of such failure and a thirty-day cure period;

    theft, dishonesty, or falsification of employment or Company records;

    an act or acts constituting a felony or involving moral turpitude;

    willful misconduct or gross negligence that has had a material adverse effect on our reputation or business; or

    material breach of the employment agreement following written notice of such breach and a thirty-day cure period.

        "Good reason" is defined in Mr. Solomon's employment agreement as:

    material reduction of duties and responsibilities below what is customary for his position, without Mr. Solomon's consent;

    office relocation more than one hundred miles from our current office, without Mr. Solomon's consent; or

    our breach of the employment agreement which has continued for more than thirty days following notice to us of such breach.

        "Change in control" is defined in Mr. Solomon's employment agreement by reference to the Company's 2010 Plan, which is described below under "2010 Stock Plan."

        Mr. Solomon's Transition Services and Separation Agreement.     Upon his departure from the position of President and Chief Operating Officer on March 22, 2011, Mr. Solomon entered into a transition services and separation agreement with us on April 5, 2011. Pursuant to this agreement, he is required to perform certain transitional duties during the transition period, which ends on July 25, 2011 (the "Separation Date"). During the transition period, Mr. Solomon will continue to receive his former base salary and be eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans. In addition, the vesting of 900,000 options was accelerated as of March 22, 2011, and Mr. Solomon will be permitted to exercise his vested options for a period of ninety days following the Separation Date. Following the Separation Date, and provided that Mr. Solomon executes a release of claims, Mr. Solomon is entitled to receive (i) continued payment of his base salary, less applicable withholding, for a period of six months following termination, (ii) immediate vesting of an additional 416,556 options, and (iii) continued group health insurance benefits through July 31, 2011 and Company-paid COBRA premiums thereafter through January 31, 2012. However, if Mr. Solomon is terminated for cause during the transition period, he will not be eligible to receive any

108


Table of Contents


post-employment benefits under this agreement. Mr. Solomon is also subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictive covenants for a period of two years following his termination of employment.

        "Cause" is defined in Mr. Solomon's separation agreement as:

    theft, dishonesty, or falsification of employment or Company records;

    an act or acts constituting a felony or involving moral turpitude;

    willful misconduct or gross negligence that has had a material adverse effect on our reputation or business; or

    material breach of the separation agreement following written notice of such breach and a thirty-day cure period.

        Potential Payments pursuant to Mr. Totty's Employment Agreement.     Upon a termination of employment by us without cause or a demotion, in each case, that occurs before November 30, 2012, Mr. Totty is entitled to receive immediate vesting of fifty percent of his then unvested restricted stock units. Mr. Totty is also subject to a non-solicitation restrictive covenant for a period of one year following a termination of employment for any reason. Upon a change in control, Mr. Totty is entitled to receive immediate vesting of fifty percent of his restricted stock units, to the extent they have not already vested in accordance with their terms. In addition, upon a change in control that is agreed to prior to November 30, 2011, Mr. Totty is entitled to receive:

    a cash amount equal to the positive difference, if any, between (i) $4,575,000, and (ii) the value of 307,500 shares of our stock (as of the date of the change in control); and

    one-third of the "retention shortfall", which is determined by subtracting (i) the value of 600,000 restricted stock units (as of the date of the change in control), from (ii) the difference between $38,300,000 and the sum of the (x) the value of 1,230,000 shares (as of the date of the change in control) and (y) four times the amount described in the first bullet point above. Mr. Totty's share of the retention shortfall is subject to vesting in equal monthly increments over the three year period commencing on November 30, 2010, provided that Mr. Totty has been continuously employed by us on each applicable vesting date. In the event that Mr. Totty experiences a demotion or is terminated without cause prior to the full vesting of his share of the retention shortfall, his entire share shall be immediately vested. All amounts above have been adjusted to reflect the January 2011 stock split.

        "Cause" is defined in Mr. Totty's employment agreement as:

    conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to any felony or other crime involving fraud, theft or moral turpitude;

    fraud, theft, embezzlement, or other material dishonesty involving the Company or a material breach of his fiduciary duty to the Company;

    gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his employment duties to the extent such gross negligence or willful misconduct materially and adversely affects the Company; or

    material breach of his employment agreement, which is not curable or is not cured within fifteen days following notice by us to Mr. Totty specifying the nature of such breach.

        A "demotion" is defined in Mr. Totty's employment agreement as:

    material reduction in his duties and responsibilities or a permanent change in his duties and responsibilities which is materially inconsistent with the duties and responsibilities of his position, which reduction or change is not cured within thirty days following notice by Mr. Totty to us thereof.

        "Change in control" is defined in Mr. Totty's employment agreement as (i) the acquisition by any person or entity of the beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent of the then outstanding shares of

109


Table of Contents


our common stock or the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote in the election of directors; (ii) the closing of a sale or other conveyance of substantially all of the Company's assets; (iii) the consummation of any merger or other business combination involving the Company if, immediately after such transaction, the holders of a majority of the outstanding securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of the surviving entity of such transaction are not persons or entities who, immediately prior to such transaction, held such securities; or (iv) the completion of any other transaction that has the same effect as any of the foregoing.

        Mr. Pelletier's Separation Agreement.     Upon his separation from the Company on March 23, 2011, Mr. Pelletier entered into a separation agreement and general release with us on April 6, 2011. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Pelletier is entitled to (i) continued payment of his base salary, less applicable withholding, for a period of six months following termination, and (ii) immediate vesting of fifty percent of his unvested stock options, which remained exercisable for thirty days following termination.

        The table below shows the estimated amount of payments and benefits that we would provide to our named executive officers assuming that their employment was terminated as of December 31, 2010 by us without cause or by the officer for good reason, including in connection with a change in control. None of our named executive officers were retirement eligible as of December 31, 2010. The table below also shows

110


Table of Contents


the estimated amount of payments and benefits that we would provide to our named executive officers assuming a change of control as of December 31, 2010.

Executive
  Payment Elements   Change in
Control ($)
  Termination Without Cause or
for Good Reason in Connection
with a Change in Control ($)
  Termination
Without Cause
or for Good
Reason ($)
 

Andrew D. Mason

    Salary         88,767     88,767  

    Stock Options              

    Restricted Stock Units              

    Restricted Stock              

    Health Coverage         5,400     5,400  

         Total         94,167     94,167  

Jason E. Child

   

Salary

   
   
175,000
   
175,000
 

    Stock Options              

    Restricted Stock Units     4,738,500     4,738,500      

    Restricted Stock              

    Health Coverage         5,400     5,400  

         Total     4,738,500     4,918,900     180,400  

Robert S. Solomon

   

Salary

   
   
175,000
   
175,000
 

    Stock Options         49,271,668     11,902,500  

    Restricted Stock Units              

    Restricted Stock              

    Health Coverage         5,400     5,400  

         Total         49,452,068     12,082,900  

Brian K. Totty

   

Salary

   
   
   
 

    Stock Options              

    Restricted Stock Units     1,558,019     1,558,019 (1)   1,514,741 (1)

    Restricted Stock              

    Health Coverage              

    Additional Payments     3,131,685 (2)   3,131,685 (2)    

         Total     4,689,704     4,689,704     1,514,741  

Kenneth M. Pelletier

   

Salary

   
   
   
 

    Stock Options              

    Restricted Stock Units              

    Restricted Stock              

    Health Coverage              

         Total              

(1)
Vesting of Mr. Totty's restricted stock units is accelerated upon a demotion or a termination of his employment by us without cause. See "Potential Payments pursuant to Mr. Totty's Employment Agreement" above for further details.

(2)
Represents potential payments made upon a change in control occurring prior to November 30, 2011, in connection with the merger of Groupon Ludic, Inc. and Ludic Labs, Inc. See "Potential Payments pursuant to Mr. Totty's Employment Agreement" above for further details.

Employee Benefit Plans

    2010 Stock Plan

        We established the 2010 Stock Plan, originally effective April 16, 2010 and most recently amended on April 1, 2011, referred to herein as the 2010 Plan. The purpose of the 2010 Plan is to advance the interests of the Company, and our affiliates and stockholders, by providing incentives to retain and reward

111


Table of Contents

participants and motivate them to contribute to our growth and profitability. The 2010 Plan provides for the award of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock purchase rights, restricted stock units, and restricted stock bonuses.

        Administration.     The 2010 Plan is administered and interpreted by the compensation committee. The compensation committee has the full and final power and authority to determine the terms of awards under the 2010 Plan, including designating those persons who will receive awards, the types of awards granted, the fair market value of shares of stock or other property, and the restrictions and conditions that may be applicable to each award and underlying shares. Awards under the 2010 Plan are evidenced by award agreements.

        Grant of Awards; Shares Available for Awards.     Generally, awards under the 2010 Plan may be granted to employees, consultants and directors of the Company or any affiliate, other than incentive stock options, which may only be granted to employees. An aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock (as adjusted to reflect a three-for-one stock split completed in August 2010 and a two-for-one stock split completed in January 2011), in the aggregate, are reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan. The number of shares issued or reserved pursuant to the 2010 Plan may be adjusted by the compensation committee, as it deems appropriate, as the result of stock splits, stock dividends, and similar changes in our Class A common stock.

        Stock Options.     Under the 2010 Plan, the compensation committee may grant participants incentive stock options, which qualify for special tax treatment under United States tax law, as well as nonqualified stock options. The compensation committee establishes the duration of each option at the time of grant, with a maximum duration of ten years from the effective date of the grant. The compensation committee also establishes any performance criteria or passage of time requirements that must be satisfied prior to the exercise of options. Option grants must have an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the grant date. Payment of the exercise price for shares being purchased pursuant to a stock option may be made in cash or check, or, if the Company permits, by means of a stock tender exercise, a cashless exercise or a net exercise.

        Restricted Stock Awards.     Restricted stock awards under the 2010 Plan may be made in the form of either restricted stock bonuses or restricted stock purchase rights. Restricted stock bonuses are awards of shares that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. Restricted stock purchase rights are awards of rights to purchase shares that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the compensation committee; these rights are exercisable for a period established by the compensation committee that shall not exceed thirty days from the grant date. Except as otherwise provided by an award agreement, recipients of restricted stock awards have all the rights of stockholders with respect to the underlying shares, including the right to vote such shares and receive dividends on such shares.

        Restricted Stock Units.     Under the 2010 Plan, the compensation committee may grant participants restricted stock units, which are units representing the right to receive shares of our common stock, or the cash value of such shares, on a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of such right. The compensation committee establishes the time or times on which a restricted stock unit will vest and the form of consideration (shares, cash or a combination of both) to be distributed to a participant on settlement.

        Change in Control Provisions.     The compensation committee may provide that, in the event of a termination of a participant's service in connection with a change in control, an outstanding award will become fully vested and/or exercisable. In the event of a change in control, the 2010 Plan provides that the surviving entity may assume or continue our rights and obligations under any outstanding award, or may substitute substantially equivalent awards with respect to the surviving entity's stock. The compensation committee may also, in its discretion, determine that an outstanding award may be cashed out in

112


Table of Contents


connection with a change in control. A change in control is defined as either (i) a sale of more than fifty percent of our outstanding stock, a merger or consolidation, or a sale of substantially all of our assets, wherein the Company's stockholders do not retain, immediately after the transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of voting stock immediately before the transaction, direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of the Company's outstanding voting stock, or (ii) our stockholders' approval of a plan of liquidation or dissolution.

        Compliance with Laws.     The 2010 Plan is designed to comply with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The 2010 Plan and all awards granted thereunder are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code.

        Amendment and Termination.     The compensation committee may amend, suspend or terminate the 2010 Plan at any time. However, no amendment that requires the approval of our stockholders shall be made without the approval of the Company's stockholders. In addition, no amendment, suspension, or termination of the 2010 Plan may adversely affect any outstanding awards; provided, however, that the compensation committee may amend the 2010 Plan or any award agreement for the purposes of conforming the 2010 Plan or the award agreement to the requirements of law, including the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

    2008 Stock Option Plan

        We established the 2008 Stock Option Plan, originally effective January 15, 2008, referred to herein as the 2008 Plan. The 2008 Plan was frozen in December 2010; however, option awards previously granted and outstanding under the 2008 Plan remain subject to the terms of the 2008 Plan and the applicable award agreement. The purpose of the 2008 Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and our affiliates and stockholders, by providing incentives to retain and reward participants and motivate them to contribute to our growth and profitability. The 2008 Plan provides for the award of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options.

        Administration.     The 2008 Plan is administered and interpreted by the compensation committee. The compensation committee has the full and final power and authority to determine the terms of option awards under the 2008 Plan, including designating those persons who will receive option awards, the number of shares to be subject to each option award, the fair market value of shares of stock or other property, and the restrictions and conditions that may be applicable to each option award and the underlying shares. Awards under the 2008 Plan are evidenced by option award agreements.

        Grant of Option Awards; Shares Available for Awards.     Generally, option awards under the 2008 Plan may be granted to employees, consultants and directors of the Company or any affiliate, other than incentive stock options, which may only be granted to employees. An aggregate of 32,309,250 shares of our Class A common stock (as adjusted to reflect a three-for-one stock split completed in August 2010 and a two-for-one stock split completed in January 2011), in the aggregate, were reserved for issuance under the 2008 Plan. The number of shares issued or reserved pursuant to the 2008 Plan may be adjusted by the compensation committee, as it deems appropriate, as the result of stock splits, stock dividends, and similar changes in our Class A common stock. No new option awards have been granted under the 2008 Plan since it was frozen in December 2010.

        Stock Options.     Under the 2008 Plan, the compensation committee granted participants incentive stock options, which qualified for special tax treatment under United States tax law, as well as nonqualified stock options. The compensation committee established the duration of each option at the time of grant, with a maximum duration of ten years from the effective date of the grant. The compensation committee also established any performance criteria or passage of time requirements that must be satisfied prior to the exercise of options. Incentive stock option grants were required to have an exercise price that was not

113


Table of Contents


less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the grant date, while nonqualified stock option grants were required to have an exercise price that was not less than eighty-five percent of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the grant date. Payment of the exercise price for shares being purchased pursuant to a stock option may be made in cash or check, or, if the Company permits, by means of a stock tender exercise, a cashless exercise or a net exercise.

        Change in Control Provisions.     In the event of a change in control, the surviving entity may assume or continue the Company's rights and obligations under any outstanding option award, or may substitute substantially equivalent options with respect to the surviving entity's stock. Options that are neither assumed nor substituted upon a change in control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding as of the date of the change in control. A change in control is defined as either (i) a sale of more than fifty percent of our outstanding stock, a merger or consolidation, or a sale of substantially all of our assets, wherein the Company's stockholders do not retain, immediately after the transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of voting stock immediately before the transaction, direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of the Company's outstanding voting stock, or (ii) our stockholders' approval of a plan of liquidation or dissolution.

        Compliance with Laws.     The 2008 Plan is designed to comply with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        Amendment and Termination.     The compensation committee may amend or terminate the 2008 Plan at any time. However, no amendment that requires the approval of our stockholders shall be made without the approval of the Company's stockholders. In addition, no amendment or termination of the 2008 Plan may adversely affect any outstanding options without the participant's consent, unless the amendment or termination is required to enable an option designated as an incentive stock option to qualify as an incentive stock option or is necessary to comply with applicable law.

    401(k) Plan

        Our 401(k) plan, which is generally available to all employees, allows participants to defer amounts of their annual compensation before taxes, up to the maximum amount specified by the Code, which was $16,500 per person for calendar year 2010. Elective deferrals are immediately vested and nonforfeitable upon contribution by the employee.

Compensation and Risk

        The Company has undertaken a risk review of the Company's employee compensation plans and arrangements in which our employees (including our executive officers) participate, to determine whether these plans and arrangements have any features that might create undue risks or encourage unnecessary and excessive risk-taking that could threaten the value of the Company. In our review, we considered numerous factors and design elements that manage and mitigate risk, without diminishing the effect of the incentive nature of compensation, including the following: a commission-based incentive program for sales employees that only results in payout based on actual gross profits; discretionary bonuses for executive employees that are not tied to specific quantitative formulas and may be adjusted for qualitative factors and individual performance; ownership of a large percentage of our shares and equity-based awards by senior management; and our practice of awarding long-term equity grants upon hire to our executives in order to directly tie the executive's expectation of compensation to their contributions to our long-term value of the Company. Based on our review, we concluded that any potential risks arising from our employee compensation programs, including our executive programs, are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

114


Table of Contents

Director Compensation in 2010

        Historically, with the exception of cash payments to Messrs. Keywell and Lefkofsky in 2010, we have not paid our non-employee directors any cash compensation for their services as members of our Board. We have provided occasional grants of equity awards to directors, though none were granted in 2010. As described below, we have implemented an annual cash and equity compensation program for our non-employee directors to be effective following this offering. The following table sets forth the compensation paid to our non-employee directors in 2010.

Name
  Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash ($)
  Option
Awards ($)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
  Total ($)  

Peter J. Barris

                 

Kevin J. Efrusy

                 

Jason Fried (1)

                 

Bradley A. Keywell

    90,000              

Eric P. Lefkofsky

    90,000              

Theodore J. Leonsis

                 

John R. Walter (1)

                 

Harry Weller (1)

                 

(1)
Messrs. Fried, Walter and Weller ceased to be members of the Board as of January 13, 2011.

        As of December 31, 2010, as adjusted for the August 2010 and January 2011 stock splits, the aggregate option awards outstanding for our non-employee directors were as follows: Theodore J. Leonsis—600,000; and Jason Fried—450,000. There were no outstanding stock or option awards for any other non-employee directors.

        On February 1, 2011, we granted Howard Schultz 60,000 stock options upon his appointment to the Board. These options will vest in four equal installments on each anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Schultz's continued service on the Board through each vesting date. On June 1, 2011, we granted Mellody Hobson 20,000 restricted stock units upon her appointment to the Board. One-fourth of her restricted stock units were immediately vested on the date of grant, while the remainder will vest in equal increments on May 31 of each of 2012, 2013 and 2014, subject to Ms. Hobson's continued service on the Board through each vesting date. We have also implemented an annual cash and equity compensation program, to be effective following this offering, under which each non-employee director will receive a retainer of $200,000 annually, half of which will be paid in cash, and half in restricted stock units. However, each non-employee director may elect to receive his or her entire retainer in the form of restricted stock.

115


Table of Contents


RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In addition to the cash and equity compensation arrangements of our directors and executive officers discussed above under "Management—Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation," the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2008, to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 within any fiscal year and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Legal Services of Lefkofsky & Gorosh, P.C.

        Steven P. Lefkofksy, the brother of Eric P. Lefkofsky, is a founder and shareholder of Lefkofsky & Gorosh, P.C. For 2009, 2010 and the first half of 2011, we paid Lefkofsky & Gorosh, P.C. approximately $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for legal services rendered. We expect to continue to obtain legal services from Lefkofsky & Gorosh in the future.

Subleases with Echo Global Logistics, Inc.

        In May 2009, we entered into an agreement with Echo Global Logistics, Inc. (NASDAQ: ECHO), which was subsequently amended, pursuant to which we sub-leased portions of Echo's office space in Chicago on a month-to-month basis for $20,275 per month. Pursuant to the sublease, we paid Echo approximately $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for 2009, 2010, and the first half of 2011, respectively. During the first half of 2011, we cancelled our sub-lease with Echo. Three of our directors, Peter A. Barris, Eric P. Lefkofsky and Bradley A. Keywell, are also directors of Echo and have direct and/or indirect ownership interests in Echo. In addition, John R. Walter, one of our former directors, is also a director of Echo and has an ownership interest in Echo. Certain of our stockholders, including Old Willow Partners, LLC, an entity controlled by Richard A. Heise, Jr., and affiliates of New Enterprise Associates, also have direct and/or indirect ownership interests in Echo.

Sales of Our Securities

        We sold the following capital stock to our directors, officers and holders of 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock, and their respective affiliates, in private transactions on the dates set forth below. The information set forth below with respect to our voting and non-voting common stock gives effect to (i) the three-for-one stock split of our voting and non-voting common stock that was completed in August 2010 and (ii) the two-for-one stock split of our voting and non-voting common stock that was completed in January 2011.

Name of Stockholder
  Series D
Preferred
Stock (1)
  Series E
Preferred
Stock (2)
  Series F
Preferred
Stock (3)
  Series G
Preferred
Stock (4)
  Voting
Common
Stock (5)
  Non-Voting
Common
Stock (6)
  Date of
Purchase
  Total
Purchase
Price
 

Entities Affiliated with New Enterprise Associates

    6,560,174                                   1/15/08   $ 4,799,999  

Andrew D. Mason

                                  1,800,000     11/1/09   $ 144,000  

Entities Affiliated with Accel Growth Fund L.P. 

          2,932,552                             11/17/09   $ 20,000,005  

Entities Affiliated with New Enterprise Associates

          1,466,276                             11/17/09   $ 10,000,002  

Entities Affiliated with Oliver and Marc Samwer (7)

                            11,880,594           5/15/10     (8)  

Entities Affiliated with Oliver and Marc Samwer (7)

                            13,560,600           12/1/10     (9)  

Howard Schultz (10)

                                  949,668     2/10/11   $ 15,000,006  

Theodore J. Leonsis

                                  63,331     2/10/11   $ 1,000,313  

Entities Affiliated with Oliver and Marc Samwer (11)

                                  1,454,428     7/20/11     (12)
 

(1)
Each share of Series D preferred stock will convert into six shares of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

116


Table of Contents

(2)
Each share of Series E preferred stock will convert into six shares of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

(3)
Each share of Series F preferred stock will convert into six shares of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

(4)
Each share of Series G preferred stock will convert into two shares of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

(5)
Each share of voting common stock will convert into one share of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

(6)
Each share of non-voting common stock will convert into one share of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

(7)
Shares issued to CD-Rocket Holdings UG (haftungsbeschraenkt) & Co. Beteiligungs KG ("CD-Rocket") is owned by Rocket Internet GmbH, 83.34% of which is owned by European Founders Fund GmbH. European Founders Fund is owned by Oliver Samwer (33.33%), Marc Samwer (33.33%) and Alexander Samwer (33.33%).

(8)
These shares were issued to CD-Rocket as consideration in connection with the acquisition of CityDeal Europe GmbH by Groupon Germany GbR.

(9)
These shares were issued to CD-Rocket as contingent consideration in connection with the acquisition of CityDeal Europe GmbH by Groupon Germany GbR.

(10)
Includes 567,269 shares of non-voting common stock owned by Maveron Equity Partners IV, L.P., 47,483 shares of non-voting common stock held by MEP Associates IV, L.P. and 18,360 shares of non-voting common stock held by Maveron IV Entrepreneurs' Fund, L.P. (together, the "Maveron Funds"). Mr. Schultz is a limited partner of MEP Associates IV, L.P. and has an economic membership interest in, but is not a manager of, Maveron General Partner IV LLC, the general partner of the Maveron Funds.

(11)
Shares issued to Rocket Asia GmbH & Co. KG is owned by Rocket Internet GmbH, 83.34% of which is owned by European Founders Fund GmbH. European Founders Fund is owned by Oliver Samwer (33.33%), Marc Samwer (33.33%) and Alexander Samwer (33.33%).

(12)
These shares were issued as consideration in connection with an increase in Groupon's interest in E-Commerce King Limited. See "—Transactions and Relationships with Samwers and Affiliated Entities—E-Commerce King Limited Joint Venture China."

Series D Preferred Stock Investment

        In January 2008, we issued 6,560,174 shares of our Series D preferred stock to entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates in exchange for $4.8 million in cash (or $4.7 million, net of issuance costs), or $0.73 per share. Each share of our Series D preferred stock is convertible into six shares of Class A common stock. We used the proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Series E Preferred Stock Investment

        In November 2009, we issued 4,406,160 shares of our Series E preferred stock to a group of third-party investors in exchange for $30.0 million in cash (or $29.9 million, net of issuance costs), or $6.82 per share. Each share of our Series E preferred stock is convertible into six shares of Class A common stock. We retained $3.5 million of the proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes. We used the remaining $26.4 million of these proceeds to fund a dividend to our stockholders on a pro-rata basis of

117


Table of Contents


$0.125 per share. In connection with this dividend, the following directors, officers and 5% or greater stockholders (or their respective affiliates) of the Company received the payments listed below:

Director, Officer or 5% Stockholder (or Affiliate)
  Dividend
Payment Amount
 

Green Media, LLC (1)

  $ 10,268,750  

Andrew D. Mason

  $ 3,225,000  

Entities Affiliated with New Enterprise Associates

  $ 4,920,131  

600 West Groupon LLC (2)

  $ 1,799,970  

Rugger Ventures LLC (3)

  $ 4,175,000  

John R. Walter (4)

  $ 586,500  

Kenneth M. Pelletier (5)

  $ 75,000  

Theodore J. Leonsis

  $ 37,500  

(1)
Green Media, LLC is owned by Eric P. Lefkofsky (50%) and his wife, Elizabeth Kramer Lefkofsky (50%).

(2)
The manager of 600 West Groupon LLC is Blue Media, LLC, an entity owned by Eric P. Lefkofsky (50%) and his wife, Elizabeth Kramer Lefkofsky (50%).

(3)
Rugger Ventures LLC is owned by Kimberly Keywell (80%), the wife of Bradley A. Keywell, and Mr. Keywell's children (20%).

(4)
Mr. Walter is one of our former directors.

(5)
Mr. Pelletier is our former Chief Technology Officer.

Series F Preferred Stock Investment

        In April 2010, we issued 4,202,658 shares of our Series F preferred stock to a group of third-party investors in exchange for $135.0 million in cash (or $134.9 million, net of issuance costs), or $32.12 per share. Each share of our Series F preferred stock is convertible into six shares of Class A common stock. We retained $15.0 million of these proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes. We used the remaining $119.9 million of these proceeds to redeem voting and non-voting common stock from our existing stockholders at a purchase price of $5.3537 per share (on a post-stock split basis). The terms and conditions of the issuance of the Series F preferred stock, including the related redemption of voting and non-voting common stock, were determined through arm's-length negotiations among the Company's Series F preferred stock investors, the holders of the Company's other outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of a majority of the Company's outstanding common stock and the Company. As a result, the voting and non-voting common stock was redeemed on a voluntary basis at the same price per share as the sale price of the Series F preferred stock, as compared to the fair value of the common stock of $3.1783 at that time.

        In connection with this redemption, the following directors, officers and 5% or greater stockholders (or their respective affiliates) of the Company received the payments listed below:

Director, Officer or 5% Stockholder
(or Affiliate)
  Shares Redeemed (1)   Original
Purchase
Price
  Redemption
Payment Amount
 

Green Media, LLC (2)

  10,665,450 shares of voting common stock   $ 178   $ 57,095,709  

Rugger Ventures LLC (3)

    4,336,284 shares of voting common stock   $ 72   $ 23,213,574  

Andrew D. Mason

    3,349,584 shares of voting common stock   $ 720   $ 17,931,440  

Theodore J. Leonsis

         38,946 shares of non-voting common stock   $ 3,635   $ 208,491  

600 West Groupon LLC (4)

    1,869,534 shares of voting common stock   $ 31   $ 10,008,239  

Kenneth M. Pelletier (5)

       181,110 shares of non-voting common stock   $ 3   $ 969,542  

John R. Walter (6)

       609,156 shares of voting common stock   $ 10   $ 3,261,015  

(1)
The number of shares of voting and non-voting common stock redeemed gives effect to the subsequent (i) three-for-one stock split of our voting and non-voting common stock that was completed in August 2010 and (ii) two-for-one stock split of our voting and non-voting common stock that was completed in January 2011.

(2)
Green Media, LLC is owned by Eric P. Lefkofsky (50%) and his wife, Elizabeth Kramer Lefkofsky (50%).

(3)
Rugger Ventures LLC is owned by Kimberly Keywell (80%), the wife of Bradley A. Keywell, and Mr. Keywell's children (20%).

(4)
The manager of 600 West Groupon LLC is Blue Media, LLC, an entity owned by Eric P. Lefkofsky (50%) and his wife, Elizabeth Kramer Lefkofsky (50%).

(5)
Mr. Pelletier is our former Chief Technology Officer.

(6)
Mr. Walter is one of our former directors.

118


Table of Contents

Series G Preferred Stock Investment

        In December 2010 and January 2011, we issued 30,072,814 aggregate shares of our Series G preferred stock to a group of third-party investors in exchange for $946.0 million in cash (or $942.2 million, net of issuance costs), or $31.59 per share. Each share of our Series G preferred stock is convertible into two shares of Class A common stock. We retained $132.4 million of these proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes. We used the remaining $809.8 million of these proceeds to redeem voting and non-voting common stock from our existing stockholders at a purchase price of $15.795 per share (on a post-stock split basis), and Series D preferred stock and Series E preferred stock from our existing stockholders at a purchase price of $31.59 per share, which was the fair value of the voting and non-voting common stock and the preferred stock at the time. In connection with this redemption, the following directors, officers and 5% or greater stockholders (or their respective affiliates) of the Company received the payments listed below:

Director, Officer or 5% Stockholder
(or Affiliate)
  Shares Redeemed (1)   Original
Purchase
Price
  Redemption
Payment Amount
 

Andrew D. Mason

       633,172 shares of voting common stock   $ 136   $ 10,000,000  

600 West Groupon LLC (2)

    3,899,526 shares of voting common stock   $ 65   $ 61,590,170  

Green Media, LLC (3)

  16,302,446 shares of voting common stock   $ 272   $ 257,481,816  

John R. Walter (4)

    1,302,460 shares of voting common stock   $ 22   $ 20,571,474  

Entities Affiliated with Accel Growth Fund L.P. 

       1,266,222 shares of Series E preferred stock   $ 1,439,272   $ 19,999,976  

Entities Affiliated with New Enterprise Associates

       3,622,524 shares of Series D preferred stock and 809,640 shares of Series E preferred stock   $ 1,362,050   $ 70,006,315  

Entities Affiliated with Oliver and Marc Samwer (5)

  7,311,142 shares of voting common stock     (6)            $ 115,479,488  

Rugger Ventures LLC (7)

    8,447,860 shares of voting common stock   $ 141   $ 133,427,713  

Brian K. Totty

         41,470 shares of non-voting common stock     (8)            $ 655,019  

Kenneth M. Pelletier (9)

       481,918 shares of non-voting common stock   $ 1,057   $ 7,611,895  

Jason Fried (10)

         35,310 shares of non-voting common stock   $ 5,767   $ 557,721  

(1)
The number of shares of voting and non-voting common stock redeemed gives effect to (i) the three-for-one stock split of our voting and non-voting common stock that was completed in August 2010 and (ii) subsequent two-for-one stock split of our voting and non-voting common stock that was completed in January 2011.

(2)
The manager of 600 West Groupon LLC is Blue Media, LLC, an entity owned by Eric P. Lefkofsky (50%) and his wife, Elizabeth Kramer Lefkofsky (50%).

(3)
Green Media, LLC is owned by Eric P. Lefkofsky (50%) and his wife, Elizabeth Kramer Lefkofsky (50%).

(4)
Mr. Walter is one of our former directors.

(5)
Shares owned by CD-Rocket Holdings UG (haftungsbeschraenkt) & Co. Beteiligungs KG is owned by Rocket Internet GmbH, 83.34% of which is owned by European Founders Fund GmbH. European Founders Fund is owned by Oliver Samwer (33.33%), Marc Samwer (33.33%) and Alexander Samwer (33.33%).

(6)
These shares were issued as consideration in connection with the acquisition of City Deal Europe GmbH by Groupon Germany GbR.

(7)
Rugger Ventures LLC is owned by Kimberly Keywell (80%), the wife of Bradley A. Keywell, and Mr. Keywell's children (20%).

(8)
These shares were issued as partial consideration in connection with the merger of Ludic Labs, Inc. with and into Groupon Ludic, Inc.

(9)
Mr. Pelletier is our former Chief Technology Officer.

(10)
Mr. Fried is one of our former directors.

119


Table of Contents

Non-Voting Common Stock Investment

        In February 2011, we issued 1,090,830 shares of our non-voting common stock to Howard Shultz and his affiliates, Theodore Leonsis, Matt McCutchen and Placido Arango in exchange for $17.2 million in cash, or $15.795 per share. We retained $0.2 million of the proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes. We used the remaining $17.0 million of these proceeds to redeem non-voting common stock from our existing stockholders at a purchase price of $15.795 per share. In connection with this redemption, the following directors, officers and 5% or greater stockholders of the Company received the payments listed below:

Director, Officer or 5% Stockholder
  Shares Redeemed   Original Purchase Price   Redemption
Payment Amount
 

John R. Walter (1)

  253,325 shares of voting common stock   $ 4   $ 4,001,268  

Robert S. Solomon (2)

  316,556 shares of non-voting common stock   $ 814,604   $ 5,000,002 (3)

(1)
Mr. Walter is one of our former directors.

(2)
Mr. Solomon is our former President and Chief Operating Officer.

(3)
Prior to the redemption, Mr. Solomon exercised options to purchase 316,556 shares of non-voting common stock.

Total Redemption and Dividend Payments to Directors, Officers and 5% Stockholders

        As indicated above, the following directors, officers and 5% stockholders received stock redemption and dividend payments from our inception through August 9, 2011 as follows:

Director, Officer or 5% Stockholder
  Original
Purchase
Price
  Redemption Date   Redemption
Payment
Amount
  Dividend
Payment
Date
  Dividend
Payment
Amount
 

Andrew D. Mason

  $ 720   April 2010   $ 17,931,440   November 2009   $ 3,225,000  

  $ 136   December 2010 and
January 2011
  $ 10,000,000            

Thoedore J. Leonsis

  $ 3,635   April 2010   $ 208,491       $ 37,500  

Eric P. Lefkofsky (1)

  $ 178   April 2010   $ 57,095,709   November 2009   $ 10,268,750  

  $ 31   April 2010   $ 10,008,239   November 2009   $ 1,799,970  

  $ 65   December 2010 and
January 2011
  $ 61,590,170            

  $ 272   December 2010 and
January 2011
  $ 257,481,816            

Bradley A. Keywell (2)

  $ 72   April 2010   $ 23,213,574   November 2009   $ 4,175,000  

  $ 141   December 2010 and
January 2011
  $ 133,427,713            

John R. Walter (3)

  $ 10   April 2010   $ 3,261,015   November 2009   $ 586,000  

  $ 22   December 2010 and
January 2011
  $ 1,302,460            

  $ 4   February 2011   $ 4,001,268            

Kenneth M. Pelletier (4)

  $ 3   April 2010   $ 969,542   November 2009   $ 75,000  

  $ 1,057   December 2010 and
January 2011
  $ 7,611,895            

Brian K. Totty

    (5)   December 2010 and
January 2011
  $ 655,019            

Jason Fried (6)

  $ 5,767   December 2010 and
January 2011
  $ 557,721            

Robert S. Solomon (7)

  $ 814,604   February 2011   $ 5,000,002 (8)          

New Enterprise Associates, Inc. and Affiliates

  $ 1,362,050   December 2010 and
January 2011
  $ 70,006,315   November 2009   $ 4,920,131  

Accel Growth Fund L.P. and Affiliates

  $ 1,439,272   December 2010 and
January 2011
  $ 19,999,976   December 2010   $ 1,298,630  

Oliver and Marc Samwer and Affiliates

    (9)   December 2010 and
January 2011
  $ 115,479,488            

120


Table of Contents


(1)
Includes an aggregate of 26,967,896 shares redeemed by and $10.3 million of dividends paid to Green Media, LLC, an entity owned by Eric P. Lefkofsky (50%) and his wife, Elizabeth Kramer Lefkofsky (50%), and an aggregate of 5,769,060 shares redeemed by and $1.8 million of dividends paid to 600 West Groupon LLC, the manager of which is Blue Media LLC, an entity owned by Mr. Lefkofsky (50%) and Mrs. Lefkofsky (50%).

(2)
Includes an aggregate of 12,784,144 shares redeemed by and $4.2 million of dividends paid to Rugger Ventures LLC, an entity owned by Kimberly Keywell (80%), the wife of Bradley A. Keywell, and Mr. Keywell's children (20%).

(3)
Mr. Walter is one of our former directors.

(4)
Mr. Pelletier is our former Chief Technology Officer.

(5)
These shares were issued as partial consideration in connection with the merger of Ludic Labs, Inc. with and into Groupon Ludic, Inc.

(6)
Mr. Fried is one of our former directors.

(7)
Mr. Solomon is our former President and Chief Operating Officer.

(8)
Prior to the redemption, Mr. Solomon exercised options to purchase 316,556 shares of non-voting common stock.

(9)
These shares were issued as consideration in connection with the acquisition of CityDeal Europe GmbH by Groupon Germany GbR.

Loan to Andrew D. Mason

        On November 1, 2009, Andrew D. Mason, our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors, purchased 1,800,000 shares of our non-voting common stock with a promissory note to Groupon in the amount of $144,000. Mr. Mason repaid the promissory note with respect to $132,000 on May 4, 2011 and forfeited 150,000 shares. The remaining balance of the promissory note was cancelled.

Transactions and Relationships with Samwers and Affiliated Entities

        CityDeal Acquisition.     On May 15, 2010, we entered into and consummated a Share Exchange and Transfer Agreement by and among CD-Inv Holding UG (haftungsbeschraenkt) & Co. Beteiligungs KG ("Holding"), CD-Rocket Holding UG (haftungsbeschraenkt) & Co. Beteiligungs KG ("Rocket"), CityDeal Management UG (haftungsbeschraenkt) & Co. Beteiligungs KG ("CityDeal Management"), CityDeal Europe GmbH ("CityDeal"), Groupon Germany Gbr ("Groupon Germany") and Groupon, Inc., pursuant to which Holding and Rocket in its own name and for the account of CityDeal Management transferred all of the outstanding shares of CityDeal to Groupon Germany in exchange for 19,800,000 shares of our voting common stock. An additional 21,600,000 shares of our voting common stock were issued to Holding, Rocket and CityDeal Management on December 1, 2010, as contingent consideration for the share exchange. Rocket is owned by Rocket Internet GmbH, 83.34% of which is owned by European Founders Fund GmbH. European Founders Fund is owned by Oliver Samwer (33.33%), Marc Samwer (33.33%) and Alexander Samwer (33.33%). As a result of the share exchange, Rocket acquired an aggregate of 25,441,194 shares of our voting common stock, which after a subsequent redemption currently amounts to 18,130,052 shares of our voting common stock, representing 6.1% of the total outstanding voting shares as of August 9, 2011. Our founders may vote the shares held by Holding, Rocket and CityDeal Management. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" for further information.

        CityDeal Loan Agreement.     In May 2010, we and the former CityDeal shareholders (including Rocket and Rocket Internet GmbH) entered into a loan agreement to provide CityDeal with a $20.0 million term loan facility (the "Facility"). The Facility subsequently was amended on July 20, 2010 increasing the total commitment to $25.0 million. Each of the Company and the former CityDeal shareholders was obligated to make available $12.5 million under the terms of the Facility. The entire $25.0 million under the Facility was disbursed to CityDeal during 2010. Proceeds from the Facility were used to fund operational and working capital needs. The outstanding balance accrued interest at a rate of 5% per annum. The outstanding balance and accrued interest were payable upon termination of the Facility, which was the earlier of any prepayments or December 2012. In March 2011, CityDeal repaid all amounts outstanding to the former CityDeal shareholders related to the Facility.

121


Table of Contents

        Consulting Agreement with Oliver Samwer.     On May 12, 2010, CityDeal entered into a consulting agreement with Oliver Samwer, pursuant to which Mr. Samwer advises CityDeal with respect to its goals and spends at least fifty-percent of his work hours consulting for CityDeal. CityDeal reimburses Mr. Samwer for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with his service to CityDeal. Mr. Samwer does not receive any additional compensation from CityDeal or Groupon in connection with his consulting role. The term of Mr. Samwer's consulting agreement expires on October 18, 2011. We paid $0.1 million to reimburse Mr. Samwer for travel and other expenses for 2010.

        Consulting Agreement with Marc Samwer.     On May 12, 2010, CityDeal entered into a consulting agreement with Marc Samwer, pursuant to which Mr. Samwer advises CityDeal with respect to its goals and spends at least fifty-percent of his work hours consulting for CityDeal. CityDeal reimburses Mr. Samwer for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with his service to CityDeal. Mr. Samwer does not receive any additional compensation from CityDeal or Groupon in connection with his consulting role. The term of Mr. Samwer's consulting agreement expires on October 18, 2011. We paid less than $0.1 million to reimburse Mr. Samwer for travel and other expenses for 2010.

        Management Services.     CityDeal entered into agreements with Rocket Internet GmbH ("Rocket Internet") and various other companies in which the Samwers have direct and/or indirect ownership interests to provide information technology, marketing and other services to CityDeal. Rocket Internet is owned 83.34% by European Founders Fund, which is owned by Oliver Samwer (33.33%), Marc Samwer (33.33%) and Alexander Samwer (33.33%). CityDeal paid $1.4 million to Rocket Internet and a total of $0.2 million to the other companies for services rendered for 2010. In April 2011, this arrangement terminated and the personnel primarily responsible for the services provided to us became our employees.

        Merchant Contracts.     CityDeal entered into several agreements with merchant companies in which the Samwers have direct and/or indirect ownership interests, and, in some cases, who are also directors of these companies, pursuant to which CityDeal conducts its business by offering goods and services at a discount with these merchants. CityDeal paid in total $1.1 million to these companies under the merchant agreements for 2010.

        E-Commerce King Limited Joint Venture (China).     On January 14, 2011, Groupon, B.V. entered into a joint venture with Rocket Asia GmbH & Co. KG, an entity owned by Rocket Internet ("Rocket Asia"), TCH Burgundy Limited ("Tencent") and Group Discount (HK) Limited ("Yunfeng"). On July 29, 2011, we issued 1,454,428 shares of non-voting common stock to Rocket Asia in exchange for the transfer of 900,000 shares of E-Commerce to Groupon B.V. Pursuant to the joint venture arrangement, Groupon B.V., Tencent, Yunfeng and Rocket Asia own 49%, 40%, 10% and 1%, respectively, of E-Commerce King Limited ("E-Commerce"). Pursuant to a shareholders agreement entered into in connection with the joint venture, the board of directors of E-Commerce consists of a director appointed by a subsidiary of Groupon, a director appointed by Rocket Asia, who is Oliver Samwer, and two directors appointed by Tencent. Each of the parties to the joint venture also has rights of co-sale and first refusal pursuant to the shareholders agreement.

The Point.com

        Prior to the closing of this offering, we plan to convert The Point.com, our predecessor entity, which is a web platform that enables users to promote collective action in support of social, educational or other causes, into a not-for-profit corporation. Following the conversion, we and our stockholders will no longer have any financial interest in The Point.com.

Recapitalization

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to recapitalize all outstanding shares of our capital stock (other than our Series B preferred stock) into newly issued shares of Class A common stock. Each share of Series D preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will be converted

122


Table of Contents


into newly issued shares of Class A common stock on approximately a six-for-one basis; each share of Series G preferred stock will be converted into newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a two-for-one basis; and each share of non-voting common stock and common stock will be converted into newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to recapitalize all outstanding shares of our Series B preferred stock into newly issued shares of our Class B common stock on an approximately six-for-one basis. The purpose of the recapitalization is to exchange all of our outstanding shares of our capital stock (other than our Series B preferred stock) for shares of the Class A common stock that will be sold in this offering. In addition, each outstanding option will be converted into an option to receive one share of Class A common stock.

Investor Rights Agreement

        We have entered into an investor rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock that provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock, including those shares issued in connection with the recapitalization. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" below for additional information.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Board of Directors

        Prior to the closing of this offering, New Enterprise Associates, Accel Growth Fund L.P. the holders of preferred stock and common stock and the holders of our Series B preferred stock had the rights to appoint individual directors. See "Management—Board of Directors" above for more information. These rights terminate upon the closing of this offering. The respective nominees will remain on our Board following this offering, but we are under no contractual obligation to retain them.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written related party transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. The policy, effective upon the closing of this offering, will cover any transactions, arrangements or relationships, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we are to be a participant and our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, as determined by the audit committee of our board of directors. Related party transactions include, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related party has a material interest, and indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us of a related party. All related party transactions must be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party's interest in the transaction.

        All related party transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of this policy and as such, these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy. However, these transactions were reviewed and approved or will be ratified by our board of directors prior to the completion of the offering.

123


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at July 31, 2011, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered by us in this offering, for

    each person who we know beneficially owns more than five percent of our outstanding capital stock;

    each of our directors;

    each of our named executive officers;

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

    all selling stockholders.

        Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o Groupon, Inc., 600 West Chicago Avenue, Suite 620, Chicago, Illinois 60654.

        We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class A and Class B common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

        Applicable percentage ownership is based on 299,372,397 shares of Class A common stock and 1,199,988 shares of Class B common stock outstanding at July 31, 2011, assuming the recapitalization of all outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock into Class B common stock and all other classes of preferred stock, voting common stock and non-voting common stock into Class A common stock. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Beneficial ownership representing less than one percent is denoted with an "*."

 
  Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
   
   
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering
   
 
 
  Class A
Common Stock
  Class B
Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Class A Common Stock   Class B Common Stock    
 
 
  % Total
Voting
Power (1)
  Shares
Being
Offered (16)
  % Total
Voting
Power (1)
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares   %   Shares   %   Shares   %   Shares   %  

Executive Officers and Directors

                                                                   

Andrew D. Mason (2)(15)

    22,967,252     7.7     499,992     41.7                                            

Jason E. Child

                                                           

Margaret H. Georgiadis

    300,000     *                                                        

Kenneth M. Pelletier

    1,096,972     *                                                    

Robert S. Solomon (3)

    1,610,944     *                                                    

Brian K. Totty (4)

    296,268     *                                                    

Peter J. Barris (5)

                                                           

Kevin J. Efrusy (6)

                                                           

Mellody Hobson

    5,000     *                                                        

Bradley A. Keywell (7)(15)

    20,415,848     6.8     200,004     16.7                                            

Eric P. Lefkofsky (8)(15)

    64,113,046     21.4     499,992     41.7                                            

Theodore J. Leonsis (9)

    924,385     *                                                    

Howard Schultz (10)

    917,185     *                                                    

All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons) (11)

    109,942,770     36.6     1,199,988     100.0                                            

124


Table of Contents

 
  Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
   
   
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering
   
 
 
  Class A
Common Stock
  Class B
Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Class A Common Stock   Class B Common Stock    
 
 
  % Total
Voting
Power (1)
  Shares
Being
Offered (16)
  % Total
Voting
Power (1)
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares   %   Shares   %   Shares   %   Shares   %  

5% Stockholders

                                                                   

Green Media, LLC (8)(15)

    64,113,046     21.4     499,992     41.7                                            

Rugger Ventures LLC (7)(15)

    20,415,848     6.8     200,004     16.7                                            

Entities Affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Inc.
1954 Greenspring
Drive, Suite 600
Timonium, MD
21093 (12)

    43,726,536     14.6                                                    

Entities Affiliated with Accel Growth Fund L.P.
c/o Accel Partners
428 University Avenue
Palo Alto, CA 94301 (13)

    16,601,964     5.5                                                    

Entities Affiliated with Oliver and Marc Samwer (14)
Saarbruecker Str. 20/21
10405 Berlin
Federal Republic of Germany

    19,584,480     6.5                                                    

Selling Stockholders

                                                                   

(1)
Percentage total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, as a single class. Each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled to            votes per share of Class B common stock and each holder of Class A common stock shall be entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock on all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, except as may otherwise be required by law. The Class B common stock is convertible at any time by the holder into shares of Class A common stock on a share-for-share basis.

(2)
Includes 21,317,252 shares of our Class A common stock and 499,992 shares of our Class B common stock held by Andrew Mason Trust. Does not include 91,120 shares of our Class A common stock held by 600 West Groupon LLC, which represents Mr. Mason's proportionate economic interest in the shares of Class A common stock held by 600 West Groupon LLC. Does not include an aggregate of 30,621,280 shares over which Mr. Mason has proxy authority with respect to certain material transactions. See footnote 15.

(3)
Includes 1,610,944 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011. Mr. Solomon ceased to be our President and Chief Operating Officer on March 22, 2011.

(4)
Includes 10,960 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of July 31, 2011.

(5)
Does not include shares held by entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates described in footnote 12. Mr. Barris is the Managing General Partner of New Enterprise Associates.

(6)
Does not include shares held by entities affiliated with Accel Growth Fund L.P. Mr. Efrusy is the General Partner of Accel.

(7)
Includes 20,415,848 shares of our Class A common stock and 200,004 shares of our Class B common stock held by Rugger Ventures LLC, an entity owned by Kimberly Keywell (80%), the wife of Bradley A. Kewell, and Mr. Keywell's children (20%). Does not include an aggregate of 30,621,280 shares over which Rugger Ventures has proxy authority with respect to certain material transactions. See footnote 15.

(8)
Includes 54,682,108 shares of our Class A common stock and 499,992 shares of our Class B common stock held by Green Media, LLC, an entity owned by Eric P. Lefkofsky (50%) and his wife, Elizabeth Kramer Lefkofsky (50%). Mr. Lefkofsky shares voting and investment control with respect to the shares held by Green Media, LLC. Also includes 9,430,938 shares of our Class A common stock held by 600 West Groupon LLC, the manager of which is Blue Media, LLC, an entity owned by Mr. Lefkofsky (50%) and Mrs. Lefkofsky (50%). Does not include an aggregate of 30,621,280 shares over which Green Media has proxy authority with respect to certain material transactions. See footnote 15.

(9)
Includes 300,000 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011.

(10)
Includes 567,269 shares of our Class A common stock owned by Maveron Equity Partners IV, L.P., 47,483 shares of our Class A common stock held by MEP Associates IV, L.P. and 18,360 shares of our Class A common stock held by Maveron IV Entrepreneurs' Fund, L.P. (together, the "Maveron Funds"). Mr. Schultz is a limited partner of MEP Associates IV, L.P. and has an economic membership interest in, but is not a manager of, Maveron General Partner IV LLC, the general partner of the Maveron Funds. Also includes 15,000 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011.

(11)
Excludes shares beneficially owned by Kenneth M. Pelletier and Rob Solomon, who were not executive officers on July 31, 2011. Includes shares beneficially owned by Joseph M. Del Preto, Jeffrey Holden and David R. Schellhase, who were executive officers as of July 31, 2011.

125


Table of Contents

(12)
Includes 43,592,478 shares of our Class A common stock held by New Enterprise Associates 12, Limited Partnership ("NEA 12"). The shares directly held by NEA 12 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 12, Limited Partnership ("NEA Partners 12"), the sole general partner of NEA 12, NEA 12 GP, LLC ("NEA 12 LLC"), the sole general partner of NEA Partners 12, and each of the individual Managers of NEA 12 LLC. The individual Managers (collectively, the "Managers") of NEA 12 LLC are M. James Barrett, Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett, Ryan D. Drant, Patrick J. Kerins, Krishna "Kittu" Kolluri, C. Richards Kramlich, Charles W. Newhall III, Mark W. Perry and Scott D. Sandell. NEA Partners 12, NEA 12 LLC and the Managers share voting and dispositive power over the shares directly held by NEA 12. Also includes 134,058 shares of our Class A common stock held by NEA Ventures 2008, L.P. ("Ven 2008"). The shares directly held by Ven 2008 are indirectly held by Karen P. Welsh, the general partner of Ven 2008, who holds voting and dispositive power over the shares directly held by Ven 2008. All indirect holders of the above referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein.

(13)
Includes 15,809,826 shares of our Class A common stock held by Accel Growth Fund L.P., 210,648 shares of our Class A common stock held by Accel Growth Fund Investors 2009 LLC, 308,616 shares of our Class A common stock held by Accel Growth Fund Strategic Partners LP, 24,122 shares of our Class A common stock held by Accel Investors 2007 LLC, 224,820 shares of our Class A common stock held by Accel IX L.P. and 23,932 shares of our Class A common stock held by Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P.

(14)
Includes 18,130,052 shares of our Class A common stock held by CD-Rocket Holdings UG (haftungsbeschraenkt) & Co. Beteiligungs KG, which is owned by Rocket Internet GmbH, 83.34% of which is owned by European Founders Fund GmbH. European Founders Fund Gmbh is owned by Oliver Samwer (33.33%), Marc Samwer (33.33%) and Alexander Samwer (33.33%). Also includes 1,454,428 shares of our Class A common stock held by Rocket Asia GmbH & Co. KG, which is owned by Rocket Internet GmbH, 83.34% of which is owned by European Founders Fund GmbH. European Founders Fund Gmbh is owned by Oliver Samwer (33.33%), Marc Samwer (33.33%) and Alexander Samwer (33.33%).

(15)
In connection with the CityDeal acquisition, Holding, Rocket, CityDeal Management, Rocket Internet GmbH and European Founders Fund GmbH entered into a shareholders agreement with our founders. Pursuant to the shareholders agreement, an aggregate of 30,621,280 shares of our Class A common stock owned by such entities and their affiliates must be voted in the same manner as the majority-in-interest of the shares of Class A common stock held by our founders in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, the authorization, designation or issuance of any new class or series of our capital stock or a material acquisition or asset transfer. This does not include the power to vote for directors. In connection with the shareholders agreement, Holding, Rocket, CityDeal, Rocket Internet GmbH, European Founders Fund GmbH and their affiliates have granted our founders, president and secretary proxy authority to vote their shares in connection with such material transactions for five years following the closing of this offering.

(16)
If the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full,        of the additional shares will be allocated to the Company and the balance of the additional shares sold will be allocated among the selling stockholders as follows:

Selling Stockholders
  Shares
Subject to the
Over-allotment
Option
 

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

If the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in part, the additional shares sold would be allocated pro rata based upon the share amounts set forth in the preceding table.

126


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following is a summary of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and recapitalization agreement, as each will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, and certain provisions of Delaware law. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. References in this section to the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Groupon, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

        Upon the closing of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of            shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value,             shares of Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value, and            shares of preferred stock.

Recapitalization

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to recapitalize all outstanding shares of our capital stock (other than our Series B preferred stock) into newly issued shares of Class A common stock. Each share of Series D preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will be converted into newly issued shares of Class A common stock on approximately a six-for-one basis; each share of Series G preferred stock will be converted into newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a two-for-one basis; and each share of non-voting common stock and common stock will be converted into newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to recapitalize all outstanding shares of our Series B preferred stock into newly issued shares of our Class B common stock on an approximately six-for-one basis. The purpose of the recapitalization is to exchange all of our outstanding shares of our capital stock (other than our Series B preferred stock) into shares of the Class A common stock that will be sold in this offering. In addition, each outstanding option will be converted into an option to receive one share of Class A common stock upon the applicable exercise date.

Class A and Class B Common Stock

        Voting Rights.     Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to                        votes per share. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our certificate of incorporation.

        Dividends.     Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be entitled to share equally in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time. In the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of common stock or rights to acquire shares of common stock, the holders of Class A common stock shall receive Class A common stock, or rights to acquire Class A common stock, as the case may be, and the holders of Class B common stock shall receive Class B common stock, or rights to acquire Class B common stock, as the case may be.

        Liquidation Rights.     Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be entitled to share equally all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities and the liquidation preferences on any outstanding preferred stock.

        Conversion.     Our Class A common stock is not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock.

127


Table of Contents

        Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock shall convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our certificate of incorporation, including the following:

    transfers between holders of Class B common stock; and

    transfers for tax and estate planning purposes, including to trusts, corporations and partnerships controlled by a holder of Class B common stock.

        Once transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock shall not be reissued. No class of common stock may be subdivided or combined unless the other class of common stock concurrently is subdivided or combined in the same proportion and in the same manner.

Preferred Stock

        Upon the closing of this offering, each outstanding share of our Series D preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will be converted into approximately six shares of Class A common stock and each outstanding share of our Series G preferred stock will be converted into two shares of Class A common stock. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, each share of our Series B preferred stock will be converted into six shares of our Class B common stock.

        Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without approval by the stockholders, to issue up to a total of                        shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may establish the number of shares to be included in each such series and may fix the designations, preferences, powers and other rights of the shares of a series of preferred stock. Our board could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power or rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Groupon and might harm the market price of our common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

        Pursuant to the terms of the investor rights agreement between us and certain holders of our stock, including certain of our directors, officers and holders of 5% or greater of our outstanding capital stock are entitled to demand and piggyback registration rights. The stockholders who are party to the investor rights agreement will hold an aggregate of approximately             shares, or approximately        % of our Class A common stock, and            shares, or 100% of our Class B common stock, outstanding upon completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option). The registration rights described below will expire five years after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        Demand Registration Rights.     At any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of a majority of the shares of Class A common stock issued upon conversion of our Series G preferred stock may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover that number of shares with an aggregate offering price to the public of at least $50 million. We will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning on the date of the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and ending on the date 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement. Depending on certain conditions, we may defer a demand registration for up to 90 days.

        Piggyback Registration Rights.     In connection with this offering, the holders of registrable securities are entitled to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to

128


Table of Contents


register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our account or for the account of our other security holders, the holders of registrable shares will be entitled to certain "piggyback" registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

        Form S-3 Registration Rights.     Any holder of registrable securities may make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public is equal to or would exceed $25 million. We would not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

Elimination of Liability in Certain Circumstances

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the liability of our directors to us or our stockholders for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duties as directors. Directors will remain liable for breaches of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, as well as for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, and transactions from which a director derives improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not absolve directors of liability for payment of dividends or stock purchases or redemptions by us in violation of Section 174 (or any successor provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law).

        The effect of this provision is to eliminate the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions involving a breach of their fiduciary duty of care, including any such actions involving gross negligence. We do not believe that this provision eliminates the liability of our directors to us or our stockholders for monetary damages under the federal securities laws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide indemnification for the benefit of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as it may be amended from time to time, including most circumstances under which indemnification otherwise would be discretionary.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Our Amended and Restated Bylaws

        Dual Class Structure.     Our Class B common stock has          votes per share, while our Class A common stock, which is the class of stock we are selling in this offering and which will be the only class of common stock which is publicly traded, has one vote per share. After the offering,        % of our Class B common stock will be controlled by our founders, representing        % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, our founders will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if they come to owns significantly less than 50% of the shares of our outstanding common stock. This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that other stockholders may view as beneficial.

        Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies.     Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we shall have nine directors, or such other number set by the board of directors. Vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to the rights of holders of any future series of preferred stock, directors may be removed, with or without cause, at meetings of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

129


Table of Contents

        Special Meetings of Stockholders; Limitations on Stockholder Action by Written Consent.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our Executive Chairman of the Board, our Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors or holders of not less than a majority of our issued and outstanding voting stock. Any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by written consent unless the action to be effected and the taking of such action by written consent have been approved in advance by our board of directors.

        Amendments; Vote Requirements.     Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required for stockholders to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, including those provisions relating to action by written consent and the ability of stockholders to call special meetings.

        Authorized but Unissued Shares; Undesignated Preferred Stock.     The authorized but unissued shares of our Class A and Class B common stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. In addition, our board of directors may authorize, without stockholder approval, undesignated preferred stock with voting rights or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock could render it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

        Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Nomination of Directors.     Our amended and restated bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate individuals for election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice in writing. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. However, in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, such notice will be timely only if received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the date on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed to stockholders or made public, whichever first occurs. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be BNY Mellon Shareowner Services. The transfer agent's address is 480 Washington Blvd., Jersey City, New Jersey, 07310.

Stock Exchange Listing

        We expect to apply to list our Class A common stock listed on the                        under the symbol "GRPN."

130


Table of Contents


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following discussion describes material U.S. federal income tax consequences associated with the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock, as of the date of this prospectus. It is assumed in this discussion that you hold shares of our Class A common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, its legislative history, the final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, or the Regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date of this prospectus, and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in different U.S. federal income tax consequences than those discussed herein. This discussion does not address any state, local, or non-U.S. tax consequences, nor does this discussion address any U.S. federal tax consequences other than U.S. federal income tax consequences.

        This discussion is not a comprehensive discussion of all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us or that may be relevant to a particular holder of our Class A common stock in view of such holder's particular circumstances and, except to the extent provided below, this discussion does not apply to holders of our Class A common stock subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as banks or other financial institutions, dealers in securities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, retirement plans, individual retirement accounts, tax-deferred accounts, certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents of the U.S., corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, insurance companies, mutual funds, persons holding shares as part of a hedge or a position in an integrated or conversion transaction, risk reduction transaction, constructive sale transaction or a straddle, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, brokers or dealers in securities or currencies, charitable remainder unit trusts, common trust funds, passive foreign investment companies, or controlled foreign corporations. As a general discussion, this summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax considerations, including, but not limited to, the Medicare contribution tax and the alternative minimum tax and the application of such tax considerations to a holder of our Class A common stock.

        The following discussion also does not address entities that are taxed as grantor trusts under subpart E of subchapter J of the Code, disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, partnerships or similar entities classified as flow-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a grantor trust, disregarded entity, partnership or other flow-through entity holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of such grantor trust, disregarded entity, partnership (or other flow-through entity) and its partners (or beneficial owners) will depend on the status of the partner (or beneficial owner) and the activities of the entity. Partnerships, grantor trusts, disregarded entities, (and other flow-through entities) and their partners (or beneficial owners) should consult with their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of our Class A common stock.

        There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not take a contrary position to the discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed herein or that such position will not be sustained by a court. No ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been obtained with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning, or disposing of our Class A common stock.

         Persons considering the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income tax, tax treaties or other tax (such as estate and gift tax laws) consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing our Class A common stock in light of their particular situations.

131


Table of Contents

U.S. Holder

        A "U.S. Holder" of our Class A common stock means a holder that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    an individual citizen or resident of the U.S. including an alien individual who is a lawful, permanent resident of the U.S. or who meets the "substantial presence" test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that was created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source;

    a trust (i) if it is subject to the supervision of a court within the U.S. and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

    an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner if all of its interests are owned by a single U.S. Holder, as defined above.

        Under the "substantial presence" test referred to above, an individual may, subject to certain exceptions, be deemed to be a resident of the U.S. by reason of being present in the U.S. for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the three-year period ending on the last day of the current calendar year (counting for such purposes all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year).

Distributions on Class A Common Stock to U.S. Holder

        In general, any distribution we make to a U.S. Holder with respect to its shares of our Class A common stock that constitutes a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be taxable upon receipt as ordinary income, although possibly at reduced rates, as discussed below. A distribution will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing the adjusted basis in the U.S. Holder's shares of our Class A common stock (as applicable) and, to the extent such distribution exceeds such basis, will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such stock.

        Dividends received by corporate U.S. Holders will be eligible for the dividends-received deduction, subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions relating to the corporate U.S. Holder's taxable income, holding period and debt financing. Under current law, dividends paid to individual U.S. Holders in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013 will qualify for taxation at special rates if certain holding period and other applicable requirements are met. As of the date of this prospectus, such special rates will no longer be available, and ordinary income tax rates will apply, to dividends paid in tax years beginning after December 31, 2012.

        A dividend that exceeds certain thresholds in relation to a U.S. Holder's tax basis in our Class A common stock (as applicable) could be characterized as an "extraordinary dividend," as defined under the Code. Generally, a corporate U.S. Holder that receives an extraordinary dividend is required to reduce its stock basis by the portion of such dividend that is not taxed because of the dividends-received deduction. If the amount of the reduction exceeds such corporate U.S. Holder's tax basis in our Class A common stock (as applicable), the excess is treated as taxable gain. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder and you receive an extraordinary dividend in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, you will be required to treat any losses on the sale of our Class A common stock as long-term capital losses to the extent of the

132


Table of Contents


extraordinary dividends you receive that qualify for the special tax rate on certain dividends described above.

U.S. Holder's Sale or Exchange of Class A Common Stock

        Upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock, you will generally recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and your adjusted tax basis in such stock. Such capital gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period in respect of the stock is more than one year. Under current law, net long-term capital gains, recognized in tax years beginning prior to January 1, 2013 by U.S. Holders who are individuals, are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. As of the date of this prospectus, such reduced rates will increase from the current rates for net long-term capital gains recognized in tax years beginning after December 31, 2012. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Consequences to U.S. Holder

        U.S. backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%, but as of the date of this prospectus, scheduled to increase to 31% for payments made after December 31, 2012) is imposed on certain payments to persons that fail to furnish the information required under the U.S. information reporting requirements. Dividends on our Class A common stock paid to a U.S. Holder will generally be exempt from backup withholding, provided the U.S. Holder meets applicable certification requirements, including providing a U.S. taxpayer identification number, or otherwise establishes an exemption. We must report annually to the IRS and to each U.S. Holder, the amount of dividends paid to that holder and the proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock, unless a U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient.

        Backup withholding does not represent an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to a U.S. Holder under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information or returns are timely furnished by the holder to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holder

        As used in this discussion, "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, other than a partnership, disregarded entity (or an entity or arrangement classified as either a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes), a non-U.S. simple trust or a grantor trust under subpart E of subchapter J of the Code, which is not a U.S. Holder.

Distributions on Class A Common Stock to Non-U.S. Holder

        Distributions on our Class A common stock, paid to a Non-U.S. Holder, will generally constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent such distributions are paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the Non-U.S. Holder's investment to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain from a sale or disposition of such stock. A Non-U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis is generally the purchase price of our Class A common stock, reduced by the amount of any tax-free return of capital. See "U.S. Holder's Sale or Exchange of Class A Common Stock" for additional information.

        Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty rate for dividends will be required to (a) complete IRS Form W-8BEN (or appropriate substitute form) and certify, under penalty of perjury, that such holder is not a U.S. person (or, in the case of a Non-U.S.

133


Table of Contents


Holder that is an estate or trust, such forms certifying the status of each beneficiary of the estate or trust as not a U.S. person, as so defined) and is eligible for the benefits allowed by such treaty with respect to dividends or (b) hold our Class A common stock through certain non-U.S. intermediaries and satisfy the certification requirements for treaty benefits of applicable Regulations. Special certification requirements apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that act as intermediaries (as well as to certain non-U.S. partnerships that act as intermediaries). A Non-U.S. Holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

        This U.S. withholding tax generally will not apply to dividends that are (a) effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. Holder within the U.S., and, (b) in cases in which certain income tax treaties apply, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S. Holder (collectively "effectively connected dividends"). Effectively connected dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax generally in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder was a U.S. person, as defined under the Code. Certain IRS certification and disclosure requirements, including delivery of a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, must be complied with in order for effectively connected dividends to be exempt from withholding. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a non-U.S. corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        The certification requirements described above may require a non-U.S. Holder that provides an IRS W-8 form (or appropriate substitute form), or that claims the benefit of an income tax treaty, to also provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number.

        Any applicable IRS Form W-8 (or appropriate substitute form) provided must be received by us (as the withholding agent) before the payment of a dividend occurs and the beneficial owner must inform us (as the withholding agent) of any change in the information as provided on such IRS Form W-8 (or appropriate substitute form) within 30 days of such change and may be required to provide an updated properly executed IRS Form W-8 (or appropriate substitute form) upon its expiration.

Non-U.S. Holder's Sale or Exchange of Class A Common Stock

        A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (or any withholding thereof) with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder in the U.S. and, in cases in which certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S. Holder (collectively, "effectively connected gain");

    the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 or more days during the taxable year of disposition and meets certain other requirements; or

    we are or have been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code, also referred to as a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition (or, if shorter, the Non-U.S. Holder's holding period for our Class A common stock).

        Effectively connected gain is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis generally in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. person, as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected gain from the sale or disposition of our Class A common stock received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a non-U.S. corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

134


Table of Contents

        An individual nonresident alien Non-U.S. Holder who is present in the U.S. for 183 or more days during the taxable year of disposition generally will be subject to a 30% tax imposed on the gain derived from the sale or disposition of our Class A common stock, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses realized in the same taxable year.

        We believe that we currently are not a USRPHC, and we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, no assurances can be provided in this regard.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Consequences to Non-U.S. Holder

        We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

        The U.S. imposes a backup withholding tax on dividends and certain other types of payments to U.S. persons, as defined under the Code, (currently at a rate of 28%, but as of the date of this prospectus, scheduled to increase to 31% for payments made after December 31, 2012) of the gross amount. Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to backup withholding if proper certification of non-U.S. status (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) is provided, and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person, as defined under the Code.

        The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our Class A common stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker (U.S. or non-U.S.) will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies as to such holder's non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the Non-U.S. Holder is a U.S. person, as defined under the Code, or that the conditions of another exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of our Class A common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the U.S. (a "U.S. related financial intermediary"). In the case of the payment of proceeds from the disposition of our Class A common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person (as defined under the Code) or a U.S. related financial intermediary, the U.S. Treasury regulations require information reporting (but not backup withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the beneficial owner is a Non-U.S. person, as defined under the Code and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary.

        Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against such Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Recently Enacted Withholding and Information Reporting Legislation Applicable to U.S. and Non-U.S. Holders

        Newly enacted legislation may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions," as defined under the Code, and certain other non-U.S. entities after December 31, 2012. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our Class A common stock paid to a foreign financial institution, unless the foreign financial institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to, among other things, undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons, as defined under the Code (including certain equity and debt holders of such institutions), or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. Foreign financial institutions for

135


Table of Contents


this purpose include non-U.S. entities that are financial institutions, mutual funds (or their foreign equivalent), funds of funds (and other similar investments), exchange-traded funds, hedge funds, private equity and venture capital funds, other managed funds, commodity pools, and other investment vehicles. In addition, the legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on the same types of payments made to a "non-financial foreign entity," as defined under the Code, unless the entity certifies that it does not have any "substantial U.S. owners" (which generally includes any U.S. person that directly or indirectly owns more than 10%, by vote or by value) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. Additionally, in taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010, certain U.S. Holders, which hold our Class A common stock through certain foreign financial institutions or foreign accounts maintained by such foreign financial institutions, may be required to file an information report (along with their tax returns) with respect to such assets, to the extent the U.S. Holder owns "specified foreign financial assets" with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 in the relevant taxable year. "Specified foreign financial assets" include any financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, including, but not limited to, any custodial account maintained by such financial institution. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding this legislation.

136


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our Class A common stock from time to time or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Based on the number of shares outstanding as of                    , 2011, upon the completion of this offering,             shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of the outstanding shares,                         shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares acquired by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, in this offering may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

        The remaining            shares of Class A common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws, the investor rights agreement or lock-up agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares will be eligible for resale in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 to the extent such shares have been released from any repurchase option that we may hold. "Restricted securities" as defined under Rule 144 were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

        Pursuant to the terms of an investor rights agreement between us and certain holders of our stock, including certain of our directors, officers and holders of 5% or greater of our outstanding capital stock, such holders have agreed that they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic event as a sale, any shares of our common stock or other securities of the Company, provided, that all of our directors, officers and holders of 1% of our voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. This agreement is subject to certain exceptions, and is also subject to extension for up to an additional 18 days, as we and the underwriters may reasonably request. The stockholders who are party to the investor rights agreement will hold an aggregate of approximately            shares, or approximately        % of our Class A common stock, and            shares, or 100% of our Class B common stock, outstanding upon completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option).

        In connection with this offering, officers, directors, employees and stockholders, who together hold substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (or such earlier date or dates as agreed between us and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC), and in specific circumstances, up to an additional 34 days, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters. For additional information, see "Underwriting."

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale,

137


Table of Contents


volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately            shares immediately after this offering; or

    the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

        Upon completion of this offering, the holders of            shares of our Class A common stock and            shares of our Class B common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares held by affiliates. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sales in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the investor rights agreement or the lock-up agreement, as applicable.

Registration Statements

        We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act following this offering to register all of the shares of Class A common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2008 Plan and our 2010 Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements, and subject to vesting of such shares.

138


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

Name
  Number of
Shares
 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

       

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

       

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

       

Allen & Company LLC

       

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

       

Barclays Capital Inc. 

       

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

       

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 

       

William Blair & Company L.L.C. 

       

Citadel Securities LLC

       

Loop Capital Markets, Inc. 

       

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

       

The Williams Capital Group, L.P. 

       
       
 

Total

       
       

        The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the "underwriters" and the "representatives," respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased, or, in the case of a default with respect to the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment described below, the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

        The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $            per share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $            per share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

        We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to            additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain

139


Table of Contents


conditions, to purchase the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

        The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional            shares of Class A common stock.

 
  Total  
 
  Share   No
Exercise
  Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

                   
 

Us

  $     $     $    
 

The selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

        The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $             million.

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.

        We expect to list our Class A common stock on                        under the trading symbol "GRPN."

        We and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock, including holders of all of our unregistered securities acquired within the past 180 days, options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, and subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (or such earlier date or dates as agreed between us and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC):

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock beneficially owned or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether any such transaction described in the immediately preceding bullet or this bullet is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise;

    engage in any short selling of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock; or

    make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

In addition, we and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, and subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (or such earlier date or dates as agreed between us and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC), file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of

140


Table of Contents

common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:

    sales of our common stock to the underwriters;

    transactions relating to shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in connection with this offering open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is required or is voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

    transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into shares of our common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts;

    distributions of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to partners, members or stockholders of a security holder;

    distributions or transfers by a security holder of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the security holder or its immediate family;

    transfers by a security holder of shares of our common stock to any beneficiary of the security holder pursuant to a will or other testamentary document or applicable laws of descent;

    transfers by a security holder of shares of our common stock to us (including, without limitation, any transfer in accordance with the terms of the recapitalization agreement to be entered into by us and all or certain of our stockholders in connection with this offering);

    exercises of any options to purchase our common stock that have been granted by us prior to the date hereof where the shares of our common stock received upon such exercise are held by a security holder, individually or as a fiduciary, in accordance with and subject to the terms of the lock-up letter signed by us and the holders of our outstanding stock and stock options; or

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of our common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of our shares of common stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of us or the security holder.

In the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the third, fourth and fifth bullet immediately above, (i) each done, transferee or distributee must sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of the lock-up letter signed by us and the holders of our outstanding stock and stock options, (ii) any such transfer must not involve a disposition for value, and (iii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, is required or shall be voluntarily made during the 180-day restricted period.

        The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

    during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or a material news event relating to us occurs, or

    prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

141


Table of Contents

        In order to facilitate the offering of our Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with the offering, creating a short position in the Class A common stock for their own accounts. In addition, to cover over-allotments or to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the Class A common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed Class A common stock in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of these liabilities.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

        In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be the future prospects and those of our industry in general, our revenue, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. We cannot assure you that the prices

142


Table of Contents


at which the shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our Class A common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of our Class A common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our Class A common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

            (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

            (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

            (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our Class A common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our Class A common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

        Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

            (a)   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our Class A common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

            (b)   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong, Singapore and Japan

        The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be

143


Table of Contents


issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange ("SIX") or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

        Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA ("FINMA"), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). The investor

144


Table of Contents


protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"). This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

145


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Winston & Strawn LLP, Chicago, Illinois. DLA Piper LLP (US), East Palo Alto, California, is acting as counsel to the underwriters. DLA Piper LLP (US) has in the past provided, and continues to provide, legal services to Groupon.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Groupon, Inc. at December 31, 2009 and 2010, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements of Goodrec, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements of CityDeal Europe GmbH for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The financial statements of Qpod.inc for the period from June 4, 2010 to August 11, 2010, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young ShinNihon LLC, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements of Ludic Labs, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Following this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

146


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

Groupon, Inc.
Consolidated Financial Statements
As of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010

Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 
F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity

 
F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-8

Groupon, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2011

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

 
F-47

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

 
F-48

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Unaudited)

 
F-49

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 
F-50

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 
F-51

Goodrec, Inc.
Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and Three Months Ended March 31, 2009 and 2010

Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Auditors

 
F-76

Statements of Operations

 
F-77

Statements of Cash Flows

 
F-78

Notes to Financial Statements

 
F-79

CityDeal Europe GmbH
Consolidated Financial Statements
Period Ended May 15, 2010

Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Auditors

 
F-87

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss

 
F-88

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 
F-89

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-90

F-1


Table of Contents

Qpod.inc
Consolidated Financial Statements
Period Ended August 11, 2010

Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Auditors

 
F-100

Statement of Operations

 
F-101

Statement of Stockholders' Equity

 
F-102

Statement of Cash Flows

 
F-103

Notes to Financial Statements

 
F-104

Ludic Labs, Inc.
Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2010

Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Auditors

 
F-109

Statements of Operations

 
F-110

Statements of Cash Flows

 
F-111

Notes to Financial Statements

 
F-112

Groupon, Inc.
Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statement (Unaudited)
Year Ended December 31, 2010

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations (Unaudited)

 
F-120

Notes to Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations (Unaudited)

 
F-122

F-2


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Groupon, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Groupon, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' (deficit) equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Groupon, Inc. at December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Chicago, Illinois
June 2, 2011

F-3


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share data)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2010  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,313   $ 118,833  
 

Accounts receivable, net

    601     42,407  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,293     12,615  
           
   

Total current assets

    14,207     173,855  

Property and equipment, net

    274     16,490  

Goodwill

        132,038  

Intangible assets, net

    239     40,775  

Deferred income taxes, non-current

        14,544  

Other non-current assets

    242     3,868  
           
   

Total Assets

  $ 14,962   $ 381,570  
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             
 

Accounts payable

  $ 182   $ 57,543  
 

Accrued merchant payable

    4,324     162,409  
 

Accrued expenses

    4,836     98,323  
 

Due to related parties

        13,321  
 

Deferred income taxes, current

        17,210  
 

Other current liabilities

    877     21,613  
           
   

Total current liabilities

    10,219     370,419  

Deferred income taxes, non-current

        604  

Other non-current liabilities

        1,017  
           
   

Total Liabilities

    10,219     372,040  
           

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 7)

             

Series B, redeemable convertible preferred stock $.0001 par value, 199,998 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010

   
20
   
 

Series D, redeemable convertible preferred stock $.0001 par value, 6,560,174 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010

    4,727      

Series E, redeemable convertible preferred stock $.0001 par value, 4,406,160 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010

    29,965      

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

        2,983  

Groupon, Inc. Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity

             

Series B, convertible preferred stock $.0001 par value, 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 199,998 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010

   
   
 

Series D, convertible preferred stock $.0001 par value, 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 6,560,174 shares authorized and issued, and 6,258,297 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010

        1  

Series E, convertible preferred stock $.0001 par value, 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 4,406,160 shares authorized and issued, and 4,127,653 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010

         

Series F, convertible preferred stock $.0001 par value, 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 4,202,658 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010

        1  

Series G, convertible preferred stock $.0001 par value, 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 30,075,690 shares authorized and 14,245,018 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010, liquidation preference of $450,000

        1  

Voting common stock, $.0001 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 170,095,998 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009, and 211,495,998 shares issued and 165,616,260 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010

    3     4  

Non-voting convertible common stock, $.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 2,850,498 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009, and 5,864,486 shares issued and 5,079,896 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010

   
   
 

Treasury stock, at cost, 0 shares at December 31, 2009 and 46,664,328 shares at December 31, 2010

        (503,173 )

Additional paid-in capital

        921,122  

Stockholder receivable

    (144 )   (286 )

Accumulated deficit

    (29,828 )   (419,468 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

        9,875  
           
   

Total Groupon, Inc. Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity

    (29,969 )   8,077  

Noncontrolling interests

        (1,530 )
           
   

Total (Deficit) Equity

    (29,969 )   6,547  
           
   

Total Liabilities and (Deficit) Equity

  $ 14,962   $ 381,570  
           

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Revenue

  $ 94   $ 30,471   $ 713,365  

Cost of revenue

    89     19,542     433,411  
               

Gross profit

    5     10,929     279,954  

Operating expenses:

                   
 

Marketing

    163     4,548     263,202  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    1,474     7,458     233,913  
 

Acquisition-related

            203,183  
               
   

Total operating expenses

    1,637     12,006     700,298  
               

Loss from operations

    (1,632 )   (1,077 )   (420,344 )

Interest and other income (expense), net

    90     (16 )   284  
               

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (1,542 )   (1,093 )   (420,060 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

        248     (6,674 )
               

Net loss

    (1,542 )   (1,341 )   (413,386 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

            23,746  
               

Net loss attributable to Groupon, Inc

    (1,542 )   (1,341 )   (389,640 )

Dividends on preferred stock

    (277 )   (5,575 )   (1,362 )

Redemption of preferred stock in excess of carrying value

            (52,893 )

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

            (12,425 )

Preferred stock distributions

    (339 )        
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (2,158 ) $ (6,916 ) $ (456,320 )
               

Net loss per share

                   
 

Basic

  $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (2.66 )
 

Diluted

  $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (2.66 )

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

                   
 

Basic

    166,738,129     168,604,142     171,349,386  
 

Diluted

    166,738,129     168,604,142     171,349,386  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 
  Groupon, Inc. Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity    
   
 
 
  Series B, C, D, E, F,
and G Preferred
Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Total
Groupon Inc.
Stockholders'
(Deficit)
Equity
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock    
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Treasury
Stock
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Stockholder
Receivable
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other Comp.
Income
  Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
(Deficit)
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2007

    1,000,000   $ 1,000     160,895,998   $ 2   $   $ 72   $   $ (1,032 ) $   $ 42   $   $ 42  
 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                (1,542 )       (1,542 )       (1,542 )
 

Conversion of preferred stock

    (1,000,000 )   (1,000 )   6,000,000     1         999                          
 

Exercise of stock options

            60,000             1                 1         1  
 

Vesting of restricted stock units

            1,000,000                                      
 

Stock-based compensation expense

                        24                 24         24  
 

Preferred stock distributions

                        (339 )               (339 )       (339 )
 

Preferred stock dividends

                        (277 )               (277 )       (277 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2008

            167,955,998     3         480         (2,574 )       (2,091 )       (2,091 )
 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                (1,341 )       (1,341 )       (1,341 )
 

Issuance of stock

            1,800,000             144     (144 )                    
 

Exercise of stock options, including tax benefits

            2,010,498             216                 216         216  
 

Vesting of restricted stock units

            1,180,000                                      
 

Stock-based compensation expense

                        115                 115         115  
 

Common stock dividends, $0.125 per share

                        (955 )       (20,338 )       (21,293 )       (21,293 )
 

Preferred stock dividends

                                (5,575 )       (5,575 )       (5,575 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2009

            172,946,496     3             (144 )   (29,828 )       (29,969 )       (29,969 )
 

Net loss

                                (389,640 )       (389,640 )   (1,530 )   (391,170 )
 

Foreign currency translation

                                    9,875     9,875         9,875  
                                                                       
 

Comprehensive loss

                                        (379,765 )       (381,295 )
 

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

                        (12,425 )               (12,425 )       (12,425 )
 

Stock issued in connection with business combinations

            43,117,156     1         348,016                 348,017         348,017  
 

Proceeds from issuance of stock (net of issuance costs)

    18,447,676     2                 584,656                 584,658         584,658  
 

Exercise of stock options, including tax benefits

            1,214,332             369     (142 )           227         227  
 

Vesting of restricted stock units

            82,500                                      
 

Stock-based compensation expense

                        22,160                 22,160         22,160  
 

Redemption of preferred stock

    (580,384 )                   (55,003 )               (55,003 )       (55,003 )
 

Repurchase of common stock

            (46,664,328 )       (503,173 )                   (503,173 )       (503,173 )
 

Reclassification of redeemable preferred stock

    11,166,332     1                 34,711                 34,712         34,712  
 

Preferred stock dividends

                        (1,362 )               (1,362 )       (1,362 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2010

    29,033,624   $ 3     170,696,156   $ 4   $ (503,173 ) $ 921,122   $ (286 ) $ (419,468 ) $ 9,875   $ 8,077   $ (1,530 ) $ 6,547  
                                                   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Operating activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (1,542 ) $ (1,341 ) $ (413,386 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   
 

Depreciation and amortization

    17     80     12,952  
 

Stock-based compensation

    24     115     36,168  
 

Deferred income taxes

            (7,349 )
 

Excess tax benefit on stock-based compensation

        (143 )   (32 )
 

Non-cash interest expense

            106  
 

Acquisition-related expense

            203,183  
 

Change in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

                   
   

Accounts receivable

        (601 )   (34,905 )
   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (4 )   (67 )   (2,467 )
   

Accounts payable

        182     50,835  
   

Accrued merchant payable

    (3 )   4,305     149,044  
   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    (18 )   5,038     94,592  
   

Due to related parties

        (20 )   (319 )
   

Other

        (38 )   (1,537 )
               

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (1,526 )   7,510     86,885  
               

Investing activities

                   

Purchases of property and equipment

    (19 )   (290 )   (14,681 )

Acquisitions of businesses, net of acquired cash

            3,816  

Purchases of intangible assets

        (271 )   (922 )

Changes in restricted cash

        (1,400 )   (92 )
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (19 )   (1,961 )   (11,879 )
               

Financing activities

                   

Issuance of stock, net of issuance costs

    4,746     29,946     584,658  

Excess tax benefit on stock-based compensation

        143     32  

Loans from related parties

            5,035  

Preferred stock distributions

    (339 )        

Repurchase of common stock

            (503,173 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    1     72     195  

Dividends paid on common and preferred stock

        (26,363 )   (1,299 )

Redemption of preferred stock

            (55,003 )
               

Net cash provided by financing activities

    4,408     3,798     30,445  
               

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

            1,069  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   
2,863
   
9,347
   
106,520
 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

   
103
   
2,966
   
12,313
 
               

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 2,966   $ 12,313   $ 118,833  
               

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

                   
 

Income tax payments

          $ 140  
 

Cash interest payments

          $ 287  

Non-cash investing activity

                   
 

Capital expenditures incurred not yet paid

      $ 34   $ 2,379  
 

Contingent consideration given in connection with acquisitions

          $ 63,180  
 

Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisitions

          $ 80,200  

Non-cash financing activity

                   
 

Receivable for stock options exercised not yet paid

          $ 142  
 

Receivable for stock issuance proceeds not yet paid

      $ 144      
 

Dividends accrued

  $ 277   $ 505   $ 278  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Groupon, Inc., together with the subsidiaries through which it conducts business (the "Company"), is a local e-commerce marketplace (www.groupon.com) that connects merchants to consumers by offering goods and services at a discount. The Company, which commenced operations in October 2008, creates a new way for local merchants to attract customers, while providing consumers with savings and helping them discover what to do, eat, see and buy in the places they live and work. Each day, the Company emails its subscribers with discounted offers for goods and services that are targeted by location and personal preferences. Consumers also access deals directly through the Company's website and mobile application.

        The Company, based in Chicago, Illinois, was founded by Andrew D. Mason, the Company's CEO, and Eric P. Lefkofsky, the Company's Executive Chairman, and evolved from a business they founded called The Point (www.thepoint.com), which is a web platform that enables users to promote collective action in support of social, educational and other causes. The Point originally was established as a limited liability company ("ThePoint"). Effective January 15, 2008, The Point converted its legal form to a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and merged with and into ThePoint.com, a newly-established corporation ("ThePoint.com"). ThePoint.com subsequently changed its legal name to Groupon, Inc.

        The Company has organized its operations into two principal segments: North America and International. See Note 13 " Segment Information. "

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Basis of Presentation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company's consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") and include the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of all wholly-owned subsidiaries and majority-owned subsidiaries over which the Company exercises control. Outside stockholders' interests in subsidiaries are shown in the consolidated financial statements as "Noncontrolling interests." The consolidated statements of operations include the results of entities acquired from the date of the acquisition for accounting purposes.

    Stock Splits

        In May 2010, the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") approved a resolution to effect a three-for-one stock split of the Company's common stock with no corresponding change to the par value. The stock split became effective in August 2010. The Board also approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company's common stock in December 2010 with no corresponding change in par value, which became effective in January 2011. All common share numbers and per share amounts for all periods presented have been adjusted retroactively to reflect both the three-for-one and the two-for-one stock splits.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosures of contingent liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are utilized for, but not limited to, stock-based compensation, income

F-8


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

taxes, valuation of acquired goodwill and intangible assets, customer refunds, contingent liabilities and the depreciable lives of fixed assets. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

    Restricted Cash

        The Company had $1.2 and $0.2 million of restricted cash recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other non-currents assets, respectively, at December 31, 2009. The Company had $0.3 million and $0.2 million of restricted cash recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other non-currents assets, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The carrying value of restricted cash approximates fair value.

    Accounts Receivable, net

        Accounts receivable primarily represent the net cash due from the Company's credit card and other payment processors for cleared transactions. The carrying amount of the Company's receivables is reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts that reflects management's best estimate of amounts that will not be collected. The allowance is based on historical loss experience and any specific risks identified in collection matters. Accounts receivable are charged off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when it is determined that the receivable is uncollectible. The Company's allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2009 and 2010 was $0 and less than $0.1 million, respectively. The corresponding bad debt expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $0, $0 and less than $0.1 million, respectively.

    Property and Equipment, net

        Property and equipment includes assets such as furniture and fixtures, leasehold improvements, computer hardware, and office and telephone equipment. The Company accounts for property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three years for computer hardware and office and telephone equipment, five years for furniture and fixtures, and the shorter of the life of the lease or five years for leasehold improvements) and is classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 5 " Property and Equipment, net ."

    Lease Obligations

        The Company categorizes leases at their inception as either operating or capital leases, and may receive renewal or expansion options, rent holidays, and leasehold improvement and other incentives on certain lease agreements. The Company recognizes lease costs on a straight-line basis taking into account adjustments for market provisions, such as free or escalating base monthly rental payments, or deferred payment terms such as rent holidays that defer the commencement date of required payments. Additionally, the Company treats any incentives received as a reduction of costs over the term of the agreement. The Company records rent expense associated with lease obligations in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 7 "Commitments and Contingencies."

F-9


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change that indicates the carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill using a two-step impairment test. In the first step, the fair value for the reporting unit is compared to its book value including goodwill. In the case that the fair value is less than the book value, a second step is performed that compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the book value of the goodwill. The fair value for the implied goodwill is determined based on the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit, which is generally based on the discounted future cash flows, and the net fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities excluding goodwill. If the implied fair value of the goodwill is less than the book value, the difference is recognized as an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of operations. Absent any special circumstances that could require an interim test, the Company has elected to test for goodwill impairment during the fourth quarter of each year.

        Accounting guidance for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, other than goodwill, also requires that intangible assets with finite lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or any other significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. Amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective intangible assets, generally from one to five years. See Note 4 " Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ."

    Loyalty and Rewards Programs

        The Company uses various customer loyalty and reward programs to build brand loyalty and provide customers with incentives to buy Groupons. When customers perform qualifying acts, such as providing a referral to a new subscriber or participating in promotional offers, the Company grants the customer credits that can be redeemed for Groupons in the future. The Company accrues the costs related to the associated obligation to redeem the award credits granted at issuance in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 6 " Accrued Expenses ") and records the corresponding offset to revenue on the consolidated statements of operations.

    Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates that are applicable in a given year. The deferred tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, the Company believes it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. The Company considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of its deferred tax assets, including recent cumulative earnings experience, expectations of future taxable income and capital gains by taxing jurisdiction, the carry-forward periods available for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. The Company allocates its valuation allowance to current and long-term deferred tax assets on a pro-rata basis. A change in the estimate of future taxable income may require an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance.

F-10


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The Company utilizes a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions ("tax contingencies"). The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately forecast actual outcomes. The Company includes interest and penalties related to tax contingencies in the provision for income taxes on the statements of operations. See Note 12 " Income Taxes ."

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued merchant payable, accrued expenses and loans from related parties, approximate fair value due to their generally short-term maturities. The Company records money market funds and contingent consideration at fair value. See Note 11 " Fair Value Measurements ."

    Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue from Groupons when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the selling price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. These criteria generally are met when the number of customers who purchase the daily deal exceeds the predetermined threshold, based on the executed contract between the Company and its merchants. The Company records the gross purchase price it receives from Groupons, excluding taxes where applicable, as the Company considers itself to be the primary obligor for the Groupon voucher, and records an allowance for estimated customer refunds on total revenue primarily based on historical experience. As noted above, the Company also records costs related to the associated obligation to redeem the award credits granted at issuance as an offset to revenue.

    Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue consists of direct costs incurred to generate the Company's revenue, primarily the agreed-upon payments to the merchants. Cost of revenue components are recorded with the associated revenue and payments are made to merchants based on either negotiated payment schedules or the redemption of Groupons by customers.

    Marketing

        Marketing expense consists primarily of online marketing costs, such as sponsored search, advertising on social networking sites, email marketing campaigns, affiliate programs, and to a lesser extent, offline marketing costs such as television, radio and print advertising. The Company records these costs in marketing expense on the consolidated statements of operations when incurred.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company measures stock-based compensation cost at fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, and generally recognizes the corresponding compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the service period during which awards are expected to vest. The Company includes stock-based compensation expense in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of restricted stock units and restricted stock is estimated based on valuations of the Company's (or subsidiaries') stock on the grant date or reporting date if required to be remeasured under

F-11


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

accounting guidance. The fair value of stock options is determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. See Note 9 "Stock-Based Compensation."

    Foreign Currency

        Balance sheet accounts of the Company's operations outside of the U.S. are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates as of the consolidated balance sheet dates. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Foreign currency translation gains or losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income on the consolidated balance sheet. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, which are denominated in currencies other than the entity's functional currency, are included in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company had $0.5 million of foreign currency transaction gains.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued accounting guidance, which, among other requirements, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about the use of fair value measurements. Such guidance prescribes a single definition of fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. For financial instruments and certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis at least annually, the guidance was effective beginning the first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. This portion of the guidance, which was adopted as of the beginning of fiscal 2008, had no impact on the consolidated financial statements. For all other nonfinancial assets and liabilities, the guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company adopted this guidance effective as of the beginning of fiscal 2009, and its application had no impact on the consolidated financial statements. In January 2010, the FASB issued additional guidance that improves disclosures about fair value measures that were originally required. The new guidance was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those years. The adoption of this guidance did not impact the Company's financial position or results of operations.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that establishes principles and requirements for determining how a company recognizes and measures the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, noncontrolling interests and certain contingent considerations acquired in a business combination. The guidance on business combinations also requires acquisition-related transaction expenses and restructuring costs be expensed as incurred rather than capitalized. This guidance became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and the Company adopted the provisions of this guidance prospectively beginning in 2009. In December 2010, the FASB issued an update to this guidance, which specifies that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. The amendments also expand the supplemental pro forma disclosures that are required. The new guidance is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company plans to adopt the provisions of this business combinations guidance at the beginning of 2011.

F-12


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In April 2008, the FASB issued a staff position that amends the list of factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible assets. This new guidance applies to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets in business combinations and asset acquisitions. Under this guidance, entities estimating the useful life of a recognized intangible asset must consider their historical experience in renewing or extending similar arrangements or, in the absence of historical experience, must consider assumptions that market participants would use about renewal or extension. This staff position became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted the provisions of this guidance prospectively beginning in 2009, and its application had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification as the sole source of authoritative U.S. GAAP. Pursuant to these provisions, the Company has incorporated the applicable guidance in its consolidated financial statements. The adoption of this guidance did not impact the consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance that eliminates the qualifying special purpose entity concept, changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets and requires enhanced disclosures about transfers of financial assets. The guidance also revises earlier guidance for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity, requires a new approach for determining who should consolidate a variable interest entity, changes when it is necessary to reassess who should consolidate a variable interest entity, and requires enhanced disclosures related to an enterprise's involvement in variable interest entities. The guidance is effective for the first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009. The Company adopted the provisions of this guidance prospectively beginning in 2010, and its application had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.

        In September 2009, the FASB issued guidance that allows companies to allocate arrangement consideration in a multiple element arrangement in a way that better reflects the transaction economics. It provides another alternative for establishing fair value for a deliverable when vendor specific objective evidence or third party evidence for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined. When this evidence cannot be determined, companies will be required to develop a best estimate of the selling price to separate deliverables and allocate arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. The guidance also expands the disclosure requirements to require that an entity provide both qualitative and quantitative information about the significant judgments made in applying this guidance. This guidance was effective on a prospective basis for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified on or after January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2010, the FASB issued guidance, effective immediately, which removes the requirement to disclose the date through which subsequent events were evaluated in both originally issued and reissued financial statements for Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") filers. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2010, the FASB issued guidance about when to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. According to the new guidance, entities must consider whether it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists by assessing if there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating impairment. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years,

F-13


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

3. ACQUISITIONS

    CityDeal Europe GmbH Acquisition

        In May 2010, the Company entered into a Share Exchange and Transfer Agreement (the "CityDeal Agreement") to acquire CityDeal Europe GmbH ("CityDeal"), a collective buying power business launched in January 2010 that provides daily deals and online marketing services substantially similar to the Company. Headquartered in Berlin, Germany, CityDeal (which, prior to the acquisition, was doing business as CityDeal but now operates under the Groupon MyCityDeal and Groupon CityDeal names) operated in more than 80 European cities and 16 countries including France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Poland, Spain, Turkey and the United Kingdom. As a result of the acquisition, the Company believes it has established a significant presence in the European market by strategically expanding into new geographies and increasing its subscriber base, gained CityDeal management's local expertise in maintaining existing vendor relationships and establishing new relationships, and obtained an assembled workforce that has significant experience and knowledge of the industry.

        Under the terms of the CityDeal Agreement, by and among the Company, CityDeal, CD-Rocket Holding UG ("Rocket Holding"), CityDeal Management UG ("CityDeal Management") and Groupon Germany Gbr ("Groupon Germany"), Rocket Holding and CityDeal Management transferred all of the outstanding shares of CityDeal to Groupon Germany, in exchange for $0.6 million in cash and 41,400,000 shares of the Company's voting common stock (valued at $125.4 million as of the acquisition date), and CityDeal merged with and into Groupon Germany with CityDeal as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company delivered 19,800,000 of such shares of voting common stock in May 2010, with the remaining 21,600,000 shares delivered as of December 31, 2010, due to the achievement of financial and performance earn-out targets discussed below.

        In connection with the acquisition, Rocket Holding and CityDeal Management entered into a Shareholders Agreement with the Company. Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, the shares of the Company's common stock owned by Rocket Holding, CityDeal Management and their affiliates must be voted in the same manner as the majority-in-interest of the shares of voting common stock held by the Company's founders related to certain material transactions, including an initial public offering of the Company's voting common stock, the authorization, designation or issuance of any new class or series of the Company's capital stock or a material acquisition or asset transfer. In addition, the Company and the former CityDeal shareholders entered into a loan agreement to provide CityDeal with a $25.0 million term loan facility. See Note 14 " Related Parties. "

        The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the operations of CityDeal were included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. The purchase price was allocated to the tangible assets and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition date, with the remaining unallocated purchase price recorded as goodwill. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was determined using an income approach for subscriber relationships and trade names, and a cost approach for vendor relationships and developed technology. Purchased identifiable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective useful lives, which range from one to five years.

        The Company had an obligation, as part of the CityDeal Agreement, to transfer additional common stock of the Company to the former shareholders of CityDeal as part of the share exchange, if specified

F-14


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)


financial and performance earn-outs targets were achieved. The Company determined that the acquisition-date fair value of this consideration was $62.9 million based on the likelihood of contingent earn-out payments. The Company subsequently remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration on a recurring basis due to the earnout target not meeting the criteria for equity treatment and recorded a total charge of $204.2 million in acquisition-related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010, which is reported separately in the consolidated statement of operations with other acquisition-related expenses. The charge resulted primarily due to the significant increase in the value of the Company's common stock from the original valuation date until the date the contingency was settled.

        The following table summarizes the purchase price allocations (in thousands). Goodwill of $95.0 million represents the premium the Company paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets it acquired. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

Description
  Fair Value  

Net working capital (including cash of $6.4 million)

  $ 7,331  

Property and equipment, net

    746  

Goodwill

    94,992  

Intangible assets (1) :

       
 

Vendor relationships

    5,786  
 

Developed technology

    985  
 

Trade names

    5,048  
 

Subscriber relationships

    28,438  

Deferred tax liability

    (9,344 )

Due to related party

    (7,962 )
       

  $ 126,020  
       

(1)
Acquired intangible assets have estimated useful lives of between 1 and 5 years.

        The following unaudited pro forma information presents a summary of the operating results of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010, as if the Company had acquired CityDeal as of January 1, 2010 (in thousands).

 
  Groupon, Inc.  
 
  Pro Forma
Combined
2010
 

Revenue

  $ 721,784  

Loss from operations

    (448,861 )

Net loss

    (442,146 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    27,986  

Net loss attributable to Groupon, Inc. 

  $ (414,160 )

        Revenue and net loss for CityDeal for the period from May 16, 2010 to December 31, 2010 was $222.1 million and $126.6 million, respectively.

    Qpod.inc Acquisition

        In August 2010, the Company acquired Qpod.inc ("Qpod"), a Japanese corporation established in June 2010, which operates a collective buying power business that provides daily deals and online marketing services substantially similar to the Company. Headquartered in Tokyo, Japan, Qpod launched

F-15


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

its daily deals services in July 2010. As a result of the acquisition, the Company believes it has established a significant presence in the Japanese market by increasing its subscriber base, gained Qpod management's local expertise in establishing new vendor relationships, and obtained an assembled workforce that has knowledge of the industry.

        Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the Company acquired approximately 55.1% of the total issued and outstanding capital stock of Qpod in exchange for $10.2 million in cash. In conjunction with the acquisition, the Company entered into an agreement with certain founding members and other shareholders of Qpod, which provided the Company with call rights that allow it to buy a percentage of the remaining shares of Qpod. Exercising all of the call rights would entitle the Company to an aggregate of up to 90% of the outstanding capital stock of Qpod. Additionally, the remaining Qpod shareholders have put rights to sell their outstanding capital stock to the Company in the event of an initial public offering of the Company, subject to certain conditions, which if exercised in full, would give the Company up to an aggregate of 90% of the outstanding capital stock of Qpod. Management determined that Qpod is not a variable interest entity and therefore consolidated Qpod under the traditional voting interest model since the Company has a controlling financial interest in Qpod and the non-controlling interest holders do not have the right to vote on any ordinary course of business decisions.

        The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the operations of Qpod were included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. The purchase price and fair value of the noncontrolling interest were allocated to the tangible assets and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition date, with the remaining unallocated amount recorded as goodwill. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired and the noncontrolling interest was determined using an income approach for subscriber relationships and trade names, a cost approach for vendor relationships and developed technology and assuming a discount for lack of control to value the noncontrolling interest. Purchased identifiable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective useful lives, which range from one to five years. The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price of $10.2 million and the fair value of noncontrolling interest of $8.5 million as of the acquisition date (in thousands). Goodwill of $7.0 million represents the premium the Company paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets it acquired. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

Description
  Fair Value  

Net working capital (including cash of $11.0 million)

  $ 10,384  

Property and equipment, net

    31  

Goodwill

    7,031  

Intangible assets (1) :

       
 

Vendor relationships

    200  
 

Developed technology

    60  
 

Trade names

    20  
 

Subscriber relationships

    1,000  
       

  $ 18,726  
       

(1)
Acquired intangible assets have estimated useful lives of between 1 and 5 years.

F-16


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

        The following unaudited pro forma information presents the operating results of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010, as if the Company had acquired Qpod as of January 1, 2010 (in thousands).

 
  Groupon, Inc.
Pro Forma
Combined
2010
 

Revenue

  $ 713,630  

Loss from operations

    (422,256 )

Net loss

    (415,331 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    23,746  

Net loss attributable to Groupon, Inc. 

  $ (391,585 )

        The noncontrolling interest is redeemable at the option of the holder as of December 31, 2010. The Company recorded $11.6 million in "Additional paid-in capital" to adjust the noncontrolling interest to its redemption value as of December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2010, there was $20.3 million of the net loss and $0.2 million of other comprehensive income related to foreign currency translation attributed to Qpod.

        The revenue and net loss for Qpod for the period from August 12 to December 31, 2010 was $27.8 million and $45.0 million, respectively.

    Other Acquisitions

        In 2010, the Company acquired certain other entities (excluding CityDeal and Qpod) for an aggregate purchase price of $34.8 million, consisting of $16.8 million in cash and the issuance of shares of the Company's voting common stock (valued at $18.0 million). The primary reasons for these acquisitions were to establish the Company's presence in selected Asia Pacific and Latin American markets, by strategically expanding into new geographies and increasing the Company's subscriber base, to obtain an assembled workforce that has experience and knowledge of the industry, and to gain local expertise in establishing new vendor relationships. In addition, the Company acquired two U.S.-based businesses that specialize in local marketing services and developing mobile technology to help expand and advance the Company's product offerings.

        The acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the operations of these acquired companies were included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. The purchase price and fair value of the noncontrolling interests were allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on their corresponding acquisition date, with the remaining unallocated amount recorded as goodwill. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired and noncontrolling interest was determined using an income approach for subscriber relationships and trade names, a cost approach for vendor relationships and developed technology and assuming a discount for lack of control to value the noncontrolling interest. Purchased identifiable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective useful lives, which range from one to five years.

        The following table summarizes the allocation of the combined purchase price of $34.8 million and the fair value of noncontrolling interest of $4.2 million as of the acquisition date (in thousands). Goodwill

F-17


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)


of $21.5 million represents the premium the Company paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets it acquired. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

Description
  Fair Value  

Net working capital (including cash of $14.1 million)

  $ 11,544  

Property and equipment, net

    266  

Goodwill

    21,464  

Intangible assets (1) :

       
 

Vendor relationships

    290  
 

Developed technology

    920  
 

Trade names

    110  
 

Subscriber relationships

    4,390  
       

  $ 38,984  
       

(1)
Acquired intangible assets have estimated useful lives of between 1 and 5 years.

        The financial effect of these acquisitions, individually and in the aggregate, was not material to the consolidated financial statements. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effects of these business combinations, individually and in the aggregate, were not material to the consolidated results of operations as most of the acquisitions were start-up businesses.

        Certain of the noncontrolling interests are redeemable at the option of the holders as of December 31, 2010. The Company attributed $2.0 million of the net loss to the noncontrolling interests and recorded $0.9 million in "Additional paid-in capital" to adjust the noncontrolling interests to their redemption value as of December 31, 2010.

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        The following summarizes the Company's goodwill activity in 2010 (in thousands):

 
  North America   International   Consolidated  

Balance as of December 31, 2009

  $   $   $  

Goodwill related to the CityDeal acquisition

        94,992     94,992  

Goodwill related to the Qpod.inc acquisition

        7,031     7,031  

Goodwill related to other acquisitions

    19,605     1,859     21,464  

Other adjustments (1)

        8,551     8,551  
               

Balance as of December 31, 2010

  $ 19,605   $ 112,433   $ 132,038  
               

(1)
Includes changes in foreign exchange rates for goodwill.

F-18


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        The following summarizes the Company's other intangible assets (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31, 2009   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Useful Life
(in years)
 
Asset Category
  Gross
Carrying
Value
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Value
 

Subscriber relationships

  $   $   $   $  

Merchant relationships

                 

Trade names

                 

Developed technology

                 

Other intangible assets

    270     31     239     4.4  
                     

  $ 270   $ 31   $ 239     4.4  
                     

 

 
  As of December 31, 2010   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Useful Life
(in years)
 
Asset Category
  Gross
Carrying
Value
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Value
 

Subscriber relationships

  $ 36,389   $ 3,760   $ 32,629     4.5  

Merchant relationships

    6,789     3,801     2,988     0.5  

Trade names

    5,619     3,230     2,389     0.4  

Developed technology

    2,054     395     1,659     1.6  

Other intangible assets

    1,263     153     1,110     3.8  
                     

  $ 52,114   $ 11,339   $ 40,775     3.8  
                     

        Amortization expense for these intangible assets was less than $0.1 million and $11.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. There was no amortization expense recorded in 2008 since all intangible assets were acquired in 2009 and 2010. The following summarizes the Company's estimated future amortization expense of these intangible assets as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

       
 

2011

  $ 14,106  
 

2012

    8,110  
 

2013

    7,481  
 

2014

    7,449  
 

2015

    3,629  
       

  $ 40,775  
       

F-19


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

        The following summarizes the Company's property and equipment, net as of December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2009   2010  

Furniture and fixtures

  $ 258   $ 6,691  

Leasehold improvements

        5,233  

Computer hardware and other

        3,396  

External software

    33     1,767  

Office and telephone equipment

    57     1,408  
           

Property and equipment

    348     18,495  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (74 )   (2,005 )
           

Property and equipment, net

  $ 274   $ 16,490  
           

        Depreciation expense on property and equipment was less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

6. ACCRUED EXPENSES

        The following summarizes the Company's accrued expenses as of December 31(in thousands):

 
  2009   2010  

Marketing

  $ 572   $ 48,244  

Refunds reserve

    2,932     13,938  

Payroll and benefits

    337     12,187  

Customer rewards

    199     8,333  

Rent

    26     3,169  

Credit card fees

    301     2,500  

Professional fees

        2,341  

Other

    469     7,611  
           

  $ 4,836   $ 98,323  
           

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Operating Leases

        The Company has entered into various non-cancelable operating lease agreements, primarily covering certain of its offices throughout the world, with original lease periods expiring between 2011 and 2017. Rent expense under these operating leases was less than $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

        Certain of these arrangements have renewal or expansion options and adjustments for market provisions, such as free or escalating base monthly rental payments. The Company recognizes rent expense under such arrangements on the straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease. The difference between the straight-line expense and the cash paid for rent has been recorded as deferred rent.

F-20


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

        The Company is responsible for paying its proportionate share of the actual operating expenses and real estate taxes under certain of these lease agreements. These operating expenses are not included in the table below. At December 31, 2010, future payments under operating leases (including rent escalation clauses) were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

       
 

2011

  $ 10,780  
 

2012

    6,054  
 

2013

    3,964  
 

2014

    3,200  
 

2015

    3,067  

Thereafter

    3,625  
       

  $ 30,690  
       

    Purchase Obligations

        The Company entered into a non-cancelable service contract, primarily covering marketing services, which expires in 2012. At December 31, 2010, future payments under this contractual obligation were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

       
 

2011

  $ 906  
 

2012

    227  
 

2013

     
 

2014

     
 

2015

     

Thereafter

     
       

  $ 1,133  
       

    Letter of Credit

        The Company is contingently liable under an irrevocable letter of credit. The letter of credit is in lieu of a security deposit and is required under a sublease agreement, which began in April 2010. The letter of credit, which is included in other non-current assets and prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, respectively, is for $0.2 million and expired on June 1, 2011.

    Legal Matters

        The Company currently is involved in several disputes or regulatory inquiries, including suits by its customers (individually or as class actions) alleging, among other things, violation of the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure Act and state laws governing gift cards, stored value cards and coupons, violations of unclaimed and abandoned property laws and violations of privacy laws. The number of these disputes and inquiries is increasing. Any claims or regulatory actions against the Company, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, damage awards,

F-21


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

injunctive relief or increased costs of doing business through adverse judgment or settlement, require the Company to change its business practices in expensive ways, require significant amounts of management time, result in the diversion of significant operational resources or otherwise harm the Company's business.

        In addition, third parties have from time to time claimed, and others may claim in the future, that the Company has infringed their intellectual property rights. The Company is subject to intellectual property disputes, and expects that it will increasingly be subject to intellectual property infringement claims as its services expand in scope and complexity. The Company has in the past been forced to litigate such claims. The Company may also become more vulnerable to third-party claims as laws such as the Digital Millennium Copyright Act are interpreted by the courts, and as the Company becomes subject to laws in jurisdictions where the underlying laws with respect to the potential liability of online intermediaries are either unclear or less favorable. The Company believes that additional lawsuits alleging that it has violated patent, copyright or trademark laws will be filed against it. Intellectual property claims, whether meritorious or not, are time consuming and costly to resolve, could require expensive changes in the Company's methods of doing business, or could require it to enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements.

        From time to time, the Company may become party to litigation incident to the ordinary course of business. The Company assesses the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes with respect to these matters and determines loss contingency assessments on a gross basis after assessing the probability of incurrence of a loss and whether a loss is reasonably estimable. In addition, the Company considers other relevant factors that could impact its ability to reasonably estimate a loss. A determination of the amount of reserves required, if any, for these contingencies is made after analyzing each matter. The Company's reserves may change in the future due to new developments or changes in strategy in handling these matters. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company currently believes that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its business, consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

    Indemnifications

        In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions related to its operations, the Company indemnifies certain parties, including lessors and from time to time merchants with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed to hold certain parties harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants, or other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors, and the bylaws contain similar indemnification obligations to agents.

        It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, the payments that the Company has made under these agreements have not had a material impact on the operating results, financial position, or cash flows of the Company.

F-22


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

        ThePoint.com, a Delaware LLC, sold an aggregate amount of 159,895,998 common units in 2006 and 2007 to certain equity holders including members of management and the Board for $1.0 million, and used the proceeds from the sale for working capital and general corporate purposes. On January 15, 2008, these equity holders contributed to the Company all of the outstanding membership interests in ThePoint.com in exchange for equity interests in the Company, and ThePoint.com merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving as the surviving corporation.

Common Stock

        The Board has authorized two classes of common stock, voting and non-voting. At December 31, 2010, there were 500,000,000 and 100,000,000 shares authorized and there were 165,616,260 and 5,079,896 shares outstanding of voting and non-voting common stock, respectively. The rights of the holders of voting and non-voting common stock are identical, except with respect to voting. Each share of voting common stock is entitled to one vote per share while the non-voting common stock has no voting rights, except as required by law. Shares of non-voting common stock automatically convert into shares of voting common stock immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering covering the offer and sale of common stock for the Company's account (an "initial public offering"). Voting and non-voting common stock are collectively referred to as common stock throughout the notes to these financial statements unless otherwise noted.

        In May 2010, the Board approved a resolution to effect a three-for-one stock split of the Company's common stock with no corresponding change to the par value. The stock split became effective in August 2010. The Board also approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company's common stock in December 2010 with no corresponding change in par value, which became effective in January 2011. All common share numbers and per share amounts for all periods presented have been adjusted retroactively to reflect both the three-for-one and the two-for-one stock split.

        The Company issues stock-based awards to its employees in the form of stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock, all of which have the potential to increase the outstanding shares of common stock in the future. See Note 9 "Stock-Based Compensation."

        Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (a "liquidation event"), the remaining assets of the Company will be distributed ratably among all preferred and common stockholders only after the payment of the full Series G Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series G Preferred") liquidation preference of $450.0 million has been satisfied.

Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company authorized 199,998 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series B Preferred"), 6,560,174 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series D Preferred"), 4,406,160 shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series E Preferred"), 4,202,658 shares of Series F Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series F Preferred") and up to 30,075,690 shares of Series G Preferred. The Series B Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred, collectively, are referenced below as the "Series Preferred." The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

F-23


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (Continued)

Series B Preferred

        In 2007, the Company authorized the sale and issuance of 199,998 shares of Series B Preferred for less than $0.1 million, and used the proceeds from the sale for working capital and general corporate purposes. There were 199,998 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The holders of Series B Preferred were entitled to annual dividends payable at a rate of 6% of the Series B Preferred original issue price. The dividends were cumulative and accrued from the date of issue while the shares were redeemable at the option of the holders. These dividend rights were subsequently rescinded by the Board in December 2010. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, there was less than $0.1 million of accrued preferred dividends due to Series B Preferred holders. The Company recorded the accrued dividends as a reduction to "Additional paid-in capital" or "Accumulated deficit." The holders of Series B Preferred also are entitled to receive, on an as-converted to voting common stock basis, any other dividend or distribution when, as and if declared by the Board, participating equally with the holders of common stock and the holders of Series Preferred.

        Holders of Series B Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of shares of voting common stock into which their shares of Series B Preferred could be converted and (ii) 150. In addition, the Series B Preferred holders are entitled to receive, upon a liquidation event, the amount that would have been received if all shares of Series Preferred had been converted into voting common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event, only after the payment of the full Series G Preferred liquidation preference has been satisfied. If, upon the liquidating event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to fully pay the amounts owed to Series B Preferred holders, all distributions would be made ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which preferred and common stockholders would have otherwise been entitled. In the event that the Company is a party to an acquisition or asset transfer, each holder of Series B Preferred is entitled to receive the amount of cash, securities, or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a liquidation event.

        Each share of Series B Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of voting common stock upon the earliest of the following events to occur: (i) holders of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred consent to a conversion, or (ii) upon any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyence, hypothecation or other disposition of any legal or beneficial interest in such shares, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, subject to certain exceptions. The number of shares of voting common stock to which a Series B Preferred stockholder is entitled upon conversion is calculated by multiplying the applicable conversion rate then in effect (currently 6.0) by the number of Series B Preferred shares to be converted. The conversion rate for the Series B Preferred shares is subject to change in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the agreement with those holders. More specifically, the conversion price is subject to adjustment to prevent dilution on a weighted-average basis in the event that the Company issues additional shares of common stock or securities convertible or exercisable for common stock at a purchase price less than the then effective conversion price. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, 1,199,988 shares of voting common stock would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred.

        The Company evaluated various components of the Series B Preferred, including redemption features, dividend and voting rights, protective covenants and conversion rights. The Company concluded that the Series B Preferred was redeemable at the option of the holder at December 31, 2009 and classified the Series B Preferred in mezzanine equity. The Series B Preferred was not adjusted to its redemption value because it was not probable the holders would redeem at December 31, 2009. The Company

F-24


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (Continued)

subsequently reevaluated its conclusion due to the elimination of the holders' redemption rights in December 2010, and determined that the Series B Preferred should be classified as an equity instrument as of December 31, 2010.

Series D Preferred

        In January 2008, the Company authorized the sale and issuance of 6,560,174 shares of Series D Preferred for $4.8 million in gross proceeds (or $4.7 million, net of issuance costs), and used the proceeds from the sale for working capital and general corporate purposes. There were 6,560,174 shares and 6,258,297 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The holders of Series D Preferred were entitled to annual dividends payable at a rate of 6% of the Series D Preferred original issue price. The dividends were cumulative and accrued from the date of issue while the shares were redeemable at the option of the holder. These dividend rights were subsequently rescinded by the Board in December 2010. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the accrued preferred dividends due to Series D Preferred holders were $0.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The Company recorded the accrued dividends as a reduction to "Additional paid-in capital" or "Accumulated deficit." The holders of Series D Preferred also are entitled to receive, on an as-converted to voting common stock basis, any other dividend or distribution when, as and if declared by the Board, participating equally with the holders of common stock and the holders of Series Preferred.

        Holders of Series D Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of voting common stock into which their shares of Series D Preferred could be converted. In addition, the Series D Preferred holders are entitled to receive, upon a liquidation event, the amount that would have been received if all shares of Series Preferred had been converted into voting common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event, only after the payment of the full Series G Preferred liquidation preference has been satisfied. If, upon the liquidating event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to fully pay the amounts owed to Series D Preferred holders, all distributions would be made ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which preferred and common stockholders would have otherwise been entitled. In the event that the Company is a party to an acquisition or asset transfer, each holder of Series D Preferred is entitled to receive the amount of cash, securities, or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a liquidation event.

        Each share of Series D Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of voting common stock upon the earliest of the following events to occur: (i) holders of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred consent to a conversion, or (ii) immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering. The number of shares of voting common stock to which a Series D Preferred stockholder is entitled upon conversion is calculated by multiplying the applicable conversion rate then in effect (currently 6.0) by the number of Series D Preferred shares to be converted. The conversion rate for the Series D Preferred shares is subject to change in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the agreement with those holders. More specifically, the conversion price is subject to adjustment to prevent dilution on a weighted-average basis in the event that the Company issues additional shares of common stock or securities convertible or exercisable for common stock at a purchase price less than the then effective conversion price. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the number of shares of voting common stock that would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series D Preferred was 39,361,044 and 37,549,782 respectively.

F-25


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (Continued)

        The Company evaluated various components of the Series D Preferred, including redemption features, dividend and voting rights, protective covenants and conversion rights. The Company concluded that the Series D Preferred was redeemable at the option of the holder at December 31, 2009 and classified the Series D Preferred in mezzanine equity. The Series D Preferred was not adjusted to its redemption value because it was not probable the holders would redeem at December 31, 2009. The Company subsequently reevaluated its conclusion due to the elimination of the holders' redemption rights in December 2010, and determined that the Series D Preferred should be classified as an equity instrument as of December 31, 2010.

Series E Preferred

        In November 2009, the Company authorized the sale and issuance of 4,406,160 shares of Series E Preferred for $30.0 million in gross proceeds (or $29.9 million, net of issuance costs), and used $26.4 million of the proceeds from the sale to fund a dividend paid to holders of the Company's capital stock on a pro-rata basis and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes. The Company recorded the dividend payments as a reduction to "Accumulated deficit," and to a lesser extent, "Additional paid-in capital." There were 4,406,160 shares and 4,127,653 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The holders of Series E Preferred were entitled to annual dividends payable at a rate of 6% of the Series E Preferred original issue price. The dividends were cumulative and accrued from the date of issue. These dividend rights were subsequently rescinded by the Board in December 2010. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the accrued preferred dividends due to Series E Preferred holders were $0.2 million and $0, respectively. The holders of Series E Preferred also are entitled to receive, on an as-converted to voting common stock basis, any other dividend or distribution when, as and if declared by the Board, participating equally with the holders of common stock and the holders of Series Preferred.

        Holders of Series E Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of voting common stock into which their shares of Series E Preferred could be converted. In addition, the Series E Preferred holders are entitled to receive, upon a liquidation event, the amount that would have been received if all shares of Series Preferred had been converted into voting common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event, only after the payment of the full Series G Preferred liquidation preference has been satisfied. If, upon the liquidating event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to fully pay the amounts owed to Series E Preferred holders, all distributions would be made ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which preferred and common stockholders would have otherwise been entitled. In the event that the Company is a party to an acquisition or asset transfer, each holder of Series E Preferred is entitled to receive the amount of cash, securities, or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a liquidation event.

        Each share of Series E Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of voting common stock upon the earliest of the following events to occur: (i) holders of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred consent to a conversion, or (ii) immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering. The number of shares of voting common stock to which a Series E Preferred stockholder is entitled upon conversion is calculated by multiplying the applicable conversion rate then in effect (currently 6.0) by the number of Series E Preferred shares to be converted. The conversion rate for the Series E Preferred shares is subject to change in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the agreement with those holders. More specifically, the conversion price is subject to adjustment to prevent dilution on a weighted-average basis in the event that the Company issues additional shares of common

F-26


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (Continued)


stock or securities convertible or exercisable for common stock at a purchase price less than the then effective conversion price. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the number of shares of voting common stock that would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series E Preferred was 26,436,960 and 24,765,918, respectively.

        The Company evaluated various components of the Series E Preferred, including redemption features, dividend and voting rights, protective covenants and conversion rights. The Company concluded that the Series E Preferred was redeemable at the option of the holders at December 31, 2009 and classified the Series E Preferred in mezzanine equity. The Series E Preferred was not adjusted to its redemption value because it was not probable the holder would redeem at December 31, 2009. The Company subsequently reevaluated its conclusion due to the elimination of the holders' redemption rights in December 2010, and determined that the Series E Preferred should be classified as an equity instrument as of December 31, 2010.

Series F Preferred

        In April 2010, the Company authorized the sale and issuance of 4,202,658 shares of Series F Preferred for $135.0 million in gross proceeds (or $134.9 million, net of issuance costs), and used $119.9 million of the proceeds from the sale to redeem shares of its outstanding common stock held by certain shareholders and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes. All shares of Series F Preferred were outstanding at December 31, 2010. The holders of Series F Preferred were not entitled to annual preferred dividends, but are entitled to receive, on an as-converted to voting common stock basis, any other dividend or distribution when, as and if declared by the Board, participating equally with the holders of common stock and the holders of Series Preferred.

        Holders of Series F Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of voting common stock into which their shares of Series F Preferred could be converted. In addition, the Series F Preferred holders are entitled to receive, upon a liquidation event, the amount that would have been received if all shares of Series Preferred had been converted into voting common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event, only after the payment of the full Series G Preferred liquidation preference has been satisfied. If, upon the liquidating event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to fully pay the amounts owed to Series F Preferred holders, all distributions would be made ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which preferred and common stockholders would have otherwise been entitled. In the event that the Company is a party to an acquisition or asset transfer, each holder of Series F Preferred is entitled to receive the amount of cash, securities, or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a liquidation event.

        Each share of Series F Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of voting common stock upon the earliest of the following events to occur: (i) holders of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred consent to a conversion, or (ii) immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering. The number of shares of voting common stock to which a Series F Preferred stockholder is entitled upon conversion is calculated by multiplying the applicable conversion rate then in effect (currently 6.0) by the number of Series F Preferred shares to be converted. The conversion rate for the Series F Preferred shares is subject to change in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the agreement with those holders. More specifically, the conversion price is subject to adjustment to prevent dilution on a weighted-average basis in the event that the Company issues additional shares of common stock or securities convertible or exercisable for common stock at a purchase price less than the then

F-27


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (Continued)


effective conversion price. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, 25,215,948 shares of voting common stock would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series F Preferred.

Series G Preferred

        In December 2010, the Company authorized the sale of 30,075,690 shares of Series G Preferred and the initial issuance of 14,245,018 shares of Series G Preferred for $450.0 million in gross proceeds (or $449.7 million, net of issuance costs), and used $438.3 million of the proceeds from the sale to redeem shares of its outstanding common stock and preferred stock held by certain shareholders and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes. All issued shares of Series G Preferred were outstanding at December 31, 2010. The holders of Series G Preferred are not entitled to annual preferred dividends, but are entitled to receive, on an as-converted to voting common stock basis, any other dividend or distribution when, as and if declared by the Board, participating equally with the holders of common stock and the holders of Series Preferred.

        Holders of Series G Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of voting common stock into which their shares of Series G Preferred could be converted. In addition, the Series G Preferred holders are entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any Series B Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred or common stock, to be paid an amount per share equal to 100% of the Series G Preferred original price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series G Preferred. If, upon the liquidating event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to fully pay the amounts owed to Series G Preferred holders, all distributions would be made ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which Series G Preferred holders would have otherwise been entitled. In the event that the Company is a party to an acquisition or asset transfer, each holder of Series G Preferred is entitled to receive the amount of cash, securities, or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a liquidation event.

        Each share of Series G Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of voting common stock upon the earliest of the following events to occur: (i) holders of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred consent to a conversion, or (ii) immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering. The number of shares of voting common stock to which a Series G Preferred stockholder is entitled upon conversion is calculated by multiplying the applicable conversion rate then in effect (currently 2.0) by the number of Series G Preferred shares to be converted. The conversion rate for the Series G Preferred shares is subject to change in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the agreement with those holders. More specifically, the conversion price is subject to adjustment to prevent dilution on a weighted-average basis in the event that the Company issues additional shares of common stock or securities convertible or exercisable for common stock at a purchase price less than the then effective conversion price. As of December 31, 2010, 28,490,036 shares of voting common stock would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series G Preferred.

Stock Repurchase Activity

        In April 2010 and December 2010, the Board authorized the Company to repurchase shares of its capital stock held by certain holders, using a portion of the proceeds from the sale of Series F Preferred and the sale of Series G Preferred, respectively. The Company repurchased 46,664,328 shares of common

F-28


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (Continued)


stock for $503.2 million, and 580,384 shares of preferred stock for $55.0 million in 2010. Total shares repurchased from Company employees were 4,370,959.

9. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

    Groupon, Inc. Stock Plans

        In January 2008, the Company adopted the ThePoint.com 2008 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "2008 Plan"), under which options for up to 32,309,250 shares of common stock were authorized to be issued to employees, consultants, and directors of ThePoint.com, which is now the Company. In April 2010, the Company established the Groupon, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan, as amended (the "2010 Plan"), under which stock options and restricted stock units ("RSUs") for up to 7,000,000 shares of non-voting common stock were authorized for future issuance to employees, consultants and directors of the Company. The 2008 Plan and the 2010 Plan (the "Plans") are administered by the Board, who determine the number of awards to be issued, the corresponding vesting schedule and the exercise price for options. As of December 31, 2010, 1,997,700 shares were available for future issuance under the Plans. In addition to the Plans, the Company has issued stock options, restricted stock and RSUs that are governed by employment agreements, some of which are still unvested and outstanding.

    Stock Options

        The exercise price of stock options granted is equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The contractual term for stock options expires ten years from the grant date. Stock options generally vest over a three or four-year period, with 25% of the awards vesting after one year and the remainder of the awards vesting on a monthly basis thereafter. The fair value of stock options on the date of grant is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

F-29


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The table below summarizes the stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 
  Options   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in
years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in
thousands) (a)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

    1,656,000   $ 0.02     9.40   $  
 

Granted

    1,110,000   $ 0.03     9.72        
 

Exercised

    (60,000 ) $ 0.02     8.50        
 

Forfeited

                   
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    2,706,000   $ 0.02     8.94   $ 66  
 

Granted

    7,245,000   $ 0.17     9.54        
 

Exercised

    (2,010,498 ) $ 0.04     8.16        
 

Forfeited

    (942,000 ) $ 0.10     9.31        
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    6,998,502   $ 0.16     9.35   $ 6,274  
 

Granted

    8,765,200   $ 3.05     9.32        
 

Exercised

    (1,214,332 ) $ 0.16     7.79        
 

Forfeited

    (816,518 ) $ 0.27     8.58        
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    13,732,852   $ 2.00     9.00   $ 189,406  
                         

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

    1,733,574   $ 0.29     8.43   $ 26,872  
                         

(a)
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the fair value of the Company's stock on the last day of each fiscal year and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of options where the exercise price exceeds the fair value) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

        The fair value of stock options granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly-traded options of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The expected term represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the "simplified method." The Company used the "simplified method" due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. The risk-free interest rate is based on yields on U.S. Treasury STRIPS with a maturity similar to the estimated expected life of the stock options. The weighted-average assumptions for stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 are outlined in the following table.

 
  2008   2009   2010  

Dividend yield

             

Risk-free interest rate

    3.10 %   2.82 %   2.58 %

Expected term (in years)

    5.98     6.84     6.13  

Expected volatility

    46 %   46 %   46 %

        Based on the above assumptions, the weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $0.01, $0.09 and $1.45, respectively. The

F-30


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)


total fair value of options that vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was less than $0.1 million, less than $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

    Restricted Stock Units

        The restricted stock units granted under the Plans vest over a four-year period, with 25% of the awards vesting after one year and the remaining awards vesting on a monthly basis thereafter. The fair value of restricted stock units on the date of grant is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of restricted stock units that vested during each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was less than $0.1 million.

        The table below summarizes activity regarding unvested restricted stock units under the Plans during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 
  Restricted
Stock Units
  Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
(per share)
 

Unvested at December 31, 2007

    2,345,000   $ 0.02  
 

Granted

      $  
 

Vested

    (1,000,000 ) $ 0.03  
 

Forfeited

      $  
             

Unvested at December 31, 2008

    1,345,000   $ 0.02  
 

Granted

      $  
 

Vested

    (1,180,000 ) $ 0.02  
 

Forfeited

    (82,500 ) $ 0.02  
             

Unvested at December 31, 2009

    82,500   $ 0.02  
 

Granted

    1,788,300   $ 14.32  
 

Vested

    (82,500 ) $ 0.02  
 

Forfeited

      $  
             

Unvested at December 31, 2010

    1,788,300   $ 14.32  
             

    Performance Stock Units

        Performance stock units ("PSUs") are not granted under the Plans. Rather, PSUs are granted pursuant to arm's-length negotiated contracts in connection with certain of our acquisitions. In May 2010, the Company issued PSUs under the terms of the agreement to acquire Mobly, Inc., a mobile technology company. The Company agreed to issue up to 720,000 PSUs to the previous Mobly shareholders contingent on meeting certain performance-based operational objectives over the next three years. Upon being granted, the PSUs immediately vest as common stock. During 2010, a total 120,000 shares were granted, and 600,000 shares are still eligible to be granted in the future based on the performance criteria and discretion of the Board. The Company started recording stock compensation expense at the service inception date, which began at the date of acquisition and precedes the grant date. Due to the subjective nature of the performance evaluation, the fair value of the PSUs is remeasured each period until the grant date, when stock compensation expense is adjusted to the grant date fair value. The total fair value of PSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2010 was $1.1 million.

F-31


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The Company recognized stock compensation expense of less than $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $7.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, related to awards issued under the Plans and employment agreements. The corresponding tax benefit provided by stock compensation was $0, $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2010, a total of $42.0 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options and unvested restricted stock units issued under the Plans are expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of four years.

    Acquisition-Related Stock Awards

        During 2010, the Company made several acquisitions of subsidiaries that resulted in the issuance of additional equity-based awards to employees of the acquired companies.

    CityDeal Acquisition

        In May 2010, the Company acquired CityDeal (see Note 3 " Acquisitions "), which resulted in the issuance of 3,180,115 shares of the Company's restricted stock to a trust for current CityDeal employees. The restricted stock vests quarterly generally over a period of three years. There were 1,520,925 shares of restricted stock granted on the acquisition date at a fair market value of $3.46 per share, which is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. These shares are classified in the additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheet.

        Additional restricted stock was granted in two separate tranches as part of a contingent earn-out payment related to the achievement of financial performance targets. Tranche A consists of 1,607,341 shares of restricted stock and was initially classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet due to performance characteristics that resulted in a variable number of shares. Changes in the fair market values associated with Tranche A restricted stock were recorded as stock-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expenses on the statement of operations. Upon settlement and issuance of the restricted stock in December 2010, the restricted stock was reclassified from a liability to additional paid-in capital within stockholders' equity (deficit) based on the fair market value on the settlement date. The adjusted fair value of $13.48 per share at settlement is amortized on an accelerated basis over the requisite service period.

        Tranche B consists of 51,849 shares of restricted stock and is classified in additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value of $3.46 per share for Tranche B restricted stock on the date of grant is amortized on an accelerated basis over the requisite service period.

F-32


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The table below summarizes activity regarding unvested restricted stock issued as part of the CityDeal acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2010:

 
  Restricted
Stock
  Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
(per share)
 

Unvested at December 31, 2009

      $  
 

Granted

    3,180,115   $ 8.52  
 

Vested

    (960,510 ) $ 8.52  
             

Unvested at December 31, 2010

    2,219,605   $ 8.52  
             

        The fair value of restricted stock that vested during the year ended December 31, 2010 was $8.2 million.

        The Company recognized stock compensation expense of $15.6 million during 2010 related to restricted stock granted as part of the CityDeal acquisition, none of which provided the Company with a tax benefit. As of December 31, 2010, a total of $11.6 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested restricted stock are expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of two years.

    Subsidiary Awards

        The Company made several other acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2010 in which the selling shareholders of the acquired companies were granted RSUs and stock options ("subsidiary awards") in the Company's subsidiaries. These subsidiary awards were issued in conjunction with the acquisitions as a way to retain and incentivize key employees. They generally vest on a quarterly basis for a period of three or four years, and dilute the Company's ownership percentage of the corresponding subsidiaries as they vest over time. The fair market value of the subsidiary shares granted was determined on a contemporaneous basis. A significant portion of the subsidiary awards are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet due to the existence of put rights that allow the selling shareholders to put their stock back to the Company. The liabilities for the subsidiary shares were remeasured on a quarterly basis, with the offset to stock-based compensation expense in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of operations. Additionally, the Company has call rights on most of the subsidiary awards, which allow it to purchase the remaining outstanding shares based on contractual agreements.

        The Company recognized stock compensation expense of $13.5 million during 2010 related to subsidiary awards, none of which provided the Company with a tax benefit. As of December 31, 2010, a total of $71.8 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested subsidiary awards are expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of three years. The amount of unrecognized compensation costs is management's best estimate based on the current fair market values of each of the subsidiaries and could change significantly based on future valuations.

    Common Stock Valuations

        The Company determined the fair value per share of the common stock underlying the stock-based awards through the contemporaneous application of a discounted future earnings model initially and then

F-33


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

a discounted cash flow methodology going forward, which was approved by the Board. Stock-based awards were granted to employees in the form of stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock. All such awards granted were exercisable at a price per share equal to the per share fair value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Determining the fair value of the Company's common stock required making complex and subjective judgments. The assumptions used in the valuation models were based on future expectations combined with management estimates.

        The discounted future earnings method calculates the present value of future economic benefits using a discount rate based on the nature of the business, the level of overall risk and the expected stability of the estimated future economic benefits. The future economic benefits are estimated over a period of years sufficient to reach stability of the business, and management expects the Company to grow substantially for several years before revenue stabilizes. The discounted cash flow method valued the business by discounting future available cash flows to present value at an approximate rate of return. The cash flows were determined using forecasts of revenue, net income and debt-free future cash flow. The discount rate was derived using a Capital Asset Pricing Model for companies in the "expansion" stage of development. The Company also applied a lack of marketability discount to its enterprise value, which took into account that investments in private companies are less liquid than similar investments in public companies. There is inherent uncertainty in all of these estimates.

        Summarized below are the significant factors the Board considered in determining the fair value of the common stock underlying the Company's stock-based awards granted to its employees:

Fiscal Year 2008

    The Company raised $4.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance convertible preferred stock in January 2008 and began operations with the launch of its first market in Chicago in October 2008.

Fiscal Year 2009

    First Quarter 2009

    In the first quarter, the Company continued to grow the Chicago market and increase its subscriber base.

    Second Quarter 2009

    In the second quarter, the Company launched its services in four additional markets (New York, Washington D.C., San Francisco, and Boston) and the total number of subscribers rose to approximately 0.2 million at June 30, 2009.

    Third Quarter 2009

    In the third quarter, the Company launched its services in 12 new markets across the United States and the total number of subscribers increased to approximately 0.6 million at September 30, 2009.

    Fourth Quarter 2009

    In the fourth quarter, the Company raised $29.9 million in net proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock in November 2009 and the total number of subscribers increased to

F-34


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

    approximately 1.8 million at December 31, 2009 as the Company launched its services in 13 additional markets across the United States.

Fiscal Year 2010

    First Quarter 2010

    In the first quarter, the total number of subscribers increased to approximately 3.4 million as of March 31, 2010 as the Company launched its services in 13 new markets across the United States. In addition, the Company launched its official Groupon application for the Apple iPhone and iPod touch, which provides a more convenient buying and redemption process for both consumers and merchants.

    Second Quarter 2010

    In the second quarter, the Company raised $134.9 million in net proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock in April 2010. The Company also expanded its global presence to 80 markets and 16 countries in Europe and in Latin America with acquisitions. In addition, the Company acquired a mobile technology company in May 2010. The Company also launched its services in 20 additional markets across North America, including Toronto and Vancouver, increasing the total number of subscribers to approximately 10.4 million as of June 30, 2010.

    Third Quarter 2010

    In the third quarter, the total number of subscribers increased to approximately 21.4 million as of September 30, 2010 as the Company launched its services in 22 new markets across North America, including Calgary, Edmonton and Ottawa. The Company also expanded its global presence into the Russian Federation and Japan in August 2010. In addition, the Company began targeting deals to subscribers based upon their personal preferences and buying history.

    Fourth Quarter 2010

    In the fourth quarter, the Company raised $449.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock in December 2010. In November 2010, the Company expanded its presence in the Asia-Pacific region and also acquired Ludic Labs, Inc., a company that designs and develops local marketing services. The total number of subscribers increased to approximately 50.6 million as of December 31, 2010 as the Company launched its services in 69 additional markets across North America, including 12 markets in Canada.

F-35


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. LOSS PER SHARE

        The table below summarizes the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Net loss

  $ (1,542 ) $ (1,341 ) $ (413,386 )

Dividends on preferred stock

    (277 )   (5,575 )   (1,362 )

Redemption of preferred stock in excess of carrying value

            (52,893 )

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

            (12,425 )

Preferred stock distributions

    (339 )        

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

            23,746  
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (2,158 ) $ (6,916 ) $ (456,320 )
               

Net loss per share:

                   

Weighted-average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net loss per share (a)

    166,738,129     168,604,142     171,349,386  
               

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (2.66 )
               

(a)
Stock options, restricted stock units, performance stock units and convertible preferred shares are not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 because the Company had a net loss for each year. Accordingly, the inclusion of these equity awards would have had an antidilutive effect on the calculation of diluted loss per share.

        The following outstanding equity awards are not included in the diluted net loss per share calculation above because they would have had an antidilutive effect:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
Antidilutive equity awards
  2008   2009   2010  

Stock options

    2,706,000     6,998,502     13,732,852  

Restricted stock units

    1,345,000     82,500     1,788,300  

Convertible preferred shares

    40,561,032     66,997,992     117,221,672  

Performance stock units

            600,000  
               

Total

    44,612,032     74,078,994     133,342,824  
               

11. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability.

F-36


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

        To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value:

    Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

    Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activities. Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable, such as pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques not based on market, exchange, dealer or broker-traded transactions.

        In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches within the fair value measurement framework. The valuation methodologies used for the Company's instruments measured at fair value and their classification in the valuation hierarchy are summarized below:

    Cash equivalents— Cash equivalents primarily consisted of highly-rated commercial paper and money market funds. The Company classified cash equivalents as Level 1, due to their short-term maturity, and measured the fair value based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

    Contingent consideration— During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company had obligations to transfer additional common stock to the former owners of certain acquirees as part of the exchange for control of these acquirees, if specified future operational objectives were met. The Company determined the acquisition-date fair value of these contingent liabilities, based on the likelihood of contingent earn-out payments, as part of the consideration transferred, and subsequently remeasured the fair value using either a cost or income approach that are primarily determined based on the present value of future cash flows using internal models. The Company classified this financial liability as Level 3, due to the lack of relevant observable inputs and market activity.

        The following table summarizes the Company's assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement at
Reporting Date Using
 
Description
  As of
December 31,
2009
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

                         
 

Cash equivalents

  $ 10,500   $ 10,500   $   $  
                   

F-37


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

 

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement at
Reporting Date Using
 
Description
  As of
December 31,
2010
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

                         
 

Cash equivalents

  $ 23,028   $ 23,028   $   $  
                   

        There were no changes to the Company's valuation techniques used to measure asset and liability fair values on a recurring basis during 2009 and 2010.

        During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded contingent consideration as part of the CityDeal acquisition, which was subsequently remeasured on a recurring basis until settlement occurred in December 2010. As a result, the Company recorded a corresponding charge of $204.2 million associated with this obligation, which was reported separately as acquisition-related expenses in the consolidated statement of operations with other acquisition-related expenses. The charge resulted primarily due to the significant increase in the value of the Company's common stock from the original valuation date until the date the contingency was settled. As the contingent consideration was settled during 2010, no amounts were included in the table above.

        The Company's other financial instruments consist primarily of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued merchant payable, accrued expenses and loans from related parties. The carrying value of these assets and liabilities approximate their respective fair values as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, due to their short maturity. At December 31, 2009 and 2010 no material fair value adjustments were required for non-financial assets and liabilities.

12. INCOME TAXES

        On January 15, 2008, the Company completed a conversion pursuant to which The Point, LLC, converted to The Point, Inc., a corporation. As a limited liability company, the Company was recognized as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. All items of income, expense, gain and loss generally were reportable on the tax returns of members of The Point, LLC. Accordingly, the Company did not provide for income taxes at the company level prior to conversion to a corporation.

        The components of pretax loss for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

United States

  $ (1,542 ) $ (1,093 ) $ (222,594 )

International

            (197,466 )
               

Loss before income taxes

  $ (1,542 ) $ (1,093 ) $ (420,060 )
               

F-38


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The provision (benefit) for income taxes at December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 consisted of the following components (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Current taxes:

                   
 

U.S. federal

  $   $ 226   $  
 

State

        22     57  
 

International

            618  
               
   

Total current taxes

        248     675  
               

Deferred taxes:

                   
 

U.S. federal and state

             
 

International

            (7,349 )
               
   

Total deferred taxes

            (7,349 )
               

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

  $   $ 248   $ (6,674 )
               

        The items accounting for differences between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate and the provision for income taxes were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

U.S. federal income tax rate

    34.0 %   34.0 %   35.0 %
 

Impact of foreign differential

            (1.7 )
 

State income taxes, net of federal benefits

    4.8     2.4     0.6  
 

Valuation allowance

    (38.4 )   (57.5 )   (12.0 )
 

Revaluation of shares and other

    (0.4 )   (0.7 )   (20.2 )
 

Effect of state rate change on deferred items

        (0.9 )   (0.1 )
               

    %   (22.7 )%   1.6 %
               

Supplemental Disclosure for Tax Impact of Noncontrolling Interest

 
  2008   2009   2010  

Less: amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    %   %   (1.6 )%

Effective tax rate for noncontrolling interest

    %   %   %

F-39


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following components (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2010  

Deferred tax assets:

             
 

Reserves and allowances

  $ 1,275   $ 5,691  
 

Intangible assets

    8      
 

Foreign exchange loss

        226  
 

Charitable contributions

    52     153  
 

Deferred rent

        349  
 

Tax credits

    164     327  
 

Stock-based compensation

    33     2,138  
 

Net operating loss carryforward

    44     73,803  
           
   

Total deferred tax assets

    1,576     82,687  
   

Less valuation allowance

    (1,528 )   (55,956 )
           
     

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

    48     26,731  
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             
 

Unearned revenue for tax

    (12 )   (17,525 )
 

Intangible assets

        (11,249 )
 

Fixed assets

    (36 )   (1,227 )
           
   

Net deferred tax liability

  $   $ (3,270 )
           

        The deferred tax amounts have been classified on the consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2010  

Assets:

             
 

Deferred income taxes, non-current

  $   $ 14,544  

Liabilities:

             
 

Deferred income taxes, current

        (17,210 )
 

Deferred income taxes, non-current

        (604 )

        In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company weighs both positive and negative evidence in the various taxing jurisdictions in which it operates to determine whether it is more likely than not that its deferred tax assets are recoverable. In assessing the ultimate realizability of its net deferred tax assets, the Company considers its past performance, available tax strategies, and expected future taxable income. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $1.5 million and $56.0 million, respectively, against its domestic and foreign net deferred tax assets, as it believes it is more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized.

        At December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company had $0 and $6.3 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, which will expire beginning in 2026. In addition, at December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company has $0.2 million and $0.3 million of federal research tax credit carryforwards, respectively, which will expire beginning in 2026. At December 31, 2010 the Company also has

F-40


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. INCOME TAXES (Continued)


$223.1 million of foreign net operating loss carryforwards, a significant portion of which carryforward for an indefinite period.

        The Company is subject to taxation in the United States federal and various state and foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related income tax assets and liabilities. The Company's practice for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes is to recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not criteria, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. All of the Company's tax years are currently open to examination by the U.S. federal, state and foreign tax authorities. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company did not have any material unrecognized tax benefits recorded on its consolidated balance sheets.

        The Company's practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company did not recognize any interest or penalties in its consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

        At December 31, 2010, no provision has been made for U.S. federal and state taxes related to undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries, as the Company currently does not expect to remit those earnings in the foreseeable future. Determination of the amount of unrecognized U.S. deferred tax liability related to undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries is not practical due to the complexities associated with the related calculation.

13. SEGMENT INFORMATION

        The Company has organized its operations into two principal segments: North America, which represents the United States and Canada; and International, which represents the rest of the Company's global operations. Segment operating results reflect earnings before stock-based compensation, acquisition-related expenses, interest and other income (expense), net, and provision (benefit) for income taxes. Segment information reported below represents the operating segments of the Company for which separate information is available and for which segment results are evaluated regularly by the Company's chief operating decision-maker (i.e., chief executive officer) in assessing performance and allocating resources.

        Revenues for each segment are based on the geographic market that sells the Groupons. There are no internal revenue transactions or allocations of costs between reporting segments. Revenue and profit or

F-41


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)


loss information by reportable segment reconciled to consolidated net income (loss) was as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

North America

                   
 

Revenue (1)

  $ 94   $ 30,471   $ 448,317  
 

Segment operating expenses (2)

    1,702     31,433     458,753  
               
 

Segment operating loss

    (1,608 )   (962 )   (10,436 )
               

International

                   
 

Revenue

  $   $   $ 265,048  
 

Segment operating expenses (2)

            435,605  
               
 

Segment operating loss

            (170,557 )
               

Consolidated

                   
 

Revenue

  $ 94   $ 30,471   $ 713,365  
 

Segment operating expenses (2)

    1,702     31,433     894,358  
               
 

Segment operating loss

    (1,608 )   (962 )   (180,993 )
 

Stock-based compensation

    (24 )   (115 )   (36,168 )
 

Acquisition-related

            (203,183 )
 

Interest and other income (expense), net

    90     (16 )   284  
               
 

Loss before income taxes

    (1,542 )   (1,093 )   (420,060 )
 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

        248     (6,674 )
               
 

Net loss

  $ (1,542 ) $ (1,341 ) $ (413,386 )
               

(1)
North America contains revenue from the United States of $0.1 million, $30.5 million and $427.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

(2)
Represents operating expenses, excluding stock-based compensation, acquisition-related expense and interest and other income (expense), net, which are not allocated to segments.

        No single customer or individual foreign country accounted for more than 10% of net revenue during the last three years.

        Total assets by reportable segment reconciled to consolidated assets were as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2010  

North America

  $ 14,962   $ 104,606  

International

        276,964  
           
 

Consolidated total

  $ 14,962   $ 381,570  
           

F-42


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

        Property and equipment, net, by reportable segment was as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2010  

North America (1)

  $ 274   $ 9,880  

International

        6,610  
           
 

Consolidated total

  $ 274   $ 16,490  
           

(1)
All property and equipment included in North America are located in the United States.

        Property and equipment located in Japan represented approximately 20% of consolidated property and equipment, net. There were no other individual countries located outside of the United States that represented more than 10% of consolidated property and equipment, net.

14. RELATED PARTIES

    CityDeal Loan Agreement

        In May 2010, the Company and the former CityDeal shareholders (including Oliver Samwer, Marc Samwer and Alexander Samwer, collectively, the "Samwers") entered into a loan agreement to provide CityDeal with a $20.0 million term loan facility (the "facility"). The facility subsequently was amended in July 2010 increasing the total commitment to $25.0 million. Both the Company and the former CityDeal shareholders each were obligated to make available $12.5 million under the terms of the facility, both of which were fully disbursed to CityDeal during the year ended December 31, 2010. Proceeds from the facility were used to fund operational and working capital needs. The outstanding balance accrues interest at a rate of 5% per year and is payable upon termination of the facility, which is the earlier of any prepayments or December 2012. The outstanding balance payable to the former CityDeal shareholders at December 31, 2010 of $13.0 million, along with corresponding accrued interest of $0.1 million, is included in "Due to related parties" on the consolidated balance sheet. The amount due to the former CityDeal shareholders exceeds the amount of the facility in US dollars as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates throughout the year ended December 31, 2010. The amounts due to the Company from CityDeal under the facility were not included in the consolidated balance sheet due to the elimination of intercompany transactions.

    Management Services

        The Company has entered into agreements with Rocket Internet GmbH ("Rocket") and various other companies in which the Samwers have direct or indirect ownership interests, to provide information technology, marketing and other services to the Company. The Company paid $1.4 million to Rocket and a total of $0.2 million to these other companies for services rendered for the year ended December 31, 2010, which are classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2010, $0.2 million was due to Rocket, which was recorded in "Due to related parties" on the consolidated balance sheet.

F-43


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. RELATED PARTIES (Continued)

    Merchant Contracts

        The Company entered into several agreements with merchant companies in which the Samwers have direct or indirect ownership interests, and, in some cases, who are also directors of these companies, pursuant to which the Company conducts its business by offering goods and services at a discount with these merchants. The Company paid $1.1 million to these companies under the merchant agreements for the year ended December 31 2010, which was recorded in cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not have any amounts due to these companies as of December 31, 2010.

    Consulting Agreements

        In May 2010, the Company entered into consulting agreements with the Samwers, pursuant to which they advise CityDeal, the Company's European subsidiary, with respect to its goals and spend at least fifty-percent of their work hours consulting for CityDeal. The Company reimburses the Samwers for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with their service to the Company. They do not receive any additional compensation from the Company in connection with their consulting roles. The terms of their consulting agreements expire in October 2011. The Company paid $0.1 million to reimburse the Samwers for travel and other expenses incurred for the year ended December 31, 2010, which are classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company had no amounts due to the Samwers as of December 31, 2010.

    Sublease Agreements

        The Company has entered into agreements with various companies in which certain of the Company's current and former Board members have direct or indirect ownership interests and, in some cases, who are also directors of these companies, pursuant to which the Company subleased a portion of office space in Chicago from these companies. The Company paid $0.1 million and $0.3 million to these companies under the sublease agreements for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, which was classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not have any amounts due to these companies as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.

    Legal Services

        The Company has engaged the law firm of Lefkofsky & Gorosh, P.C. ("L&G"), whose founder (Steven P. Lefkofsky) is the brother of the Company's co-founder and Executive Chairman of the Board, to provide certain legal services to the Company. The Company paid less than $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively to L&G for legal services rendered for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010. The Company had $0 and approximately $0.1 million due to L&G as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

    Preferred Stock Issuance

        In January 2011, the Company authorized the sale and additional issuance of 15,827,796 shares of Series G Preferred for $496.0 million in gross proceeds (or $492.5 million, net of issuance costs), and used $371.5 million of the proceeds from the sale to redeem shares of its outstanding common stock and preferred stock held by certain shareholders and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes. Included in the additional stock issuance was 126,622 shares of Series G Preferred (or the

F-44


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)

equivalent of $4.0 million) the Company transferred to its placement agent in exchange for financial advisory services provided. Holders of Series G Preferred have similar rights and preferences as other Series Preferred stockholders, with the exception of the following: (1) Series G Preferred holders are not entitled to any annual preferred dividends, but are entitled to receive, on an as-converted to voting common stock basis, any other dividend or distribution when, as and if declared by the Board, participating equally with the holders of common stock and the holders of Series Preferred; and (2) in the event of liquidation, the Series G Preferred holders are entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any Series B Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred or common stock, to be paid an amount per share equal to 100% of the Series G Preferred original price plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series G Preferred.

    Qpod Stock Purchase

        In January 2011, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with other shareholders and certain founding members of Qpod (collectively, the "other shareholders"), whereby the Company purchased an additional percentage of the shares of Qpod from the other shareholders of Qpod, increasing the Company's ownership in Qpod to 90%. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company acquired 21,812 shares of the total issued and outstanding capital stock of Qpod, on a fully-diluted basis, in exchange for $25.0 million in cash.

    Other Acquisitions

        In January 2011, the Company acquired certain other entities that provide daily deals and online marketing services substantially similar to the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $20.9 million. The primary reasons for these acquisitions were to utilize the collective buying power websites to further grow the Company's subscribers and provide strategic entries into new and expanding markets in India, Malaysia, South Africa and the Middle East.

        The acquisitions will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the operations of these acquired companies will be included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective date of the acquisition. The financial effect of these acquisitions, individually and in the aggregate, was not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effects of these business combinations, individually and in the aggregate, were not material to the Company's consolidated results of operations as they were start-up businesses.

    Investments in Equity Interests

        In January 2011, the Company acquired 50 percent of the ordinary shares of Restaurantdiary.com Limited ("Restaurantdiary") in exchange for $1.3 million. Restaurantdiary is a private limited company organized under the laws of the United Kingdom that owns the internet media property called restaurantdiary.com. The Company also acquired 40 percent of the ordinary shares of E-Commerce King Limited ("E-Commerce"), a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, in exchange for $4.0 million. The Company entered into the joint venture along with Rocket Asia GmbH & Co. KG ("Rocket Asia"), an entity controlled by the Samwers. Rocket Asia acquired 10 percent of the ordinary shares in E-Commerce. E-Commerce subsequently established a wholly foreign owned enterprise, which created a domestic operating company headquartered in Beijing, China ("GaoPeng.com"), to operate a business offering localized group-buying discounts for products and services to individual consumers and

F-45


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)

businesses via internet websites and social and interactive media in various markets throughout China. GaoPeng.com began offering daily deals in March in Beijing and Shanghai with expansion to other major cities in China to follow.

        The investments in equity interests will be accounted for using the equity method and the Company will record its share of the operating results from the respective date of the investment. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the financial effect of these investments in equity interests, individually and in the aggregate, were not material to the Company's consolidated results of operations.

    Newly Elected Directors

        In February 2011, the Company appointed Howard Schultz to the Company's Board of Directors. Mr. Schultz is chairman, president and chief executive officer of Starbucks Corporation. In June 2011, the Company appointed Mellody Hobson to the Company's Board of Directors. Ms. Hobson is the president and chairman of Ariel Investments, LLC, a Chicago-based investment management firm.

    Non-voting Common Stock Issuance

        In February 2011, the Board authorized the issuance and sale, by way of a private placement, of 1,090,830 shares of non-voting common stock for $17.2 million in gross proceeds, and used $17.0 million of the proceeds from the sale to redeem shares of its outstanding common stock held by certain shareholders and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes. Included in the stock issuance of non-voting common stock were 949,668 shares sold to Mr. Schultz and to several partnerships of Maveron LLC, a venture capital firm co-founded by Mr. Schultz, for an aggregate purchase price of $15.0 million.

    Facility Repayment

        In March 2011, the CityDeal repaid all amounts outstanding to the former CityDeal shareholders related to the facility described in Note 14 "Related Parties."

F-46


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

(in thousands, except share data)

 
  December 31,
2010
  June 30,
2011
  June 30, 2011
Pro forma for
distribution and
recapitalization
(Note 2)
 
 
   
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 118,833   $ 225,093        
 

Accounts receivable, net

    42,407     99,674        
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    12,615     50,947        
               
   

Total current assets

    173,855     375,714      

Property and equipment, net

    16,490     36,532        

Goodwill

    132,038     162,796        

Intangible assets, net

    40,775     39,516        

Investments in equity interests

        1,256        

Deferred income taxes, non-current

    14,544     14,119        

Other non-current assets

    3,868     7,779        
               
   

Total Assets

  $ 381,570   $ 637,712   $  
               

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

                   

Current liabilities:

                   
 

Accounts payable

  $ 57,543   $ 49,033        
 

Accrued merchant payable

    162,409     391,894        
 

Accrued expenses

    98,323     164,700        
 

Due to related parties

    13,321     264        
 

Deferred income taxes, current

    17,210     13,058        
 

Other current liabilities

    21,613     61,669        
               
   

Total current liabilities

    370,419     680,618      

Deferred income taxes, non-current

    604     2,180        

Other non-current liabilities

    1,017     23,533        
               
   

Total Liabilities

    372,040     706,331      
               

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 8)

                   

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

    2,983     681        

Groupon, Inc. Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

                   

Series B, convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 199,998 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011

               

Series D, convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 6,560,174 shares authorized and issued, 6,258,297 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 5,956,420 shares outstanding at June 30, 2011

    1     1        

Series E, convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 4,406,160 shares authorized and issued, 4,127,653 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 4,060,183 shares outstanding at June 30, 2011

               

Series F, convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 4,202,658 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011

    1     1        

Series G, convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 30,075,690 shares authorized, 14,245,018 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 30,072,814 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2011, liquidation preference of $450,000 and $950,000 at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively

    1     3        

Voting common stock, $.0001 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 211,495,998 shares issued and 165,616,260 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 211,495,998 shares issued and 144,531,311 shares outstanding at June 30, 2011

    4     4        

Non-voting convertible common stock, $.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 5,864,486 shares issued and 5,079,896 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 10,061,288 shares issued and 7,821,086 shares outstanding at June 30, 2011

               

Treasury stock, at cost, 46,664,328 shares at December 31, 2010 and 69,204,889 shares at June 30, 2011

    (503,173 )   (809,941 )      

Additional paid-in capital

    921,122     1,355,119        

Stockholder receivable

    (286 )   (180 )      

Accumulated deficit

    (419,468 )   (624,869 )      

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    9,875     13,443        
               
   

Total Groupon, Inc. Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

    8,077     (66,419 )    

Noncontrolling interests

    (1,530 )   (2,881 )      
               
   

Total Equity (Deficit)

    6,547     (69,300 )    
               
   

Total Liabilities and Equity (Deficit)

  $ 381,570   $ 637,712   $  
               

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-47


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2010   2011  

Revenue

  $ 131,534   $ 1,522,746  

Cost of revenue

    77,176     911,699  
           

Gross profit

    54,358     611,047  

Operating expenses:

             
 

Marketing

    35,495     378,735  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    37,677     451,980  
 

Acquisition-related

    9,434      
           
   

Total operating expenses

    82,606     830,715  
           

Loss from operations

    (28,248 )   (219,668 )

Interest and other (expense) income, net

    (96 )   1,539  

Equity-method investment activity, net of tax

        (8,763 )
           

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (28,344 )   (226,892 )

Benefit for income taxes

    (905 )   (1,732 )
           

Net loss

    (27,439 )   (225,160 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    61     19,759  
           

Net loss attributable to Groupon, Inc .

    (27,378 )   (205,401 )

Dividends on preferred stock

    (1,046 )    

Redemption of preferred stock in excess of carrying value

        (34,327 )

Adjustments of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

        (15,651 )
           

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (28,424 ) $ (255,379 )
           

Net loss per share:

             
 

Basic

  $ (0.17 ) $ (1.67 )
 

Diluted

  $ (0.17 ) $ (1.67 )

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

             
 

Basic

    169,048,421     152,813,014  
 

Diluted

    169,048,421     152,813,014  

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-48


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (UNAUDITED)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 
  Series B, D, E, F,
and G Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Total
Groupon Inc.
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock    
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Treasury
Stock
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Stockholder
Receivable
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other Comp.
Income
  Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
(Deficit)
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2010

    29,033,624   $ 3     170,696,156   $ 4   $ (503,173 ) $ 921,122   $ (286 ) $ (419,468 ) $ 9,875   $ 8,077   $ (1,530 ) $ 6,547  
 

Net loss

                                (205,401 )       (205,401 )   (1,351 )   (206,752 )
 

Foreign currency translation

                                    3,568     3,568         3,568  
                                                                       
 

Comprehensive loss

                                        (201,833 )       (203,184 )
 

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

                        (15,651 )               (15,651 )       (15,651 )
 

Stock issued in connection with business combinations

            166,466               3,879                 3,879         3,879  
 

Restricted stock issued in connection with business combinations

            23,684             538                 538         538  
 

Proceeds from issuance of shares (net of issuance costs)

    15,827,796     2     1,090,830             509,690                 509,692         509,692  
 

Exercise of stock options

            1,920,246             1,272     (180 )           1,092         1,092  
 

Repayment of receivable

                        (7 )   286             279         279  
 

Vesting of restricted stock units

            429,688                                      
 

Vesting of performance stock units

                120,000                                                  
 

Stock-based compensation expense

                        34,186                 34,186         34,186  
 

Redemption of preferred stock

    (369,347 )                   (35,003 )               (35,003 )       (35,003 )
 

Repurchase of common stock

            (22,540,561 )       (353,550 )                   (353,550 )       (353,550 )
 

Purchase of addditional shares in majority-owned subsidiary

            445,888             (21,657 )               (21,657 )       (21,657 )
 

Reclassification of dividends paid on redemption of common stock

                    46,782     (46,782 )                        
 

Excess tax benefit on stock-based compensation

                        3,532                 3,532         3,532  
                                                   

Balance at June 30, 2011

    44,492,073   $ 5     152,352,397   $ 4   $ (809,941 ) $ 1,355,119   $ (180 ) $ (624,869 ) $ 13,443   $ (66,419 ) $ (2,881 ) $ (69,300 )
                                                   

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-49


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

(in thousands)

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2010   2011  

Operating activities

             

Net loss

  $ (27,439 ) $ (225,160 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

             
 

Depreciation and amortization

    1,886     15,696  
 

Stock-based compensation

    4,076     59,075  
 

Deferred income taxes

    (929 )   (2,237 )
 

Excess tax benefit on stock-based compensation

        (3,532 )
 

Losses in equity interests

        8,763  
 

Non cash interest expense

    72      
 

Acquisition related expenses

    9,434      
 

Change in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

             
   

Accounts receivable

    (3,477 )   (53,072 )
   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    2,818     (17,221 )
   

Accounts payable

    4,702     (14,374 )
   

Accrued merchant payable

    18,726     216,870  
   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    3,084     74,756  
   

Due to related parties

    3,555     46  
 

Other

    (980 )   (1,626 )
           

Net cash provided by operating activities

    15,528     57,984  
           

Investing activities

             

Purchases of property and equipment

    (3,934 )   (21,202 )

Acquisitions of businesses, net of acquired cash

    5,603     (3,696 )

Purchases of intangible assets

        (272 )

Changes in restricted cash

    200     (1,025 )

Purchases of investments in subsidiaries

        (34,387 )

Purchases of equity investments

        (9,921 )
           

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    1,869     (70,503 )
           

Financing activities

             

Issuance of shares, net of issuance costs

    134,932     509,692  

Excess tax benefit on stock-based compensation

        3,532  

Loans from related parties

    1,647      

Repayments of related party loans

        (14,358 )

Repurchase of common stock

    (119,891 )   (353,550 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    37     1,234  

Proceeds from sale of common stock

        137  

Redemption of preferred stock

        (35,003 )
           

Net cash provided by financing activities

    16,725     111,684  
           

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (516 )   7,095  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   
33,606
   
106,260
 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

   
12,313
   
118,833
 
           

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 45,919   $ 225,093  
           

Non-cash investing activity

             
 

Capital expenditures incurred not yet paid

  $ 2   $ 1,514  
 

Contingent consideration given in connection with acquisitions

  $ 63,180   $ 15,920  

Non-cash financing activity

             
   

Dividends accrued

  $ 1,046   $  

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-50


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Groupon, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the "Company"), operates a local e-commerce marketplace (www.Groupon.com) that connects merchants to consumers by offering goods and services at a discount. The Company, which commenced operations in October 2008, creates a new way for local merchants to attract new customers, while providing consumers with savings and helping them discover what to do, eat, see and buy in the places they live and work.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Principles of Consolidation

        The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Investments in entities in which the Company can exercise significant influence, but does not own a majority equity interest or otherwise control, are accounted for using the equity method and are included as investments in equity interests on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. See Note 6 " Investments in Equity Interests ." The Company has included the results of operations of acquired companies from the date of the acquisition.

    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company were prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") for interim financial information. Certain information and disclosures normally included in consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted. Accordingly, these condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this Form S-1 Registration Statement. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included in the condensed consolidated financial statements. The operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year ending December 31, 2011.

    Pro Forma for Distribution and Recapitalization

        The pro forma balance sheet gives effect to the one-time mandatory payment of $0.8 million for the accrued dividends payable to the Company's preferred shareholders and the conversion of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series D Preferred"), Series E Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series E Preferred"), Series F Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series F Preferred") and Series G Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series G Preferred") into 145,461,194 shares of newly-issued common stock of the Company.

    Stock Splits

        In May 2010, the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") approved a resolution to effect a three-for-one stock split of the Company's common stock with no corresponding change to the par value. The stock split became effective in August 2010. The Board also approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company's common stock in December 2010 with no corresponding change to the par value, which became effective in January 2011. All common share numbers and per share amounts for all periods

F-51


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

presented have been adjusted retroactively to reflect both the three-for-one and the two-for-one stock splits.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosures of contingent liabilities in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are utilized for, but not limited to, stock-based compensation, income taxes, valuation of acquired goodwill and intangible assets, customer refunds, contingent liabilities and the depreciable lives of fixed assets. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates and assumptions.

    Restricted Cash

        The Company had $0.3 million and $0.2 million of restricted cash recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other non-currents assets, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The Company had $1.2 million and $0.2 million of restricted cash recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other non-currents assets, respectively, at June 30, 2011. The carrying value of restricted cash approximates fair value.

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued merchant payable, accrued expenses and amounts due to related parties, approximate fair value due to their generally short-term maturities. The Company records money market funds and contingent consideration at fair value. See Note 12 " Fair Value Measurements ."

    Investments in Equity Interests

        Investments in the common stock of entities in which the Company can exercise significant influence but does not own a majority equity interest or otherwise control are accounted for using the equity method and are included as investments in equity interests on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The Company records its share of the results of these companies within "Equity-method investment activity, net of tax" on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The Company reviews its investments for other-than-temporary impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the investment may not be fully recoverable. Investments identified as having an indication of impairment are subject to further analysis to determine if the impairment is other-than-temporary and this analysis requires estimating the fair value of the investment. The determination of fair value of the investment involves considering factors such as current economic and market conditions, the operating performance of the companies including current earnings trends and forecasted cash flows, and other company and industry specific information. See Note 6 " Investments in Equity Interests ."

    Foreign Currency

        Balance sheet accounts of the Company's operations outside of the U.S. are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates as of the condensed consolidated balance sheet dates.

F-52


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Foreign currency translation gains or losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, which are denominated in currencies other than the entity's functional currency, are included in interest and other (expense) income, net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, the Company had less than $0.1 million of foreign currency losses and $2.0 million of foreign currency gains, respectively.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued additional guidance that improves disclosures about fair value measures that were originally required. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those years. The adoption of this guidance did not impact the Company's financial position or results of operations. See Note 12 " Fair Value Measurements ."

        In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance that changed the requirement for presenting "Comprehensive Income" in the consolidated financial statements. The update requires an entity to present the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 and should be applied retrospectively. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

        In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance that amends certain fair value measurement principles and disclosure requirements. The new guidance states, among other things, that the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise are only relevant when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets and prohibits the grouping of financial instruments for purposes of determining their fair values when the unit of account is specified in other guidance. The update is to be applied prospectively and is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

3. ACQUISITIONS

    CityDeal Europe GmbH Acquisition

        On May 15, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of CityDeal Europe GmbH ("CityDeal"), a collective buying power business launched in January 2010 that provides daily deals and online marketing services substantially similar to the Company, primarily in European markets. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the operations of CityDeal were included in the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. In connection with the acquisition, the Company and the former CityDeal shareholders entered into a loan agreement. See Note 15 " Related Parties. "

F-53


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

3. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

    Qpod.inc Acquisition

        On August 11, 2010, the Company acquired approximately 55.1% of the total issued and outstanding capital stock of Qpod.inc ("Qpod"), a collective buying power business launched in July 2010 that provides daily deals and online marketing services in Japan substantially similar to the Company. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the operations of Qpod were included in the condensed consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition.

        In conjunction with the acquisition, the Company entered into an agreement with certain founding members and other shareholders of Qpod, which provided the Company with call rights that allow it to buy a percentage of the remaining shares of Qpod. Exercising all of the call rights would entitle the Company to an aggregate of up to 90% of the outstanding capital stock of Qpod. Additionally, the remaining Qpod shareholders have put rights to sell their outstanding capital stock to the Company in the event of an initial public offering of the Company, subject to certain conditions, which if exercised in full, would give the Company up to an aggregate of 90% of the outstanding capital stock of Qpod.

        In January 2011, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the "SPA") with the other shareholders, whereby the Company purchased an additional percentage of the shares of Qpod from the other shareholders, increasing the Company's ownership in Qpod to 90%. Under the terms of the SPA, the Company acquired 21,812 shares of the total issued and outstanding capital stock of Qpod, on a fully-diluted basis, in exchange for $25.0 million in cash. The additional investment was accounted for as an equity transaction in accordance with the guidance on accounting for changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary in consolidated financial statements. In conjunction with the SPA, the Company has call rights that allow it to buy all of the remaining shares of Qpod. Exercising the call rights would give the Company 100% ownership of the outstanding capital stock of Qpod. Additionally, the remaining Qpod shareholders have put rights to sell their outstanding capital stock to the Company, including any shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise of options, which would give the Company 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Qpod.

    Other Acquisitions

        For the six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company acquired certain entities for an aggregate purchase price of $27.3 million, consisting of $7.0 million in cash, the issuance of shares of the Company's non-voting common stock (valued at $4.4 million), and contingent consideration valued at $15.9 million as of the acquisition date. See Note 12 " Fair Value Measurements. " The primary purpose of these acquisitions was to utilize these entities' collective buying power businesses to further grow the Company's subscriber base and provide strategic entries into new and expanding markets in India, Malaysia, South Africa, Indonesia and the Middle East. In addition, the Company acquired a business that specializes in developing mobile technology to expand and advance the Company's product offerings.

        The acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the operations of these acquired companies were included in the condensed consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. The purchase price and fair value of the noncontrolling interest was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on their corresponding acquisition date, with the remaining unallocated amount recorded as goodwill. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was determined using an income or cost approach based on the nature of each asset.

F-54


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

3. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

        The financial effect of these acquisitions, individually and in the aggregate, was not material to the condensed consolidated financial statements. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effects of these business combinations, individually and in the aggregate, were not material to the Company's consolidated results of operations as all of the acquisitions were start-up businesses. Goodwill of $20.3 million represents the premium the Company paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets it acquired. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation of the combined purchase price of $27.3 million and the fair value of noncontrolling interest of $0.6 million as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

Description
  Fair Value  

Net working capital (including cash of $3.3 million)

  $ 2,680  

Property and equipment, net

    81  

Goodwill

    20,299  

Intangible assets (1) :

       
 

Subscriber relationships

    5,390  
 

Trade names

    370  
 

Developed technology

    550  

Deferred tax liability

    (1,484 )
       

  $ 27,886  
       

(1)
Acquired intangible assets have estimated useful lives of between 1 and 5 years.

    Purchase of Additional Interests

        In April 2011, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase additional interests in one of its subsidiaries for an aggregate purchase price of $21.1 million, increasing its total ownership in the subsidiary to 100%. The initial purchase price consisted of $9.4 million of cash and $10.4 million in stock. The additional investment was accounted for as an equity transaction in accordance with guidance on accounting for changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary in consolidated financial statements. In connection with this purchase, certain subsidiary awards were settled in exchange for cash and shares of stock. The total compensation expense of $12.7 million related to the liability awards as of the settlement date was equal to the fair value of the consideration transferred. In addition, the Company will recognize $0.6 million of compensation in the form of cash and $0.7 million of stock compensation over a period of two years in connection with the acquisition.

F-55


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the six months ended June 30, 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  North America   International   Consolidated  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

  $ 19,605   $ 112,433   $ 132,038  

Goodwill related to acquisitions

    5,043     15,256     20,299  

Other adjustments (1)

    (13 )   10,472     10,459  
               

Balance as of June 30, 2011

  $ 24,635   $ 138,161   $ 162,796  
               

(1)
Includes adjustments primarily due to changes in foreign exchange rates.

        The following summarizes the Company's other intangible assets (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31, 2010   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Useful Life
(in years)
 
Asset Category
  Gross
Carrying
Value
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Value
 

Subscriber relationships

  $ 36,389   $ 3,760   $ 32,629     4.5  

Vendor relationships

    6,789     3,801     2,988     0.5  

Trade names

    5,619     3,230     2,389     0.4  

Developed technology

    2,054     395     1,659     1.6  

Other intangible assets

    1,263     153     1,110     3.8  
                     

  $ 52,114   $ 11,339   $ 40,775     3.8  
                     

 
  As of June 30, 2011   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Useful Life
(in years)
 
Asset Category
  Gross
Carrying
Value
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Value
 

Subscriber relationships

  $ 44,846   $ 8,540   $ 36,307     4.1  

Vendor relationships

    7,304     7,185     119     0.3  

Trade names

    6,520     6,229     291     0.5  

Developed technology

    2,692     1,002     1,690     1.4  

Other intangible assets

    1,366     256     1,110     3.7  
                     

  $ 62,728   $ 23,212   $ 39,516     3.9  
                     

F-56


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        Amortization expense for intangible assets was $1.4 million and $10.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively. As of June 30, 2011, the estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

       
 

2011 (remaining 6 months)

  $ 5,816  
 

2012

    10,139  
 

2013

    9,305  
 

2014

    9,182  
 

2015

    5,064  
 

Thereafter

    10  
       

  $ 39,516  
       

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

        The following summarizes the Company's property and equipment, net (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2010
  June 30,
2011
 

Furniture and fixtures

  $ 6,691   $ 12,090  

Leasehold improvements

    5,233     9,334  

Computer hardware and other

    3,396     12,903  

External software

    1,767     6,283  

Office and telephone equipment

    1,408     2,970  
           

Property and equipment

    18,495     43,580  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (2,005 )   (7,048 )
           

Property and equipment, net

  $ 16,490   $ 36,532  
           

        Depreciation expense on property and equipment was $0.4 million and $5.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

6. INVESTMENTS IN EQUITY INTERESTS

        The following summarizes the Company's investments in equity interests (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2010
  June 30,
2011
  Percent
Ownership of
Common
Stock
 

Restaurantdiary.com

  $   $ 1,256     50.0 %

GaoPeng.com

            40.0 %
                 
 

Total

  $   $ 1,256        
                 

F-57


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

6. INVESTMENTS IN EQUITY INTERESTS (Continued)

    Equity Investment in Restaurantdiary.com Limited

        In January 2011, the Company acquired 50.0% of the ordinary shares of Restaurantdiary.com Limited ("Restaurantdiary") in exchange for $1.3 million. The investment in Restaurantdiary is being accounted for using the equity method, and the total investment is classified as part of investments in equity interests on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2011. The Company recorded its share of the results of Restaurantdiary within "Equity-method investment activity, net of tax" in the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

    Equity Investment in E-Commerce King Limited

        In January 2011, the Company acquired 40.0% of the ordinary shares of E-Commerce King Limited ("E-Commerce"), a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, in exchange for $4.0 million. The Company entered into the joint venture along with Rocket Asia GmbH & Co. KG ("Rocket Asia"), an entity controlled by the Samwers. Rocket Asia acquired 10.0% of the ordinary shares in E-Commerce. E-Commerce subsequently established a wholly foreign owned enterprise that created a domestic operating company headquartered in Beijing, China ("GaoPeng.com"), which operates a group-buying site offering discounts for products and services to individual consumers and businesses via internet websites and social and interactive media. GaoPeng.com began offering daily deals in March 2011 in Beijing and Shanghai with expansion to other major cities in China to follow. The Company made an additional investment of $4.6 million in E-Commerce in May 2011. At the same time, the remaining investors made additional proportionate investments that resulted in no change to the Company's ownership percentage in the joint venture.

        The investment in E-Commerce is being accounted for using the equity-method to the extent that the Company's share of investee losses is not in excess of the total investment carrying amounts. As of June 30, 2011, the Company's total investment was reduced to zero as a result of cumulative investee losses. The Company recorded its share of the results of E-Commerce within "Equity-method investment activity, net of tax" in the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The Company's share of investee losses that have not been recorded because they exceed the total investment, and the Company's liability is limited to its total investment, which is $0.5 million.

F-58


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

7. ACCRUED EXPENSES

        The following summarizes the Company's accrued expenses (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2010
  June 30,
2011
 

Marketing

  $ 48,244   $ 41,276  

Refunds reserve

    13,938     35,359  

Payroll and benefits

    12,187     28,995  

Customer rewards

    8,333     26,826  

Rent

    3,169     3,110  

Credit card fees

    2,500     4,500  

Professional fees

    2,341     6,742  

Legal reserve

        5,800  

Other

    7,611     12,092  
           

  $ 98,323   $ 164,700  
           

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Operating Leases

        The Company has entered into various non-cancelable operating lease agreements, primarily covering certain of its offices throughout the world, with original lease periods expiring between 2011 and 2017. Rent expense under these operating leases was $0.6 million and $9.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

        Certain of these arrangements have renewal or expansion options and adjustments for market provisions, such as free or escalating base monthly rental payments. The Company recognizes rent expense under such arrangements on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease. The difference between the straight-line expense and the cash paid for rent has been recorded as deferred rent.

        The Company is responsible for paying its proportionate share of the actual operating expenses and real estate taxes under certain of these lease agreements. These operating expenses are not included in the table below. As of June 30, 2011, the estimated future payments under operating leases (including rent escalation clauses) for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

       
 

2011 (remaining 6 months)

  $ 9,579  
 

2012

    15,347  
 

2013

    11,809  
 

2014

    10,184  
 

2015

    10,069  

Thereafter

    24,398  
       

  $ 81,386  
       

F-59


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

    Purchase Obligations

        The Company has entered into non-cancelable service contracts, primarily covering sales and marketing services, which expire in 2013. At June 30, 2011, future payments under these contractual obligations were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

       
 

2011 (remaining 6 months)

  $ 4,453  
 

2012

    7,727  
 

2013

    8,000  
 

2014

     
 

2015

     

Thereafter

     
       

  $ 20,180  
       

    Legal Matters

        The Company currently is involved in several disputes or regulatory inquiries, including suits by its customers (individually or as class actions) alleging, among other things, violation of the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure Act and state laws governing gift cards, stored value cards and coupons, violations of unclaimed and abandoned property laws and violations of privacy laws. The number of these disputes and inquiries is increasing. Any claims or regulatory actions against the Company, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, damage awards, injunctive relief or increased costs of doing business through adverse judgment or settlement, require the Company to change its business practices in expensive ways, require significant amounts of management time, result in the diversion of significant operational resources or otherwise harm the Company's business.

        In addition, third parties from time to time have claimed, and others may claim in the future, that the Company has infringed their intellectual property rights. The Company is subject to intellectual property disputes, and expects that it will increasingly be subject to intellectual property infringement claims as its services expand in scope and complexity. The Company has in the past been forced to litigate such claims. The Company may also become more vulnerable to third-party claims as laws such as the Digital Millennium Copyright Act are interpreted by the courts, and as the Company becomes subject to laws in jurisdictions where the underlying laws with respect to the potential liability of online intermediaries are either unclear or less favorable. Management believes that additional lawsuits alleging that it has violated patent, copyright or trademark laws will be filed against the Company. Intellectual property claims, whether meritorious or not, are time consuming and costly to resolve, could require expensive changes in the Company's methods of doing business, or could require it to enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements.

        From time to time, the Company may become party to additional litigation incident to the ordinary course of business. The Company assesses the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes with respect to these matters and determines loss contingency assessments on a gross basis after assessing the probability of incurrence of a loss and whether a loss is reasonably estimable. In addition, the Company considers other relevant factors that could impact its ability to reasonably estimate a loss. A determination of the amount of reserves required, if any, for these contingencies is made after analyzing each matter. The

F-60


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)


Company's reserves may change in the future due to new developments or changes in strategy in handling these matters.

        Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company currently believes that the final outcome of the matters in which it is presently involved will not have a material adverse effect on its business, consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

9. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Common Stock

        The Board has authorized two classes of common stock, voting and non-voting. At June 30, 2011, there were 500,000,000 and 100,000,000 shares authorized and there were 144,531,311 and 7,821,086 shares outstanding of voting and non-voting common stock, respectively. Voting and non-voting common stock are referred to as common stock throughout the notes to these financial statements, unless otherwise noted.

        In February 2011, the Board authorized the issuance and sale, by way of a private placement, of 1,090,830 shares of non-voting common stock for $17.2 million in gross proceeds, and used $17.0 million of the proceeds from the sale to redeem shares of its outstanding common stock held by certain shareholders and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes. See Note 15 "Related Parties."

        Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (a "liquidation event"), the remaining assets of the Company will be distributed ratably among all preferred and common stockholders only after the payment of the full Series G Preferred liquidation preference of $950.0 million has been satisfied.

        The Company issues stock-based awards to its employees in the form of stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock, all of which have the potential to increase the outstanding shares of common stock in the future. See Note 10 "Stock-Based Compensation."

Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company has authorized 199,998 shares of Series B Preferred, 6,560,174 shares of Series D Preferred, 4,406,160 shares of Series E Preferred, 4,202,658 shares of Series F Preferred and 30,075,690 shares of Series G Preferred. The Series B Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred, collectively, are referenced below as the "Series Preferred." The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are summarized below.

F-61


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

9. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (Continued)

    Series B Preferred

        There were 199,998 shares of Series B Preferred outstanding at June 30, 2011, and less than $0.1 million of accrued preferred dividends due to Series B Preferred holders. The Series B Preferred holders are entitled to receive, upon a liquidation event, the amount that would have been received if all shares of Series Preferred had been converted into voting common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event, only after the payment of the full Series G Preferred liquidation preference has been satisfied. As of June 30, 2011, 1,199,988 shares of voting common stock would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred.

    Series D Preferred

        There were 5,956,420 shares of Series D Preferred outstanding at June 30, 2011, and $0.8 million of accrued preferred dividends due to Series D Preferred holders. The Series D Preferred holders are entitled to receive, upon a liquidation event, the amount that would have been received if all shares of Series Preferred had been converted into voting common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event, only after the payment of the full Series G Preferred liquidation preference has been satisfied. As of June 30, 2011, 35,738,520 shares of voting common stock would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series D Preferred.

    Series E Preferred

        There were 4,060,183 shares of Series E Preferred outstanding at June 30, 2011. The Series E Preferred holders are entitled to receive, upon a liquidation event, the amount that would have been received if all shares of Series Preferred had been converted into voting common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event, only after the payment of the full Series G Preferred liquidation preference has been satisfied. As of June 30, 2011, 24,361,098 shares of voting common stock would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series E Preferred.

    Series F Preferred

        There were 4,202,658 shares of Series F Preferred outstanding at June 30, 2011. The Series F Preferred holders are entitled to receive, upon a liquidation event, the amount that would have been received if all shares of Series Preferred had been converted into voting common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event, only after the payment of the full Series G Preferred liquidation preference has been satisfied. As of June 30, 2011, 25,215,948 shares of voting common stock would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series F Preferred.

    Series G Preferred

        In January 2011, the Company authorized the sale and additional issuance of 15,827,796 shares of Series G Preferred for $496.0 million in gross proceeds (or $492.5 million, net of issuance costs), and used $371.5 million of the proceeds from the sale to redeem shares of its outstanding common stock and preferred stock held by certain shareholders and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes. Included in the additional stock issuance was 126,622 shares of Series G Preferred (or the equivalent of $4.0 million) the Company transferred to its underwriter in exchange for financial advisory services provided. There were 30,075,690 shares authorized and 30,072,814 shares outstanding at June 30, 2011.

F-62


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

9. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (Continued)

        Holders of Series G Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of voting common stock into which their shares of Series G Preferred could be converted. In addition, the Series G Preferred holders are entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any Series B Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred or common stock, to be paid an amount per share equal to 100% of the Series G Preferred original price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series G Preferred. If, upon the liquidating event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to fully pay the amounts owed to Series G Preferred holders, all distributions would be made ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which holders would have otherwise been entitled. In the event that the Company is a party to an acquisition or asset transfer, each holder of Series G Preferred is entitled to receive the amount of cash, securities, or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a liquidation event.

        Each share of Series G Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of voting common stock upon the earliest of the following events to occur: (i) holders of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred consent to a conversion, or (ii) immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering. The number of shares of voting common stock to which a Series G Preferred stockholder is entitled upon conversion is calculated by multiplying the applicable conversion rate then in effect (currently 2.0) by the number of Series G Preferred shares to be converted. The conversion rate for the Series G Preferred shares is subject to change in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the agreement with those holders. More specifically, the conversion price is subject to adjustment to prevent dilution on a weighted-average basis in the event that the Company issues additional shares of common stock or securities convertible or exercisable for common stock at a purchase price less than the then effective conversion price. As of June 30, 2011, 60,145,628 shares of voting common stock would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series G Preferred.

Stock Repurchase Activity

        In December 2010, the Board authorized the Company to repurchase shares of its capital stock held by certain holders, using a portion of the proceeds from the sale of Series G Preferred. In conjunction with the sale and additional issuance of Series G Preferred shares in January 2011, the Company repurchased 21,307,276 shares of common stock for $336.5 million and 369,347 shares of preferred stock for $35.0 million. The Board also authorized the Company to repurchase additional shares using a portion of the proceeds from the sale of non-voting common stock in February 2011. As a result, the Company repurchased 1,076,371 shares of common stock for $17.0 million, which is reflected as "Treasury stock" on the condensed consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2011.

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

    Groupon, Inc. Stock Plans

        In January 2008, the Company adopted the ThePoint.com 2008 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "2008 Plan"), under which options for up to 32,309,250 shares of common stock were authorized to be issued to employees, consultants, and directors of ThePoint.com, which is now the Company. In April 2010, the Company established the Groupon, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan, as amended in April 2011 (the "2010 Plan"), under which options and restricted stock units ("RSUs") for up to 10,000,000 shares of non-voting common stock were authorized for future issuance to employees, consultants and directors of the

F-63


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

Company. The 2008 Plan and the 2010 Plan (the "Plans") are administered by the Board, who determine the number of awards to be issued, the corresponding vesting schedule and the exercise price for options. As of June 30, 2011, 1,191,366 shares were available for future issuance under the Plans. Prior to January 2008, the Company issued stock options and RSUs that are governed by employment agreements, some of which are still unvested and outstanding.

    Stock Options

        The exercise price of stock options granted is equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The contractual term for stock options expires ten years from the grant date. Stock options generally vest over a three or four-year period, with 25% of the awards vesting after one year and the remainder of the awards vesting on a monthly or quarterly basis thereafter. The fair value of stock options on the date of grant is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

        The table below summarizes the stock option activity during the six months ended June 30, 2011:

 
  Options   Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands) (a)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    13,732,852   $ 2.00     9.00   $ 189,406  
 

Granted (b)

    79,000   $ 12.01     9.68        
 

Exercised

    (1,920,246 ) $ 0.67     8.01        
 

Forfeited

    (278,287 ) $ 0.49     8.11        
                         

Outstanding at June 30, 2011

    11,613,319   $ 2.33     8.61   $ 279,971  
                         

Exercisable at June 30, 2011

    3,665,191   $ 1.75     8.45   $ 106,160  
                         

(a)
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the fair value of the Company's stock on the last day of each fiscal year or quarter and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of options where the exercise price exceeds the fair value) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively.

(b)
Of the 79,000 options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2011, 19,000 options were granted with an exercise price of $0.03. These options were granted as part of a settlement with a former employee and the exercise price represents the fair market value of the stock when the employee left the Company. As a result of this grant, the weighted average exercise price for the options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2011 is below the actual fair market values during the period. The options immediately vested and were expensed at the grant date fair value.

        The fair value of stock options granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly-traded options of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The expected term represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the "simplified method". The Company used the "simplified method" due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. The risk-free interest rate is based on yields on U.S. Treasury STRIPS with a maturity similar to

F-64


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)


the estimated expected life of the stock options. The weighted-average assumptions for stock options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2011 are outlined in the following table:

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2011
 

Dividend yield

     

Risk-free interest rate

    1.79 %

Expected term (in years)

    4.47  

Expected volatility

    43.71 %

        Based on the above assumptions, the weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $12.01. The total fair value of options that vested during the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $4.0 million.

    Restricted Stock Units

        The restricted stock units granted under the Plans vest over a four-year period, with 25% of the awards vesting after one year and the remaining awards vesting on a monthly or quarterly basis thereafter. The fair value of restricted stock units on the date of grant is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

        The table below summarizes activity regarding unvested restricted stock units under the Plans during the six months ended June 30, 2011:

 
  Restricted
Stock Units
  Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(per share)
 

Unvested at December 31, 2010

    1,788,300   $ 14.32  
 

Granted

    4,166,021   $ 23.67  
 

Vested

    (429,688 ) $ 21.74  
 

Forfeited

    (40,400 ) $ 13.48  
             

Unvested at June 30, 2011

    5,484,233   $ 20.85  
             

    Performance Stock Units

        In May 2010, the Company issued performance stock units ("PSUs") under the terms of the agreement to acquire Mobly, Inc., a mobile technology company. The Company agreed to issue up to 720,000 PSUs to the previous Mobly shareholders contingent on meeting certain performance-based operational objectives over the next three years. Upon being granted, the PSUs immediately vest as common stock. During the six months ended June 30, 2011, a total of 120,000 shares were granted, and 480,000 shares are still eligible to be granted in the future based on the performance criteria and discretion of the Board. The Company started recording stock compensation expense at the service inception date, which began at the date of acquisition and precedes the grant date. Due to the subjective nature of the performance evaluation, the fair value of the PSUs is remeasured each period until the grant date, when stock compensation expense is adjusted to the grant date fair value. The total fair value of the PSUs that vested during the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $3.1 million.

F-65


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The Company recognized stock compensation expense of $1.0 million and $31.2 million during the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively, related to stock options, restricted stock units and performance stock units issued under the Plans and employment agreements. The corresponding tax benefit provided by stock compensation was $0 and $3.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

        As of June 30, 2011, a total of $124.8 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options and unvested restricted stock units issued are expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of three years.

    Acquisition-Related Stock Awards

        During 2010, the Company made several acquisitions of subsidiaries that resulted in the issuance of additional equity-based awards to employees of the acquired companies.

    CityDeal Acquisition

        In May 2010, the Company acquired CityDeal, which resulted in the issuance of shares of the Company's restricted stock to a trust for current CityDeal employees. The restricted stock vests quarterly generally over a period of three years and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

        The table below summarizes activity regarding unvested restricted stock issued as part of the CityDeal acquisition during the six months ended June 30, 2011:

 
  Restricted
Stock
  Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(per share)
 

Unvested at December 31, 2010

    2,219,605   $ 8.52  
 

Granted

    108,788   $ 15.80  
 

Vested

    (472,044 ) $ 8.80  
 

Forfeitures

    (206,144 ) $ 8.52  
             

Unvested at June 30, 2011

    1,650,205   $ 8.92  
             

        The fair value of restricted stock that vested during the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $4.2 million.

        The Company recognized stock compensation expense of $3.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2011 related to restricted stock granted as part of the CityDeal acquisition, none of which provided the Company with a tax benefit. As of June 30, 2011, a total of $8.0 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested restricted stock are expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of two years.

    Subsidiary Awards

        The Company made several other acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2010 in which the selling shareholders of the acquired companies were granted RSUs and stock options ("subsidiary

F-66


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

awards") in the Company's subsidiaries. These subsidiary awards were issued in conjunction with the acquisitions as a way to retain and incentivize key employees. They generally vest on a quarterly basis for a period of three or four years, and dilute the Company's ownership percentage of the corresponding subsidiaries as they vest over time. The fair market value of the subsidiary shares granted was determined on a contemporaneous basis. A significant portion of the subsidiary awards are classified as liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheet due to the existence of put rights that allow the selling shareholders to put their stock back to the Company. The liabilities for the subsidiary shares are remeasured on a quarterly basis, with the offset to stock-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. Additionally, the Company has call rights on most of the subsidiary awards, which allow it to purchase the remaining outstanding shares based on contractual agreements.

        The Company recognized stock compensation expense of $24.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2011 related to subsidiary awards, none of which provided the Company with a tax benefit. As of June 30, 2011, a total of $61.7 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested subsidiary awards are expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of two years. The amount of unrecognized compensation costs is management's best estimate based on the current fair market values of each of the subsidiaries and could change significantly based on future valuations.

    Common Stock Valuations

        The Company determined the fair value per share of the common stock underlying the stock-based awards through the contemporaneous application of a discounted future earnings model initially and then a discounted cash flow methodology going forward, which was approved by the Board. Stock-based awards were granted to employees in the form of stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock. All such awards granted were exercisable at a price per share equal to the per share fair value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Determining the fair value of the Company's common stock required making complex and subjective judgments. The assumptions used in the valuation models were based on future expectations combined with management estimates.

        The discounted future earnings method calculates the present value of future economic benefits using a discount rate based on the nature of the business, the level of overall risk and the expected stability of the estimated future economic benefits. The future economic benefits are estimated over a period of years sufficient to reach stability of the business, and management expects the Company to grow substantially for several years before revenue stabilizes. The discounted cash flow method valued the business by discounting future available cash flows to present value at an approximate rate of return. The cash flows were determined using forecasts of revenue, net income and debt-free future cash flow. The discount rate was derived using a Capital Asset Pricing Model for companies in the "expansion" stage of development. The Company also applied a lack of marketability discount to its enterprise value, which took into account that investments in private companies are less liquid than similar investments in public companies. There is inherent uncertainty in all of these estimates.

F-67


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        Summarized below are the significant factors the Board considered in determining the fair value of the common stock underlying the Company's stock-based awards granted to its employees during the six months ended June 30, 2011:

First Quarter 2011

        In the first quarter of 2011, the following significant events occurred: (1) the Company raised $492.5 million in net proceeds from the issuance of Series G Preferred in January 2011; (2) the Company expanded its presence into new and expanding markets in India, Malaysia, South Africa and the Middle East through a series of acquisitions; and (3) the number of subscribers increased to approximately 83.1 million as of March 31, 2011 and the Company launched its services in 21 additional markets across North America.

Second Quarter 2011

        In the second quarter of 2011, the following significant events occurred: (1) the number of subscribers increased to approximately 115.7 million as of June 30, 2011; (2) the Company acquired a technology company and established its presence in Indonesia through an acquisition; (3) the Company launched "Groupon Now!" and established partnerships with Expedia, Inc. and Live Nation Entertainment Inc.; and (4) the Company hired Margaret H. Georgiadis as Chief Operating Officer.

11. LOSS PER SHARE

        The table below summarizes the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2010   2011  

Net loss

  $ (27,439 ) $ (225,160 )

Dividends on preferred shares

    (1,046 )    

Redemption of preferred shares in excess of carrying value

        (34,327 )

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

        (15,651 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    61     19,759  
           

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (28,424 ) $ (255,379 )
           

Net loss per share:

             

Weighted-average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net loss per share (a)

    169,048,421     152,813,014  
           

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (0.17 ) $ (1.67 )
           

(a)
Stock options, restricted stock units, performance stock units and convertible preferred shares are not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011 because the Company had a net loss. Accordingly, the inclusion of these equity awards would have an antidilutive effect on the calculation of diluted loss per share.

F-68


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

11. LOSS PER SHARE (Continued)

        The following outstanding equity awards are not included in the diluted loss per share calculation above because they would have had an antidilutive effect:

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
Antidilutive equity awards
  2010   2011  

Stock options

    12,749,604     11,613,319  

Restricted stock units

        5,484,233  

Restricted stock

        23,684  

Convertible preferred shares

    92,213,940     146,661,182  

Performance stock units

    600,000     480,000  
           
 

Total

    105,563,544     164,262,418  
           

12. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability.

        To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value:

    Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

    Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activities. Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable, such as pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques not based on market, exchange, dealer or broker-traded transactions.

        In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches within the fair value measurement framework. The valuation methodologies used for the Company's instruments measured at fair value and their classification in the valuation hierarchy are summarized below:

        Cash equivalents —Cash equivalents primarily consisted of highly-rated commercial paper and money market funds. The Company classified cash equivalents as Level 1, due to their short-term maturity, and measured the fair value based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

        Contingent consideration —As of the six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company had obligations to transfer $15.9 million in contingent payment considerations to the former owners of certain acquirees as part of the exchange for control of these acquirees, if specified future operational objectives and financial results are met over the next three years. The Company determined the acquisition-date fair value of these contingent liabilities, based on the likelihood of contingent earn-out payments, as part of the consideration transferred, and subsequently remeasured the fair value using an income approach that is primarily determined based on the present value of future cash flows using internal models. The Company classified this financial liability as Level 3, due to the lack of relevant observable inputs and market activity.

F-69


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

12. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the Company's assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement
at Reporting Date Using
 
Description
  As of
December 31,
2010
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

                         
 

Cash equivalents

  $ 23,028   $ 23,028   $   $  
                   

 

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement
at Reporting Date Using
 
Description
  As of
June 30,
2011
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

                         
 

Cash equivalents

  $ 1,002   $ 1,002   $   $  
                   

Liabilities:

                         
 

Contingent consideration

  $ 15,920   $   $   $ 15,920  
                   

        The following table provides a roll-forward of the fair value of the contingent consideration categorized as Level 3 for the six months ended June 30, 2011 (in thousands):

 
  Fair Value  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

  $  

Issuance of contingent consideration in connection with acquisitions

    15,920  
       

Balance as of June 30, 2011

  $ 15,920  
       

        There were no changes to the Company's valuation techniques used to measure asset and liability fair values on a recurring basis during the six months ended June 30, 2011.

        The Company's other financial instruments consist primarily of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued merchant payable, accrued expenses and amounts due to related parties. The carrying value of these assets and liabilities approximate their respective fair values as of June 30, 2011, due to their short maturity. At June 30, 2011 there were no material fair value adjustments required for non-financial assets and liabilities.

13. INCOME TAXES

        The Company is subject to taxation in the United States federal, various state and foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes and

F-70


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

13. INCOME TAXES (Continued)


recording the related income tax assets and liabilities. At June 30, 2011, the Company recorded an unrecognized tax benefit related to uncertain tax positions of approximately $7.0 million related to a position taken in the current year. As of June 30, 2011, it is expected that less than $1 million of the total would favorably affect the effective tax rate if resolved in the Company's favor. The Company did not have an unrecognized tax benefit related to uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2010.

        The Company's effective tax rate could fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis and could be adversely affected to the extent earnings are lower than anticipated in countries where the Company has lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where the Company has higher statutory rates. The effective tax rate could also fluctuate due to changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets or liabilities, or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof. In addition, the Company is subject to the continuous examination of its income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of its provision for income taxes.

        For the interim reporting of income taxes, the Company calculates the effective tax rate on an actual basis instead of an estimated annual effective tax rate for the year. Since the Company does not have an ability to reasonably forecast certain items, management has determined that current period results are its best estimate of the Company's annual effective tax rate.

14. SEGMENT INFORMATION

        The Company has organized its operations into two principal segments: North America, which represents the United States and Canada, and International, which includes the rest of the Company's global operations. Segment operating results reflect earnings before stock-based compensation, acquisition-related expenses, interest and other income (expense), net, equity-method investment activity, net, and provision (benefit) for income taxes. Segment information reported below represents the operating segments of the Company for which separate information is available and for which segment results are evaluated regularly by the Company's chief operating decision-maker (i.e. chief executive officer) in assessing performance and allocating resources.

F-71


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

14. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

        Revenues for each segment are based on the geographic market that sells the Groupons. There are no internal revenue transactions. Revenue and profit or loss information by reportable segment reconciled to consolidated net loss was as follows (in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2010   2011  

North America

             
 

Revenue (1)

  $ 120,832   $ 640,820  
 

Segment operating expenses (2)

    112,523     673,099  
           
 

Segment operating income (loss)

    8,309     (32,279 )
           

International

             
 

Revenue

  $ 10,702   $ 881,926  
 

Segment operating expenses (2)

    33,749     1,010,240  
           
 

Segment operating loss

    (23,047 )   (128,314 )
           

Consolidated

             
 

Revenue

  $ 131,534   $ 1,522,746  
 

Segment operating expenses (2)

    146,272     1,683,339  
           
 

Segment operating loss

    (14,738 )   (160,593 )
 

Stock-based compensation

    (4,076 )   (59,075 )
 

Acquisition-related

    (9,434 )    
 

Interest and other (expense) income, net

    (96 )   1,539  
 

Equity-method investment activity, net

        (8,763 )
           
 

Loss before income taxes

    (28,344 )   (226,892 )
 

Benefit for income taxes

    (905 )   (1,732 )
           
 

Net loss

  $ (27,439 ) $ (225,160 )
           

(1)
North America contains revenue from the United States of $119.2 million and $586.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

(2)
Represents operating expenses, excluding stock-based compensation and acquisition-related expense, which are not allocated to segments.

        No single customer or individual foreign country accounted for more than 10% of net revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011.

        Total assets by reportable segment reconciled to consolidated assets were as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2010
  June 30,
2011
 

North America

  $ 104,606   $ 230,189  

International

    276,964     407,523  
           
 

Consolidated total

  $ 381,570   $ 637,712  
           

F-72


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

15. RELATED PARTIES

    Non-voting Common Stock Issuance

        In February 2011, the Board authorized the issuance and sale, by way of a private placement, of 1,090,830 shares of non-voting common stock for $17.2 million in gross proceeds. Included in the stock issuance of non-voting common stock were a total of 949,668 shares sold to Howard Schultz and to several partnerships of Maveron LLC, a venture capital firm co-founded by Mr. Schultz, for an aggregate purchase price of $15.0 million. Mr. Schultz is a member of the Company's Board of Directors.

    CityDeal Loan Agreement

        In connection with the CityDeal acquisition, the Company and the former CityDeal shareholders (including Oliver Samwer, Marc Samwer and Alexander Samwer) entered into a loan agreement, as amended, to provide CityDeal with an aggregate $25.0 million term loan facility (the "facility"). Both the Company and the former CityDeal shareholders each were obligated to make available $12.5 million under the terms of the facility, both of which were fully disbursed to CityDeal during the year ended December 31, 2010. The outstanding balance accrued interest at a rate of 5% per year and was payable upon termination of the facility, which was the earlier of any prepayments or December 2012. The outstanding balance payable to the former CityDeal shareholders at December 31, 2010 of $13.0 million, along with corresponding accrued interest of $0.1 million, is included in "Due to related parties" on the consolidated balance sheet. The amount due to the former CityDeal shareholders exceeds the amount of the facility in US dollars as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates throughout the year ended December 31, 2010. In March 2011, CityDeal repaid all amounts outstanding to the former CityDeal shareholders, including all accrued interest. There were no outstanding commitments remaining on the loan agreement with the former CityDeal shareholders at June 30, 2011 and CityDeal may not reborrow any part of the facility which was repaid.

    Technology and Other Services

        The Company has entered into agreements various companies in which Oliver Samwer, Marc Samwer and Alexander Samwer (the "Samwers") have direct or indirect ownership interests, including Rocket Internet GmbH, as well as other companies in which certain subsidiary founders have direct interests, to provide information technology, marketing and other services to the Company. The Company recognized $1.0 million and $0.1 million of expense for services rendered by companies owned by the Samwers and these other companies, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2011, which was classified as selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. As of June 30, 2011, less than $0.1 million in total was due to these companies, which was classified in "Due to related parties" on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

    Merchant Contracts

        The Company entered into several agreements with merchant companies in which the Samwers have direct or indirect ownership interests, and, in some cases, are also directors of these companies, pursuant to which the Company conducts its business by offering goods and services at a discount with these merchants. The Company recognized $3.0 million of expense under the merchant agreements for the six months ended June 30, 2011, which was classified as cost of revenue in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The Company had less than $0.1 million due to these companies as of June 30, 2011, which was classified in "Due to related parties" on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

F-73


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

15. RELATED PARTIES (Continued)

    Consulting Agreements

        In May 2010, the Company entered into consulting agreements with the Samwers, pursuant to which they advise CityDeal, the Company's European subsidiary, with respect to its goals and spend at least fifty-percent of their work hours consulting for CityDeal. The Company reimburses the Samwers for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with their service to the Company. They do not receive any additional compensation from the Company in connection with their consulting roles. The terms of their consulting agreements expire in October 2011. The Company expensed less than $0.1 million to reimburse the Samwers for travel and other expenses incurred for the six months ended June 30, 2011, which is classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The Company had less than $0.1 million due to the Samwers as of June 30, 2011, which was classified in "Due to related parties" on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

    Legal Services

        The Company has engaged the law firm of Lefkofsky & Gorosh, P.C. ("L&G"), whose founder (Steven P. Lefkofsky) is the brother of the Company's co-founder and Executive Chairman of the Board, to provide certain legal services to the Company. The Company expensed $0.5 million to L&G for legal services rendered for six months ended June 30, 2011, which was classified as selling, general and administrative in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The Company had $0.1 million due to L&G as of June 30, 2011, which was classified in "Due to related parties" on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

    Sublease Agreements

        The Company has entered into agreements with various companies in which certain of the Company's current and former Board members have direct or indirect ownership interests and, in some cases, who are also directors of these companies, pursuant to which the Company subleased a portion of office space in Chicago from these companies. The Company recognized expense of $0.2 million primarily for services related to these sublease agreements for the six months ended June 30, 2011, which was classified as selling, general and administrative in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The Company had less than $0.1 million due to these companies as of June 30, 2011, which was classified in "Due to related parties" on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

    Marketing Services

        During 2011, the Company transacted with InnerWorkings, Inc. ("InnerWorkings"), a company co-founded by the Company's co-founder and Executive Chairman of the Board, for promotional services. The Company recognized expense of $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 for these services, which was primarily classified as marketing in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The Company had less than $0.1 million due to InnerWorkings as of June 30, 2011, which was classified in "Due to related parties" on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

    E-Commerce King Limited Joint Venture

        In January 2011, Groupon B.V. entered into a joint venture along with Rocket Asia GmbH & Co. KG ("Rocket Asia"), an entity controlled by the Samwers. See Note 6 " Investments in Equity Interests ."

F-74


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

    Acquisitions

        In the third quarter of 2011, the Company acquired two companies for an aggregate purchase price of $15.3 million. The purchase price consisted of $8.6 million of cash and $6.7 million in common stock. Of these amounts, $0.7 million of cash and $0.6 million in common stock will be paid one year after the respective closing date of each acquisition. Additional compensation may be paid if certain earn-out provisions are met. The primary purpose of these acquisitions was to enhance the Company's ability to develop software in-house and improve the services provided to the Company's customers and merchants through implementation of the technologies powered by the acquired companies.

        The acquisitions will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the operations of these acquired companies will be included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from their respective date of acquisition. The financial effect of these acquisitions, individually and in the aggregate, was not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effects of these business combinations, individually and in the aggregate, were not material to the Company's consolidated results of operations.

    Additional Investment in Equity Interest

        In July 2011, the Company purchased an additional 9.0% of the outstanding shares of E-Commerce King Limited ("E-Commerce") for an aggregate purchase price of $44.7 million in common stock. The purchase results in the Company owning a total of 49.0% of the outstanding shares of E-Commerce. The Company will continue accounting for the investment using the equity method.

F-75


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors of Goodrec, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying statements of operations and cash flows of Goodrec, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009. The statements of operations and cash flows are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statements of operations, and cash flows based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the statements of operations and cash flows referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Goodrec, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
July 13, 2011

F-76


Table of Contents


GOODREC, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

  $   $ 196   $   $ 202  

Operating expenses:

                         
 

Salaries and related expense

    523     584     141     161  
 

Marketing

    28     26     5     6  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    93     92     15     50  
                   
   

Total operating expenses

    644     702     161     217  
                   

Loss from operations

    (644 )   (506 )   (161 )   (15 )

Interest and other expense, net

    (38 )       (1 )    
                   

Net loss

  $ (682 ) $ (506 ) $ (162 ) $ (15 )
                   

See Notes to Statements of Operations and Cash Flows.

F-77


Table of Contents


GOODREC, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Operating activities

                         

Net loss

  $ (682 ) $ (506 ) $ (162 ) $ (15 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
(used in) provided by operating activities:

                         
 

Depreciation

    3     3     1     1  
 

Stock-based compensation

    1     2          
 

Non-cash interest expense

    37              
 

Change in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

                         
   

Accounts receivable

        (46 )       (39 )
   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (5 )   (2 )   (5 )   2  
   

Accounts payable

    (3 )   16     (2 )   11  
   

Deferred revenue

        73         73  
   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    6     24     (1 )   (9 )
   

Other

    (2 )            
                   

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (645 )   (436 )   (169 )   24  
                   

Investing activities

                         

Purchases of property and equipment

    (6 )           (4 )
                   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (6 )           (4 )
                   

Financing activities

                         

Issuance of stock, net of issuance costs

    834              
                   

Net cash provided by financing activities

    834              
                   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   
183
   
(436

)
 
(169

)
 
20
 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

   
254
   
437
   
437
   
1
 
                   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 
$

437
 
$

1
 
$

268
 
$

21
 
                   

See Notes to Statements of Operations and Cash Flows.

F-78


Table of Contents


GOODREC, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Goodrec, Inc. ("Goodrec"), a company operating under the name Mob.ly, is in the business of providing mobile technical "know-how" and expertise and related services in the areas of development and design. Goodrec was founded in 2007, and operates in the United States.

        On May 6, 2010 Goodrec was purchased by Groupon, Inc. Groupon, Inc. ("Groupon") acquired 100% of the common and Series Seed Preferred stock from Goodrec shareholders in exchange for purchase price of $1.8 million, consisting of $0.4 million in cash, $0.2 million in contingent consideration and the issuance of shares of Groupon's voting common stock (valued at $1.2 million). The accompanying financial statements within are presented for the fiscal periods prior to acquisition. Goodrec was subsequently renamed Groupon Mobly Inc.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Basis of Presentation

        Goodrec's financial statements were prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP").

    Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

        The accompanying condensed financial statements of the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for interim financial information and are unaudited. Certain information and disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted. Accordingly, these condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's historical financial statements and accompanying notes included herein. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included in the condensed financial statements. The operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year ending December 31, 2010.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are utilized for, but not limited to, stock-based compensation, income taxes and the depreciable lives of fixed assets. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

    Revenue Recognition

        Goodrec recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Goodrec derives revenue from providing mobile application software development services. Goodrec's contracts are primarily fixed fee based. Revenues from fixed fee based contracts are recognized when the work is complete and customer acceptance has been received. Amounts invoiced prior to the completion of the contract are recorded as deferred revenue.

F-79


Table of Contents


GOODREC, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Marketing

        Marketing expense consists primarily of online marketing costs, such as advertising on social networking sites and through search engines. Online marketing expense is recognized based on the terms of the individual agreements, while other marketing expense generally is recognized in the period in which it is incurred.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        Goodrec measures stock-based compensation cost at fair value, net of forfeitures, and recognizes the corresponding compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the service period during which awards are expected to vest. Goodrec includes stock-based compensation expense in the salaries and related expense in the statement of operations and includes the offset to additional paid in capital on the balance sheet. The fair value of stock options are determined based on valuations of Goodrec's stock on the grant date. See Note 5 "Stock-Based Compensation."

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Goodrec considers all highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

    Receivables, net

        Accounts receivable primarily represent the cash due from Goodrec's customers based on amounts billed for application development. The carrying amount of Goodrec's receivables is reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts that reflects management's best estimate of amounts that will not be collected. Accounts receivable are charged off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when it is determined that the receivable is uncollectible. Goodrec's allowance for doubtful accounts and related bad debt expense were insignificant as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for the three month periods ended March 31, 2009 and 2010.

    Property and Equipment, net

        Property and equipment includes assets such as furniture and fixtures, external software, and office and telephone equipment. Goodrec accounts for property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense are recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three years for computer hardware and office and telephone equipment and five years for furniture and fixtures) and are classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in Goodrec's consolidated statement of operations.

        Goodrec performs a review for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or any other significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. Goodrec did not identify any long-lived asset impairments for the periods ending December 31, 2008 and 2009 or for the three month periods ended March 31, 2009 and 2010.

F-80


Table of Contents


GOODREC, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Lease Obligations

        Goodrec categorizes leases at their inception as either operating or capital leases, and may receive renewal or expansion options, rent holidays, and leasehold improvement and other incentives on certain lease agreements. Goodrec recognizes lease costs on a straight-line basis taking into account adjustments for market provisions, such as free or escalating base monthly rental payments, or deferred payment terms such as rent holidays that defer the commencement date of required payments. Additionally, Goodrec treats any incentives received as a reduction of costs over the term of the agreement. Goodrec records rent expense associated with lease obligations in selling, general and administrative expense on the statement of operations. See Note 3 " Commitments and Contingencies ."

    Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the statutory tax rates that are applicable in a given year. The deferred tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, Goodrec believes it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. Goodrec considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of its deferred tax assets, including recent cumulative earnings experience, expectations of future taxable income and capital gains by taxing jurisdiction, the carry-forward periods available for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. Goodrec allocates its valuation allowance to current and long-term deferred tax assets on a pro-rata basis. A change in the estimate of future taxable income may require an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance.

        Goodrec utilizes a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions ("tax contingencies"). The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Goodrec considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately forecast actual outcomes. Goodrec includes interest and penalties related to tax contingencies in income tax expense. See Note 6 " Income Taxes ."

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts of Goodrec's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, approximate fair value due to their generally short-term maturities.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance that improves disclosures about fair value measures that were originally required. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those years. The adoption of this guidance did not impact Goodrec's financial position or results of operations.

F-81


Table of Contents


GOODREC, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In July 2010, the FASB issued guidance that requires providing disclosures that facilitate financial statement users' evaluation of: 1) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity's portfolio of financing receivables; 2) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses; 3) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Goodrec adopted this guidance on January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not impact Goodrec's financial position or results of operations.

3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Operating Leases

        Goodrec has entered into multiple lease agreements for three different office spaces since 2007. Rent expense under the operating leases was less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009. As of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, Goodrec has no future lease commitments beyond one year.

    Legal Matters

        Goodrec believes that there are no matters outstanding that will have a material adverse effect on its business, consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Goodrec may become party to litigation resulting from the ordinary course of business. In such an instance Goodrec would assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes with respect to potential matters and determine loss contingency assessments on a gross basis after assessing the probability of incurrence of a loss and whether a loss is reasonably estimable. In addition, Goodrec would consider other relevant factors that could impact its ability to reasonably estimate a loss. A determination of the amount of reserves required, if any, for such contingencies would be made after analyzing each matter.

4. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Common Stock

        The board of directors (the "Board") of Goodrec has authorized 10,303,077 shares of voting common stock with a par value of $0.0001. As of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 there were 6,093,125 shares issued and outstanding. Each share of voting common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Voting common stock is referred to as common stock throughout the notes to these financial statements, unless otherwise noted.

        Goodrec issued stock-based awards to its employees in the form of stock options, which have the potential to increase the outstanding shares of common stock. See Note 5 "Stock-based Compensation."

        Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Goodrec (a "liquidation event"), the remaining assets of Goodrec will be distributed ratably among holders of common stock only after the payment of the full Series Seed Preferred Stock ("Series Seed Preferred") liquidation preference has been satisfied.

F-82


Table of Contents


GOODREC, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

4. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (Continued)

Preferred Stock

Series Seed Preferred

        Goodrec has authorized 2,424,615 shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.0001. In March 2008, Goodrec authorized the sale and issuance of 2,121,538 shares of Series Seed Preferred for $0.9 million, net of issuance costs. In June 2008, Goodrec amended the original agreement and authorized the sale and issuance of an additional 303,077 shares for $0.2 million. Total proceeds consisted of $0.8 million of cash and the conversion of $0.3 million of debt and accrued interest to 630,578 shares of Series Seed Preferred. The convertible debt contained a beneficial conversion feature. The unamortized discount of $0.04 million was recognized as interest expense on the conversion date. The cash proceeds were used for working capital and general corporate purposes. The conversion of debt to equity was a non-cash financing activity in 2008. There were 2,424,615 shares issued and outstanding of Series Seed Preferred as of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010.

        Holders of Series Seed Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of voting common stock into which their shares of Series Seed Preferred could be converted. In addition, the Series Seed Preferred holders are entitled to be paid, upon a liquidation event, an amount per share equal to 100% of the Series Seed Preferred original issue price. If, upon the liquidating event, the assets of Goodrec are insufficient to fully pay the amounts owed to Series Seed Preferred holders, all distributions would be made ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which holders would have otherwise been entitled.

        The holders of Series Seed Preferred are also entitled to receive any noncumulative dividend declared by the Board.

        Each share of Series Seed Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of voting common stock upon the earliest of the following events to occur: (i) holders of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Series Seed Preferred consent to a conversion, or (ii) immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering in which the aggregate public offering price equals or exceeds $20 million. The number of shares of voting common stock to which a Series Seed Preferred stockholder is entitled upon conversion is calculated by multiplying the applicable conversion rate then in effect (currently 1) by the number of Series Seed Preferred shares to be converted. The conversion rate for the Series Seed Preferred shares is subject to change in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the agreement with those holders. More specifically, the conversion price is subject to adjustment to prevent dilution on a weighted-average basis in the event that the Company issues additional shares of common stock or securities convertible or exercisable for common stock at a purchase price less than the then effective conversion price. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the number of shares of voting common stock that would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series Seed Preferred was 2,424,615.

Dividends

        No dividends were declared during the years ended December 31, 2008 or 2009 or for the three month period ended March 31, 2009 and 2010.

F-83


Table of Contents


GOODREC, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

5. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

        The Board adopted a "2007 Stock Incentive Plan" under which they granted certain employees stock option awards in return for employee services to be rendered under which options for up to 500,000 shares of common stock were authorized to be issued to employees, consultants and directors of Goodrec. The awards typically vest monthly over a requisite service period of up to four years and have a contractual life of ten years. The fair value of stock options on the date of grant is amortized on a straight line basis over the requisite service period and is recorded as a component of employee compensation expense within salaries and related expense in the statement of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, the Company expensed $0.001 million and $0.002 million, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, less than $0.001 million was recorded.

        The table below summarizes activity regarding the stock option awards granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009:

 
  Options   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

      $      
 

Granted

    255,000   $ 0.04     9.21  
 

Exercised

    (93,125 ) $ 0.01     9.03  
 

Forfeited

    (21,875 ) $ 0.05     9.73  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    140,000   $ 0.05     9.24  
 

Granted

    122,500   $ 0.05     9.04  
 

Exercised

      $      
 

Forfeited

      $      
                   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    262,500   $ 0.05     8.61  
                   

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

    88,385   $ 0.05     8.25  
                   

        The fair value of stock options granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly-traded options of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The expected term represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the "simplified method." Goodrec used the "simplified method" due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. The risk-free interest rate is based on yields on U.S. Treasury STRIPS with a maturity similar to the estimated expected life of the stock options. The weighted-average assumptions for stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 are outlined in the following table:

 
  2008   2009  

Dividend yield

         

Risk-free interest rate

    3.12 %   1.80 %

Expected term (in years)

    6.25     6.25  

Expected volatility

    46 %   46 %

F-84


Table of Contents


GOODREC, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

5. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        Based on the above assumptions, the weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 was $0.02 and $0.02.

        As of December 31, 2009, a total of $0.004 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options issued under the Plan are expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of 3 years.

        In connection with the acquisition of Goodrec by Groupon on May 6, 2010 vesting of all awards issued under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan were accelerated prior to the acquisition and the shareholders had the option to exercise. If the stock options were not exercised prior to the acquisition the options expired.

6. INCOME TAXES

        The items accounting for differences between income taxes computed at the statutory rate and the provision for income taxes are as follows):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009  

U.S. federal income tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %
 

Valuation allowance

    (35.0 )   (35.0 )
           

Provision for income taxes, net

    %   %
           

        At December 31, 2008 and 2009, Goodrec had $0.3 and $0.7 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, which will expire beginning in 2028.

        Goodrec has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax asset due to the historical taxable losses incurred since inception.

        For all tax jurisdictions, all fiscal periods from the commencement of business starting in 2007 are subject to tax audits.

        Goodrec had no amounts recorded related to uncertain tax positions in the periods presented.

7. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability.

        To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value:

        Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

        Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

        Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activities. Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are

F-85


Table of Contents


GOODREC, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

7. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)


unobservable, such as pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques not based on market, exchange, dealer or broker-traded transactions.

        In determining fair value, Goodrec uses various valuation approaches within the fair value measurement framework. The valuation methodologies used for Goodrec's instruments measured at fair value and their classification in the valuation hierarchy are summarized below:

        Cash equivalents—Cash equivalents primarily consisted of highly-rated commercial paper and money market funds. Goodrec classified cash equivalents as Level 1, due to their short-term maturity, and measured the fair value based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

        The following table summarizes Goodrec's assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using  
Description
  As of December 31, 2008   Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

                         
 

Cash equivalents

  $ 395   $ 395   $   $  
                   

        There were no changes to Goodrec's valuation techniques used to measure asset and liability fair values on a recurring basis in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009. The money market fund as of December 31, 2009 was nominal.

        At December 31, 2009, there were no material fair value adjustments required for non-financial assets and liabilities.

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        Goodrec has evaluated subsequent events through July 13, 2011, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

F-86


Table of Contents

CityDeal Europe GmbH

Report of Independent Auditors

The Management Board of Groupon Europe GmbH (formerly named CityDeal Europe GmbH)

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows of CityDeal Europe GmbH for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010. The statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of CityDeal Europe GmbH for the period January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young GmbH
Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft
Berlin, Germany
May 31, 2011

/s/ Jantz
(Jantz)
Certified Public Accountant
  /s/ Stander
(Stander)
Wirtschaftsprüfer
   

F-87


Table of Contents


CITYDEAL EUROPE GMBH

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands of US dollars)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010 to
May 15, 2010
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations

       

Revenue

  $ 8,419  

Cost of revenue

    9,211  
       

Gross profit

    (792 )

Operating expenses:

       
 

Marketing

    6,784  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    13,034  
       
   

Total operating expenses

    19,818  
       

Loss from operations

    (20,610 )

Interest and other expense, net

    243  
       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (20,853 )

Income taxes

     
       

Net loss

  $ (20,853 )
       

Attributable to CityDeal Europe GmbH

    (16,613 )

Attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (4,240 )
       

  $ (20,853 )
       

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss

       

Net loss

    (20,853 )

Currency translation adjustment (net of $0 tax)

    512  
       

Comprehensive loss

  $ (20,341 )
       

Attributable to CityDeal Europe GmbH—

       

Currency translation adjustment

    512  

Comprehensive loss

    (16,101 )

Attributable to noncontrolling interest—

       

Currency translation adjustment

     

Comprehensive loss

    (4,240 )

See Notes to Consolidated Statements of Operations, Comprehensive Loss and Cash Flows

F-88


Table of Contents


CITYDEAL EUROPE GMBH

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands of US dollars)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010
to May 15, 2010
 

Operating activities

       

Net loss

  $ (20,853 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       
 

Depreciation and amortization

    25  
 

Stock-based compensation

    612  
 

Accrued interest

    61  
 

Change in assets and liabilities:

       
   

Accounts receivable

    (3,538 )
   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (4,979 )
   

Accounts payable

    1,952  
   

Accrued merchant payable

    6,935  
   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    4,341  
       

Net cash used in operating activities

    (15,444 )
       

Investing activities

       

Purchases of property and equipment

    (736 )

Purchases of intangible assets

    (71 )
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (807 )
       

Financing activities

       

Proceeds from issuance of shares

    12,605  

Cost of issuance of shares

    (64 )

Cash received from loans from related parties

    17,113  

Repayments of loans from related parties

    (8,579 )
       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    21,075  
       

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   
(266

)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   
4,558
 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

   
183
 
       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 4,741  
       

Interest paid

  $  

Income taxes paid

  $  

See Notes to Consolided Statements of Operations, Comprehensive Loss and Cash Flows

F-89


Table of Contents


CityDeal Europe GmbH

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS,
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS AND CASH FLOWS

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        CityDeal Europe GmbH ("CityDeal"), together with its subsidiaries through which it conducts business, is a collective buying power business that launched operations in January 2010. CityDeal uses collective buying power to offer significant discounts to consumers on a wide variety of local goods, services and events throughout Europe.

        CityDeal was founded in December 2009 and was a development-stage enterprise prior to commencing operations at the start of 2010.

        CityDeal is a limited liability company under German law and is based in Berlin, Germany. CityDeal operates in various European countries including France, Germany, Italy and the United Kingdom.

        On May 15, 2010 CityDeal was purchased by Groupon, Inc. Groupon, Inc. acquired 100% of the stock from CityDeal shareholders in exchange for $0.6 million in cash and 41,400,000 shares of Groupon, Inc. Class A Voting Common Stock (valued at $125.4 million as of the acquisition date). The accompanying financial statements within are presented for the fiscal period prior to acquisition. CityDeal Europe GmbH was subsequently renamed Groupon Europe GmbH.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Basis of Presentation

        The consolidated financial statements present the consolidated results of operations and cash flows from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010, the date of acquisition by Groupon, Inc. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of CityDeal and its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. CityDeal's consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"). Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date the Company obtains control and continues to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases. A change in ownership interest of a subsidiary, without the loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction. At May 15, 2010, all subsidiaries of CityDeal were wholly-owned.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are utilized for, but not limited to, stock-based compensation, income taxes, customer refunds and the depreciable lives of fixed assets. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

    Revenue Recognition

        CityDeal recognizes revenue from coupons when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the selling price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. These criteria generally are met when the number of customers who purchase the daily deal exceeds the predetermined threshold, based on the executed contract between CityDeal and its merchants. CityDeal records the gross amount it receives from coupons, excluding taxes where applicable, as CityDeal is the primary obligor in the transaction, and records an allowance for estimated customer refunds on total revenue primarily based on historical experience. CityDeal also records costs related to the associated obligation to redeem the award credits granted at issuance as an offset to revenue.

F-90


Table of Contents


CityDeal Europe GmbH

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS,
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue consists of direct costs incurred to generate CityDeal's revenue, primarily the agreed-upon payments to the merchants. Cost of revenue components are recorded with the associated revenue and payments are made to merchants based on redemption of coupons by customers.

    Marketing

        Marketing expense consists primarily of online marketing costs, such as advertising on social networking sites and through search engines, and to a lesser extent, television and print advertising. CityDeal also records costs associated with customer acquisition and affiliate arrangements in marketing expense on the consolidated statement of operations. Online marketing expense is recognized based on the terms of the individual agreements, while other marketing expense generally is recognized in the period in which it is incurred.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        CityDeal measures stock-based compensation cost at fair value, net of forfeitures, and generally recognizes the corresponding compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the service period during which awards are expected to vest. CityDeal includes stock-based compensation expense in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and includes the offset to additional paid in capital on the balance sheet. The fair value of restricted stock is determined based on valuations of CityDeal's stock at or around the grant date. See Note 5 "Stock-Based Compensation."

    Foreign Currency

        The functional currencies of CityDeal and its subsidiaries are the local currencies of countries in which CityDeal operates, primarily the Euro and the British Pound. The Company's reporting currency is the U.S. dollar.

        Balance sheet accounts are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates as of the consolidated balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Foreign currency translation gains or losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders' deficit. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, which are denominated in currencies other than the entity's functional currency, are included in interest and other expense, net on the consolidated statement of operations.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        CityDeal considers all highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

    Receivables, net

        Accounts receivable primarily represent the net cash due from CityDeal's credit card and other payment processors for cleared transactions. The carrying amount of CityDeal's receivables is reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts that reflects management's best estimate of amounts that will not be collected. Accounts receivable are charged off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when it is

F-91


Table of Contents


CityDeal Europe GmbH

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS,
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

determined that the receivable is uncollectible. CityDeal's allowance for doubtful accounts and related bad debt expense were insignificant as of May 15, 2010.

    Inventory

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on a purchase cost specific identification basis.

    Property and Equipment, net

        Property and equipment includes assets such as furniture and fixtures, external software, and office and telephone equipment. CityDeal accounts for property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense are recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three years for computer hardware and office and telephone equipment and five years for furniture and fixtures) and are classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in CityDeal's consolidated statement of operations.

        CityDeal performs a review for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or any other significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. CityDeal did not identify any long-lived asset impairments for the period ending May 15, 2010.

    Lease Obligations

        CityDeal categorizes leases at their inception as either operating or capital leases, and may receive renewal or expansion options, rent holidays, and leasehold improvement and other incentives on certain lease agreements. CityDeal recognizes lease costs on a straight-line basis taking into account adjustments for market provisions, such as free or escalating base monthly rental payments, or deferred payment terms such as rent holidays that defer the commencement date of required payments. Additionally, CityDeal treats any incentives received as a reduction of costs over the term of the agreement. CityDeal records rent expense associated with lease obligations in selling, general and administrative expense on the consolidated statement of operations. See Note 3 " Commitments and Contingencies ."

    Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the statutory tax rates that are applicable in a given year. The deferred tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, CityDeal believes it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. CityDeal considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of its deferred tax assets, including recent cumulative earnings experience, expectations of future taxable income and capital gains by taxing jurisdiction, the carry-forward periods available for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. CityDeal allocates

F-92


Table of Contents


CityDeal Europe GmbH

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS,
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

its valuation allowance to current and long-term deferred tax assets on a pro-rata basis. A change in the estimate of future taxable income may require an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance.

        CityDeal utilizes a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions ("tax contingencies"). The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. CityDeal considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately forecast actual outcomes. CityDeal includes interest and penalties related to tax contingencies in income tax expense. See Note 6 " Income Taxes ."

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts of CityDeal's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued merchant payable, and accrued expenses, approximate fair value due to their generally short-term maturities. See Note 8 " Fair Value Measurements " for a discussion of the terms and conditions of the related party loans payable. It was not practical to estimate the fair value of related party loans.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance that improves disclosures about fair value measures that were originally required. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those years. The adoption of this guidance did not impact CityDeal's financial position or results of operations.

        In July 2010, the FASB issued guidance that requires providing disclosures that facilitate financial statement users' evaluation of: 1) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity's portfolio of financing receivables; 2) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses; 3) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. CityDeal will adopt this guidance on January 1, 2011. CityDeal does not expect this guidance to have a material impact on CityDeal's consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2010, the FASB issued guidance clarifying that an employee share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the entity's equity securities trades should not be considered to contain a condition that is not a market, performance, or service condition. Therefore, an entity would not classify such an award as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as equity. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. CityDeal will adopt this guidance on January 1, 2011. CityDeal does not expect this guidance to have a material impact on CityDeal's consolidated financial statements.

F-93


Table of Contents


CityDeal Europe GmbH

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS,
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Operating Leases

        CityDeal has entered into various non-cancellable operating lease agreements, primarily covering certain of its offices throughout Europe, with original lease periods expiring between 2011 and 2012. Rent expense under these operating leases was $0.3 million for the period ended May 15, 2010.

        Certain of these arrangements have renewal or expansion options and adjustments for market provisions, such as free or escalating base monthly rental payments. CityDeal recognizes rent expense under such arrangements on the straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The difference between the straight-line expense and the cash paid for rent has been recorded as deferred rent.

        CityDeal is responsible for paying its proportionate share of the actual operating expenses and real estate taxes under certain of these lease agreements. These operating expenses are not included in the table below.

        As of May 15, 2010, future payments under non-cancellable operating leases (including rent escalation clauses) were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

       
   

2010 (remaining period)

  $ 257  
   

2011

    374  
   

2012

    136  
   

2013

     
   

2014

     
   

2015

     
 

Thereafter

     
       

  $ 767  
       

    Legal Matters

        CityDeal believes that there are no matters outstanding that will have a material adverse effect on its business, consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. CityDeal may become party to litigation resulting from the ordinary course of business. In such an instance CityDeal would assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes with respect to potential matters and determine loss contingency assessments on a gross basis after assessing the probability of incurrence of a loss and whether a loss is reasonably estimable. In addition, CityDeal would consider other relevant factors that could impact its ability to reasonably estimate a loss. A determination of the amount of reserves required, if any, for such contingencies would be made after analyzing each matter.

4. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

        CityDeal sold an aggregate amount of 25,000 shares of common stock to one investor, Rocket Internet GmbH, a German limited liability company ("Rocket") and used the proceeds from the sale for working capital and general corporate purposes.

F-94


Table of Contents


CityDeal Europe GmbH

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS,
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

4. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

Common Stock

        The board of directors (the "Board") of CityDeal has authorized one class of voting common stock. As of May 15, 2010 there were 25,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding of voting common stock, respectively. Each share of voting common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Voting common stock is referred to as common stock throughout the notes to these financial statements, unless otherwise noted.

        CityDeal issued stock-based awards to its employees in the form of restricted stock, which have the potential to increase the outstanding shares of common stock. See Note 5 "Stock-based Compensation."

        Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of CityDeal (a "liquidation event"), the remaining assets of CityDeal will be distributed ratably among holders of common stock only after the payment of the full Series B Preferred Stock ("Series B Preferred") liquidation preference and Series A Preferred Stock ("Series A Preferred") liquidation preference has been satisfied.

Preferred Stock

        CityDeal has 13,656 of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 7,732 of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock as of May 15, 2010. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows.

Series A Preferred

        In February 2010, CityDeal authorized the sale and issuance of 5,934 shares of Series A Preferred for $3.1 million. In March 2010, CityDeal authorized the sale and issuance of 7,722 Series A Preferred for $2.7 million. The proceeds were used for working capital and general corporate purposes. There were 13,656 shares outstanding as of May 15, 2010.

        Holders of Series A Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares held. In addition, the Series A Preferred holders are entitled to receive, upon a liquidation event, the amount equal to the amount of contributions made by the holders of Series A. If, upon the liquidating event, the assets of CityDeal are insufficient to fully pay the amounts owed to Series A Preferred holders, all distributions would be made ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which holders would have otherwise been entitled.

        The holders of Series A Preferred are also entitled to receive any dividend declared by the Board, by participating equally with the holders of common stock and the holders of Series B Preferred.

Series B Preferred

        In March 2010, CityDeal authorized the sale and issuance of 7,732 shares of Series B Preferred for $6.7 million. The proceeds were used for working capital and general corporate purposes. There were 7,732 shares outstanding as of May 15, 2010.

        Holders of Series B Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares held. In addition, the Series B Preferred holders are entitled to receive, upon a liquidation event, the amount equal to the amount of contributions made by the holders of Series B. If, upon the liquidating event, the assets of CityDeal are insufficient to fully pay the amounts owed to Series B Preferred holders, all

F-95


Table of Contents


CityDeal Europe GmbH

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS,
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

4. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

distributions would be made ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which holders would have otherwise been entitled.

        The holders of Series B Preferred are also entitled to receive any dividend declared by the Board, by participating equally with the holders of common stock and the holders of Series A Preferred.

Dividends

        No dividends were declared during the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010.

5. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

        In the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010, CityDeal granted certain employees restricted stock awards in subsidiaries of CityDeal, in return for employee services to be rendered. The restricted stock awards vest quarterly over a requisite service period up to three years, with an initial cliff vesting term between three and six months. In the case of two employees, the restricted stock awards were granted with immediate vesting, in return for employee services previously rendered. There were 3,509 shares of restricted stock awards granted during the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010 with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $748.38 per share, which is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period as a component of employee compensation expense. The offset to the restricted stock award expense is classified as a component of additional paid-in capital within stockholders' deficit.

        The table below summarizes activity regarding unvested restricted stock awards granted to employees during the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010:

 
  Restricted
Stock
  Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value
(per share)
 

Unvested at January 1, 2010

    3,065   $ 5.57  
 

Granted

    3,509   $ 748.38  
 

Vested

    (205 ) $ 403.26  
 

Forfeited

    (3,065 ) $ 5.57  
             

Unvested at May 15, 2010

    3,304   $ 783.19  
             

        The fair value of restricted stock that vested during the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010 was $0.1 million. CityDeal recognized stock compensation expense for restricted stock awards granted to employees of $0.2 million for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010, none of which provided CityDeal with a tax benefit as a result of a full valuation allowance on deferred tax assets. As of May 15, 2010, a total of $9.4 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested restricted stock awards granted to employees are expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average period of 2.7 years.

        In the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010 CityDeal awarded certain non-employees (managers of Rocket and the Rocket parent company the European Founders Fund GmbH) with fully-vested restricted stock awards in subsidiaries of CityDeal, in return for consulting services received. There were awards for 399 shares of fully-vested restricted stock granted to non-employees during the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010 with a cumulative grant date fair value of $0.4 million which were

F-96


Table of Contents


CityDeal Europe GmbH

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS,
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

5. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)


recognized as a component of consulting expense in the income statement upon issuance. The offset to the restricted stock award expense is classified as a component of additional paid-in capital within stockholders' deficit. CityDeal did not recognize a tax benefit associated with the restricted stock awards granted to non-employees as a result of a full valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

        The fair value of the restricted stock awards granted to employees and non-employees was determined by reference to the terms and conditions of the capital increases during the period January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010 (See Note 4 "Stockholders' Deficit") , as well as by the reference to the information available in connection with the CityDeal's acquisition by Groupon, Inc. on May 15, 2010.

        On May 14, 2010 and to facilitate the CityDeal's acquisition by Groupon Inc. (see Note 10 " Subsequent Events "), all share-based awards granted to employees and nonemployees in CityDeal subsidiaries were proportionately exchanged for share-based awards in CityDeal. With the exception of changing the legal entity with which the share-based awards are associated, no other terms and conditions of the original awards granted in CityDeal subsidiaries were changed as a result of the exchange. The exchange of fully-vested share-based awards in CityDeal subsidiaries was accounted for as the acquisition of all outstanding non-controlling interests in the CityDeal subsidiaries. The exchange of unvested share-based awards in CityDeal subsidiaries for unvested share-based awards in CityDeal was accounted for as a modification on the date of exchange, with the additional fair value of the unvested share-based awards granted being recognized over the remaining requisite service period.

6. INCOME TAXES

        The components of pretax loss for the period are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Period from January 1, 2010
to May 15, 2010
 
 
   
  Provision for income taxes  
 
  Loss before
provision for
income taxes
 
 
  Current   Deferred  

Germany

  $ (9,225 ) $   $  

International

    (11,628 )        
               

Loss before provision of income taxes

  $ (20,853 ) $   $  
               

        The items accounting for differences between income taxes computed at the statutory rate and the provision for income taxes were as follows:

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010
to May 15, 2010
 

Statutory income tax rate

    30.2 %
 

Valuation allowance

    (30.2 )%
       

Total provision for income taxes

    %
       

        At May 15, 2010, CityDeal had $21.5 million of operating loss carryforwards, which will carryforward indefinitely.

F-97


Table of Contents


CityDeal Europe GmbH

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS,
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

6. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        For all tax jurisdictions, all fiscal periods from the commencement of business starting in 2009 are subject to tax audits.

        No accrual has been recorded at January 1, 2010 nor at May 15, 2010 for uncertain tax positions and no provision for uncertain tax positions has been recorded for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010.

7. CONCENTRATION RISKS

        CityDeal is potentially subject to financial instrument concentration of credit risk through its cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. CityDeal performs evaluations of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any one institution. A significant amount of accounts receivable is with several payment and credit card processing service providers in Europe.

        For the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010, revenue of $6.0 million was transacted in Germany and the remaining revenue of $2.8 million arose in other locations within Europe.

8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability.

        To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value:

    Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

    Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activities. Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable, such as pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques not based on market, exchange, dealer or broker-traded transactions.

        In determining fair value, CityDeal uses various valuation approaches within the fair value measurement framework. The valuation methodologies used for CityDeal's instruments measured at fair value and their classification in the valuation hierarchy are summarized below:

    Cash equivalents—Cash equivalents primarily consisted of highly-rated commercial paper and money market funds. The Company classified cash equivalents as Level 1, due to their short-term maturity, and measured the fair value based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

F-98


Table of Contents


CityDeal Europe GmbH

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS,
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes CityDeal's assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using  
Description
  As of
May 15, 2010
  Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Assets:

                         
 

Cash equivalents

  $ 4,741   $ 4,741   $   $  
                   

        There were no changes to CityDeal's valuation techniques used to measure asset and liability fair values on a recurring basis for the period of January 1, 2010 through May 15, 2010.

        At May 15, 2010 there were no material fair value adjustments required for non-financial assets and liabilities.

9. RELATED PARTIES

Shareholder Loans

        CityDeal and its shareholders entered into several loan agreements starting in March 2010, whereby certain CityDeal shareholders provided cash to fund operational and working capital needs of the business. During the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010, CityDeal received $17.1 million of proceeds from shareholders, of which $8.5 million was outstanding as of May 15, 2010. The outstanding balance accrues interest at a rate of 5% per year and is payable upon termination of the facility, which is the earlier of any prepayments or December 2012. As of May 15, 2010, the accrued interest was insignificant.

Consulting

        CityDeal purchased administrative and other consulting services from CityDeal shareholders during the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010 with expenses for the period of $1.1 million. In addition, in conjunction with such consulting services, CityDeal awarded certain employees who were shareholders restricted stock in subsidiaries of CityDeal. There were 399 shares of restricted stock granted during the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010 with a grant date fair value of $0.4 million, which was recognized as consulting expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        CityDeal has evaluated subsequent events through May 31, 2011, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

F-99


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors
Groupon Japan, Inc. (formerly known as Qpod.inc)

        We have audited the accompanying statement of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows of Qpod.inc (the "Company") for the period from June 4, 2010 to August 11, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the result of its operations and its cash flows of Qpod.inc for the period from June 4, 2010 to August 11, 2010 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young ShinNihon LLC

Tokyo, Japan
May 25, 2011

F-100


Table of Contents


QPOD.INC

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands of Japanese Yen)

 
  Period from
June 4, 2010 to
August 11, 2010
 

Revenue

  ¥ 23,099  

Cost of revenue

    19,329  
       

Gross profit

    3,770  

Operating expenses:

       
 

Marketing

    57,304  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    89,679  
       
   

Total operating expenses

    146,983  
       

Loss from operations

    (143,213 )

Interest and other expenses, net

    (328 )
       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (143,541 )

Provision for income taxes

    (2,543 )
       

Net loss

  ¥ (146,084 )
       

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-101


Table of Contents


QPOD.INC

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands of Japanese Yen, except shares)

 
  Preference A   Common    
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance as of June 4, 2010

      ¥       ¥   ¥   ¥   ¥  
 

Net loss

                        (146,084 )   (146,084 )
 

Issuance of common stock

            10,000     100             100  
 

Issuance of preferred stock

    9,600     100,800             100,024         200,824  
                               

Balance as of August 11, 2010

    9,600   ¥ 100,800     10,000   ¥ 100   ¥ 100,024   ¥ (146,084 ) ¥ 54,840  
                               

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-102


Table of Contents


QPOD.INC

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands of Japanese Yen)

 
  Period from
June 4, 2010 to
August 11, 2010
 

Operating activities

       

Net loss

  ¥ (146,084 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       
 

Depreciation and amortization

    552  
 

Deferred income taxes

    2,480  
 

Change in assets and liabilities:

       
   

Accounts receivable

    (18,679 )
   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (17,375 )
   

Accounts payable

    15,389  
   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    102,622  
       

Net cash used in operating activities

    (61,095 )
       

Investing activities

       

Purchases of property and equipment

    (23,767 )

Purchases of intangible assets

    (5,933 )

Investments in security deposits

    (51,244 )
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (80,944 )
       

Financing activities

       

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs

    100  

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    200,824  
       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    200,924  
       

Net increase in cash

    58,885  

Cash, beginning of period

   
 

Cash, end of period

 
¥

58,885
 
       

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-103


Table of Contents


QPOD.INC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Qpod.inc ("Qpod"), a Japanese corporation based in Tokyo, Japan, is a collective buying power business that provides online marketing services that enable consumers to purchase high-discount daily deals on a wide array of local goods, services and events. Qpod was established in June 2010 and commenced operations in July 2010. On August 11, 2010, Qpod became a subsidiary of Groupon B.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Groupon, Inc. ("Groupon"), and changed its name to Groupon Japan, Inc. See Note 7 Subsequent Events .

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates

        Qpod's financial statements were prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") and on the premise of a going concern. Qpod has suffered losses from operations and has had negative operating cash flows. As discussed in Note 7 Subsequent Events , Qpod has entered into agreements with Groupon and its group companies to provide the necessary level of financial support at least through August 12, 2011.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosures of contingent liabilities in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

    Revenue Recognition

        Qpod recognizes revenue from its daily deals when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the selling price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. These criteria generally are met when the number of customers who purchase the daily deal exceeds the predetermined threshold, based on the executed contract between Qpod and its merchants. Qpod records the gross amount it receives from its deals as revenue, excluding taxes where applicable, as Qpod is the primary obligor in the transaction, and records an allowance for estimated customer refunds on total revenue primarily based on historical experience.

    Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue consists of direct costs incurred to generate revenue, primarily the agreed-upon payments to the merchants. Cost of revenue components are recorded with the associated revenue and payments are made to merchants based on either negotiated payment schedules or the redemption of daily deals by customers.

    Marketing

        Marketing expense consists primarily of online marketing costs, such as advertising on social networking sites and through search engines, and offline marketing costs such as television and print advertising. Qpod also records costs associated with customer acquisition and affiliate arrangements in marketing expense on the statement of operations. Online marketing expense is recognized based on the terms of the individual agreements, while offline marketing expense generally is recognized in the period in which it is incurred.

F-104


Table of Contents


QPOD.INC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Depreciation and Amortization

        Depreciation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three years for external software and licenses and five years for furniture and fixtures) and is classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations.

    Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the statutory tax rates that are applicable in a given year. The deferred tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, Qpod believes it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. Qpod considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of its deferred tax assets, including recent cumulative earnings experience, expectations of future taxable income and capital gains by taxing jurisdiction, the carry-forward periods available for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. Qpod allocates its valuation allowance to current and long-term deferred tax assets on a pro-rata basis. A change in the estimate of future taxable income may require an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance.

3. OPERATING LEASES

        Qpod has entered into non-cancelable operating lease agreements, primarily covering certain of its offices, with original lease periods expiring between 2010 and 2012. Rent expense under these operating leases was 3.0 million Japanese Yen for the period from June 4, 2010 to August 11, 2010.

        Qpod is responsible for paying its proportionate share of the actual operating expenses and real estate taxes under certain of these lease agreements. These operating expenses are not included in the table below.

        As of August 11, 2010, future payments under operating leases (including rent escalation clauses) were as follows (in thousands of Japanese Yen):

Year Ending December 31,

       
   

2010 (remaining period)

  ¥ 460  
   

2011

    1,188  
   

2012

    635  
   

2013

     
   

2014

     
 

Thereafter

     
       

  ¥ 2,283  
       

F-105


Table of Contents


QPOD.INC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Common Stock

        In June 2010, Qpod authorized the sale and issuance of 10,000 shares of common stock for 0.1 million Japanese Yen, and used the proceeds from the sale for working capital and general corporate purposes. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote per share.

        Qpod also issued stock-based awards to its employees in the form of stock options, all of which have the potential to increase shares of common stock in the future.

Preferred Stock

        In July 2010, Qpod authorized the sale and issuance of 9,600 shares of Preference A stock for 201.6 million Japanese Yen, and used the proceeds from the sale for working capital and general corporate purposes. The holders of Preference A stock are entitled to receive, on an as-converted to common stock basis, any other dividend or distribution if declared by Qpod's Board of Directors (the "Board"), participating equally with the holders of common stock.

5. INCOME TAXES

        The provision for income taxes for the period from June 4, 2010 to August 11, 2010 consisted of the following components (in thousands of Japanese Yen):

Current Tax Expense

  ¥ 63  

Deferred Tax Expense

    2,480  
       

  ¥ 2,543  
       

        The reconciliation between the applicable income tax rate and the effective income tax rate for the period from June 4, 2010 to August 11, 2010 is as follows:

Stautory income taxe rate

    40.69 %

Decrease in tax rate:

       
 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

    (42.23 )
 

Other

    (0.24 )
       

Effective income tax rate

    (1.78 )
       

        In determining the need for a valuation allowance, Qpod weighs both positive and negative evidence in the taxing jurisdictions in which it operates to determine whether it is more likely than not that its deferred tax assets are recoverable. In assessing the ultimate realizibility of its net deferred tax assets, Qpod considers its past performance, available tax strategies, and expected future taxable income, At August 11, 2010, Qpod recorded a valuation allowance of 60.6 million Japanese Yen against its net deferred tax assets, as it believes it is more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized. At August 11, 2010, Qpod has approximately 142.5 million Japanese Yen of net operating loss carryforwards, which can be carried forward for 7 years.

F-106


Table of Contents


QPOD.INC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. RELATED PARTIES

    Service Agreements

        Qpod has entered into various agreements with companies in which certain of Qpod's Board members have direct and/or indirect ownership interests, to provide information technology, marketing and other services to Qpod. Qpod paid a total of 36.9 million Japanese Yen to these companies for services rendered for the period from June 4, 2010 to August 11, 2010, which were classified within operating expenses in Qpod's statement of operations. The related party payments consisted of the following components (in thousands of Japanese Yen):

Payroll and benefits

  ¥ 14,346  

Advertising

    18,183  

Commission

    3,819  

Other

    559  
       

  ¥ 36,907  
       

    Sublease Agreements

        Qpod has entered into agreements with a company in which certain of Qpod's Board members have direct and/or indirect ownership interests, pursuant to which Qpod subleased a portion of office space in Tokyo from this company. Qpod paid 1.6 million Japanese Yen in rent expense, and 11.1 million Japanese Yen in deposits, to this company under the sublease agreements for the period from June 4, 2010 to August 11, 2010.

7. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        Qpod evaluated subsequent events or transactions through May 25, 2011, the date the financial statements were available for issuance, and determined following items were non-recognized events:

    Letter Agreement

        In August 2010, Qpod entered into a Letter Agreement (the "Agreement") with Groupon B.V., a private limited liability company, and other investors (together with Groupon B.V., the "Purchasers") to sell all of Qpod's newly issued Preference B shares ("B shares") for a cash purchase price of 31,378 Japanese Yen per share (the "Purchase Price"). The Purchase Price paid by all Purchasers amounted to 945.3 million Japanese Yen. Under this agreement, Groupon B.V. acquired 90.9% of Qpod's B shares, and the other investors acquired the remaining 9.1%. As of the date of the Agreement, the B Shares acquired by the Purchasers represented 55.1% of the total issued and outstanding capital stock of Qpod, and the B Shares acquired by Groupon B.V. represented 50.1% of the total issued and outstanding capital stock of Qpod, on a fully-diluted basis.

    Shareholders Agreement

        In conjunction with the Agreement, certain founding members and other shareholders of Qpod (collectively, the "other shareholders") entered into an agreement with Groupon, which provided Groupon with call rights that allow it to buy a percentage of the remaining shares of Qpod. Exercising all of the call rights would give Groupon an aggregate of 90.0% of the outstanding capital stock of Qpod. Additionally, the other shareholders have put rights to sell their outstanding capital stock to Groupon in

F-107


Table of Contents


QPOD.INC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)

the event of an initial public offering of Groupon, subject to certain conditions, which would give Groupon up to an aggregate of 90% of the outstanding capital stock of Qpod.

    Stock Purchase Agreement

        In January 2011, Groupon entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the "SPA") with the other shareholders, whereby Groupon purchased an additional percentage of the shares of Qpod from the other shareholders, increasing Groupon's ownership in Qpod to 90.0%. Under the terms of the SPA, Groupon acquired 21,812 shares of the total issued and outstanding capital stock of Qpod, on a fully-diluted basis, for a cash purchase price of 94,442 Japanese Yen per share, or 2,060.0 million Japanese Yen. In conjunction with the SPA, Groupon has call rights that allow it to buy all of the remaining shares of Qpod. Exercising the call rights would give Groupon 100.0% ownership of the outstanding capital stock of Qpod. Additionally, the remaining Qpod shareholders have put rights to sell their outstanding capital stock to Groupon, including any shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise of options, which would give Groupon 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Qpod.

    Issuance of convertible bonds

        In November 2010, the Company issued convertible bonds of 657.3 million Japanese Yen, all of which were subscribed by Groupon B.V. Each bond will accrue simple interest on its outstanding principal balance at 3.5% per annum. The Company shall pay Groupon B.V. an amount in cash equal to all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on July 31, 2014, the maturity date. If the Company becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of Groupon B.V., Groupon B.V. has the right to set the maturity date as the date 30 days after the day on which the Company becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of Groupon B.V.

        During the conversion period from November 17, 2010 through July 30, 2014, Groupon B.V. shall have the right to convert all outstanding principal under each bond issued by the Company and subscribed for by Groupon B.V. into Preference B shares of the Company at a predetermined conversion rate. However, Groupon B.V. may not exercise its right to convert the bonds until the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Groupon B.V. On the conversion date, the Company will pay in cash to Groupon B.V. all interest accrued.

        On December 15, 2010, the Company issued convertible bonds of 325.2 million Japanese Yen, all of which were subscribed by Groupon B.V. Each bond will accrue simple interest on its outstanding principal balance at 1.0% per annum until December 31, 2010. Start from January 1, 2011 that the annual interest rate will be raised to 3.5% instead. The Company shall pay Groupon B.V. an amount in cash equal to all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on July 31, 2014, the maturity date. If the Company becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of Groupon B.V., Groupon B.V. has the right to set the maturity date as the date 30 days after the day on which the Company becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of Groupon B.V.

        During the conversion period from January 1, 2011 through July 31, 2014, Groupon B.V. shall have the right to convert all outstanding principal under each bond issued by the Company and subscribed for by Groupon B.V. into Preference B shares of the Company at a predetermined conversion rate. However, Groupon B.V. may not exercise its right to convert the bonds until the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Groupon B.V. On the conversion date, the Company will pay in cash to Groupon B.V. all interest accrued.

F-108


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors of Ludic Labs, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying statements of operations and cash flows of Ludic Labs, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009. The statements of operations, and cash flows are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statements of operations and cash flows based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the statements of operations and cash flows referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Ludic Labs, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 
Chicago, Illinois
July 13, 2011

F-109


Table of Contents


LUDIC LABS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 31,
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  

Revenue

  $   $ 1   $ 1   $ 2  

Operating expenses:

                         
 

Salaries and related expenses

    1,137     941     728     466  
 

Marketing

    114     144     126     70  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    463     295     243     233  
                   
   

Total operating expenses

    1,714     1,380     1,097     769  
                   

Loss from operations

    (1,714 )   (1,379 )   (1,096 )   (767 )

Interest and other income, net

    57     6     5     6  
                   

Net loss

  $ (1,657 ) $ (1,373 ) $ (1,091 ) $ (761 )
                   

See Notes to Statements of Operations and Cash Flows

F-110


Table of Contents


LUDIC LABS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  

Operating activities

                         

Net loss

  $ (1,657 ) $ (1,373 ) $ (1,091 ) $ (761 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                         
 

Depreciation

    31     17     14     5  
 

Stock-based compensation

    7     9     8     2  
 

Change in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

                         
   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (6 )   (1 )   (4 )   (1 )
   

Accounts payable

    (37 )   12     18     11  
   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    21     (23 )   (24 )   208  
                   

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (1,641 )   (1,359 )   (1,079 )   (536 )
                   

Investing activities

                         

Purchases of property and equipment

    (12 )   (3 )   (3 )   (4 )
                   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (12 )   (3 )   (3 )   (4 )
                   

Financing activities

                         

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    14     21     21      

Repurchase of common stock

    (74 )            

Repurchase of unvested option exercises upon forfeiture

        (3 )   (3 )   (12 )
                   

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (60 )   18     18     (12 )
                   

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (1,713 )   (1,344 )   (1,064 )   (552 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    3,790     2,077     2,077     733  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 2,077   $ 733   $ 1,013   $ 181  
                   

See Notes to Statements of Operations and Cash Flows.

F-111


Table of Contents


LUDIC LABS, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Ludic Labs, Inc. ("Ludic"), based in San Mateo, California, was founded in 2006. Ludic engages in research, design, and development of media applications for Internet and mobile devices in the United States.

        On November 30, 2010, Ludic was purchased by Groupon, Inc. Groupon, Inc. acquired 100% of the stock from Ludic shareholders in exchange for purchase price of $18.1 million, consisting of $1.5 million in cash and the issuance of shares of Groupon's voting common stock (valued at $16.6 million). The accompanying financial statements within are presented for the fiscal periods prior to acquisition.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Basis of Presentation

        Ludic's financial statements were prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP").

    Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

        The accompanying condensed financial statements of the Company for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for interim financial information and are unaudited. Certain information and disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted. Accordingly, these condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's historical financial statements and accompanying notes included herein. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included in the condensed financial statements. The operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year ending December 31, 2010.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are utilized for, but not limited to, stock-based compensation, income taxes, and the depreciable lives of fixed assets. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

    Marketing

        Marketing expense consists primarily of online marketing costs, such as advertising on social networking sites and through search engines. Online marketing expense is recognized based on the terms of the individual agreements, while other marketing expense generally is recognized in the period in which it is incurred.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        Ludic measures stock-based compensation cost at fair value, net of forfeitures, and recognizes the corresponding compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the service period during which awards are expected to vest. Ludic includes stock-based compensation expense in the salaries and related expenses in the statement of operations and includes the offset to additional paid in capital on the balance sheet.

F-112


Table of Contents


LUDIC LABS, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The fair value of the stock options are determined based on valuations of Ludic's stock on the grant date. See Note 5 "Stock-Based Compensation."

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Ludic considers all highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

    Property and Equipment, net

        Property and equipment includes assets such as furniture and fixtures, external software, and office and telephone equipment. Ludic accounts for property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense are recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally two to three years for all types of assets) and are classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in Ludic's statement of operations.

        Ludic performs a review for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or any other significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. Ludic did not identify any long-lived asset impairments for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 or for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2010.

    Lease Obligations

        Ludic categorizes leases at their inception as either operating or capital leases, and may receive renewal or expansion options, rent holidays, and leasehold improvement and other incentives on certain lease agreements. Ludic recognizes lease costs on a straight-line basis taking into account adjustments for market provisions, such as free or escalating base monthly rental payments, or deferred payment terms such as rent holidays that defer the commencement date of required payments. Additionally, Ludic treats any incentives received as a reduction of costs over the term of the agreement. Ludic records rent expense associated with lease obligations in selling, general and administrative expense on the statement of operations. See Note 3 " Commitments and Contingencies ."

    Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the statutory tax rates that are applicable in a given year. The deferred tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, Ludic believes it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. Ludic considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of its deferred tax assets, including recent cumulative earnings experience, expectations of future taxable income and capital gains by taxing jurisdiction, the carry-forward periods available for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. Ludic allocates its valuation allowance to current and long-term deferred tax assets on a pro-rata basis. A change in the estimate of future taxable income may require an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance.

F-113


Table of Contents


LUDIC LABS, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Ludic utilizes a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions ("tax contingencies"). The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Ludic considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately forecast actual outcomes. Ludic includes interest and penalties related to tax contingencies in income tax expense. See Note 6 " Income Taxes ."

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts of Ludic's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, approximate fair value due to their generally short-term maturities.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued guidance that improves disclosures about fair value measures that were originally required. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those years. The adoption of this guidance did not impact Ludic's financial position or results of operations.

3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Operating Leases

        Ludic has entered into one non-cancellable operating lease agreement with a lease period, including exercised renewal options, expiring in 2011. Rent expense under the operating lease was less than $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for each of the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2010.

        Ludic is responsible for paying its proportionate share of the actual operating expenses and real estate taxes under certain of the lease agreements. These operating expenses are not included in the table below.

F-114


Table of Contents


LUDIC LABS, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2009, future payments under the non-cancellable operating lease were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,
 

 
 

2010

  $ 55  
 

2011

    41  
 

2012

     
 

2013

     
 

2014

     
 

2015

     

Thereafter

     
       

  $ 96  
       

    Legal Matters

        Ludic believes that there are no matters outstanding that will have a material adverse effect on its business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Ludic may become party to litigation resulting from the ordinary course of business. In such an instance Ludic would assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes with respect to potential matters and determine loss contingency assessments on a gross basis after assessing the probability of incurrence of a loss and whether a loss is reasonably estimable. In addition, Ludic would consider other relevant factors that could impact its ability to reasonably estimate a loss. A determination of the amount of reserves required, if any, for such contingencies would be made after analyzing each matter.

4. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

Common Stock

        The board of directors (the "Board") of Ludic has authorized 15 million shares of voting common stock with a par value of $0.0001. As of December 31, 2009, there were 5,731,878 shares issued and 5,381,878 shares outstanding. As of September 30, 2010, there were 4,783,226 shares issued and 4,433,226 shares outstanding of voting common stock. Each share of voting common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Voting common stock is referred to as common stock throughout the notes to these financial statements, unless otherwise noted.

        Ludic issued stock-based awards to its employees in the form of stock options, which have the potential to increase the outstanding shares of common stock. See Note 5 "Stock-based Compensation."

        Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Ludic (a "liquidation event"), the remaining assets of Ludic will be distributed ratably among holders of common stock only after the payment of the full Series A Preferred Stock ("Series A Preferred") liquidation preference has been satisfied.

Convertible Preferred Stock

    Series A Preferred

        Ludic has authorized 4,300,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.00001. In 2007, Ludic authorized the sale and issuance of 4,185,675 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for

F-115


Table of Contents


LUDIC LABS, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

4. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

$5.1 million (or $5.0 million, net of issuance costs). Total proceeds consisted of $3.7 million of cash and the conversion of $1.4 million of debt and accrued interest to 1,198,153 shares of Series A Preferred and 213,065 shares of common stock. The cash proceeds were used to repurchase 350,000 shares of common stock for $0.1 million from certain shareholders and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes. There were 4,185,675 shares of Series A Preferred issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010.

        Holders of Series A Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of voting common stock into which their shares of Series A Preferred could be converted. In addition, the Series A Preferred holders are entitled to be paid, upon a liquidation event, an amount per share equal to 100% of the Series A Preferred original issue price. If, upon the liquidating event, the assets of Ludic are insufficient to fully pay the amounts owed to Series A Preferred holders, all distributions would be made ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which holders would have otherwise been entitled.

        The holders of Series A Preferred are also entitled to receive any noncumulative dividends declared by the Board, by participating equally with the holders of common stock.

        Each share of Series A Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of voting common stock upon the earliest of the following events to occur: (i) holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred consent to a conversion, or (ii) immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering in which the aggregate public offering price equals or exceeds $30 million. The number of shares of voting common stock to which a Series A Preferred stockholder is entitled upon conversion is calculated by multiplying the applicable conversion rate then in effect (currently 1) by the number of Series A Preferred shares to be converted. The conversion rate for the Series A Preferred shares is subject to change in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the agreement with those holders. More specifically, the conversion price is subject to adjustment to prevent dilution on a weighted-average basis in the event that the Company issues additional shares of common stock or securities convertible or exercisable for common stock at a purchase price less than the then effective conversion price. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the number of shares of voting common stock that would have been required to be issued assuming conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred was 4,185,675.

        In connection with Groupon's acquisition of Ludic in November 2010, the Series A Preferred Stock was converted to common stock and 100% of the stock was acquired.

    Dividends

        No dividends have been declared in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 or for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2010.

5. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

        The Board adopted a 2007 Stock Incentive Plan under which it granted certain employees stock option awards in return for employee services to be rendered under which options for up to 1,634,610 shares of common stock were authorized to be issued to employees, consultants, and directors of Ludic. The options are immediately exercisable upon issuance but subject to vesting. The award contains a share repurchase feature at a price equal to the original share purchase price that is exercisable only if the employee is terminated within a specific period and is a forfeiture provision accounted for as such. The awards typically vest monthly over a requisite service period of one to four years and have a contractual life

F-116


Table of Contents


LUDIC LABS, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

5. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)


of ten years. The fair value of stock options on the date of grant is amortized on a straight line basis over the requisite service period and is recorded as a component of employee compensation expense within salaries and related expense in the statement of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 the Company expensed $0.007 million, $0.009 million, respectively, and for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 the Company expensed $0.008 million and $0.002 million related to stock options, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, 1,169,710 shares were available for future issuance under the Plans.

        The table below summarizes activity regarding the stock option awards granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009:

 
  Options   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (in years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

      $      
 

Granted

    123,500   $ 0.21     9.36  
 

Exercised

    (65,000 ) $ 0.21     9.17  
 

Forfeited

    (17,800 ) $ 0.21     9.64  
                   

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    40,700   $ 0.21     9.53  
 

Granted

    141,500   $ 0.21     9.39  
 

Exercised

    (101,200 ) $ 0.21     9.25  
 

Forfeited

    (26,000 ) $ 0.21     9.32  
                   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    55,000   $ 0.21     9.04  

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

    55,000   $ 0.21     9.04  
                   

        Amounts received by Ludic from the exercise of unvested stock options are classified as accrued expenses until vesting occurs. The share amounts in the chart above include vested and unvested exercises.

        The fair value of stock options granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly-traded options of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The expected term represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the "simplified method." Ludic used the "simplified method" due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. The risk-free interest rate is based on yields on U.S. Treasury STRIPS with a maturity similar to the estimated expected life of the stock options. The weighted-average assumptions for stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 are outlined in the following table:

 
  2008   2009  

Dividend yield

         

Risk-free interest rate

    2.46 %   2.15 %

Expected term (in years)

    6.06     5.81  

Expected volatility

    46 %   46 %

        Based on the above assumptions, the weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 were $0.10 and $0.08.

F-117


Table of Contents


LUDIC LABS, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

5. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2009, a total of $0.002 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested awards issued under the Plan are expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of 0.31 years.

        In connection with the acquisition of Ludic by Groupon on November 30, 2010 vesting of all awards issued under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan were accelerated prior to the acquisition and the shareholders had the option to exercise. If the stock options were not exercised prior to the acquisition the options expired.

6. INCOME TAXES

        The items accounting for differences between income taxes computed at the statutory rate and the provision for income taxes were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009  

U.S. federal income tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %
 

Valuation allowance

    (35.0 )   (35.0 )
           

Provision for income taxes, net

    %   %
           

        At December 31, 2008 and 2009, Ludic had $2.8 million and $4.2 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, which will expire beginning in 2028. Additionally, the Company had $0.1 million of Federal R&D credits to carryforward as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, which will expire beginning in 2026.

        Ludic has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax asset due to the historical taxable losses incurred since inception.

        For all tax jurisdictions, all fiscal periods from the commencement of business starting in 2006 are subject to tax audits.

        Ludic had no amounts recorded related to uncertain tax positions in the periods presented.

7. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability.

        To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value:

        Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

        Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

        Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activities. Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are

F-118


Table of Contents


LUDIC LABS, INC.

NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS (Continued)

7. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)


unobservable, such as pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques not based on market, exchange, dealer or broker-traded transactions.

        In determining fair value, Ludic uses various valuation approaches within the fair value measurement framework. The valuation methodologies used for Ludic's instruments measured at fair value and their classification in the valuation hierarchy are summarized below:

        Cash equivalents—Cash equivalents primarily consisted of highly-rated commercial paper and money market funds. Ludic classified cash equivalents as Level 1, due to their short-term maturity, and measured the fair value based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

        The following table summarizes Ludic's assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using  
Description
  As of December 31, 2008   Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

                         
 

Cash equivalents

  $ 1,923   $ 1,923   $   $  
                   

 

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using  
Description
  As of
December 31,
2009
  Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

                         
 

Cash equivalents

  $ 602   $ 602   $   $  
                   

        There were no changes to Ludic's valuation techniques used to measure asset and liability fair values on a recurring basis in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009.

        At December 31, 2009, there were no material fair value adjustments required for non-financial assets and liabilities.

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        Ludic has evaluated subsequent events through July 13, 2011, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

F-119


Table of Contents

GROUPON, INC.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

        During the year ended December 31, 2010, Groupon, Inc. (the "Company") made the following acquisitions:

    Effective May 6, 2010, the Company acquired Goodrec, Inc. ("Goodrec"), a U.S. corporation which provides mobile technical "know-how" and expertise and related services in the areas of development and design;

    Effective May 15, 2010, the Company acquired CityDeal Europe GmbH ("CityDeal"), a collective buying power business that provides daily deals and online marketing services substantially similar to the Company;

    Effective August 11, 2010, the Company acquired Qpod.inc ("Qpod"), a Japanese corporation which also operates a collective buying power business that provides daily deals and online marketing services substantially similar to the Company; and

    Effective November 30, 2010, the Company acquired Ludic Labs, Inc. ("Ludic"), a U.S. corporation which engages in research, design, and development of media applications for Internet and mobile devices.

        As a result of the CityDeal and Qpod acquisitions, the Company believes it has established a significant presence in the European and Japanese markets by strategically expanding into new geographies and increasing its subscriber base. In addition, with the acquisitions of CityDeal and Qpod, the Company believes it has gained management's local expertise in maintaining vendor relationships and establishing new relationships and obtained an assembled workforce that has significant experience and knowledge of the industry. The acquisitions of Goodrec and Ludic allowed the Company to increase its technological expertise in order to improve services offered through media applications for Internet and mobile devices. For purposes of the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company assumed that the Goodrec, CityDeal, Qpod and Ludic acquisitions occurred on January 1, 2010. As a result, the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations was derived from:

    the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010;

    the unaudited historical statement of operations of Goodrec for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 6, 2010;

    the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of CityDeal for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 15, 2010;

    the audited historical statement of operations of Qpod for the period from January 1, 2010 to August 11, 2010; and

    the unaudited historical statement of operations of Ludic for the period from January 1, 2010 to November 30, 2010.

        The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations is presented for illustration purposes only and does not necessarily indicate the operating results that would have been achieved if the Goodrec, CityDeal, Qpod and Ludic acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, nor is it indicative of future operating results.

        The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations should be read in conjunction with the Company's historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus.

F-120


Table of Contents

GROUPON, INC.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Groupon, Inc.
Historical
  Goodrec, Inc.
Period from
January 1,
2010
through
May 6,
2010
  CityDeal
Europe GmbH
Period from
January 1,
2010
through
May 15,
2010
  Qpod.inc
Period from
January 1,
2010
through
August 11,
2010
  Ludic Labs, Inc.
Period from
January 1,
2010
through
November 30, 2010
  Acquisition
Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Pro
Forma
 

Revenue

  $ 713,365   $ 354   $ 8,419   $ 265   $ 3   $   $ 722,406  

Cost of revenue

    433,411           9,211     222               442,844  
                               

Gross profit (loss)

    279,954           (792 )   43               279,205  

Operating expenses:

                                           
 

Marketing

    263,202     10     6,784     655     71         270,722  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    233,913     277     13,034     1,021     880     8,500 (a)   257,625  
 

Acquisition-related (b)

    203,183                         203,183  
                               
   

Total operating expenses

    700,298     287     19,818     1,676     951     8,500     731,530  
                               

Loss (income) from operations

    (420,344 )   67     (20,610 )   (1,633 )   (948 )   (8,500 )   (451,968 )

Interest and other income (expense), net

    284         (243 )   (4 )   7         44  
                               

Loss (income) before provision for income taxes

    (420,060 )   67     (20,853 )   (1,637 )   (941 )   (8,500 )   (451,924 )

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

    (6,674 )   1         29             (6,644 )
                               

Net loss (income)

    (413,386 )   66     (20,853 )   (1,666 )   (941 )   (8,500 )   (445,280 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    23,746         4,240                 27,986  
                               

Net loss (income) attributable to Groupon, Inc

    (389,640 )   66     (16,613 )   (1,666 )   (941 )   (8,500 )   (417,294 )
                               

Dividends on preferred stock

    (1,362 )                       (1,362 )

Redemption of preferred stock in excess of carrying value

    (52,893 )                       (52,893 )

Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value

    (12,425 )                       (12,425 )
                               

Net loss (income) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (456,320 ) $ 66   $ (16,613 ) $ (1,666 ) $ (941 ) $ (8,500 ) $ (483,974 )
                               

Net loss per share

                                           
 

Basic

  $ (2.66 )                                   (c)
 

Diluted

  $ (2.66 )                                   (c)
 

Pro forma basic (unaudited)

                                          (c)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

                                           
 

Basic

    171,349,386                                     (c)
 

Diluted

    171,349,386                                     (c)

F-121


Table of Contents


GROUPON, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

(a)   Amortization

        The pro forma adjustment reflects the additional amortization that would have been recognized on the intangible assets had the acquisitions occurred on January 1, 2010 (dollars in thousands).

Amortization of Intangibles

 
  Useful Life   Goodrec
Amortization
January 1, 2010 to
May 6, 2010
  CityDeal
Amortization
January 1, 2010 to
May 15, 2010
  Qpod
Amortization
January 1, 2010 to
August 11, 2010
  Ludic
Amortization
January 1, 2010 to
November 30, 2010
  Total  

Vendor relationships

  1 year   $   $ 2,689   $ 124   $   $ 2,813  

Developed technology

  2 years     21     229     19     293     562  

Trade names

  1 year         2,346     12         2,358  

Subscriber relationships

  5 years         2,643     124         2,767  
                           
 

Total

      $ 21   $ 7,907   $ 279   $ 293   $ 8,500  
                           

(b)   Acquisition-related

        The Company recorded contingent consideration in the form of common stock as part of the CityDeal acquisition, which was subsequently remeasured on a periodic basis during the year ended December 31, 2010 until final settlement. Had the transaction occurred on January 1, 2010 the amount may have been materially different.

(c)   Earnings per share

        The pro forma basic earnings per share includes 146,661,182 shares of Series B, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G preferred stock converted into shares of common stock and the              shares of additional common stock issued in this offering. The pro forma diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effect of              stock options outstanding using the treasury stock method.

F-122


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

        The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All expenses will be borne by the registrant (except any underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the selling stockholders in this offering). All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the                listing fee.

SEC registration fee

  $ 87,075  

FINRA filing fee

  $ 75,500  
   

listing fee

    *  

Printing and engraving

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Blue sky fees and expenses (including related legal fees)

    *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    *  

Miscellaneous expenses

    *  
       
 

Total

  $ *  
       

*
To be provided by amendment

ITEM 14.   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation's board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

        As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, the registrant's certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant's amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.

        In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, the bylaws of the registrant to be effective upon completion of this offering provide that:

    The registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the registrant's request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful.

    The registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

    The registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to

II-1


Table of Contents

      repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

    The registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the registrant's board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

    The rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

    The registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

        The registrant's policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the DGCL and certain additional procedural protections. The registrant will also maintain directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

        These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant's officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

        The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

        We sold the following shares of our Series D preferred stock, Series E preferred stock, Series F preferred stock, Series G preferred stock, voting common stock and non-voting common stock to the following entities and individuals on the dates set forth below. The issuances of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions not involving a public offering. The information set forth below with respect to our voting and non-voting common stock gives effect to (i) the three-for-one stock split of our voting and non-voting common stock that was completed in August 2010 and (ii) the two-for-one stock split of our voting and non-voting common stock that was completed in January 2011.

Name of Stockholder
  Series D
Preferred
Stock (1)
  Series E
Preferred
Stock (2)
  Series F
Preferred
Stock (3)
  Voting
Common
Stock (4)
  Non-Voting
Common
Stock (5)
  Series G
Preferred
Stock (6)
  Date of
Purchase
  Total
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates

    6,560,174                                   1/15/08   $ 4,799,999  

Andrew D. Mason

                      1,800,000                 11/1/09   $ 144,000  

Entities affiliated with Accel Partners

          2,932,552                             11/17/09   $ 20,000,005  

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates

          1,466,276                             11/17/09   $ 10,000,002  

The Board of Trustees of Leland Stanford Junior University

          7,332                             11/17/09   $ 50,004  

Entities affiliated with Digital Sky Technologies

                3,113,080                       4/16/10   $ 100,000,000  

Entities affiliated with Battery Ventures

                1,089,578                       4/16/10   $ 35,000,000  

Goodrec, Inc. stockholders

                            357,300           5/6/10     (7)
 

II-2


Table of Contents

Name of Stockholder
  Series D
Preferred
Stock (1)
  Series E
Preferred
Stock (2)
  Series F
Preferred
Stock (3)
  Voting
Common
Stock (4)
  Non-Voting
Common
Stock (5)
  Series G
Preferred
Stock (6)
  Date of
Purchase
  Total
Purchase
Price
 

CityDeal Management UG (haftungsbeschraenkt) & Co. Beteiligungs KG

                      1,980,000                 5/15/10     (8)  

CD-Inv Holding UG (haftungsbeschraenkt) & Co. Beteiligungs KG

                      5,939,406                 5/15/10     (8)  

Entities Affiliated with Oliver and Marc Samwer (9)

                      11,880,594                 5/15/10     (8)  

Goodrec, Inc. stockholders

                            120,000           11/6/10     (10)  

Ludic Labs Inc. stockholders

                            1,230,000           11/30/10     (11)  

CityDeal Management UG (haftungsbeschraenkt) & Co. Beteiligungs KG

                      2,010,000                 12/1/10     (12)  

CD-Inv Holding UG (haftungsbeschraenkt) & Co. Beteiligungs KG

                      6,029,400                 12/1/10     (12)  

Entities Affiliated with Oliver and Marc Samwer (9)

                      13,560,600                 12/1/10     (12)  

Entities affiliated with The Growth Fund of America, Inc. 

                                  5,539,730     12/17/10   $ 175,000,071  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity Investments

                                  3,165,559     12/17/10   $ 100,000,009  

Entities affiliated with Morgan Stanley Investment Management

                                  2,374,170     12/17/10   $ 75,000,030  

Entities affiliated with T. Rowe Price

                                  3,165,559     12/17/10   $ 100,000,009  

Allen & Company, LLC

                                  126,622     1/11/11   $ 3,999,989  

Entities affiliated with DST Global Limited

                                  1,614,436     1/11/11   $ 51,000,033  

Andreessen Horowitz Fund II, L.P. 

                                  1,266,223     1/11/11   $ 39,999,985  

Entities affiliated with Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. 

                                  728,079     1/11/11   $ 23,000,016  

Entities affiliated with Greylock XIII Limited Partnership

                                  2,057,613     1/11/11   $ 64,999,995  

Guy Oseary Family Trust

                                  63,311     1/11/11   $ 1,999,994  

KPCB Holdings, Inc. 

                                  2,057,614     1/11/11   $ 65,000,026  

Entities affiliated with Maverick Fund Private Investments, Ltd. 

                                  1,582,780     1/11/11   $ 50,000,020  

SLP Green Holdings, L.L.C. 

                                  1,582,779     1/11/11   $ 49,999,989  

Entities affiliated with TCV Member Fund, L.P. 

                                  4,748,339     1/11/11   $ 150,000,029  

Howard Schultz

                            316,556           2/10/11   $ 5,000,002  

Matt McCutchen

                            14,520           2/10/11   $ 229,343  

Entities affiliated with MEP Associates IV, L.P. 

                            633,112           2/10/11   $ 10,000,004  

Placido Arango

                            63,311           2/10/11   $ 999,997  

Theodore J. Leonsis

                            63,331           2/24/11   $ 1,000,313  

Zappedy stockholders

                            213,092           7/15/11     (13)  

Entities Affiliated with Oliver and Marc Samwer (14)

                                  1,454,428     7/29/11     (15)
 

(1)
Each share of Series D preferred stock will convert into six shares of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

(2)
Each share of Series E preferred stock will convert into six shares of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

(3)
Each share of Series F preferred stock will convert into six shares of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

II-3


Table of Contents

(4)
Each share of voting common stock will convert into one share of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

(5)
Each share of non-voting common stock will convert into one share of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

(6)
Each share of Series G preferred stock will convert into two shares of Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

(7)
These shares were issued as partial consideration in connection with the merger of Goodrec, Inc. d/b/a Mobly with and into Groupon Mobly, Inc.

(8)
These shares were issued as consideration in connection with acquisition the of CityDeal Europe GmbH by Groupon Germany GbR.

(9)
Shares issued to CD-Rocket Holdings UG (haftungsbeschraenkt) & Co. Beteiligungs KG is owned by Rocket Internet GmbH, 83.34% of which is owned by European Founders Fund GmbH. European Founders Fund is owned by Oliver Samwer (33.33%), Marc Samwer (33.33%) and Alexander Samwer (33.33%).

(10)
These shares were issued as contingent consideration in connection with the merger of Goodrec, Inc. d/b/a Mobly with and into Groupon Mobly, Inc.

(11)
These shares were issued as partial consideration in connection with the merger of Ludic Labs, Inc. with and into Groupon Ludic, Inc.

(12)
These shares were issued as contingent consideration in connection with the acquisition of CityDeal Europe GmbH by Groupon Germany GbR.

(13)
These shares were issued as consideration in connection with the acquisition of Zappedy, Inc. by Groupon.

(14)
Shares issued to Rocket Asia GmbH & Co. KG is owned by Rocket Internet GmbH, 83.34% of which is owned by European Founders Fund GmbH. European Founders Fund is owned by Oliver Samwer (33.33%), Marc Samwer (33.33%) and Alexander Samwer (33.33%).

(15)
These shares were issued as consideration in connection with an increase in Groupon's interest in E-Commerce King Limited.

        Since January 1, 2008, we have granted options to 664 of our employees or consultants to purchase an aggregate of 18,855,200 shares of our common stock, of which 5,511,711 have been exercised, 4,198,149 have expired and 9,145,340 remain either unvested or unexercised. The weighted average exercise price for the unvested and/or unexercised options is $2.33 per share. In addition, since January 1, 2008, we have granted 9,627,313 restricted stock units to 248 of our employees or consultants, 5,812,225 of which remain unvested. Each of the option and restricted stock unit grants were awarded under either the Company's 2010 Stock Plan or 2008 Stock Option Plan and, subject to the terms of those plans, vest and allow for exercise, as applicable, in accordance with the terms of each individual grant.

        Other than the transactions listed immediately above, we have not issued and sold any unregistered securities in the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement.

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

    (a)
    Exhibits. The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

*

Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.

 

3.3

*

By-Laws, as currently in effect.

 

3.4

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.

 

4.1

*

Specimen Class A common stock certificate of the Registrant.

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  4.2 * Third Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2010, between Groupon, Inc. and certain investors named therein.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP.

 

10.1

 

2008 Stock Option Plan.**

 

10.2

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option under 2008 Stock Option Plan.**

 

10.3

 

2010 Stock Plan.**

 

10.4

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option under 2010 Stock Plan.**

 

10.5

 

Form of Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award under 2010 Stock Plan.**

 

10.6

*

Employment Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Andrew D. Mason.**

 

10.7

*

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2010, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Andrew D. Mason.**

 

10.8

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Jason Child.**

 

10.9

*

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2010, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Rob Solomon.**

 

10.10

*

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2010, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Rob Solomon.**

 

10.11

*

Employment Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and between Groupon, Inc., Groupon Ludic, Inc. and Brian Totty.**

 

10.12

+

Consulting Contract, dated May 12, 2010, between CityDeal Europe GmbH and Oliver Samwer.**

 

10.13

+

Share Exchange and Transfer Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2010, by and among CD-Inv Holding UG, CD-Rocket Holding UG, CityDeal Management UG, CityDeal Europe GmbH, Groupon German GbR and Groupon,  Inc.

 

10.14

+

Earn-out Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2010, by and among CD-Inv Holding UG, CD-Rocket Holding UG, CityDeal Management UG, CityDeal Europe GmbH, Groupon German GbR and Groupon, Inc.

 

10.15

+

First Amendment to Earn-Out Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2010, by and among CD-Inv Holding UG, CD-Rocket Holding UG, CityDeal Management UG, CityDeal Europe GmbH, Groupon German GbR and Groupon,  Inc.

 

10.16

+

Second Amendment to Earn-Out Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among CD-Inv Holding UG, CD-Rocket Holding UG, CityDeal Management UG, CityDeal Europe GmbH, Groupon German GbR and Groupon,  Inc.

 

10.17

 

Agreement of Lease, dated as of October 14, 2010, by and between 600 West Chicago Associates LLC and Groupon, Inc.

 

10.18

 

Sublease, dated as of June 2010, by and between Lightbank LLC and Groupon, Inc.

 

10.19

+

Office Sublease Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2009, by and between InnerWorkings, Inc. and The Point.

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.20   Agreement of Lease, dated as of December 7, 2010, by and between 600 West Chicago Associates LLC and Groupon, Inc.

 

10.21

*

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 6, 2010, by and among Groupon, Inc., Groupon Mobly, Inc., Goodrec, Inc. and the Stockholders' Representative named therein.

 

10.22

*

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among Groupon, Inc., Groupon Ludic, Inc., Ludic Labs, Inc. and the Stockholders Representative named therein.

 

10.23

*

Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of April 6, 2011, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Ken Pelletier.**

 

10.24

*

Transition Services and Separation Agreement and Mutual General Release, dated as of April 5, 2011, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Rob Solomon.**

 

10.25

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2011, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Margaret H. Georgiadis.**

 

10.26

*

Letter Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2010, by and between Qpod.inc, IVP Fund A, L.P., IVP Fund B, L.P. and Groupon B.V. and Groupon, Inc.

 

21.1

*

Subsidiaries of Groupon, Inc.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP for Groupon, Inc.

 

23.2

 

Consent of Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft.

 

23.3

 

Consent of Ernst & Young ShinNihon LLC.

 

23.4

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP for Ludic Labs, Inc. and Goodrec, Inc.

 

23.5

*

Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1 +

 

Power of Attorney.

*
To be filed by amendment

**
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

+
Previously filed.

II-6


Table of Contents

    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedules.


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Groupon, Inc.

        We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Groupon, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, and have issued our report thereon dated June 2, 2011 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of Form S-1 of this Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.

        In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Chicago, Illinois
June 2, 2011


Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Year
  Charged to
Expense
  Acquisitions
and Other
  Balance at End
of Year
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

TAX VALUATION ALLOWANCE:

                         
 

Year ended December 31, 2008

  $   $ 644   $ 252   $ 896  
 

Year ended December 31, 2009

    896     682         1,528  
 

Year ended December 31, 2010

    1,528     50,474     3,954     55,956  

        All other schedules have been omitted because they are either inapplicable or the required information has been given in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

II-7


Table of Contents

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-8


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Chicago, Illinois, on the 10th day of August, 2011.

    GROUPON, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW D. MASON 

        Name:   Andrew D. Mason
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
*

Andrew D. Mason
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   August 10, 2011

*

Jason E. Child

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

August 10, 2011

*

Joseph M. Del Preto

 

Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

August 10, 2011

*

Peter J. Barris

 

Director

 

August 10, 2011

*

Kevin J. Efrusy

 

Director

 

August 10, 2011

*

Mellody Hobson

 

Director

 

August 10, 2011

*

Bradley A. Keywell

 

Director

 

August 10, 2011

II-9


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
*

Eric P. Lefkofsky
  Director   August 10, 2011

*

Theodore J. Leonsis

 

Director

 

August 10, 2011

*

Howard Schultz

 

Director

 

August 10, 2011

*By:   /s/ ANDREW D. MASON

Andrew D. Mason, as attorney-in-fact
       

II-10


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

 
  Exhibit
Number
  Description
      1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

 

 

3.1

*

Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.

 

 

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.

 

 

 

3.3

*

By-Laws, as currently in effect.

 

 

 

3.4

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.

 

 

 

4.1

*

Specimen Class A common stock certificate of the Registrant.

 

 

 

4.2

*

Third Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2010, between Groupon, Inc. and certain investors named therein.

 

 

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP.

 

 

 

10.1

 

2008 Stock Option Plan.**

 

 

 

10.2

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option under 2008 Stock Option Plan.**

 

 

 

10.3

 

2010 Stock Plan.**

 

 

 

10.4

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option under 2010 Stock Plan.**

 

 

 

10.5

 

Form of Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award under 2010 Stock Plan.**

 

 

 

10.6

*

Employment Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Andrew D. Mason.**

 

 

 

10.7

*

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2010, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Andrew D. Mason.**

 

 

 

10.8

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Jason Child.**

 

 

 

10.9

*

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2010, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Rob Solomon.**

 

 

 

10.10

*

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2010, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Rob Solomon.**

 

 

 

10.11

*

Employment Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and between Groupon, Inc., Groupon Ludic, Inc. and Brian Totty.**

 

 

 

10.12

+

Consulting Contract, dated May 12, 2010, between CityDeal Europe GmbH and Oliver Samwer.**

 

 

 

10.13

+

Share Exchange and Transfer Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2010, by and among CD-Inv Holding UG, CD-Rocket Holding UG, CityDeal Management UG, CityDeal Europe GmbH, Groupon Germany GbR and Groupon,  Inc.

 

 

 

10.14

+

Earn-out Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2010, by and among CD-Inv Holding UG, CD-Rocket Holding UG, CityDeal Management UG, CityDeal Europe GmbH, Groupon Germany GbR and Groupon, Inc.

II-11


Table of Contents

 
  Exhibit
Number
  Description
      10.15 +   First Amendment to Earn-Out Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2010, by and among CD-Inv Holding UG, CD-Rocket Holding UG, CityDeal Management UG, CityDeal Europe GmbH, Groupon Germany GbR and Groupon,  Inc.

 

 

 

10.16 +

 

Second Amendment to Earn-Out Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among CD-Inv Holding UG, CD-Rocket Holding UG, CityDeal Management UG, CityDeal Europe GmbH, Groupon Germany GbR and Groupon, Inc.

 

 

 

10.17

 

Agreement of Lease, dated as of October 14, 2010, by and between 600 West Chicago Associates LLC and Groupon, Inc.

 

 

 

10.18

 

Sublease, dated as of June 2010, by and between Lightbank LLC and Groupon, Inc.

 

 

 

10.19 +

 

Office Sublease Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2009, by and between InnerWorkings, Inc. and The Point.

 

 

 

10.20

 

Agreement of Lease, dated as of December 7, 2010, by and between 600 West Chicago Associates LLC and Groupon, Inc.

 

 

 

10.21

*

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 6, 2010, by and among Groupon, Inc., Groupon Mobly, Inc., Goodrec, Inc. and the Stockholders' Representative named therein.

 

 

 

10.22

*

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among Groupon, Inc., Groupon Ludic, Inc., Ludic Labs, Inc. and the Stockholders' Representative named therein.

 

 

 

10.23

*

Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of April 6, 2011, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Ken Pelletier.**

 

 

 

10.24

*

Transition Services and Separation Agreement and Mutual General Release, dated as of April 5, 2011, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Rob Solomon.**

 

 

 

10.25

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2011, by and between Groupon, Inc. and Margaret H. Georgiadis.**

 

 

 

10.26

*

Letter Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2010, by and between Qpod.inc, IVP Fund A, L.P., IVP Fund B, L.P. and Groupon B.V. and Groupon, Inc.

 

 

 

21.1

*

Subsidiaries of Groupon, Inc.

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP for Groupon, Inc.

 

 

 

23.2

 

Consent of Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellscaft.

 

 

 

23.3

 

Consent of Ernst & Young ShinNihon LLC.

 

 

 

23.4

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP for Ludic Labs, Inc. and Goodrec, Inc.

 

 

 

23.5

*

Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

 

 

24.1 +

 

Power of Attorney.

*
To be filed by amendment

**
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

+
Previously Filed.

II-12




Exhibit 10.1

 

GROUPON, INC.

 

2008 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

1.                                        ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

 

1.1                                  Establishment .   The Groupon, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan (f/k/a ThePoint.com, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan) (the Plan ) is hereby established effective as of January 15, 2008.

 

1.2                                  Purpose .   The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

 

1.3                                  Term of Plan .   The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed.  However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

 

2.                                        DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

 

2.1                                  Definitions.  Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

 

(a)           Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.  If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, Board also means such Committee(s).

 

(b)           Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(c)           Committee means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board.  Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

 

(d)           Company means Groupon, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

 

(e)           Consultant means any person, including an advisor, engaged by a Participating Company to render services other than as an Employee or a Director.

 



 

(f)                                     Director means a member of the Board of Directors or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

 

(g)                                  Disability means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.

 

(h)                                  Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.

 

(i)                                      Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(j)                                      Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

 

(i)            If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable.  If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

 

(ii)           If, on such date, there is no public market for the Stock, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

 

(k)                                   Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(l)                                      Insider means an officer or a Director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 



 

(m)          Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(n)           Option means a right to purchase Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan.  An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

(o)           Option Agreement means a written agreement, including any related form of stock option grant agreement, between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof.

 

(p)           Optionee means a person who has been granted one or more Options.

 

(q)           Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(r)            Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

 

(s)           Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

 

(t)            Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

 

(u)           Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(v)           Service means an Optionee’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant.  The Optionee’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee’s Service.  Furthermore, an Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee’s right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee’s Option Agreement.  The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company.  Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee’s Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

 



 

(w)          Stock means the common stock, shares, or units of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

 

(x)            Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(y)           Ten Percent Owner Optionee means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

 

2.2                                  Construction.   Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.  Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

3.                                        ADMINISTRATION.

 

3.1                                  Administration by the Board .   The Plan shall be administered by the Board.  All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.

 

3.2                                  Authority of Officers.   Only the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Operating Officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein

 

3.3                                  Administration with Respect to Insiders .   With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

 

3.4                                  Powers of the Board .   In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

 

(a)           to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;

 

(b)           to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

 

(c)           to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

 



 

(d)           to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

 

(e)           to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;

 

(f)            to amend, modify, extend, cancel, renew, reprice or otherwise adjust the exercise price of, or grant a new Option in substitution for, any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

 

(g)           to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;

 

(h)           to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and

 

(i)            to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent consistent with the Plan and applicable law.

 

4.                                        SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

 

4.1                                  Maximum Number of Shares Issuable .   Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be 32,309,250 shares and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof.  If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee’s exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

 

4.2                                  Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure .   In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or

 



 

similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options.  If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the New Shares ), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares.  In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option.  The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

5.                                        ELIGIBILITY AND OPTION LIMITATIONS.

 

5.1           Persons Eligible for Options .   Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, “Employees,” “Consultants” and “Directors” shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationships with the Participating Company Group.  Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option.

 

5.2           Option Grant Restrictions .   Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.

 

5.3           Fair Market Value Limitation .   To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.  If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code.  If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising.  In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option

 



 

first.  Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

 

6.                                        TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS .

 

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish.  No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement.  Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

6.1                                  Exercise Price .   The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, (b) the exercise price per share for a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (c) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

6.2                                  Exercise Period .   Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria, and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company, and (d) with the exception of an Option granted to an officer, Director or Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the Optionee’s continued Service.  Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall have a term of ten (10) years from the effective date of grant of the Option.

 

6.3                                  Payment of Exercise Price .

 

(a)           Forms of Consideration Authorized.   Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a

 


 

Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the exercise price, (iii) by the assignment of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a Cashless Exercise ), (iv) by the Optionee’s promissory note in a form approved by the Company, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof.  The Board may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

 

(b)                                  Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

 

(i)            Tender of Stock.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

 

(ii)           Cashless Exercise.   The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

 

(iii)          Payment by Promissory Note.   No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law.  Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine at the time the Option is granted.  The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Optionee to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option or with other collateral acceptable to the Company.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.

 

6.4                                  Tax Withholding .   The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and

 



 

foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof.  Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof.  The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.

 

6.5                                  Repurchase Rights .   Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted.  The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.  Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

 

6.6                                  Effect of Termination of Service.

 

(a)                                   Option Exercisability .   Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee’s termination of Service as follows:

 

(i)            Disability.   If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the Option Expiration Date ).

 

(ii)           Death.   If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.  The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

 



 

(iii)          Other Termination of Service.   If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee within thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

(b)                                  Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law .   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

(c)                                   Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b ).   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

 

7.                                        STANDARD FORMS OF OPTION AGREEMENT.

 

7.1                                  General .   Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the standard forms of Option Agreement adopted by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

 

7.2                                  Authority to Vary Terms .   The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any of the standard forms of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

8.                                        CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

8.1                                  Definitions .

 

(a)           An Ownership Change Event shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company:  (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 



 

(b)           A Change in Control shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction ) wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee Corporation(s) ), as the case may be.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations.  The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

8.2                                  Effect of Change in Control on Options .   In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiring Corporation ), may either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock.  For purposes of this Section 8.2, an Option shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to purchase in accordance with its terms and conditions, for each share of Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled.  Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement.

 

9.                                        PROVISION OF INFORMATION .

 

At least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option.  The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

 

10.                                  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.  No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 



 

11.                                  COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW.

 

The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities.  Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed.  In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.  As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

12.                                  INDEMNIFICATION .

 

In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

 



 

13.                                  TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN .

 

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time.  However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule.  No termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option or any unexercised portion thereof, without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

 

14.                                  GOVERNING LAW.

 

The validity, construction and effect of the Plan and of any rules, regulations, determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to the Plan and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest therein or thereunder, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with applicable federal laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

 

15.                                  STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL .

 

The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the Authorized Shares ) shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board.  Options granted prior to stockholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the stockholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of stockholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

 

*     *     *     *

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

GROUPON, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

 

The Optionee has been granted an option (the Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock of Groupon, Inc. pursuant to the Groupon, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan (the Plan ), as follows:

 

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Option Shares:

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price:

 

$

 

 

 

Initial Vesting Date:

 

The date one (1) year after [insert vesting commencement date]

 

 

 

Option Expiration Date:

 

The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant

 

 

 

Tax Status of Option:

 

               Stock Option. (Enter “Incentive” or “Nonstatutory.” If blank, the Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.)

 

 

 

Vested Shares:

 

Except as provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Number of Option Shares by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior to Initial Vesting Date

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Optionee’s Service has not terminated prior to such date

 

1/4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For each additional full year of the Optionee’s continuous Service from Initial Vesting Date

 

1/4

 

 

 

The Exercise Price represents an amount the Company believes to be no less than the fair market value of a share of Stock as of the Date of Grant, determined in good faith in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.  However, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the Company’s determination.  A subsequent IRS determination that the Exercise Price is less than such fair market value could result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee.  By signing below, the Optionee agrees that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, penalty, interest or cost incurred by the Optionee as a result of such determination by the IRS.  The Optionee is urged to consult with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Option, including the application of Section 409A.

 

1



 

By their signatures below, the Company and the Optionee agree that the Option is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.  The Optionee acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Optionee has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

GROUPON, INC.

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

Date

Address:

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS:   2008 Stock Plan; Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Notice

 

2




Exhibit 10.3

 

GROUPON, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

 

1.     ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

 

1.1            Establishment .  The Groupon, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan (the Plan ) is hereby established effective as of April 16, 2010.

 

1.2            Purpose .   The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.  The Company intends that Awards granted pursuant to the Plan be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Plan shall be so construed.

 

1.3            Term of Plan.   The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Board; provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

 

2.     DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

 

2.1            Definitions.  Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

 

(a)            Award means an Option, Restricted Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Bonus granted under the Plan.

 

(b)            Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award granted to the Participant.

 

(c)            Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.  If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, Board also means such Committee(s).

 

(d)            Change in Control means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company applicable to an Award, the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i)             an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction ) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent

 

1



 

(50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(t)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee ), as the case may be; or

 

(ii)            approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described in subsections (i) of this Section 2 in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

 

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities.  The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(e)            Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations and administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder.

 

(f)             Committee means the compensation committee or other committee or subcommittee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board.  Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

 

(g)            Company means Groupon, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

 

(h)            Consultant means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

 

(i)             Director means a member of the Board.

 

(j)             Disability means the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Participant.

 

2



 

(k)            Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.  The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be.  For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

 

(l)             Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(m)           Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

 

(i)             If, on such date, the Stock is listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable.  If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

 

(ii)            If, on such date, the Stock is not listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(n)            Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(o)            Incumbent Director means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the Effective Date or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of

 

3



 

such election or nomination (but excluding a director who was elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company).

 

(p)            Insider means an Officer, a Director or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(q)            Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(r)             Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

 

(s)            Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(t)             Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company:  (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

 

(u)            Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(v)            Participant” means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

 

(w)           Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

 

(x)             Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, all entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

 

(y)            Restricted Stock Award means an Award of a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

 

(z)             Restricted Stock Bonus means Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.

 

(aa)          Restricted Stock Purchase Right means a right to purchase Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.

 

(bb)          Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended

 

4



 

from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

 

(cc)          Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(dd)          Service means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether as an Employee, a Director or a Consultant.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders such Service or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service.  Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have interrupted or terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company.  However, unless otherwise provided by the Board, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement.  A Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company.  Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

 

(ee)          Stock means the Nonvoting Common Stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 3.

 

(ff)            Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(gg)          Ten Percent Stockholder means a person who, at the time an Award is granted to such person, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

 

(hh)          Trading Compliance Policy means the written policy of the Company pertaining to the purchase, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Company’s equity securities by Directors, Officers, Employees or other service providers who may possess material, nonpublic information regarding the Company or its securities.

 

(ii)            Vesting Conditions mean those conditions established in accordance with the Plan prior to the satisfaction of which shares subject to an Award remain subject to forfeiture or a repurchase option in favor of the Company exercisable for the Participant’s monetary purchase price, if any, for such shares upon the Participant’s termination of Service.

 

2.2            Construction.   Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and

 

5



 

shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.  Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

3.     ADMINISTRATION.

 

3.1            Administration by the Board.   The Plan shall be administered by the Board.  All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any Award Agreement or of any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith.  Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein.  All expenses incurred in connection in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

 

3.2            Authority of Officers.   Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

 

3.3            Powers of the Board .   In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

 

(a)            to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Award;

 

(b)            to determine the type of Award granted;

 

(c)            to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

 

(d)            to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise or purchase price of shares pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased pursuant to any Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any Award, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of Stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability or vesting of any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the time of expiration of any Award, (vi) the effect of any Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

 

(e)            to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

 

6



 

(f)             to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto;

 

(g)            to reprice or otherwise adjust the exercise price of any Option, or to grant in substitution for any Option a new Award covering the same or different number of shares of Stock;

 

(h)            to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;

 

(i)             to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt sub-plans or supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy, accounting principles or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Awards; and

 

(j)             to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

 

3.4            Administration with Respect to Insiders.   With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

 

3.5            Indemnification.   In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

 

4.     SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

 

4.1            Maximum Number of Shares Issuable.   Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued

 

7



 

under the Plan shall be 10,000,000 and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof.

 

4.2            Share Counting.   If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s exercise or purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.  Shares of Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan (a) with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash or (b) to the extent such shares are withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations pursuant to Section 10.2.  If the exercise price of an Option is paid by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant, or by means of a Net Exercise, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the net number of shares issued upon the exercise of the Option.

 

4.3            Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure .   Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting regular, periodic cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, in the ISO Share Limit set forth in Section 5.3(a), and in the exercise or purchase price per share under any outstanding Awards in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan.  For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.”  If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares ), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares.  In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion.  Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the exercise price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent.  In no event may the exercise or purchase price, if any, under any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Award.  Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

4.4            Assumption or Substitution of Awards.   The Board may, without affecting the number of shares of Stock available pursuant to Section 4.1, authorize the issuance or

 

8



 

assumption of benefits under this Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, subject to compliance with Section 409A and any other applicable provisions of the Code.

 

5.     ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND OPTION LIMITATIONS.

 

5.1            Persons Eligible for Awards .   Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.

 

5.2            Participation in the Plan.   Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Board.  Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award.  However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

 

5.3            Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

 

(a)            Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options.   Subject to Section 4.1 and adjustment as provided in Section 4.3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed 500,000 shares (the ISO Share Limit ).  The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3.

 

(b)            Persons Eligible.   An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee.  Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

(c)            Fair Market Value Limitation .   To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.  If the Code is amended to provide for a limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code.  If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising.  In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the

 

9



 

Option first.  Upon exercise of the Option, Shares issued pursuant to each such portion shall be separately identified.

 

6.     STOCK OPTIONS.

 

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish.  Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

6.1            Exercise Price .   The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 409A or Section 424(a) of the Code, as applicable.

 

6.2            Exercisability and Term of Options .   Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, and (c) no Option granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of such Option (except in the event of such Employee’s death, disability or retirement, upon a Change in Control, or as otherwise permitted by the Worker Economic Opportunity Act).  Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, each Option shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

 

6.3            Payment of Exercise Price .

 

(a)            Forms of Consideration Authorized.   Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to the limitations contained in Section 6.3(b), by means of (1) a Stock Tender Exercise, (2) a Cashless Exercise or (3) a Net Exercise; (iii) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (iv) by any combination thereof.  The Board may at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

 

10


 

 

(b)            Limitations on Forms of Consideration .

 

(i)             Stock Tender Exercise.   A Stock Tender Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice accompanied by a Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.  A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.  If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

 

(ii)            Cashless Exercise.   A Cashless Exercise shall be permitted only upon the class of shares subject to the Option becoming publicly traded in an established securities market.  A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).  The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise, including with respect to one or more Participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other Participants.

 

(iii)           Net Exercise.   A Net Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice followed by a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued.

 

(iv)           Payment by Promissory Note.   No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Award using a promissory note would be a violation of any law.  Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine at the time the Award is granted.  The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Participant to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Award with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Award or with other collateral acceptable to the Company.  Unless otherwise

 

11



 

provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Participant shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.

 

6.4            Effect of Termination of Service .

 

(a)            Option Exercisability .   Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan and unless a longer exercise period is provided by the Board, an Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section and thereafter shall terminate:

 

(i)             Disability.   If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option (the Option Expiration Date ).

 

(ii)            Death.   If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.  The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within thirty (30) days after the Participant’s termination of Service.

 

(iii)           Other Termination of Service.   If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

(b)            Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law .   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4(a)

 

12



 

is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of the applicable time period under Section 6.4(a), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

6.5            Transferability of Options.   During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.  An Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, an Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, only as permitted by applicable regulations under Section 421 of the Code in a manner that does not disqualify such Option as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

7.     RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.

 

Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying whether the Award is a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish.  Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

7.1            Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized.   Restricted Stock Awards may be granted in the form of either a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right.  Restricted Stock Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Board shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.

 

7.2            Purchase Price .   The purchase price for shares of Stock issuable under each Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Board in its discretion.  No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of receiving shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

 

7.3            Purchase Period .   A Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Board, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

 

7.4            Payment of Purchase Price.  Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Restricted

 

13



 

Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (c) by any combination thereof.

 

7.5            Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer .   Shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, as shall be established by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award.  During any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 7.8.  The Board, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Trading Compliance Policy, then satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy.  Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

 

7.6            Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions.   Except as provided in this Section, Section 7.5 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding shares of Stock, including the right to vote such shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such shares; provided, however, that if so determined by the Board and provided by the Award Agreement, such dividends and distributions shall be subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid, and otherwise shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year in which such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders (or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the date such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders).  In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.3, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid or adjustments were made.

 

7.7            Effect of Termination of Service .   Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then (a) the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of

 

14



 

Service and (b) the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service.  The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

 

7.8            Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights .   Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

8.     STANDARD FORMS OF AWARD AGREEMENTS.

 

8.1            Award Agreements .   Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Board and as amended from time to time.  No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Award Agreement, which execution may be evidenced by electronic means.

 

8.2            Authority to Vary Terms .   The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

9.     CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

9.1            Effect of Change in Control on Awards .   Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A of the Code, if applicable, the Board may provide for any one or more of the following:

 

(a)            Accelerated Vesting .  In its discretion, the Board may provide in the grant of any Award or at any other time may take such action as it deems appropriate to provide for acceleration of the exercisability and/or vesting in connection with a Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following such Change in Control, and to such extent as the Board shall determine.

 

(b)            Assumption, Continuation or Substitution of Awards .  In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror ), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to

 

15



 

the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s stock.  For purposes of this Section, if so determined by the Board, in its discretion, an Award or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award for each share of Stock to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control.  If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration.  Any Award or portion thereof which is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Award prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement evidencing such Award except as otherwise provided in such Award Agreement.

 

(c)            Cash-Out of Outstanding Awards.   The Board may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control and not previously exercised or settled shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the Board) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced (but not below zero) by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award.  If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable amount of future payment of such consideration.  In the event such determination is made by the Board, an Award having an exercise or purchase price per share equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control may be canceled

 

16



 

without payment of consideration to the holder thereof.  Payment pursuant to this Section (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be made to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.

 

9.2            Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

(a)            Excess Parachute Payment.   If any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, provided such election would not subject the Participant to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Participant may elect, in his or her sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

 

(b)            Determination by Independent Accountants.   To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 9.2(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 9.2(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by the Company (the Accountants ).  As soon as practicable thereafter, the Accountants shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant.  For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination.  The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section.

 

10.     TAX WITHHOLDING.

 

10.1          Tax Withholding in General.   The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including any social insurance tax), if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto.  The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

 

10.2          Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares.   The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise or vesting of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all

 

17



 

or any part of the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group.  The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.  The Company may require a Participant to direct a broker, upon the vesting or exercise of an Award, to sell a portion of the shares subject to the Award determined by the Company in its discretion to be sufficient to cover the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company and to remit an amount equal to such tax withholding obligations to the Company in cash.

 

11.     COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW.

 

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to any Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed.  In addition, no Award may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to an Award unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable pursuant to the Award or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable pursuant to the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.  As a condition to issuance of any Stock, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

12.     AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.

 

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  However, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Stock may then be listed or quoted.  No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Board.  Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any Participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code.

 

18


 

 

13.     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

 

13.1          Repurchase Rights .   Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Award is granted.  The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.  Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

 

13.2          Forfeiture Events.   The Board may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award.

 

13.3          Provision of Information .  At least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Participant and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Award; provided, however, that this requirement shall not apply if all offers and sales of securities pursuant to the Plan comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 701 under the Securities Act.  The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key persons whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.  The Company shall deliver to each Participant such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

13.4          Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director.   No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant.  Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time.  To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

 

13.5          Rights as a Stockholder.   A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).  No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4 or another provision of the Plan.

 

13.6          Delivery of Title to Shares.   Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award and shall deliver such shares to or for the benefit of the Participant by means of one or more of the

 

19



 

following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

 

13.7          Fractional Shares.   The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.

 

13.8          409A Savings Clause.   The Plan and all Awards granted hereunder are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Code section 409A.  The Plan and all Awards granted under the Plan shall be administered, interpreted, and construed in a manner consistent with Code section 409A to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Code section 409A(a)(1)(B).  Should any provision of the Plan, any Award Agreement, or any other agreement or arrangement contemplated by the Plan be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Code section 409A, such provision shall be modified and given effect (retroactively if necessary), in the sole discretion of the Board, and without the consent of the holder of the Award, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Code section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the Board exercise its discretion to accelerate the payment or settlement of an Award where such payment or settlement constitutes deferred compensation within the meaning of Code section 409A unless, and solely to the extent, that such accelerated payment or settlement is permissible under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(4) or any successor provision.

 

13.9          Other Agreements.   As a condition precedent to the grant of any Award under the Plan, the exercise pursuant to such an Award, or to the delivery of certificates for shares issued pursuant to any Award, the Board may require the grantee or the grantee’s successor or permitted transferee, as the case may be, to become a party to a stock restriction agreement, shareholders’ agreement, voting trust agreement or other agreements regarding the Stock of the Company in such form(s) as the Board may determine from time to time.  In furtherance thereof, as a condition precedent to the issuance of any shares of Stock under the Plan, the grantee or the grantee’s successor or permitted transferee, as the case may be, shall execute a joinder to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement (as amended from time to time) and become a “Common Holder” thereunder.

 

13.10        Severability .  If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

13.11        No Constraint on Corporate Action.  Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or

 

20



 

appropriate.

 

13.12        Choice of Law.   Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

 

13.13        Stockholder Approval .  The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4 (the “ Authorized Shares” ) shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote by a period beginning twelve (12) months before and ending twelve (12) months after the date of adoption thereof by the Board.  Awards granted prior to security holder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the security holders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of security holder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be, and such Awards shall be rescinded if such security holder approval is not received in the manner described in the preceding sentence.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth the Groupon, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan as duly adopted by the Board on April 16, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

21



 

PLAN HISTORY

 

April 16, 2010                         Board adopts Plan, with an initial reserve of 500,000 shares.

 

April 16, 2010                         Stockholders of the Company approve Plan.

 


 



Exhibit 10.4

 

GROUPON, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

 

The Optionee has been granted an option (the Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock of Groupon, Inc. pursuant to the Groupon, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan (the Plan ), as follows:

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Number of Option Shares:

                                               Shares of Nonvoting Common Stock

 

 

Exercise Price:

$

 

 

Initial Vesting Date:

The date one (1) year after [insert vesting commencement date]

 

 

Option Expiration Date:

The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant

 

 

Tax Status of Option:

                                Stock Option.  (Enter “Incentive” or “Nonstatutory.”  If blank, the Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.)

 

 

Vested Shares:

Except as provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Number of Option Shares by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Vested Ratio

 

Prior to Initial Vesting Date

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Optionee’s Service has not terminated prior to such date

 

1/4

 

 

 

 

 

Plus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For each additional full year of the Optionee’s continuous Service from Initial Vesting Date

 

1/4

 

The Exercise Price represents an amount the Company believes to be no less than the fair market value of a share of Stock as of the Date of Grant, determined in good faith in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.  However, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the Company’s determination.  A subsequent IRS determination that the Exercise Price is less than such fair market value could result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee.  By signing below, the Optionee agrees that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, penalty, interest or cost incurred by the Optionee as a result of such determination by the IRS.  The Optionee is urged to consult with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Option, including the application of Section 409A.

 



 

By their signatures below, the Company and the Optionee agree that the Option is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.  The Optionee acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Optionee has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

GROUPON, INC.

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

Address:

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS:                                              2010 Stock Plan; Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Notice

 

2



 

ATTACHMENT I

 

GROUPON, INC. STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

3



 

GROUPON, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

The Company has granted to the Optionee, pursuant to a Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and the Company’s 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), an Option to purchase certain shares of Stock, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”).  The Option shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice and the Plan, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

 

1.1                                 Definitions .   Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

 

1.2                                 Construction .   Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.  Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

2.                                       TAX CONSEQUENCES.

 

2.1                                 Tax Status of Option .   As indicated in the Grant Notice, the Option is intended to be either an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code or a Nonstatutory Stock Option, which is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.  The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of the Option (and any requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements).

 

2.2                                 Fair Market Value Limitation.   If the Option is designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice , to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.  If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code.  If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising.  In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first.  Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.  [ NOTE TO OPTIONEE :  If the aggregate Exercise Price of the

 

4



 

Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.]

 

3.                                       EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

 

3.1                                 Right to Exercise.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 5) in an amount not to exceed the Number of Option Shares multiplied by the Vested Ratio less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Optionee’s agreement that any shares purchased upon exercise are subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal and Vested Share Repurchase Option (as such terms are defined herein).

 

3.2                                 Method of Exercise .   Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement.  The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 5, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current forms of escrow and security agreement referenced below.  The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreements.

 

3.3                                 Payment of Exercise Price .

 

(a)                                  Forms of Consideration Authorized .   Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 3.3(b), (iv) if permitted by the Company at the time of exercise, by means of a promissory note, or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

 

5



 

(b)                                 Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

 

(i)                                      Tender of Stock.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender, or attestation to the ownership, of Stock would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.  The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

 

(ii)                                  Cashless Exercise.   A Cashless Exercise means the assignment in a form acceptable to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).  The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.  Generally, and without limiting the Company’s absolute discretion, a “cashless exercise” will only be permitted at such times in which the shares underlying the Option are publicly traded .

 

(iii)                               Payment by Promissory Note No promissory note shall be permitted if an exercise of the Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law.  Unless otherwise specified by the Board at the time the Option is granted, the promissory note permitted in clause (iv) of Section 3.3(a) shall be a full recourse note in a form satisfactory to the Company.  Such recourse promissory note shall be secured by the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the then current form of security agreement as approved by the Company.  At any time the Company is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.  The Company in its sole discretion, may require the Optionee to pay the unpaid principal balance of the promissory note and any accrued interest thereon upon termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason, with or without cause.

 

3.4                                 Tax Withholding .   At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon

 

6



 

exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.  The Optionee is cautioned that the Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied.  Accordingly, the Optionee may not be able to exercise the Option when desired even though the Option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares or release such shares from any escrow provided for herein.

 

3.5                                 Certificate Registration .   Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, the Optionee’s heirs.

 

3.6                                 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares .   The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities.  The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed.  In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED.  The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.  As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

3.7                                 Fractional Shares .   The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

 

4.                                       NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.

 

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 6, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

7



 

5.                                       TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.

 

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 6, or (c) pursuant to a Change in Control, to the extent provided in the Plan.

 

6.                                       EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

 

6.1                                 Option Exercisability .

 

(a)                                  Disability .   If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.  [ NOTE :  If an Incentive Stock Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service as an Employee terminated as a result of a Disability other than a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.]

 

(b)                                 Death .   If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.  The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within thirty (30) days after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

 

(c)                                  Other Termination of Service .   If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability, or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee within thirty (30) days (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

6.2                                 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law .   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 3.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until thirty (30) days after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.  The Company makes no representation as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise.  The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise.

 

8


 

 

6.3                                 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b).   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.  The Company makes no representation as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise.  The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise.

 

7.                                       RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

 

The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).  No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.  If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term.  Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

8.                                       RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

8.1                                 Grant of Right of First Refusal .   Except as provided in Section 8.7  below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option (the Transfer Shares ) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8 (the Right of First Refusal ).  This Right of First Refusal terminates in accordance with Section 8.9.

 

8.2                                 Notice of Proposed Transfer .   Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer.  In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith.  If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee.  The Transfer Notice shall be

 

9



 

signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

 

8.3                                 Bona Fide Transfer .   If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 8, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 8.  The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

 

8.4                                 Exercise of Right of First Refusal .   If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee.  If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company.  For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

 

8.5                                 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal .   If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 8.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice.  The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent

 

10



 

proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 8.

 

8.6                                 Transferees of Transfer Shares .   All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 8 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer.  Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 8 are met.

 

8.7                                 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal .   The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event.  If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 8.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

 

8.8                                 Assignment of Right of First Refusal .   The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

 

8.9                                 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal .   The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal.  A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

9.                                       ESCROW.

 

9.1                                 Establishment of Escrow .   To ensure that shares securing any promissory note will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company.  If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow.  Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described

 

11



 

in Section 4.2 of the Plan, subject to the Vested Share Repurchase Option or any security interest held by the Company, shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event.  The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

 

9.2                                 Delivery of Shares to Optionee .   As soon as practicable after the expiration of the restrictions described in Section 9.1, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restrictions.

 

9.3                                 Notices and Payments .   In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent.  Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

 

10.                                 STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT.

 

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal and any security interest held by the Company with the same force and effect as the shares subject to such provisions immediately before such event

 

11.                                 STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO THIS OPTION AGREEMENT.

 

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal, and any security interest held by the Company with the same force and effect as the shares subject to such restrictions immediately before such event.

 

12



 

12.                                 NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

 

If the Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice , the Optionee shall comply with the provisions of this Section.  The Optionee shall promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date of the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant.  Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant.  At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers.  The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

13.                                 LEGENDS.

 

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement.  The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section.  Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

 

13.1                           “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

 

13.2                           “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

 

13



 

13.3                           If the Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice :  “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO ).  IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ NOTE:  INSERT LATER OF TWO YEARS AFTER THE DATE OF OPTION GRANT OR ONE YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF EXERCISE ].  SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY.  THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

 

14.                                 PUBLIC OFFERING.

 

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering.  The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.  The Optionee shall be subject to this Section provided and only if the officers and directors of the Company are also subject to similar arrangements.

 

15.                                 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

 

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void.  The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

16.                                 BINDING EFFECT.

 

Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

14



 

17.                                 TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT.

 

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.  No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

 

18.                                 NOTICES.

 

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown on the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

19.                                 INTEGRATED AGREEMENT.

 

The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, an Employment Agreement if applicable, and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein and there are no agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein.  To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

20.                                 APPLICABLE LAW.

 

The validity, construction and effect of this Option Agreement shall be determined exclusively in accordance with applicable federal laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

 

*     *     *     *

 

15



 

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

Date:

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Groupon, Inc.

 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option .  I was granted a stock option (the Option ) to purchase shares of the Nonvoting Common Stock of Groupon, Inc. (the Company ) on                           ,           , pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ), the Stock Option Grant Notice dated                   , 20         and the related Stock Option Agreement (together, the Option Agreement ).  I hereby elect to exercise the Option as to a total of                              shares of the Nonvoting Common Stock of the Company (the Shares ), all of which have vested in accordance with the Option Agreement.

 

2.                                       Payment .  Enclosed herewith is full payment in the aggregate amount of $                           (representing $               per share) for the Shares in the manner set forth in the Option Agreement.  I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any.

 

3.                                       Binding Effect .  I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.  If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held by such escrow agent pursuant to the Company’s standard Joint Escrow Instructions.

 

4.                                       Transfer .  I am aware that Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied.  I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

 

I agree that, if the Option is designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice , I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares acquired pursuant to such incentive stock option within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the date of grant of the Option.

 

1



 

My address of record is:

 

 

My Social Security Number is:

 

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

 

GROUPON, INC.

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

2



 

ATTACHMENT II

 

GROUPON, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

 

[See Exhibit 10.3]

 

3


 



Exhibit 10.5

 

GROUPON, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD

GRANT NUMBER:

 

Terms defined in the Company’s 2010 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Notice of Grant ”).

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

You (“ Participant ”) have been granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the attached Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (hereinafter “ RSU Agreement ”) under the Plan, as follows:

 

Total Number of RSUs:

 

RSU Start Date:

 

Date of Grant:

 

Expiration Date:

The earlier to occur of: (a) the date on which settlement of all vested RSUs granted hereunder occurs and (b) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

Vesting: If application of a vesting percentage would cause vesting of a fractional share, then such vesting shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share and shall cumulate with any other fractional shares and such fractions shall vest as they aggregate into a whole share of Stock.

 

(a)  No RSUs will vest until the earlier to occur of: (i) the date that is the earlier of (x) six (6) months after the effective date of an initial public offering of the Company’s securities (“ IPO ”) or (y) March 15 of the calendar year following the year in which the IPO was declared effective; and (ii) the date of a Change in Control; (any of the foregoing (i) and (ii) being an “ Initial Vesting Event ”).

 

The number of RSUs that vest on an Initial Vesting Event shall be calculated as follows: (i) If Participant has been in Continuous Service Status for at least one year from the RSU Start Date, the number of RSUs that shall vest on the Initial Vesting Event shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying the “Total Number of RSUs” identified above by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of monthly anniversaries of the RSU Start Date on which the Participant was in Continuous Service Status from the RSU Start Date and the denominator of which is forty-eight (48); and (ii) If Participant has not been in Continuous Service Status for at least one year from the RSU Start Date, then the number of vested RSUs at that time shall be zero.

 

(b)  If Participant is in Continuous Service Status on the date of the Initial Vesting Event, then with respect to RSUs that have not vested as of such Initial Vesting Event, vesting shall be determined as follows (each vesting date under either of the following (i) or (ii) being a “ Subsequent Vesting Event ”): (i) If Participant has not been in Continuous Service Status for at least one year from the RSU Start Date at the time of the Initial Vesting Event, then on the first anniversary of the RSU Start Date, twenty-five percent (25%) of the RSUs will vest provided that Participant has been in Continuous Service Status on such first anniversary, and thereafter on

 



 

each subsequent monthly anniversary, 1/48th of the RSUs will vest provided that Participant has been in Continuous Service Status on each such subsequent monthly anniversary; and (ii) If Participant has been in Continuous Service Status for at least one year from the RSU Start Date at the time of the Initial Vesting Event, vesting of any unvested RSUs shall continue on each subsequent monthly anniversary of the RSU Start Date at a rate of 1/48th of the RSUs provided that Participant has been in Continuous Service Status on each such subsequent monthly anniversary.

 

Settlement: Within 30 days following the occurrence of the Initial Vesting Event or any Subsequent Vesting Event as set forth above, RSUs that vest as of the Initial Vesting Event or any Subsequent Vesting Event shall be settled. Settlement means the delivery of the Stock vested under an RSU. Settlement of RSUs on the Initial Vesting Event or any Subsequent Vesting Event shall be in Stock unless at the time of settlement the Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines that settlement shall, in whole or in part, be in the form of cash. Settlement of vested RSUs shall occur whether or not Participant is in Continuous Service Status at the time of settlement.

 

Participant understands that his or her employment or consulting relationship with the Company is for an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time ( i.e. , is “at-will”), and that nothing in this Notice of Grant, the RSU Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship. Participant acknowledges that the vesting of the RSUs pursuant to this Notice of Grant is conditioned on the occurrence of an Initial Vesting Event or a Subsequent Vesting Event. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE GRANT OF THESE RSU’S IS IN LIEU OF ANY GRANT OF ANY OTHER FORM OF EQUITY AWARD (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, STOCK OPTIONS) THAT MAY HAVE BEEN SET FORTH IN ANY EMPLOYMENT OFFER LETTER OR OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES PRECEDING THE DATE OF GRANT SET FORTH ABOVE. Participant also understands that this Notice of Grant is subject to the terms and conditions of both the RSU Agreement and the Plan, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. Participant has read both the RSU Agreement and the Plan.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

GROUPON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2



 

Attachment I

 

GROUPON, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT UNDER THE

2010 STOCK PLAN

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Company’s 2010 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”).

 

You have been granted Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (“ Notice of Grant ”) and this Agreement.

 

1.                                       No Stockholder Rights . Unless and until such time as shares of Stock are issued in settlement of vested RSUs, Participant shall have no ownership of the Stock allocated to the RSUs and shall have no right to dividends or to vote such Stock.

 

2.                                       Dividend Equivalents . Dividends, if any (whether in cash or Stock), shall not be credited to Participant.

 

3.                                       No Transfer . The RSUs and any interest therein shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of.

 

4.                                       Termination . If Participant’s Continuous Service Status terminates for any reason, all RSUs awarded in this Notice of Grant and this Agreement shall be forfeited to the Company forthwith, and all rights of Participant to such RSUs shall immediately terminate. In case of any dispute as to whether such termination has occurred, the Administrator shall have sole discretion to determine whether such termination has occurred and the effective date of such termination.

 

5.                                       Acknowledgement . The Company and Participant agree that the RSUs are granted under and governed by the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and by the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). Participant: (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of each of the foregoing documents, (ii) represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accepts the RSUs subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice of Grant.

 

6.                                       Withholding of Tax . When the RSUs are vested and/or settled the fair market value of the Stock is treated as income subject to withholding by the Company for income and employment taxes. The Company shall withhold an amount equal to the tax due at vesting and/or settlement from the Participant’s other compensation or require Participant to remit to the Company an amount equal to the tax then due. In its sole discretion, the Company may instead withhold a number of shares of Stock with a fair market value (determined on the date the shares of Stock are issued) equal to the minimum amount the Company is then required to withhold for taxes. Further, unless otherwise exempt, a RSU is considered a deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code. Section 409A of the Code imposes special rules to the timing of making and effecting certain amendments of this RSU with respect to distribution of any deferred compensation. You should consult your personal tax advisor for more information on the actual and potential tax consequences of this RSU.

 

7.                                       Limitations on Transfer of Stock . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Participant shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Stock issued pursuant to this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

 

(a)                                   Right of First Refusal. Before any Stock held by Participant or any transferee of Participant (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a

 



 

right of first refusal to purchase the Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

(i)                                     Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Stock shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Stock; (ii) the name of each proposed Participant or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of shares of Stock to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Stock at the same price (the Offered Price ) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(ii)                                 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the shares of Stock proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

 

(iii)                             Purchase Price. The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Stock purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

 

(iv)                                Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(v)                                    Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the shares of Stock proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided herein, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Stock to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within sixty (60) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the Right of First Refusal shall continue to apply to the Stock in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the shares of Stock described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Stock held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(vi)                                Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Stock during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from these provisions other than agreement in writing that the Right of First Refusal shall continue to apply to the Stock in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Stock so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Stock except in accordance with these terms. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.

 

2



 

(b)                                   Involuntary Transfer.

 

(i)                                     Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer. In the event, at any time after the date of this agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth above) of all or a portion of the shares of Stock by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Stock transferred at the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Stock shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Stock shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Stock.

 

(ii)                                 Price for Involuntary Transfer. With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to subsection (b)(i) above, the price per share of Stock shall be a price set by the Board that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Participant or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Stock. However, if the Participant does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, the Participant shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Participant and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Participant.

 

(c)                                   Assignment. The Company’s rights under this Section 7 may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

 

(d)                                   Restrictions Binding on Transferees. All transferees of shares of Stock or any interest therein will receive and hold such Stock or interest subject to the provisions of this agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Stock shall be void unless the provisions of this agreement are satisfied.

 

(e)                                   Termination of Rights. The rights provided under this Section 7 shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) or as otherwise determined by the Company or its successor.

 

8.                                       U.S. Tax Consequences . Participant acknowledges that there will be tax consequences upon vesting and/or settlement of the RSUs and/or disposition of the Stock, if any, received in connection therewith, and Participant should consult a tax adviser regarding Participant’s tax obligations prior to such settlement or disposition.

 

9.                                       Compliance with Laws and Regulations . The issuance of Stock will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant (including any written representations, warranties and agreements as the Administrator may request of Participant for compliance with Applicable Laws) with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

 

10.                                Legend on Certificates . The certificates representing the Stock issued hereunder shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator may deem advisable under the Plan, this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such shares of Stock are listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Administrator may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

11.                                Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement will be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

3



 

12.                                Entire Agreement; Severability . The Plan and Notice of Grant are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof (including, without limitation, any other form of equity award (such as stock options) that may have been set forth in any employment offer letter or other agreement between the parties). If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

 

13.                                Market Standoff Agreement . Participant agrees that in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any public offering of the Company’s securities, Participant will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Stock without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such reasonable period of time after the effective date of such registration as may be requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. Participant will enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

 

14.                                No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Participant’s Continuous Service Status, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

15.                                Information to Participants . If the Company is relying on an exemption from registration under Section 12(h)-1 of the Exchange Act and such information is required to be provided by such Section 12(h)-1, the Company shall provide the information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) of the Securities Act by a method allowed under Section 12(h)-1 of the Exchange Act in accordance with Section 12(h)-1 of the Exchange Act, provided that Participant agrees to keep the information confidential.

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative on the Notice of Grant, Participant and the Company agree that this RSU is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in Participant’s residence address.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

GROUPON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4




Exhibit 10.8

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of April 29, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Groupon, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Jason Child (“ Child ”).

 

WHEREAS, Child is currently employed by the Company pursuant to an employment agreement dated as of December 7, 2010 by and between Child and the Company (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, Child and the Company each desire to amend certain terms of the Prior Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ Child pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and covenants herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Employment; Position and Duties .  The Company agrees to continue to employ Child, and Child agrees to continue to be employed by the Company, upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Child shall continue to be employed by the Company as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer reporting to the Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and the Board of Directors (“ Directors ”) of the Company. In this capacity, Child agrees to devote his full time, energy and skill to the faithful performance of his duties herein, and shall perform the duties and carry out the responsibilities assigned to him to the best of his ability and in a diligent, businesslike and efficient manner. Child’s duties shall include all those duties customarily performed by the Chief Financial Officer, as well as those additional duties commensurate with his position as Chief Financial Officer that may be reasonably assigned by the CEO or Directors. Child shall comply with any policies and procedures established for Company employees, including, without limitation, those policies and procedures contained in the Company’s employee handbook previously delivered to Child.

 

2.            Director Meetings .  Child shall be entitled to attend meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company, when invited, in a non-voting, observer capacity.

 

3.            Term of Employment .  This Agreement shall become effective upon the Effective Date. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall expire on December 20, 2015, unless earlier terminated by either party, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and/or the following sentence. This Agreement may be terminated by Child or by the Company, at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below). Upon the termination of Child’s employment with the Company for any reason, neither party shall have any further obligation or liability under this Agreement to the other party, except as set forth in Sections 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 17 of this Agreement.

 

4.            Compensation .  Child shall be compensated by the Company for his services as follows:

 



 

(a)           Base Salary .  From Effective Date through the end of the term of this Agreement, Child shall be paid a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) of $350,000 per year, subject to applicable withholding, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. Child’s Base Salary shall be subject to an annual review and adjustment, if any, based on then current market conditions and cost of living.

 

(b)           Benefits .  During the term of this Agreement, Child shall have the right, on the same basis as other members of senior management of the Company, to participate in and to receive benefits under any of the Company’s executive and employee benefit plans, insurance programs and/or indemnification agreements, as may be in effect from time to time, subject to any applicable waiting periods and other restrictions. In addition, Child shall be entitled to the benefits afforded to other members of senior management under the Company’s vacation, holiday and business expense reimbursement policies.

 

(c)           Bonus .  In addition to the Base Salary, Child received a one-time signing bonus of $375,000 to compensate him for accepting this employment. This bonus is not contingent upon Child’s continued employment with the Company. In addition to the signing bonus, until the end of the term of this Agreement, Child shall receive an annual performance cash bonus equal to no less than $350,000 (“ Annual Bonus ”), as determined by the Directors.   The Annual Bonus shall be paid to Child semi-annually, on June 20 th  and December 20 th  of each year, commencing June 20, 2011.

 

(d)           Expense Reimbursement; Insurance Costs .  In addition to reimbursement for business expenses incurred by Child in the normal and ordinary course of his employment by the Company pursuant to the Company’s standard business expense reimbursement policies and procedures, the Company shall reimburse Child for the full amount of his insurance costs should he elect to participate in the Company’s insurance program(s).

 

5.            RSU Grant .

 

(a)           RSU Grant and Vesting Schedule .  Child was granted (i) 600,000 (six hundred thousand) Restricted Stock Units (the “ Initial RSUs ”) on December 20, 2010 (the “ RSU Date ”) and (ii) 50,000 (fifty thousand) Restricted Stock Units on April 28, 2011 (the “ Subsequent RSUs” , and together with the Initial RSUs, the “ RSUs ”), each under the Company’s 2010 Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”). No RSUs will vest until the earliest of: (i) the date that is one year from the RSU Date,  (ii) the date that is six (6) months after the effective date of an IPO (as defined below), or (iii) the date of a Change in Control (any of the foregoing (i), (ii) and (iii) being an “ Initial Vesting Event ”). Subject to Section 7 of this Agreement, if Child has been continuously employed by the Company through the date of an Initial Vesting Event, on the date of the Initial Vesting Event, (1) 130,000 of the RSUs (consisting of 120,000 of the Initial RSUs and 10,000 of the Subsequent RSUs) will vest, and (2) 32,500 of the RSUs (consisting of 30,000 of the Initial RSUs and 2,500 of the Subsequent RSUs) will vest on the last day of each subsequent three (3) month period following the date of the Initial Vesting Event, provided that Child has been continuously employed by the Company on the last day of each such three (3) month period.

 

2



 

The shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the RSUs will be delivered to Child approximately thirty (30) days after the relevant vesting date. Before any shares of Common Stock are delivered, the Company shall withhold a number of shares having a fair market value equal to the amount the Company is then required to withhold for taxes that result from delivery or vesting. The shares of Common Stock acquired upon settlement of the vested RSUs shall be subject to a right of first refusal which shall terminate upon the completion of an IPO. For purposes of this Agreement, an “ IPO ” means the initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

(b)           Private Sale of Shares .  If an IPO has not occurred before December 20, 2011, at any time thereafter Child may sell any vested shares of Common Stock issued to him upon settlement of the vested RSUs, in accordance with Section 7 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (“Limitations on Transfer of Stock”), in a private transaction and/or in a secondary market, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and provided that all such sales are to a single holder of record for purposes of Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and will not result in a requirement that the Company register such shares pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

(c)           Plan Documents .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the RSUs shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ RSU Agreements ”) provided to Child pursuant to the Plan, and Child’s receipt of the RSUs shall be subject to his executing the RSU Agreements. Copies of each of the Plan and the RSU Agreements are attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B , respectively. The number of RSUs set forth in this Section 5 shall be adjusted to reflect any stock splits or stock dividends after the Effective Date.

 

6.            Benefits Upon Termination.

 

(a)           Termination for Cause or Termination for Other than Good Reason .  In the event of the termination of Child’s employment by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the termination of Child’s employment by reason of his death or disability, or the termination of Child’s employment by Child for any reason other than Good Reason (as defined below), Child shall be entitled to no further compensation or benefits from the Company other than those earned under Sections 4(a), 4(b), 4(c) and 4(d) through the date of termination.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, a termination for “ Cause ” occurs if Child’s employment is terminated by the Company for any of the following reasons:  (i) theft, material dishonesty, or falsification of any employment or Company records by Child; (ii) the good faith determination by the Directors or the holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock representing a majority of the total voting power that Child has committed an act or acts constituting a felony; or (iii) the determination by the Directors or the holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock representing a majority of the total voting power that Child has engaged in willful misconduct or gross negligence that has had a material adverse effect on the Company’s reputation or business.  Actions undertaken by Child in good faith in his capacity as Chief Financial Officer to benefit stockholders of the Company shall not be considered “Cause” under the terms of this Agreement;

 

3



 

For purposes of this Agreement, a termination for “ Good Reason ” occurs if Child terminates his employment for any of the following reasons:  (i) the Company materially reduces Child’s duties or responsibilities below what is customary for a Chief Financial Officer of a global business that is similar to the Company without Child’s consent; (ii) a change in Child’s title whereby he no longer has the title of Chief Financial Officer; (iii)  the Company requires Child to report to anyone other than the Chief Executive Officer and Directors; (iv) the Company requires Child to relocate his office more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s Chicago office without his consent; (v) the Company materially reduces Child’s Base Salary or minimum Annual Bonus without making an equivalent reduction to the base salary or target or minimum bonus of the CEO and all other executives reporting directly to the CEO; or (vi) the material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement and such breach continues or is not cured (if curable) for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Child to the Company specifying the nature of such breach.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination for Good Reason shall not be deemed to have occurred until and unless Child resigns from all positions he holds with the Company or any of its affiliates within one hundred eighty (180) days after the initial existence of one of the above conditions after having provided written notice to the Company within ninety (90) days after the initial existence of one of the above conditions and the Company having failed to correct such condition within thirty (30) days of its receipt of such written notice.

 

(b)           Termination Without Cause or Termination for Good Reason .  If Child’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than for Cause or by reason of his death or disability, or if Child’s employment is terminated by Child for Good Reason, Child shall be entitled to:

 

(i)            receive continued payment of his Base Salary, less applicable withholding, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures, for six (6) months following the termination of Child’s employment;

 

(ii)           immediate vesting of 110,000 of the unvested Initial RSUs; and

 

(iii)          receive continued Company provided insurance benefits with the costs borne by the Company for Child and his dependents until such time as he has secured comparable benefits through another organization’s benefits program, not to exceed six (6) months; provided, however, that to the extent that all or any portion of the Company’s payment of or reimbursement to Child for the cost of such benefits (the “ Company-Provided Benefits ”) would exceed an amount for which, or continue for a period of time in excess of which, such Company-Provided Benefits would qualify for an exemption from treatment as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A (as defined below), then, for the duration of the applicable period during which the Company is required to provide such benefits: (1) the amount of Company-Provided Benefits furnished in any taxable year of Child shall not affect the amount of Company-Provided Benefits furnished in any other taxable year of Child; (2) any right of Child to Company-Provided Benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; and (3) any reimbursement for Company-Provided Benefits to which Child is entitled shall be paid no later than the last day of Child’s taxable year following the taxable year in which Child’s expense for such Company-Provided Benefits was incurred.

 

4



 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no payments shall be due under this Section 6(b) unless Child shall have executed a general release and waiver of claims against the Company in a form reasonably satisfactory the Company, and such release has become effective in accordance with its terms on or before the sixtieth (60th) day following Child’s termination of employment.  Subject to such effective release, payment of benefits under this Section 6(b) shall begin on the first payroll date following such sixtieth (60th) day, and the initial payment shall include that portion of such payments that would otherwise have been payable on the Company’s regular payroll dates occurring between the date of Child’s termination of employment and the initial payment date.

 

7.            Change of Control .

 

(a)           In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan), Child shall be entitled to immediate vesting of fifty percent (50%) of the then unvested Initial RSUs.

 

(b)           In the event the Change of Control occurs on or prior to December 20, 2011, Child shall be given the option, at his election, to forego the immediate vesting of fifty percent (50%) of the then unvested Initial RSUs and exchange 50% of his unvested Initial RSUs and receive in return a contractual commitment from the Company to pay him $2,650,000 annually (“ Long Term Cash Incentive ”) for each of the next five years, assuming Child is still employed by the Company. If such election is made by Child, the Long Term Cash Incentive will be paid quarterly beginning ninety (90) days after the date of the Change of Control.

 

(c)           In addition, if Child makes the election described in Section 7(b) above and during the period beginning three (3) months prior to the public announcement of a proposed Change of Control and ending twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, Child’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause, or terminated by Child for Good Reason, Child shall be entitled to receive, within 60 days of the later of his termination or a Change of Control, an amount equal to his Long Term Cash Incentive in a lump sum as if Child’s employment had continued for a period of thirty-six (36) months following the termination.  For purposes of clarity, Child shall be entitled to make the election described in Section 7(b) above following his termination of employment by the Company for any reason other than Cause or termination of employment by Child for Good Reason, in each case with such termination occurring no earlier than three (3) months prior to the public announcement of a proposed Change in Control and with such Change in Control occurring on or prior to December 20, 2011.

 

8.            Employee Inventions and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement .  Child agrees to abide by the terms and conditions of the Company’s standard Employee Inventions and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement as executed by Child and attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

9.            Covenants Not to Compete or Solicit .  During Child’s employment and for a period of six (6) months following the termination of Child’s employment for any reason, so long as Child is being paid severance in accordance with the terms of Section 6(b) above, Child shall not, anywhere in the Geographic Area (as defined below), other than on behalf of the Company or with the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly:

 

5



 

(a)           perform services for (whether as an employee, agent, consultant, advisor, independent contractor, proprietor, partner, officer, director or otherwise), have any ownership interest in (except for passive ownership of five percent (5%) or less of any entity whose securities have been registered under the Securities Act or Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or participate in the financing, operation, management or control of, any firm, partnership, corporation, entity or business that engages or participates in a “competing business purpose” (as defined below);

 

(b)           induce or attempt to induce any customer, potential customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or business relation of the Company to cease doing business with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any customer, potential customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or business relation of Company or solicit the business of any customer or potential customer of the Company, whether or not Child had personal contact with such entity; and

 

(c)           solicit, encourage, hire or take any other action which is intended to induce or encourage, or has the effect of inducing or encouraging, any employee or independent contractor of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to terminate his or his employment or relationship with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, other than in the discharge of his or her duties as an officer of the Company.

 

In the event that Child receives a waiver of the “non-competition” provision from the Company, which the Company may or may not grant in its sole discretion, Child agrees that he will waive any further claim for severance and insurance benefits beginning on the date of his employment with a new organization, provided that such new employment is comparable to Child’s employment with the Company in terms of salary and benefits.

 

For the purpose of this Agreement, the term “ competing business purpose ” shall mean the sale or provision of any local goods or services through a deal of the day site that is similar to www.groupon.com. The term “ Geographic Area ” shall mean the United States of America.

 

The covenants contained in this Section 9 shall be construed as a series of separate covenants, one for each county, city, state, or any similar subdivision in the Geographic Area. Except for geographic coverage, each such separate covenant shall be deemed identical in terms to the covenant contained in the preceding Sections. If, in any judicial proceeding, a court refuses to enforce any of such separate covenants (or any part thereof), then such unenforceable covenant (or such part) shall be eliminated from this Agreement to the extent necessary to permit the remaining separate covenants (or portions thereof) to be enforced. In the event that the provisions of this Section 9 are deemed to exceed the time, geographic or scope limitations permitted by applicable law, then such provisions shall be reformed to the maximum time, geographic or scope limitations, as the case may be, permitted by applicable laws.

 

10.          Equitable Remedies .  Child acknowledges and agrees that the agreements and covenants set forth in Sections 8 and 9 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s business interests, that irreparable injury will result to the Company if Child breaches any of the terms of said covenants, and that in the event of Child’s actual or threatened

 

6



 

breach of any such covenants, the Company will have no adequate remedy at law. Child accordingly agrees that, in the event of any actual or threatened breach by Child of any of said covenants, the Company will be entitled to seek immediate injunctive and other equitable relief, without bond and without the necessity of showing actual monetary damages. Nothing in this Section 10 will be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of any damages that it is able to prove.

 

11.          Dispute Resolution .  In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race or other discrimination), Child and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in Chicago, Illinois in accordance with its National Employment Dispute Resolution rules, as those rules are currently in effect (and not as they may be modified in the future). Child acknowledges that by accepting this arbitration provision he is waiving any right to a jury trial in the event of such dispute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this arbitration provision shall not apply to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the misuse or misappropriation of trade secrets or proprietary information.

 

12.          Attorneys’ Fees .  Child shall be entitled to recover from the Company his reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs if he prevails in an action to enforce any right arising out of this Agreement.

 

13.          Governing Law .  This Agreement has been executed in the State of Illinois, and Child and the Company agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

14.          Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, provided that such successor or assignee is the successor to substantially all of the assets of the Company, or a majority of its then outstanding shares of capital stock, and that such successor or assignee assumes the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company under this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law. In view of the personal nature of the services to be performed under this Agreement by Child, he shall not have the right to assign or transfer any of his rights, obligations or benefits under this Agreement, except as otherwise noted herein.

 

15.          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, including its attached Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement between Child and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of his employment, with the exception of those provisions of the Plan and the RSU Agreements. This Agreement, together with the attached Exhibits, supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between Child and the Company, whether written or oral, concerning Child’s employment.

 

16.          No Conflict .  Child represents and warrants to the Company that neither his entry into this Agreement nor his performance of his obligations hereunder will conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of any other agreement or obligation to which

 

7



 

Child is a party or by which Child is bound, including without limitation, any non-competition or confidentiality agreement previously entered into by Child.

 

17.          Validity .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 9, above, if any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

18.          Modification .  This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by Child and the Company.

 

19.          Compliance with Section 409A .

 

(a)           The Company intends that income provided to Child pursuant to this Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the U.S. Treasury regulations thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”).  The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A.  However, the Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect for income provided to Child pursuant to this Agreement.  In any event, except for the Company’s responsibility to withhold applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to Child, the Company shall not be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes, penalties, interest, costs, fees, including attorneys’ fees, or other liability incurred by Child in connection with compensation paid or provided to Child pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, no amount payable pursuant to this Agreement on account of Child’s termination of employment with the Company which constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be paid unless and until Child has incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Furthermore, if Child is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A as of the date of Child’s separation from service, no amount which constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of Child’s separation from service shall be paid to Child before the date that is the first business day of the seventh (7th) month after Child’s separation from service or, if earlier, the date of Child’s death following such separation from service (such date, the “ Delayed Payment Date ”).  All such amounts that would, but for this Section, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date and year written below.

 

 

 

 

Groupon, Inc.

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Mason

 

 

Name: 

Andrew Mason

 

 

Its:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

/s/ Jason Child

 

 

 

Jason Child

 

9




Exhibit 10.17

 

 

AGREEMENT OF LEASE

 

600 WEST CHICAGO ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD,

 

AND

 

 

GROUPON, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

 

 

 

 

TENANT

 

 

 

PREMISES:

Portion of the Third (3 rd ) Floor

 

 

600 West Chicago Avenue

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60654

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATED:

As of October 14, 2010

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1.

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS; ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2.

DEMISE, PREMISES, TERM, RENT

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3.

USE AND OCCUPANCY

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4.

ALTERATIONS

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5.

CONDITION OF THE PREMISES; LANDLORD CONTRIBUTION

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6.

REPAIRS; FLOOR LOAD

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7.

INCREASES IN TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8.

LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9.

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

20

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10.

SERVICES

22

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11.

INSURANCE

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12.

DESTRUCTION OF THE PREMISES; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE

27

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13.

EMINENT DOMAIN

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE 14.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

29

 

 

 

ARTICLE 15.

ACCESS TO PREMISES

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE I6.

TENANT’S DEFAULTS

35

 

 

 

ARTICLE 17.

REMEDIES AND DAMAGES

36

 

 

 

ARTICLE 18.

FEES AND EXPENSES

38

 

 

 

ARTICLE 19.

NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD

39

 

 

 

ARTICLE 20.

END OF TERM

39

 

 

 

ARTICLE 21.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

40

 

 

 

ARTICLE 22.

NO WAIVER; NO LIABILITY

40

 

 

 

ARTICLE 23.

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

41

 

 

 

ARTICLE 24.

INABILITY TO PERFORM

41

 

 

 

ARTICLE 25.

BILLS AND NOTICES

41

 

 

 

ARTICLE 26.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE 27.

BROKER

42

 

i



 

ARTICLE 28.

INDEMNITY

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE 29.

BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS, SCAFFOLDING AND DELIVERIES

43

 

 

 

ARTICLE 30.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

44

 

 

 

ARTICLE 31.

MISCELLANEOUS

45

 

 

 

ARTICLE 32.

RENEWAL OPTION

47

 

 

 

ARTICLE 33.

EXPANSION OPTION

47

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

Exhibit A:

Floor Plan of the Premises

 

Exhibit B:

Rules and Regulations

 

Exhibit C:

Fixed Rent Schedule

 

Exhibit D:

Portion of Internal Staircase

 

Exhibit E:

Hallway Renovations

 

Exhibit F:

Cleaning Specifications

 

Exhibit G:

Floor Plan of Expansion Space

 

 

ii



 

AGREEMENT OF LEASE (“Lease”) , dated as of October 14, 2010 (“Effective Date”) between 600 WEST CHICAGO ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with an address at 600 West Chicago Avenue, Suite 675, Chicago, Illinois 60654, Attention: Property Manager (“Landlord”), and GROUPON, INC., a Delaware corporation, with an address at 600 West Chicago Avenue, Suite 725, Chicago, Illinois 60654 (“Tenant”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

The parties hereto, for themselves, their legal representatives, successors and assigns, covenant and agree as follows.

 

ARTICLE 1.           BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS; ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.

 

Section 1.1             Basic Lease Provisions . The provisions of this Section 1.1 are intended to be definitional in nature and in outline form and may be addressed in detail in other Articles of this Lease.

 

Base Operating Expenses:

 

Operating Expenses for the Real Property in calendar year 2011.

 

 

 

Base Taxes :

 

Taxes paid for the Real Property for calendar year 2011 (payable in 2012).

 

 

 

Broker :

 

Jones Lang LaSalle Americas (Illinois), L.P.

 

 

 

Building :

 

All the buildings, equipment and other improvements and appurtenances now located or hereafter erected, constructed or placed upon the real property and any and all alterations, renewals, replacements, additions and substitutions thereto, presently known by the address of 600 West Chicago Avenue, Chicago, Illinois. For purposes of clarification, the term “Building” does not include any residential buildings, structures or units or parking facilities.

 

 

 

Commencement Date :

 

January 1, 2011.

 

 

 

Expiration Date :

 

December 31, 2015.

 

 

 

Fixed Rent :

 

As set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

 

 

Landlord’s Agent :

 

600 West Asset Manager LLC or any other person or entity designated at any time and from time to time by Landlord as Landlord’s Agent and their successors and assigns.

 

 

 

Permitted Use :

 

The Premises shall be used by Tenant, in compliance with all Legal Requirements, solely as executive and general offices, and for no other purpose.

 

 

 

Premises :

 

A portion of the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, as shown on the floor plan attached to this Lease as Exhibit A .

 

1



 

Premises Area :

 

The Rentable Square Foot area of the Premises described on the floor plan attached as Exhibit A hereto, as the Premises Area may be increased or decreased from time to time pursuant to this Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree that for purposes of this Lease, the Rentable Square Foot Area of the Premises is 23,847, which shall not be subject to remeasurement or adjustment.

 

 

 

Security Deposit :

 

None.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Proportionate Share :

 

2.25% (23,847/1,059,990)

 

 

 

Term:

 

The term of this Lease, which shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall expire on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

Section 1.2             Additional Definitions .

 

Additional Rent :

 

All sums other than Fixed Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s Operating Payment, overtime or excess service charges, any fees and amounts due under Article 10 hereof, and interest and other costs related to Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease. If Tenant fails to timely pay any amount of Additional Rent as required under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies reserved by Landlord herein for a failure to timely pay Fixed Rent.

 

 

 

Affiliate :

 

With respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

 

 

 

Alterations :

 

Alterations, installations, improvements, additions or other physical changes (other than decorations consisting of painting, wall coverings and carpeting in the Premises which are not visible from outside the Premises) in or about the Premises or elsewhere in the Building, including, without limitation, Tenant’s Alterations.

 

 

 

Base Rate :

 

The annual rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, NA., New York, New York (or any successor thereto) as its “base rate”, or such other term as may be used by Citibank, N.A. from time to time for the rate presently referred to as its base rate.

 

 

 

Building Systems :

 

The mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, elevator, plumbing, sanitary, life-safety, utility and all other service systems of the Building, but not including the portions of such systems installed in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building by Tenant for Tenant’s exclusive use or by another tenant or occupant for such other tenant’s or occupant’s use.

 

 

 

Business Days :

 

All days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and all days observed by the City of Chicago, the State of Illinois, or the United States of America or any unions serving the Building as legal holidays.

 

2



 

Control :

 

As to any Person: (a) the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty per cent (50%) of (i) the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, or (ii) the beneficial ownership interests, however characterized, of any other entity, and/or (b) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other ownership interests, by statute, or by contract.

 

 

 

Default Rate :

 

A rate per annum equal to the lesser of four (4)   percentage points above the Base Rate or the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

 

 

 

Environmental Laws :

 

All Legal Requirements now or hereafter in effect relating to the environment, health, safety, or Hazardous Materials.

 

 

 

Governmental Authority :

 

Any of the United States of America, the State of Illinois, the City of Chicago, any political subdivision thereof and any agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Real Property or any portion thereof or the vaults, curbs, sidewalks, streets and areas adjacent thereto.

 

 

 

Hazardous Materials :

 

Any substances, materials or wastes regulated by any Governmental Authority or deemed or defined as a “hazardous substance”, “hazardous material”, “toxic substance”, “toxic pollutant”, “contaminant”, “pollutant”, “solid waste”, “hazardous waste” or words of similar import under applicable Legal Requirements, oil and petroleum products, natural or synthetic gas, polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos in any form, urea formaldehyde, radon gas, or the emission of non-ionizing radiation, microwave radiation or electromagnetic fields at levels in excess of those (if any) specified by any Governmental Authority or which may cause a health hazard or danger to property, or the emission of any form of ionizing radiation.

 

 

 

Legal Requirements :

 

All present and future laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations, statutes, requirements, codes, executive orders, rules of common law, and any judicial interpretations thereof, extraordinary as well as ordinary, of all Governmental Authorities, including the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. §12,101 et seq .) , the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. §9601 e t seq. ), the Chicago Building Code (Title 17 Municipal Code of Chicago) and any law of like import, Chapter 2-120-580 through 920 of the Municipal Code of Chicago regarding landmark restrictions and conditions affecting the Real Property, and all rules, regulations and government orders with respect thereto, and of any applicable fire rating bureau, or other body exercising similar functions, affecting the Real Property or the maintenance, use or occupation thereof, or any street or sidewalk comprising a part of or in front thereof or any vault in or under the Building.

 

 

 

Mortgage :

 

Any mortgage or trust indenture which may now or hereafter affect the Real Property, the Building or any Superior Lease and the leasehold interest created thereby, and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof or thereto, substitutions therefor, and advances made thereunder.

 

 

 

Mortgagee :

 

Any mortgagee, trustee or other holder of a Mortgage.

 

 

 

Person :

 

Any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated association, business trust, tenancy-in-common or other entity, or any Governmental Authority.

 

3



 

Prohibited Use :

 

Any use, occupancy or purpose which is not a Permitted Use or any use or occupancy of the Premises that in Landlord’s reasonable judgment would: (a) cause damage to the Building, the 900 North Building (defined below), the Premises or any equipment, facilities or other systems therein; (b) impair the appearance of the Premises, the Building or the 900 North Building; (c) interfere with the efficient and economical maintenance, operation and repair of the Premises or the Building or the equipment, facilities or systems thereof; (d) adversely affect any service provided to, and/or the use and occupancy by, any Building or the 900 North Building tenant or occupants; (e) violate the certificate of occupancy issued for the Premises or the Building or (f) adversely affect the first class image of the Building or the 900 North Building. Prohibited Use also includes the use of any part of the Premises for: (i) a restaurant, tavern or bar; (ii) the preparation, consumption, storage, manufacture or sale of food or beverages (except in connection with vending machines and/or a pantry (which may include a microwave oven) installed solely and exclusively for the use of Tenant’s employees and invitees), liquor, tobacco or drugs; (iii) the business of photocopying, multilith or offset printing (except photocopying in connection with Tenant’s own business); (iv) a typing or stenography business; (v) a school or classroom; (vi) lodging or sleeping; (vii) the operation of retail facilities (meaning a business whose primary patronage arises from the generalized solicitation of the general public to visit Tenant’s offices in person without a prior appointment) or a savings and loan association or retail facilities or any financial, lending, securities brokerage or investment activity, except as permitted pursuant to the Permitted Use; (viii) a payroll office; (ix) a barber, beauty or manicure shop; (x) an employment agency, executive search firm or similar enterprise; (xi) offices of the City of Chicago or the State of Illinois or of any other Governmental Authority, any foreign government, the United Nations, or any agency or department of any of the foregoing; (xii) the manufacture, retail sale, storage of merchandise or auction of merchandise, goods or property of any kind to the general public; (xiii) the rendering of medical, dental or other therapeutic or diagnostic services expressly including, without limitation, a clinic, office or other facility performing abortions; (xiv) any pornographic, indecent or immoral use or purpose including, without limitation, an establishment selling or exhibiting pornographic materials or drug related paraphernalia or an adult theatre or live performance theatre exhibiting nude or lewd performers or performances or lascivious behavior; (xv) any illegal purposes or any activity constituting a legal nuisance; (xvi) a fire sale, bankruptcy or going out of business sale (unless permitted pursuant to a court order with proper permits issued by the City of Chicago); (xvii) a mortuary or funeral home; (xviii) a carnival or flea market; (xix) an off-track betting store or parlor; (xx) a pawn shop or currency exchange; (xxi) a deep discount store; (xxii) a bowling alley, disco, nightclub, pool or billiard hall, dance hall or amusement or video arcade; (xxiii) a massage parlor; (xxiv) a gun shop or firing range; (xxv) a salvage shop; (xxvi) a methadone clinic or drug or alcohol dependency clinic; (xxvii) a dry cleaner or other use which produces odors that emanate beyond the Premises; or (xxviii) any other use inconsistent with comparable buildings in a 1/2 mile radius of the Real Property.

 

 

 

Real Property :

 

Collectively, the Building, the land on which the Building is located, and any other buildings, improvements and structures located on such land. For purposes of clarification, the term “Real Property” does not include any residential buildings, structures or units or parking facilities.

 

 

 

Rent :

 

Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, collectively.

 

4



 

Rentable Square Feet (Foot or Footage) :

 

The deemed rentable area of the Building or any portion thereof, computed on the basis set forth below; provided,   however, that in no event shall such deemed Rentable Square Footage constitute or imply any representation or warranty by Landlord as to the actual size of any floor or other portion of the Building, including the Premises. Determination of Rentable Square Footage of any additional space which may be added to the Premises shall mean the product of (a) the number of square feet of “Usable Area” and any “Floor Common Area” located in the Premises as defined and calculated in accordance with the American National Standards Institute, Inc. Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-1996, published by the Building Owners and Managers Association International (“BOMA”), times  (b) 1.1765.

 

 

 

Rules and Regulations :

 

The rules and regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit B , and such additional rules and regulations as Landlord may adopt from time to time in a reasonable manner and which do not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises as permitted hereunder or reduce Tenant’s rights under this Lease.

 

 

 

Substantial Completion :

 

As to any construction performed by any party in the Premises, that all of such work has been completed substantially in accordance with (i) the provisions of this Lease applicable thereto, and (ii) the plans and specifications for such work, except for minor details of construction, decoration and mechanical adjustments, if any, the noncompletion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, and which are capable of being corrected (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment) within thirty (30) days by the party performing the same (collectively the “Punchlist Items”), or which, in accordance with good construction practice, should be completed after the completion of other work to be performed in the Premises.

 

 

 

Superior Lease :

 

Any ground or underlying lease of the Real Property or any part thereof heretofore or hereafter made by Landlord, as lessee, and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments and modifications thereof.

 

 

 

Superior Lessor :

 

A lessor under a Superior Lease.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Alterations :

 

All Alterations, including Tenant’s Initial Alterations, as defined in Section 4.1, in and to the Premises and elsewhere in the Building which may be made by or on behalf of Tenant prior to and during the Term, or any renewal thereof.

 

 

 

Tenant Party :

 

Any Tenant, any Affiliate of Tenant, any assignee of Tenant, any subtenant or any other occupant of the Premises, or any of their respective direct or indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, invitees, servants, agents or representatives.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Property :

 

Tenant’s movable fixtures and movable partitions, telephone and other communications equipment, computer systems, furniture, trade fixtures, furnishings, and other items of personal property installed by Tenant which are removable without material damage to the Premises or Building.

 

5



 

ARTICLE 2.           DEMISE, PREMISES, TERM, RENT

 

Section 2.1             Lease of Premises; Possession prior to Commencement Date . Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises for the Term. In addition, Landlord grants to Tenant the right to use, on a non-exclusive basis and in common with other tenants, the lobby area and other Building common areas which are meant to be used by tenants of the Building. Tenant may take possession of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of (i) commencing the performance of Tenant’s Initial Alterations therein, and (ii) upon completion of Tenant’s Initial Alterations, occupying and using the Premises in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof, provided that (a) Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease (except that Tenant shall not be required to pay Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payments for the Premises prior to the Commencement Date), (b) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant’s performance of Tenant’s Initial Alterations in the Premises shall be governed by the provisions of this Lease, and (c) Tenant may not take possession of the Premises unless and until Tenant shall have delivered to Landlord appropriate certificates of insurance complying with Section 11.3 below.

 

Section 2.2             Payment of Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without notice or demand, and without any set-off, counterclaim, abatement or deduction whatsoever, except as may be expressly set forth in this Lease, in lawful money of the United States by check or federal wire transfer of immediately available funds: (I) Fixed Rent in equal monthly installments, in advance, on the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the Term, commencing on April 1, 2011 (the “Rent Commencement Date”) (except that the first full month’s installment of Fixed Rent for the month of April 2011 shall be paid concurrently herewith pursuant to Section 2.3), and (II) Additional Rent, at the times and in the manner set forth in this Lease. If payment is being made by check, the check shall be payable to “600 West Chicago Associates LLC” or as otherwise designated by Landlord and mailed, on the first day of each calendar month for which the applicable monthly installment of Fixed Rent is due, to: 600 West Chicago Associates LLC, P.O. Box 51055, Newark, New Jersey 07101-5155 (or such -other address as may be designated by Landlord from time to time). If payment is being made by federal wire transfer, such wire transfer should be sent to: Valley National Bank, 1455 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey, Account: 600 West Chicago Associates LLC, as Borrower, and LaSalle Bank National Association, as Lender, pursuant to Loan Agreement dated as of May 14, 2007 – Clearing Account. Account Number 41222490, Attention: Michael Borsella, Vice President, ABA #021201383 (or to such other account as may be designated by Landlord). Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant’s obligations to pay Rent are independent of each and every covenant contained in this Lease.

 

Section 2.3             First Month’s Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the first full month of Fixed Rent due under this Lease upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant, which payment shall be applied by Landlord to the first month’s Fixed Rent due under this Lease (for April 2011).

 

Section 2.4             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Exhibit C , so long as Tenant is not then in monetary default beyond any applicable notice or grace and cure periods under this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed, (i) Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rent for the Premises shall commence as of April 1, 2011, and (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time credit against its obligation to pay Fixed Rent (but not Additional Rent) in the aggregate amount of One Hundred Forty Thousand One Hundred One and 13/100 Dollars ($140,101.13) (the “Rent Credit”), to be applied at the rate of $46,700.38 per month against the full monthly the installments of Fixed Rent only, for the months of January, February and March 2012. Nothing contained herein shall affect Tenant’s obligation to make any payment of Additional Rent (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment and parking fees) or other sum or charge payable under this Lease during the aforementioned periods, if any.

 

6



 

ARTICLE 3.           USE AND OCCUPANCY

 

Section 3.1             Permitted Use; Licenses and Permits . Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for the Permitted Use and for no other purpose. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant’s use of the Premises solely for the specific use set forth in the “Permitted Use” paragraph of Section 1.1 above is a primary inducement for Landlord’s execution and delivery of this Lease, and the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder, in order that Landlord may ensure that there be maintained within the Building an appropriate tenant mix for the continued operation of a multi-use retail, office and telecommunications mixed-use development. Tenant shall not use or occupy or permit the use or occupancy of any part of the Premises in a manner constituting a Prohibited Use, which violates any Legal Requirement, which causes the Building to be in violation of any Legal Requirement, or which exceeds the floor loads for the Premises. Tenant, at its expense, shall procure and at all times maintain and comply with the terms and conditions of all licenses and permits required for the lawful conduct of the Permitted Use in the Premises. Landlord makes no representation to Tenant that Tenant will be able to obtain all required licenses or permits for Tenant’s Permitted Use.

 

ARTICLE 4.           ALTERATIONS

 

Section 4.1             Landlord’s Consent .

 

(a)            Tenant’s Alterations . Tenant shall not make any Alterations, including, without limitation, Tenant’s installation and construction of the Premises to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy as well as fixturing, cabling and computer installations in connection therewith (collectively, “Tenant’s initial Installations”). without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance; provided, however, that Tenant may make the following Alterations to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent (collectively, “Permitted Alterations”), (x) decorations consisting of furniture, painting, wall coverings and floor coverings in the Premises subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease (“Decorative Alterations”), and (y) other Alterations that satisfy the Alterations Criteria (as hereinafter defined), and which (together with any other Alterations performed by Tenant during the calendar year in which such other Alterations were performed) cost, in the aggregate, less than $30,000.00; provided, further, that Tenant shall provide Landlord with at least ten (10) (Business Days’ prior written notice prior to making any Permitted Alterations, which notice shall include (except in the case of Decorative Alterations) a set of plans and specifications for such Permitted Alterations, as described in Section 4.2(a)  below. Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s Alterations shall be granted or denied in Landlord’s sole discretion; provided however , that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to Tenant’s Initial Alterations to adapt the Premises for the Permitted Use provided that such Alterations (i) are non-structural and do not affect the Building Systems or services, or violate the design or engineering standards or criteria of Landlord for the Building, (ii) are performed only by contractors or mechanics approved in writing by Landlord, (iii) affect only the Premises and are not visible from outside of the Premises, (iv) do not adversely affect any service furnished by Landlord to Tenant or to any other tenant of the Building or the 900 North Building, (v) do not reduce the value or utility of the Building or the 900 North Building, (vi) do not violate any Legal Requirements or the Building Rules and Regulations, or cause the Premises or the Building or the 900 North Building to be non-compliant with any Legal Requirements, (vii) do not adversely affect any Common Areas or other tenant of the Building or the 900 North Building, or the premises of any such other tenant, and (viii) do not conflict with or violate any rules and regulations of Landlord’s insurance carrier (collectively, the “Alterations Criteria”). Tenant shall provide Landlord with a final complete set of Tenant’s Plans (defined below) for Tenant’s Initial Alterations, which Tenant shall cause to be prepared at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date. Landlord shall notify Tenant within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s Plans, (i) whether Landlord consents or withholds its consent thereto, and (ii) if Landlord withholds its consent, the reason or reasons therefor. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant of its consent or withholding of consent within such five (5) Business Day period, and (x) Landlord further fails to notify Tenant of its consent or withholding of consent within five (5) Business Days after delivery (or attempted delivery) of a second written request by Tenant to Landlord, (y) Tenant has evidence that Landlord received or refused delivery of such second notice (in the form of a return receipt or proof of refusal of delivery), and (z) such second notice stated on its face that refusal to timely respond constitutes a “deemed consent”, then Landlord shall be deemed to

 

7


 

have consented to Tenant’s Plans as submitted. If Landlord’s approval of a contractor is required, Landlord shall notify Tenant within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s written request whether Landlord consents or withholds its consent to any contractor proposed by Tenant to perform Tenant’s Initial Alterations. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant of its consent or withholding of consent within such five (5) Business Day period, and Tenant has evidence that Landlord received the notice requesting such consent (in the form of a return receipt or proof of refusal of delivery), then Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to the contractor proposed by Tenant to perform such Tenant’s Alteration.

 

(b)            Tenant’s Acknowledgment . Tenant acknowledges and confirms that neither Landlord’s review and/or approval of any plans and specifications for any Alterations, nor Landlord’s consent to or approval of any Alterations, shall constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord that such Alterations comply with (or have been designed or engineered in a manner which would comply with) the Alterations Criteria. Tenant further acknowledges and confirms that Tenant’s obligation and responsibility to cause all Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant to comply with the Alterations Criteria shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding that Landlord may have reviewed or approved plans and specifications for such Alterations (or otherwise consented or approved such Alterations) which do not comply with any such Alterations Criteria, and that no such review, consent or approval by Landlord shall in any way release or excuse Tenant from Tenant’s obligation to cause all Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant to comply with the Alterations Criteria. In the event that Tenant performs any Alterations which breach or violate the Alterations Criteria, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s demand, immediately cure such breach or violation in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and if Tenant fails to so cure such breach or violation within the cure periods set forth in Section 16.1(c)  hereof, Landlord shall have the right, (but not the obligation) to cure such breach or violation at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (in addition to all other rights) and remedies to which Landlord is entitled under this Lease, at law and in equity), which right shall only arise after the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods. Tenant shall indemnify, defend (with counsel acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, causes of action, losses, costs, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) brought against, sustained or incurred by Landlord which result from or arise out of any failure by Tenant (or any other Tenant Party) to comply with the Alterations Criteria. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that to the extent Tenant performs an Alteration in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Lease, Landlord shall not claim such Alteration violates any Alterations Criteria which Landlord has knowledge, after due inquiry, unless (i) a change in a Legal Requirement occurs after the completion of such Alteration or (ii) Tenant’s subsequent use of such Alteration violates, or is inconsistent with, any Alterations Criteria.

 

Section 4.2             Plans and Specifications .

 

(a)            Conditions.            Prior to making any Alterations (other than Decorative Alterations), including, without limitation, Tenant’s Initial Alterations, Tenant, at its expense, shall submit to Landlord for its written approval or, in the case of Permitted Alterations, for Landlord’s review, detailed plans and specifications (including layout, architectural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sprinkler and structural drawings, if applicable) of each proposed Alteration, (individually and collectively, “Tenant’s Plans”), including any Alterations(s) affecting any Building System. Additionally, if any Building System will be affected by any Alteration proposed by Tenant. Tenant shall submit proof that the Alteration has been designed by, or reviewed and approved by, Landlord’s designated engineer for such affected Building System. With respect to all Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant (including, without limitation, Permitted Alterations), Tenant shall obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any Governmental Authorities, and shall furnish to Landlord copies of policies or certificates of worker’s compensation (covering all persons to be employed by Tenant, and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors in connection with such Alteration) and commercial general liability (including property damage coverage) insurance and Builder’s Risk coverage (issued on a completed value basis) all in such form, with such companies, for such periods and in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord, Landlord’s Agent, Landlord’s asset manager and their respective employees and agents, any Superior Lessor and any Mortgagee as additional insureds. Landlord shall notify Tenant whether Landlord consents or withholds its consent to any proposed Tenant’s Plans in the manner and

 

8



 

time periods set forth in Section 4.1(a) . In the event Landlord shall withhold approval of any proposed Tenant’s Plans, Landlord, within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of a complete set of such Tenant’s Plans (together with any additional documents or information Landlord may reasonably request on account of Landlord’s review of such Tenant’s Plans), shall notify Tenant in writing of its objections thereto and Landlord and Tenant shall cooperatively and in good faith work to reach a mutually acceptable agreement with respect to such plans. Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after delivery of an invoice therefor, for all overtime services provided to Tenant by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s performance of any Alterations, together with all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord from any third-party consultants retained by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s performance of any Alteration, provided such consultants are necessary (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment) to review and/or supervise the performance of such Alterations and Landlord provides advanced written notice to Tenant that such consultants are being retained in connection with such Alterations.

 

(b)           Manner and Quality of Alteration .    All Tenant’s Alterations, including, without limitation, Tenant’s Initial Alterations, shall be performed by Tenant with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner and free from liens and defects, in accordance with Tenant’s Plans and by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord (to the extent required above), under the supervision of a licensed architect reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and in compliance with all Legal Requirements, the terms of this Lease, all procedures and regulations then prescribed by Landlord for coordinating all work performed in the Building and the Rules and Regulations. All materials and equipment to be used in the Premises shall be new, or first quality and at least equal to the reasonable standards for the Building then established by Landlord, and no such materials or equipment (other than Tenant’s Property) shall be subject to any lien or other encumbrance.

 

(c)           Governmental Approvals .    Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly obtain certificates of final approval of such Alterations as may be required by any Governmental Authority, and shall furnish Landlord with copies thereof ;  together with “as-built” plans and specifications for any such Tenant Alterations prepared on an Autocad Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System (or such other system or medium as Landlord may accept) using naming conventions issued by the American Institute of Architects in June, 1990 (or such other naming convention as Landlord may accept) and magnetic computer media of such record drawings and specifications, translated into DXF format or another format acceptable to Landlord.

 

(d)           Removal of Tenant’s Alterations .    On the date upon which the Term shall expire and come to an end, whether pursuant to any of the provisions of this Lease or by operation of law, and whether on or prior to the Expiration Date, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean and in good order and condition, ordinary wear excepted, and (ii) shall remove all of Tenant’s Personal Property and all other property and effects of Tenant and all persons claiming through or under Tenant from the Premises and the Building, and (iii) shall repair all damage to the Premises and Building occasioned by such removal. With the exception of any Specialty Alterations (as hereinafter defined), Tenant shall have no obligation to restore the Premises to the condition which existed therein prior to the Commencement Date. The term “Specialty Alterations” shall mean Alterations consisting of any executive or private lavatories, raised computer floors, vaults, any steel plates or reinforcement installed by Tenant (including without limitation, in connection with libraries or file systems), pneumatic tubes, horizontal transportation systems, and any other Alterations of a similar character to those enumerated in this sentence, and the installation of any equipment outside of the Premises. If Landlord so elects (at Landlord’s sole option), any or all of Specialty Alterations shall remain in the Premises and become the property of Landlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Any election of Landlord to require that Specialty Alterations remain within the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease shall be made in writing by Landlord to Tenant no later than twenty (20) days prior the Expiration Date or within fifteen (15) days after the sooner termination of this Lease, it being understood that (subject to the proviso at the end of this sentence) in the absence of such notice from Landlord, Tenant shall be required to remove all Specialty Alterations from the Premises (in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease) upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided however

 

9



 

that, at the time that Tenant requests Landlord’s approval for the performance of any Specialty Alterations under this Lease (or notifies Landlord of Tenant’s performance of any such Specialty Alterations, in the case of Specialty Alterations which do not require Landlord’s consent hereunder), Landlord shall, if Tenant so requests in writing (or may, if Tenant does not so request in writing), notify Tenant within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s written request of those Specialty Alterations which Landlord will not require Tenant to remove upon the expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease, and, in the event that Landlord identifies any such Specialty Alterations which shall not be removed from the Premises, Tenant shall not remove such Specialty Alterations from the Premises upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term of this Lease. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 4.2(d) shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Term.

 

(e)           Removal of Tenant’s Property .    Upon the Expiration Date (or earlier termination of the Lease or any renewal thereof), Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Property from the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

(f)           General .    Tenant shall repair and restore in a good and workmanlike manner (reasonable wear and tear excepted) any damage to the Premises and the Building caused by such removal of Tenant’s Property and/or Tenant’s Alterations. Any of Tenant’s Alterations or Tenant’s Property not so removed by Tenant shall be deemed abandoned and may, at the election of Landlord, either be retained as Landlord’s property or be removed from the Premises and disposed of by Landlord (and any damage caused thereby repaired) at Tenant’s cost and without accountability to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 4.2(f)  shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

(g)          Waiver of Construction Supervisory Fee .    Tenant shall not be required to pay Landlord or Landlord’s Agent a construction supervisory fee in respect of the Tenant’s Alterations, provided that nothing contained in this subsection 4.2(g) shall limit Landlord’s right to reimbursement for third-party consultants pursuant to the last sentence of subsection 4.2(a) .

 

Section 4.3             Mechanic’s Liens .

 

(a)           If, because of any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, any mechanic’s lien, U.C.C. financing statement or other lien, charge or order for the payment of money shall be filed against Landlord, or against all or any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property, then Tenant shall indemnify, defend and save Landlord harmless against and from all costs, expenses, liabilities, suits, penalties, claims and demands (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) resulting therefrom, and Tenant shall cause such mechanic’s lien, financing statement or other lien, charge or order to either be released and discharged of record or bonded or insured over to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense).

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to grant a lien to a lender or other financial institution on Tenant’s Property, provided, in no event shall such lien (or security therefor) be recorded and/or placed against Landlord, the Real Property, the Building or the Premises. If any such lien or security interest is recorded and/or placed against Landlord, the Real Property, the Building or the Premises, the indemnity provisions of this Section 4.3 and the provisions contained in subparagraph (a) above shall apply.

 

Section 4.4             Labor Relations .    Tenant and any Tenant Party shall not, at any time prior to or during the Term, directly or indirectly, employ, or permit the employment of, any contractor, mechanic or laborer in the Premises, or permit any materials to be delivered to or used in the Building, whether in connection with any alteration or otherwise, if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, such employment, delivery or use will interfere or cause any conflict with any union, other contractors, mechanics or laborers engaged in the construction, maintenance or operation of the Building by Landlord, Tenant or others, or result in picketing, or Labor stoppages, or interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Building by other tenants or occupants of the Building. In the event of such interference or conflict, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall cause all contractors, mechanics or laborers causing such interference or conflict to leave the Building immediately.

 

10



 

Section 4.5             Tenant’s Access to and Cosmetic Refurbishment of Fire Staircase .    Subject to (i) Tenant’s compliance with the Alterations Criteria, and (ii) Tenant’s submission to and Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Plans therefor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, so long as Groupon, Inc. or one of Groupon, Inc.’s Affiliates is the Tenant hereunder and the tenant under a lease of certain premises on the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building (“Groupon’s Sixth Floor Premises”), Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to cosmetically refurbish the portion of the staircase shown on Exhibit D annexed hereto (“Stairwell D”), which portion connects the Premises to Groupon’s Sixth Floor Premises. Any such work shall be undertaken and completed by Tenant on or before June 30, 2012. So long as no Event of Default then exists hereunder, notwithstanding the prohibition in paragraph 1 of Exhibit B annexed to the Lease (Rules and Regulations) limiting the use of fire exits and fire stairways for emergencies only, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to access Stairwell D for regular use between the third (3 rd ) and sixth (6 th ) floors and, at Tenant’s expense and subject to the Alterations Criteria, to install a card reader system in the door in the Premises accessing Stairwell D and the two doors in Groupon’s Sixth Floor Premises accessing Stairwell D and label each access door accordingly for easy identification of Tenant doors; provided, however, that (i) Stairwell D shall be used by Tenant in conjunction with Landlord and other tenants and occupants of the Building and Tenant shall continue to be bound by all of the other Rules and Regulations set forth in the Lease, and (ii) Tenant shall promptly cease using Stairwell D if and when a Governmental Authority issues (x) a violation as a result of Tenant’s use thereof, and/or (y) a “cease and desist” or like order prohibiting such use, and (iii) Tenant shall only have the right to access Stairwell D (except in the event of emergencies) if Groupon, Inc. or its Affiliate(s) is the Tenant hereunder and of Groupon’s Sixth Floor Premises.

 

ARTICLE 5.           CONDITION OF THE PREMISES; LANDLORD CONTRIBUTION

 

Section 5.1             Condition .    Tenant has examined the Premises and, subject to Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and repair obligations pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof, agrees to accept possession of the Premises in their “as is” condition on the Effective Date with the exception of all latent defects not readily observable to the naked eye (“Latent Defects”), so long as Tenant discloses the existence of any such Latent Defects to Landlord by written notice (the “Latent Defects Notice”) received by Landlord on the earlier to occur of (x) that date which is no later than thirty (30) days after Tenant’s discovery of any such Latent Defect, or (y) the date of Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Initial Alterations (the “Latent Defects Notice Date”), and subject to Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and repair obligations pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof, Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expenses, make any contribution or make any installations in order to prepare the Premises for or in connection with Tenant’s occupancy or repair any Latent Defects after the Latent Defects Notice Date, unless Landlord timely receives the Latent Defect Notice and Landlord’s obligations with respect to Latent Defects shall be strictly limited to those Latent Defects set forth in the Latent Defects Notice. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence as against Tenant that, at the time such possession was so taken, the Premises were in good and satisfactory condition, except with respect to any Latent Defects discovered prior to the Latent Defects Notice Date. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord, as of the date hereof and as of the Commencement Date (unless otherwise noted in this Section 5.1) , represents and warrants to Tenant that: (i) Landlord is the lawful owner of the fee interest of the Building and the Real Property; (ii) Landlord possesses the authority to enter into this Lease and be bound by the terms and provisions hereof; (iii) there are no pending, and to the best of Landlord’s knowledge and belief, threatened lawsuits, proceedings or legal actions which would prevent Landlord from entering into this Lease or from performing any of its obligations or duties hereunder; and (iv) there are no Hazardous Materials located in the Premises (which have not been encapsulated or abated). Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall perform certain renovations in and to the western portion of the Building’s third (3 rd ) floor common corridor (the “Hallway Renovations”), which Hallway Renovations are described in Exhibit E annexed hereto and hereby made a part hereof. Landlord shall commence the Hallway Renovations on or before October 15, 2010 and shall use Landlord’s reasonable diligence to substantially complete the Hallway Renovations on or before the Commencement Date.

 

11



 

Section 5.2             Landlord’s Contribution .

 

(a)           Landlord’s Contribution .    Provided that this Lease is in full force and no monetary Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing hereunder and provided that there are no outstanding mechanic’s lien, financing statement or other lien, charge or order in existence filed against Landlord, or against all or any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property due to any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, that has not been actually released and discharged of record or bonded or insured over to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, Landlord shall contribute, as hereinafter provided, an amount (“Landlord’s Contribution”) equal to a maximum of Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand Six Hundred Forty Five and 00/100 Dollars ($850,645.00) (based upon the sum of (i) the product of $35.00 multiplied by 23,847 Rentable Square Feet, plus (ii) $16,000.00) toward Tenant’s actual cost of Tenant’s Initial Alterations to be performed by or on behalf of Tenant (including, without limitation, Tenant’s installation of VAV terminal unit with DDC controller and Fan Powered HVAC boxes at a ratio of 70% VAV and 30% Fan Powered per 1,500 usf, and Tenant’s installation of a glass or Herculite entrance door for the Premises) and Soft Costs (as defined below) incurred in connection with Tenant’s Initial Alterations; provided however , that no more than twenty-five percent (25%) of Landlord’s Contribution shall be applied to the reimbursement of space planning, engineering and design costs, third party construction management fees, permitting, furniture, moving and other soft costs (collectively, “ Soft Costs ”) and, further provided, that Tenant’s Plans for Tenant’s Initial Alterations comply with Article 4 . Data and voice equipment, cabling, wiring and related expenses and the cost of Tenant’s server room (if any) shall not be deemed to be Soft Costs for this purpose.

 

(b)           Parameters .    Any cost of Tenant’s Initial Alterations in excess of Landlord’s Contribution shall be paid entirely by Tenant. Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any portion of Landlord’s Contribution not actually expended by Tenant in the performance of Tenant’s Initial Alterations and/or Soft Costs, nor shall Tenant have any right to apply any unexpended portion of Landlord’s Contribution as a credit against Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other obligation of Tenant hereunder. No part of Landlord’s Contribution may be assigned by Tenant prior to actual payment thereof by Landlord to Tenant. Landlord makes no representation whatsoever as to the projected or actual cost of Tenant’s Initial Alterations.

 

(c)           Payment .    Provided that this Lease is in full force and effect and no monetary Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing hereunder and provided that there are no outstanding mechanic’s lien, financing statement or other lien, charge or order in existence filed against Landlord, or against all or any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property due to any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, that has not been actually released and discharged of record or bonded or insured over to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, Landlord shall make progress payments to Tenant on account of Landlord’s Contribution on a monthly basis in reimbursement of the cost of the work performed by or on behalf of Tenant and paid for by Tenant for Tenant’s Initial Alterations (and not previously reimbursed out of disbursements from Landlord’s Contribution), less a retainage of 10% of each progress payment (the “Retainage”). Each of Landlord’s progress payments will be limited to an amount equal to (a) the aggregate amounts (reduced by the Retainage) theretofore paid by Tenant (as certified by an authorized officer of Tenant and by Tenant’s independent, licensed architect) to Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers (excluding any payments for which Tenant has previously been reimbursed out of previous disbursements from Landlord’s Contribution), multiplied by (b) a fraction (which shall not exceed 1.0), the numerator of which is the amount of Landlord’s Contribution, and the denominator of which is the total contract price (or, if there is no specified or fixed contract price for Tenant’s Initial Alterations, then Landlord’s reasonable estimate thereof) for the performance of all of Tenant’s Initial Alterations shown on all plans and specifications approved by Landlord. Provided that Tenant delivers requisitions to Landlord no more than once every thirty (30) days, such progress payments shall be made within thirty (30) days after the delivery to Landlord of requisitions therefor, signed by a financial officer of Tenant, which requisitions shall set forth the names of each contractor and subcontractor to whom payment is due, and the amount thereof, and shall be accompanied by (i) copies of partial waivers of lien from all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers covering all work and materials which were the subject of previous progress payments by Landlord and Tenant, (ii) a written certification from Tenant’s architect that the work for which the

 

12



 

requisition is being made has been completed substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, (iii) copies of paid bills and canceled checks from Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers evidencing the payment in full of the work for which such requisition is being made, and (iv) such other documents and information as Landlord may reasonably request. Provided true, correct and complete requisitions are made no more often than every thirty (30) days, and provided further that the required accompanying documentation as set forth in this Section 5.2(c) is delivered to Landlord with such requisition, such requisition shall be paid by Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the applicable requisition. All requisitions shall be submitted on AIA Form G702 and G703. No payment of any portion of Landlord’s Contribution shall be due or payable by Landlord prior to the Commencement Date. All requisitions must be submitted prior to the date that is two hundred forty (240) days after the Commencement Date. Landlord shall disburse the Retainage upon submission by Tenant to Landlord of a requisition therefor, accompanied by all documentation required under this Section 5.2 , together with (A) proof of the satisfactory completion of all required inspections and issuance of any required approvals, permits and sign-offs for Tenant’s Initial Alterations by all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction thereover (it being acknowledged that a copy of the back of the building permit with “sign-offs” from the applicable inspector’s shall satisfy the requirements of this subsection (A);, (B) final “as-built” plans and specifications for Tenant’s Initial Alterations as required pursuant to Section 4.2 , (C) the issuance of final lien waivers by all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers covering all of Tenant’s Initial Alterations, and (D) copies of paid bills and canceled checks from Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers evidencing the payment in full of Tenant’s Initial Alterations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be required to pay to Tenant any undisbursed portion of the Landlord’s Contribution including, without limitation, the Retainage, for any requisition not submitted on or prior to the 240 th  day after the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5.2 , if Tenant fails to pay when due any sums due and payable to any of Tenant’s contractors or material suppliers, subject to Tenant’s right to contest that such sum(s) is due and payable provided that Tenant is in compliance with Section 4.3 hereof, such failure shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder and, without limitation of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to promptly pay to such contractor or supplier all sums so due from Tenant, and sums so paid by Landlord shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant an invoice therefor.

 

ARTICLE 6.           REPAIRS; FLOOR LOAD

 

Section 6.1             Repair and Maintenance Obligations .   Landlord shall maintain, replace and repair as necessary in Landlord’s discretion the Building Systems and the public portions of the Building, both exterior and interior, and the structural elements thereof, including the roof, foundation and curtain wall in good condition and repair and in compliance with all Legal Requirements and consistent with a first-class, mixed use retail and commercial center. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall properly maintain the Premises and the fixtures, systems, equipment and appurtenances therein to the extent such systems service only the Premises, and make all non-structural repairs thereto and replacements thereof as and when needed to preserve them in good working order and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, obsolescence and damage for which Tenant is not responsible pursuant to the provisions of Articles 11 and 12 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, all damage or injury to the Premises or to any other part of the Building, Building Systems, or to its fixtures, equipment and appurtenances of the Building, caused by or resulting from negligence, omission, neglect or improper conduct of, or Alterations made by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense, (a) by Tenant to the satisfaction of Landlord (if the required repairs are non-structural and do not affect any Building System), or (b) by Landlord (if the required repairs are structural or affect any Building System). Tenant also shall repair all damage to the Building and the Premises caused by the making of any Alterations by Tenant or by the moving of Tenant’s Property. All of such repairs shall be of quality or class equal to the original work or construction. If, after fifteen (15) days notice, Tenant fails to proceed with due diligence to make such repairs, Landlord may make such repairs at the expense of Tenant, and Tenant shall pay the costs and expenses thereof incurred by Landlord, with interest at the Default Rate, as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after delivery of an invoice therefor together with appropriate evidence of such costs and expenses.

 

13



 

Section 6.2             Floor Load .    Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the lesser of (i) one hundred fifty (150) lbs. per square foot, or (ii) the floor load which is allowed by law. Tenant shall not move any safe, heavy equipment, business machines, freight, bulky matter or fixtures into or out of the Building without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and which consent may be conditioned by Landlord on Tenant’s installation, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, of structural supports and noise attenuation devices.

 

Section 6.3             Interruptions Due To Repairs .    Landlord reserves the right to make (or cause to made) all changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements to the Building, including the Building Systems which provide services to Tenant, as Landlord deems necessary or desirable. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with prior notice (which may be oral and excepting in the event of an emergency) of, and to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises during the making of such repairs, alterations, additions, improvements, or replacements provided that Landlord shall have no obligation to employ (or cause such other parties to employ) contractors or labor at overtime or other premium pay rates or to incur any other overtime costs or additional expenses whatsoever. Except as provided in Section 10.6(b)  hereof, there shall be no Rent abatement or allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value, no actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, no relief from any of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease, and no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Landlord, Tenant or others making, or failing to make, any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises, or in or to fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof.

 

ARTICLE 7.          INCREASES IN TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES.

 

Section 7.1             Definitions . For the purposes of this Article 7 , the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)            Comparison Year shall mean any calendar year, all or any part of which falls within the Term, or, if the Renewal Option is exercised, the Renewal Term, commencing with calendar year 2012 for the purpose of calculating Tenant’s Operating Payment and 2013 for the purpose of calculating Tenant’s Tax Payment.

 

(b)            Excluded Expenses shall mean the following which shall not be included in Operating Expenses: (1) leasing commissions and costs of advertising the Building; (2) costs for space in the Building occupied by Landlord or its affiliates, except that costs for space occupied by the property manager of the Building shall not be excluded from Operating Expenses, (3) costs of restoration including the cost of restoring the Building resulting from a partial condemnation to the extent of Landlord’s collection of condemnation or insurance proceeds; (4) costs for salaries and benefits in respect of partners, shareholders, members, and officers of Landlord in their capacity as such; (5) the cost of any items for which Landlord is actually reimbursed by insurance (6) that portion of any cost of any work or service performed for, or a facility furnished to, any tenant or occupant of the Building that is greater than the work, service or facility which is performed or furnished generally for tenants and occupants of the Building to the extent Tenant does not benefit (or does not have the right to benefit) from such work, service or facility; (7) interest or other financing charges incurred in connection with indebtedness secured by a mortgage lien on the Real Property, and rent under any ground or underlying lease; (8) cash allowances to any tenant or occupant of the Building for leasehold improvements and decorating in connection with the initial leasing of demised premises in the Building; (9) the portion of any costs that are allocable to any other properties of Landlord or any of its affiliates, such as the portion of the personnel benefits, expenses and salaries of the type set forth in these exclusions of employees allocable to time spent by such employees in connection with properties other than the Real Property, or the portion of the premiums for any insurance carried under “blanket” or similar policies to the extent allocable to any property other than the Real Property; (10) any “gains” or ownership or control tax, mortgage recording tax, transfer or transfer gains tax, inheritance or estate tax imposed upon Landlord; (11) costs incurred in connection with preparing and negotiation of leases, amendments and modifications thereto, consents to subleases, assignments or any form of leases and attorneys’ fees and disbursements for the enforcement

 

14



 

of tenant leases; (12) the portion (if any) of the management fee for the Building which exceeds the competitive market rate for management fees for similar buildings located in Chicago, Illinois; (13) any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for bad debts or rent loss; and (14) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Building reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement.

 

(c)           Operating Expenses ”   shall mean the aggregate of all costs and expenses (and taxes, if any, thereon), excluding Excluded Expenses, paid or incurred by or on behalf of Landlord (whether directly or through independent contractors and whether or not paid to an Affiliate of Landlord (provided any costs and expenses paid to an Affiliate of Landlord shall be at market rates)) in connection with the management, operation, repair and maintenance of, and the providing of security for, the Building and the Real Property, such as (without limitation): insurance premiums; the cost of electricity, gas, oil, steam, water, air conditioning and other fuel and utilities; attorneys’ fees and disbursements; auditing, management, administrative and other professional fees and expenses; salaries, benefits, unemployment taxes, payments under collective bargaining agreements and other like amounts paid to Building employees under service contracts relating to the Building; and any capital improvement as described in items (1) or (2) below which shall be installed by or on behalf of Landlord in the Building. Such capital improvements shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of such capital improvements as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (with interest accruing on the unamortized portion thereof at the Base Rate in effect at the time such improvements are substantially completed per annum), and the amount included in Operating Expenses in any Comparison Year (until such improvement has been fully amortized) shall be equal to the annual amortized amount. A capital improvement shall be included in Operating Expenses only if made on or after the Commencement Date, and if it either (1) is intended to result in a reduction in Operating Expenses (as for example, a labor-saving improvement), provided, the amount included in Operating Expenses in any Comparison Year shall not exceed an amount equal to the savings resulting from the installation and operation of such improvement, and/or (2) is made during any Comparison Year in compliance with Legal Requirements. If during all or part of any Comparison Year, Landlord shall not furnish any particular item(s) of work or service (which would otherwise constitute an Operating Expense) to any leasable portions of the Building for any reason, then, for purposes of computing Operating Expenses for such Comparison Year, as the case may be, the amount included in Operating Expenses for such period shall be increased by an amount equal to the costs and expenses that would have been reasonably incurred by Landlord during such period if Landlord had furnished such item(s) of work or service to such portion of the Building; provided, however, that any such adjustment shall apply only to Operating Expenses that are variable and therefore increase as leasing of the Building increases (including, but not limited to, Operating Expenses related to janitorial, trash removal and water services (“Variable Operating Expenses”)). In determining the amount of Operating Expenses for any Comparison Year, if less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the Building rentable area shall have been occupied by tenant(s) at any time during any Comparison Year, Operating Expenses shall be determined for such Comparison Year to be an amount equal to the like expenses which would normally be expected to be incurred had such occupancy been 95% throughout such Comparison Year; provided however, that any such adjustment shall only apply to Variable Operating Expenses.

 

(d)           Statement shall mean a statement containing a comparison of (1) the Base Taxes and the Taxes payable for any Comparison Year, or (2) the Base Operating Expenses and the Operating Expenses payable for any Comparison Year.

 

(e)           Tax Year shall mean the calendar year (or such other period as hereinafter may be duly adopted by the Cook County, Illinois as its fiscal year for real estate tax purposes).

 

(f)           Taxes shall mean all real estate taxes, assessments, business improvement district charges, fees and assessments, sewer and water rents, rates and charges and other governmental levies, impositions or charges, whether general, special, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, which may be assessed, levied or imposed upon all or any part of the Real Property, (ii) all personal property taxes, assessments, rates and charges and other governmental levies, impositions or charges, whether general, special ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, which may be assessed, levied

 

15



 

or imposed upon all or any part of any personal property owned or held by Landlord and located at and used in connection with the Real Property, including, without limitation, any fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, plant, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other facilities, equipment and systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air conditioning, humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security or fire/life/safety systems or equipment, and any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment for the Real Property, all to the extent that the same do not constitute part of the Real Property (the “Personal Property” ), and (iii) all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and experts’ and other witnesses’ fees) incurred in contesting any of the foregoing or the assessed valuation of all or any part of the Real Property or Personal Property. Taxes shall not include (x) interest or penalties incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlord’s late payment of Taxes, except for interest payable in connection with the installment payment of assessments pursuant to the fourth sentence of this subsection or (y) corporate, franchise, transfer, inheritance, gift, estate or net income taxes imposed upon Landlord. For purposes hereof, “Taxes” for any calendar year shall be deemed to be the Taxes which are paid during such calendar year regardless of when assessed, levied or imposed (i.e., on a cash and not an accrual basis). i f any assessments are or may be payable in annual installments, then for the purposes of this Article 7 , such assessments shall be deemed to have been so divided and to be payable in the maximum number of installments permitted by law, and there shall be deemed included in Taxes for each Comparison Year the installments of such assessment becoming payable during such Comparison Year, together with interest payable during such Comparison Year on such installments and on all installments thereafter becoming due as provided by law, all as if such assessment had been so divided. If at any time the methods of taxation prevailing on the date hereof shall be altered so that in lieu of or as an addition to the whole or any part of Taxes, there shall be assessed, levied or imposed (1) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge based on the income or rents received from the Real Property whether or not wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise, (2) a tax, assessment, Levy, imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon all or any part of the Real Property and imposed upon Landlord, (3) a license fee measured by the rents, or (4) any other tax, assessment, levy, imposition, charge or license fee however described or imposed, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions, charges or license fees or the part thereof so measured or based shall be deemed to be Taxes, provided that any tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge imposed on income from the Real Property shall be calculated as if the Real Property were the only asset of Landlord.

 

Section 7.2             Tenant’s Tax Payment .

 

(a)           If the Taxes for any Comparison Year exceed the Base Taxes, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such excess amount (“Tenant’s Tax Payment”). For each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement setting forth Landlord’s good faith reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, based upon such year’s budget for Taxes (which shall be reasonably based upon the latest assessed valuation of the Building and a reasonable increase in the latest tax rate and multiplier). Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month during such Comparison Year an amount equal to one-twelfth of Landlord’s estimate of Tenants Tax Payment for such Comparison Year. If, however, Landlord shall furnish any such estimate for a Comparison Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then until the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section 7.2 during the last month of the preceding Comparison Year. Promptly after such estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenant’s Tax Payment previously made for such Comparison Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenant’s Tax Payment to be made for such Comparison Year in accordance with such estimate, and if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, or if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, and on the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the first day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Comparison

 

16



 

Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to one-twelfth of Tenant’s Tax Payment shown on such estimate.

 

(b)          As soon as reasonably practicable after Landlord has determined the Taxes for a Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for such Comparison Year. If the Statement shall show that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.2(a) exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s election, either refund the amount of such excess to Tenant or credit the amount of such excess against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder; provided, however, that at the expiration of the Term, any such amount shall be reimbursed to Tenant within thirty (30) days after expiration, subject to any amounts then due and owing to Landlord. If the Statement for such Comparison Year shall show that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement. The benefit of any discount for any early payment or prepayment of Taxes and of any tax exemption or abatement relating to all or any part of the Real Property shall accrue solely to the benefit of Landlord and Taxes shall be computed without subtracting such discount or taking into account any such exemption or abatement. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to a refund or credit in the event that the Taxes for a Comparison Year are less than Base Taxes.

 

(C)          If the applicable real estate Tax Fiscal Year is changed, Taxes for such Tax Year shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in such fiscal year included in the particular Comparison Year for the purpose of making the computations under this Section 7.2 .

 

(d)          Only Landlord shall be eligible to institute proceedings to reduce the assessed valuation of the Real Property or institute any other protest or tax refund proceedings and the filings of any such proceedings by Tenant without Landlord’s prior written consent shall constitute an Event of Default. If the Base Taxes are defined as the Taxes for a particular calendar year and if such Taxes are reduced, the Base Taxes shall be correspondingly revised, the Additional Rent previously paid or payable on account of Tenant’s Tax Payment hereunder for all Comparison Years shall be recomputed on the basis of such reduction, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord within 10 Business Days after being billed therefor, any deficiency between the amount of such Additional Rent previously computed and paid by Tenant to Landlord, and the amount due as a result of such recomputations. If the Base Taxes are defined as the Taxes for a particular calendar year and if such Taxes are increased then Landlord shall either pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor, or at Landlord’s election, credit against subsequent payments of Rent due, the amount by which such Additional Rent previously paid on account of Tenant’s Tax Payment exceeds the amount actually due as a result of such recomputations. If Landlord receives a refund of Taxes for any Comparison Year, Landlord shall, at its election, either pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of such refund, or credit against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the refund, net of any expenses incurred by Landlord in achieving such refund, which amount shall not exceed Tenant’s Tax Payment paid for such Comparison Year. Landlord shall not be obligated to file any application or institute any proceeding seeking a reduction in Taxes or the assessed valuation of the Real Property. In no event shall Landlord’s receipt of funds in connection with any tax increment financing and/or a redevelopment agreement between Landlord and the City of Chicago (including, without limitation, any “developer’s note” for the benefit of Landlord), affecting all of any portion of the Real Property constitute a refund of Taxes to which Tenant is or could be entitled to a proportionate share.

 

(e)           Tenant shall be obligated to make Tenant’s Tax Payment regardless of whether Tenant may be exempt from the payment of any taxes by reason of Tenant’s not-for-profit, diplomatic or other tax exempt status.

 

(f)           Tenant shall be responsible for any applicable occupancy or rent tax now in effect or hereafter enacted with respect to the Premises and/or the Rent therefor and, if payable by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly pay such amounts to Landlord, upon Landlord’s demand, as Additional Rent.

 

17


 

Section 7.3             Tenant’s Operating Payment .

 

(a)          If the Operating Expenses payable for any Comparison Year exceed the Base Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such excess amount ( “Tenant’s Operating Payment” ). For each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement setting forth Landlord’s good faith reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, based upon such year’s budget. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month during such Comparison Year an amount equal to one-twelfth of Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year. If, however, Landlord shall furnish any such estimate for a Comparison Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then until the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section 7.3 during the last month of the preceding Comparison Year. Promptly after such estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenant’s Operating Payment previously made for such Comparison Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenant’s Operating Payment to be made for such Comparison Year in accordance with such estimate, and if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, or if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, and on the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the first day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to one-twelfth of Tenant’s Operating Payment shown on such estimate.

 

(b)         On or before May 1st of each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for the immediately preceding Comparison Year. Each such Statement shall be accompanied by a computation of Operating Expenses for the Building prepared by Landlord’s Agent. If the Statement shall show that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.3(a)  exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, Landlord shall, at its election, either refund the amount of such excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement or credit the amount of such excess against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder. If the Statement for such Comparison Year shall show that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to a refund or credit in the event that the Operating Expenses for a Comparison Year are less than Base Operating Expenses.

 

Section 7.4             Partial Lease Years . If the Commencement Date shall occur on a date other than January 1, any Additional Rent under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 for the calendar year in which such Commencement Date shall occur shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in the period from the Commencement Date to the following December 31 bears to the total number of days in such Comparison Year. If the Expiration Date shall occur on a date other than December 31, any Additional Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 for the Comparison Year in which such Expiration Date occurs shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in the period from January 1 to the Expiration Date shall bear to the total number of days in such Comparison Year. In the event of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, any Additional Rent under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 owed by Tenant shall be paid by Tenant, and any over payments not credited against Rent payable hereunder shall be refunded by Landlord within thirty (30) days after submission of the Statement for the last Comparison Year. In no event shall Fixed Rent ever be reduced by operation of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 and the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant under the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 with respect to any Additional Rent shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 7.5             Intentionally Omitted .

 

18



 

Section 7.6           Non-Waiver; Disputes .

 

(a)          Landlord’s failure to render any Statement on a timely basis with respect to any Comparison Year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a Statement with respect to such Comparison Year or any subsequent Comparison Year, nor shall the rendering of a Statement prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a corrected Statement for that Comparison Year.

 

(b)        Each Statement sent to Tenant shall be conclusively binding upon Tenant unless Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after such Statement is sent, pay to Landlord the amount set forth in such Statement, without prejudice to Tenant’s right to dispute such Statement, and within one hundred twenty (120) days after such Statement is sent, send a written notice to Landlord objecting to such Statement and specifying the reasons that such Statement is claimed to be incorrect. Tenant agrees that Tenant will not employ, in connection with any dispute under this Lease, any person who is to be compensated in whole or in part, on a contingency fee basis. If the parties are unable to resolve any dispute as to the correctness of such Statement within thirty (30) days following such notice of objection, either party may refer the issues to a reputable public accounting firm selected by Landlord that is independent of Tenant and Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant, and the decision of such accountants shall be conclusively binding upon Landlord and Tenant. In connection Therewith, Tenant and such accountants shall execute and deliver to Landlord a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, whereby such parties agree not to disclose to any third party any of the information obtained in connection with such review. Tenant shall pay all the fees and expenses relating to such procedure unless such accountants determine that Landlord overstated Operating Expenses by more than five percent (5%) for such Lease Year, in which case Landlord shall pay such fees and expenses. If, in connection with the foregoing procedure, it is determined that Tenant’s Tax Payment and/or Tenant’s Operating Payment actually paid by Tenant for the period under review exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes and/or Operating Expenses (as applicable) for such period, then, so long as no Event of Default then exists, Landlord shall credit against Tenant’s next accruing Rent obligations an amount equal to such excess.

 

ARTICLE 8. LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

 

Section 8.1             Compliance . Landlord, at Landlord’s expense (subject to Landlord’s right to be reimbursed therefor by tenants of the Building to the extent such expense constitutes an Operating Expense pursuant to Article 7 hereof) shall comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to the ownership, operation and maintenance of the Real Property. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall comply (or cause to be complied) with all Legal Requirements applicable to the Premises, regardless of whether imposed by their terms upon Landlord or Tenant, or the use and occupancy thereof by Tenant, and make all repairs or Alterations required thereby, provided, however, in no event shall Tenant be responsible to make or pay for any structural capital improvements to the Building or Premises (except to the extent such structural or capital improvements are included in the definition of Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 7.1(c)  hereof or such structural or capital improvements are required due to Tenant’s specific use and occupancy of the Premises (except for standard office use) or if necessitated by the negligent or willful acts of Tenant or its employees, contractors or subtenants). Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises which will invalidate or be in conflict with Landlord’s insurance policies, and shall not do or permit anything to be done in or upon the Premises, or use the Premises in a manner, or bring or keep anything therein, which shall increase the rates for casualty or liability insurance applicable to the Building. If, as a result of any act or omission by Tenant or by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 8 , the insurance rates for the Building shall be increased, then Tenant shall desist from doing or permitting to be done any such act or thing and shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, for that part of all insurance premiums thereafter paid by Landlord which shall have been charged because of such act, omission or failure by Tenant, and shall make such reimbursement upon demand by Landlord.

 

Section 8.2             Hazardous Materials . Subject to the limitations contained in the following sentence, Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all Environmental Laws and with any directive of any Governmental Authority which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or

 

19



 

Tenant under any Environmental Laws with respect to the Premises or the use or occupation thereof. Tenant’s obligations hereunder with respect to Hazardous Materials shall extend only to those matters directly or indirectly based on, or arising or resulting from (a) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises or in the Building which is caused or permitted by Tenant, and (b) any Environmental Claim (defined below) relating in any way to Tenant’s operation or use of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all communications and related materials regarding the Premises which Tenant shall receive from or send to (a) any Governmental Authority relating in any way to any Environmental Laws, or (b) any Person with respect to any claim based upon any Environmental Laws or relating in any way to Hazardous Materials (any such claim, an “ Environmental Claim” ). Landlord or its agents may perform an environmental inspection of the Premises at any time during the Term, upon prior written notice to Tenant, or without notice in the event of an emergency. The cost of such inspection shall be borne by Landlord unless such inspection arises out of the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party. Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference to Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises in connection with the performance of such inspection and to perform such inspection during non-business hours. Tenant’s obligations under this Article 8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 9.          SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

 

Section 9.1             Subordination . This Lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to all Mortgages and Superior Leases. This Section 9.1 shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any subordination instrument that Landlord or any Superior Lessor or Mortgagee may reasonably request no later than ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s request therefor, provided such subordination document contains a nondisturbance provision which is generally acceptable to such Mortgagee or Superior Lessor, subject to such commercially reasonable modifications as may be negotiated by Tenant.

 

Section 9.2             Notices . In the event of any act or omission of Landlord which would give Tenant the right, immediately or after lapse of a period of time, to cancel or terminate this Lease, or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant shall not exercise such right (a) until it has given written notice of such act or omission to each Mortgagee and Superior Lessor whose name and address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant in writing, and (b) unless such act or omission shall be one which is not capable of being remedied by Landlord or such Mortgagee or Superior Lessor within a reasonable period of time, until a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notice and following the time when such Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall have become entitled under such Mortgage or Superior Lease, as the case may be, to remedy the same (which reasonable period shall in no event be less than the period to which Landlord would be entitled under this Lease or otherwise, after similar notice, to effect such remedy), provided such Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall with due diligence give Tenant written notice of its intention to remedy such act or omission, and such Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall commence and thereafter continue with reasonable diligence to remedy such act or omission. If more than one Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall become entitled to any additional cure period under this Section 9.2 , such cure periods shall run concurrently, not consecutively.

 

Section 9.3             Attornment . If a Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a new lease or deed, then at the request of such party so succeeding to Landlord’s rights ( “Successor Landlord” ) and upon Successor Landlord’s written agreement to accept Tenant’s attornment, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize Successor Landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease, and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that Successor Landlord may reasonably request to evidence such attornment. Upon such attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as, or as if it were, a direct lease between Successor Landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in this Lease and shall be applicable after such attornment except that Successor Landlord shall not be:

 

20



 

(a)          liable for any act or omission of Landlord (except to the extent such act or omission continues beyond the date when such Successor Landlord succeeds to Landlord’s interest and Tenant gives notice of such act or omission to Successor Landlord);

 

(b)         subject to any defense, claim, counterclaim, set-off or offsets which Tenant may have against Landlord;

 

(c)          bound by any prepayment of more than one month’s Rent to any prior landlord;

 

(d)         bound by any obligation to make any payment to Tenant which was required to be made prior to the time such Successor Landlord succeeded to Landlord’s interest, except for the repayment of the balance of the Security Deposit (if any) remaining at the end of the Lease term to the extent such Successor Landlord receives the remaining portion of the Security Deposit (if any) from Landlord and has not applied or retained the same in accordance with ARTICLE 30 hereof;

 

(e)          bound by any obligation to perform any work or to make improvements to the Premises except for (x) repairs and maintenance required to be made by Landlord under this Lease, and (y) repairs to the Premises as a result of damage by fire or other casualty or a partial condemnation pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, but only to the extent that such repairs can reasonably be made from the net proceeds of any insurance or condemnation awards, respectively, actually made available to such Successor Landlord; or

 

(f)          bound by any modification, amendment or renewal of this Lease made without Successor Landlord’s consent.

 

Section 9.4             Lease Modifications . If, in connection with obtaining, continuing or renewing of financing for which the Building, Land or the interest of the lessee under any Superior Lease represents collateral, in whole or in part, the Mortgagee and/or Superior Lessor shall request reasonable modifications of this Lease as a condition of such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not materially and adversely increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder, diminish the rights of Tenant hereunder, or cause a change in Tenant’s financial obligations hereunder.

 

Section 9.5             Estoppel Certificates . Tenant agrees, at any time and from time to time, as requested by Landlord, upon not less than fifteen (15) days’ prior notice, to execute and deliver to Landlord a written statement executed and acknowledged by Tenant (a) stating that this Lease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications), (b) setting forth the then annual Fixed Rent, (c) setting forth the date to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent have been paid, (d) stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the Tenant, Landlord is in default under this Lease, and if so, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults, (e) stating the amount of the Security Deposit, (f) stating whether Tenant possesses any renewal, extension, expansion, contraction or termination options and their respective terms, if any, (g) stating whether Landlord has fulfilled all obligations with regard to delivery of the Premises to Tenant, (h) stating whether there are any subleases affecting the Premises, (i) stating the address of Tenant to which all notices and communications under the Lease shall be sent, the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date, and (j) as to any other matters reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section 9.5 may be relied upon by others with whom Landlord may be dealing, including any purchaser or owner of the Real Property or the Building, or of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property or the Building or any Superior Lease, or by any Mortgagee, Superior Lessor or Landlord’s mezzanine lender.

 

21



 

ARTICLE 10. SERVICES. Landlord shall provide, at Landlord’s expense, except as otherwise set forth herein, the following services:

 

Section 10.1             Electricity .

 

(a)          Electricity shall be distributed to the Premises by the electric utility company serving the Building and Tenant shall contract directly with such company. Landlord shall permit Landlord’s wire and conduits, to the extent available, suitable and safely capable, to be used for such distribution. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.6(b) below, the electrical capacity available to the Premises shall be the capacity on the date hereof. Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall make all necessary arrangements with the electric utility company for separately metering the Premises and Tenant shall pay, on a timely basis, for electric current furnished to the Premises. All electricity used during the performance of janitor service, or the making of any alterations or repairs in the Premises, or the operation of any special air conditioning systems serving the Premises, shall be paid for by Tenant.

 

(b)         Tenant shall at all times comply with the rules and regulations of the utility company supplying electricity to the Building. Tenant shall not use any electrical equipment which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would exceed the capacity of the electrical equipment servicing the Premises or interfere with the electrical service to other Building tenants. If Landlord determines that Tenant’s electrical requirements necessitate installation of any additional risers, feeders or other electrical distribution equipment (collectively, “Electrical Equipment” ), or if Tenant provides Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s need for excess electricity and requests that additional Electrical Equipment be installed, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, install such separately metered additional Electrical Equipment, provided that Landlord, in its sole judgment, considering the potential needs of present and future Building tenants and of the Building itself, determines that such installation is practicable and necessary, such additional Electrical Equipment is permissible under applicable Legal Requirements, and the installation of such Electrical Equipment will not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, interfere with or disturb or limit electrical usage by other tenants or occupants of the Building or exceed the limits of the switchgear or other facilities serving the Building, or require power in excess of that available from the public utility serving the Building. Any costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the delivery of a bill to Tenant. Tenant shall pay the cost of such additional electrical service (whether the same is distributed by Landlord or the electrical utility company servicing the Building). Tenant shall not make or perform, or permit the making or performance of, any Alterations to wiring installations or other electrical facilities in or serving the Premises or make any additions to the office equipment or other appliances in the Premises which utilize electrical energy (other than ordinary small office equipment) without the prior consent of Landlord, in each instance, and in compliance with this Lease.

 

Section10.2           Heat, Ventilation And Air-Conditioning .

 

(a)          Landlord shall provide heat and air-conditioning to the Premises on Business Days from 7:00 A.M. to 8:00 P.M., and Saturdays from 8:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M., when required in Landlord’s reasonable judgment for the comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises (provided, in no event shall the Premises be deemed comfortable for use and occupancy if the temperature of the Premises is colder than 66 degrees in the winter or warmer than 76 degrees in the summer), through use of the Building standard heating, ventilating and air conditioning system (the “Building Heating HVAC System” ).

 

(b)         Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.2 to the contrary, Landlord shall not be responsible if the normal operation of the Building Heating HVAC System shall fail to provide heat or air conditioning at reasonable temperatures uniformly to all interior portions of the Premises. Tenant at all times shall cooperate fully with Landlord and shall abide by the regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the Building Heating HVAC System.

 

22



 

(c)          Landlord shall not be required to furnish heat and air-conditioning during periods other than the hours and days set forth in this Section 10.2 for the furnishing and distributing of such services ( “Overtime Periods” ), unless Landlord has received advance notice from Tenant requesting such service not less than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time when such service shall be required. Accordingly, if Landlord shall furnish heat or air-conditioning to the Premises at the request of Tenant during Overtime Periods, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, on a monthly basis, for such services at the standard rate then fixed by Landlord for the Building (which amount, as of the Effective Date, is $50.00 per hour, subject to adjustment by Landlord from time to time based on Landlord’s customary rates). Failure by Landlord to furnish or distribute heat, air-conditioning or any other services during Overtime Periods shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or, except as provided in Section 10.6(b)  hereof, entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, or impose any liability upon Landlord or its agents by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant, or injury to or interruption of Tenant’s business or otherwise.

 

Section10.3           Elevators . Subject to necessary repairs and maintenance, Landlord shall provide passenger elevator service to the Premises on Business Days from 7:00 A.M. to 8:00 P.M. and freight elevator facilities on a non-exclusive basis, on Business Days from 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., and shall have at least one passenger elevator and one freight elevator available at all other times; provided, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, the standard Building charges for the operation of the freight elevators beyond the days and hours prescribed above. Such elevator service shall be subject to such reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as Landlord may promulgate from time to time with respect thereto. Landlord shall have the right to change the operation or manner of operation of any of the elevators in the Building and/or to discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the use of any one or more cars in any of the passenger, freight or truck elevator banks; provided, Landlord shall (except temporarily during emergencies or other extraordinary circumstances) have at least one (1) passenger elevator and one freight elevator available at all times, subject to Tenant’s payment of Landlord’s customary rates for overtime freight elevator usage.

 

Section10.4           Cleaning and Rubbish Removal . Landlord shall cause the Premises (excluding any portions thereof used for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages) to be cleaned, substantially in accordance with the standards set forth in Exhibit F , including refuse and rubbish removal services at the Premises for ordinary office refuse and rubbish pursuant to rules and regulations established by Landlord. Any areas of the Premises requiring additional cleaning such as areas used for preparation or consumption of food, shall be cleaned, at Tenant’s expense, by Landlord’s employees or Landlord’s contractor, at rates which shall be competitive with rates of other cleaning contractors providing services to buildings comparable to the Building. Landlord and its cleaning contractor and their respective employees shall have access to the Premises at all times except between 8:00 A.M. and 5:00 P.M. on Business Days. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of an invoice therefor, Landlord’s reasonable charge for refuse and rubbish removal to the extent that the refuse generated by Tenant exceeds the refuse and rubbish customarily generated by executive and general office tenants. Tenant shall not dispose of any refuse and rubbish in the public areas of the Building, and if Tenant does so, Tenant shall be liable for Landlord’s reasonable charge for such removal. Tenant shall cause its employees, agents, contractors and business visitors to observe such additional rules and regulations regarding rubbish removal and/or recycling as Landlord may, from time to time, reasonably impose.

 

Section10.5           Water . Landlord shall furnish cold water in such quantities as Landlord reasonably deems sufficient for ordinary cleaning purposes to the Premises. Landlord shall furnish warm water to the Common Area bathrooms servicing the Premises in such quantities as Landlord reasonably deems sufficient for such purposes. If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purpose in addition to ordinary cleaning purposes, Landlord may install a water meter and thereby measure Tenant’s consumption of water for all purposes. Tenant shall (a) pay to Landlord the cost of any such meter and its installation, (b) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, keep any such meter and any such installation equipment in good working order and repair, and (c) pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent,, as and when billed therefor for water consumed, together with a charge for any required pumping or heating thereof, all

 

23



 

sewer rents, charges or any other taxes, rents, levies or charges which now or hereafter are assessed, imposed or shall become a lien upon the Premises or the Real Property pursuant to law, order or regulation made or issued in connection with any such metered use, consumption, maintenance or supply of water, water system, or sewage or sewage connection or system, and in default in making such payment Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant.

 

Section 10.6          No Warranty of Landlord .

 

(a)          Landlord does not warrant that any of the services to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, or any other services which Landlord may supply (x) will be adequate for Tenant’s particular purposes or as to any other particular need of Tenant or (y) will be free from interruption, and Tenant acknowledges that any one or more such services may be temporarily interrupted or suspended by reason of Unavoidable Delays. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to temporarily stop, interrupt or reduce service of the Building Systems by reason of Unavoidable Delays, or for repairs, additions, alterations, replacements, decorations or improvements which are, in the judgment of Landlord, necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall provide Tenant, except in the case of an emergency or other extraordinary circumstance, 24 hours advance notice (which may be verbal) of any anticipated disruption of services to the Premises. Any such interruption or discontinuance of service, or the exercise of such right by Landlord to suspend or interrupt such service shall not (i) constitute an actual or constructive eviction, or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, in whole or in part, (ii) entitle Tenant to any compensation or, except as provided in Section 10.6(b)  below, to any abatement or diminution of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, (iii) relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, or (iv) impose any responsibility or liability upon Landlord or its agents by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant, or injury to or interruption of Tenant’s business, or otherwise. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s access to and use and occupancy of the Premises in making any repairs, alterations, additions, replacements, decorations or improvements; provided , however , that Landlord shall have no obligation to employ contractors or labor at “overtime” or other premium pay rates or to incur any other “overtime” costs or additional expenses whatsoever. Landlord shall not be required to furnish any services except as expressly provided in this Article 10 .

 

(b)         Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 10 , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.3 , Article 15 or Article 29 , if all of the following conditions are satisfied (collectively, the “Abatement Conditions”): (a) Tenant is unable to and does not use the entire Premises, or a material portion thereof (which term “material,” shall, for purposes of this Section 10.6(b) , mean at least twenty percent (20%) of the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises), for the Permitted Use; (b) such inability is due primarily to a failure in the services to be provided in this Article 10 resulting from the acts, omissions or negligence of Landlord or Landlord Parties (or Landlord’s failure to maintain), or Landlord’s performance of an improvement or Alteration to the Building pursuant to Section 6.3 , Section 10.6 , Article 15 or Article 29 hereof; (c) such condition continues for a period in excess of ten (10) consecutive days after Tenant furnishes written notice to Landlord (the “Abatement Notice” ) stating that Tenant is unable to use the Premises (or the material portion thereof) due to such condition; (d) Tenant actually does not use or occupy the Premises (or the material portion thereof) from and after the date of the Abatement Notice; and (e) such condition is not a result of Unavoidable Delays, casualty or condemnation, or the acts, omissions or negligence of (or breach or violation of this Lease by) Tenant or any Tenant Party, then, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive right and remedy under this Lease, at law or in equity, Fixed Rent with respect to the Premises (or the material portion thereof, based on the Rentable Square Footage which is untenantable), shall be abated on a per diem basis for the period commencing on the eleventh (11 th ) day after Landlord receives the Abatement Notice and ending on the earlier of (i) the date Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises (in the event of total untenantability) or any portion of the material portion of the Premises affected (in the event of a partial untenantability), and (ii) the date on which such condition is remedied. The parties hereby agree that the terms of this Section 10.6(b)  shall not apply in the event of a casualty or condemnation, but rather that the provisions of Article 12 and Article 13 (respectively) shall apply in such event.

 

24



 

Section 10.7          Parking .

 

(a)          Landlord agrees that, provided that no Event of Default shall be continuing hereunder, Landlord will confer upon Tenant, during the Term of this Lease, the right and license to use five (5) of Landlord’s non-reserved parking spaces designated by landlord in the 900 North Building and twenty (20) of Landlord’s non-reserved parking spaces either in the garage in 950 North Kingsbury Avenue or at 811 North Larrabee Street, Chicago, Illinois, as designated by Landlord (collectively, the “Parking Spaces” ) for purposes of parking the passenger automobiles of Tenant and Tenant’s principals and employees working at the Premises. Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, in advance as Additional Rent, a parking fee equal to the number of Parking Spaces multiplied by the applicable current monthly market rental rate for parking spaces in the applicable garage as is being offered to the general public by Landlord, as the same may be adjusted by Landlord from time to time. Any parking fees due hereunder shall constitute Additional Rent under this Lease. On or before the Commencement Date, Tenant shall send Landlord written notice setting forth the number of Parking Spaces (up to an aggregate maximum of twenty (20)) that Tenant elects to use and license in the 950 North Kingsbury Avenue and/or 811 North Larrabee Street, garages, and Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally relinquished, for the entire term of this Lease and any Renewal Term, the right to use or license any Parking Spaces in such garages in excess of the number of such spaces set forth in Tenant’s notice. Tenant and its employees shall comply with all Legal Requirements and all of Landlord’s reasonable rules, regulations and security requirements in connection with Tenant’s use of the Parking Spaces. Tenant shall be responsible for any loss, damage or injury to persons or property caused as a result of its or its employees’ use of the Parking Spaces or the parking area in which the Parking Spaces are located (including, without limitation, theft, vandalism or other criminal act). Landlord shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to, or theft of, any property or automobiles located in the Parking Spaces or parking area. Tenant shall not be permitted to perform any Alterations with respect to the Parking Spaces. The privileges granted Tenant under this Section 10.7 merely constitute a license and shall not be deemed to grant Tenant a leasehold or other real property interest in the Parking Spaces, the building(s) in which the same are located, or any portion thereof. The license granted to Tenant in this Section 10.7 shall automatically terminate and expire upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and the termination of such license shall be self-operative and no further instrument shall be required to effect such termination. The rights conferred upon Tenant pursuant to this Section 10.7 shall not be assignable, subleasable or transferable separately from Tenant’s interest in this Lease (as governed by Article 14 hereof).

 

(b)         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Subsection (a) above, in the event that Tenant (i) fails to pay Additional Rent for the Parking Spaces (or any portion thereof), and such failure continues for a period of ten (10) Business Days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, (ii) fails to take possession of all or substantially all of the Parking Spaces within six (6) months after the Commencement Date, and such failure continues for a period of ten (10) Business Days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, or (iii) fails to use the Parking Spaces (or any portion thereof) which Tenant has the right to use under this Section 10.7 on a regular and consistent basis, and such failure continues for a period of twenty (20) Business Days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, then Tenant’s right to use such Parking Space(s) (or portion thereof) shall, from and after the expiration of such ten (10) or twenty (20) Business Day period referred to above, as applicable, terminate, expire and be of no further force or effect (without any reduction of Fixed Rent or any other obligation or liability of Tenant hereunder, but with a corresponding reduction in Additional Rent with respect to the reduction of Parking Spaces (or any portion thereof)) and Landlord shall be free to use (or grant or confer upon any other Person the right to use) all or any such Parking Space(s) upon such terms and conditions as Landlord shall determine, in its sole discretion.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.7 , if at any time during the Term of this Lease the Tenant shall not be in occupancy of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises Area for a period in excess of twenty (20) consecutive calendar days ( “Occupancy Threshold” ), unless as a result of Landlord’s continuing default under the Lease, Tenant shall have no right to license the Parking Spaces, and if Tenant is using any Parking Spaces under this Section 10.7 , Tenant’s license to use such Parking Spaces shall automatically be

 

25



 

revoked and Tenant shall cease using such Parking Spaces within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of written notice from Landlord of such revocation.

 

Section 10.8          Listings in Building Directory and Signage . Subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval as to the design, location and size of such signage, and in compliance with all Building Rules and Regulations and Legal Requirements, Tenant shall have the right during the Term to install, at Tenant’s expense, and provided that no Event of Default shall be continuing hereunder, maintain Building standard signage on its entrance door, provided such signage shall be reasonably approved by Landlord. The listing of any name other than that of Tenant on the doors of the Premises, the Building directory or elsewhere shall not vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, nor be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to any assignment or transfer of this Lease or to any sublease of the Premises or to the use or occupancy thereof by others. Any such listing shall constitute a privilege revocable in Landlord’s discretion by notice to Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 11. INSURANCE

 

Section 11.1          Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain and keep in full force and effect a policy of commercial general liability insurance under which Tenant is named as the insured and Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent for the Building, Landlord’s asset manager and any Superior Lessors and any Mortgagees (whose names shall have been furnished to Tenant) are named as additional insureds, which insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent or any Superior Lessors or Mortgagees named as additional insureds and such coverage shall include without limitation broad-form contractual liability coverage to insure its indemnity obligations set forth in Article 28 hereof. Tenant’s primary commercial general liability policy shall contain a provision that the policy shall be noncancellable unless twenty (20) days’ written notice shall have been given to Landlord and Landlord shall similarly receive twenty (20) days’ notice of any material change in coverage or non-renewal upon expiration. Tenant shall maintain commercial general liability insurance covering claims for bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Real Property, having a minimum combined single limit in an amount of not less than $2,000,000.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing however, that Landlord shall retain the right to require Tenant to increase said coverage to that amount of insurance which in Landlord’s reasonable judgment is then being customarily required by prudent landlords of comparable buildings in the City of Chicago, and provided further that Landlord shall require similar increases of other tenants of space in the Building comparable to the Premises. The foregoing policies of insurance if provided on a blanket policy with respect to more than the Real Property shall apply to each location as though each had its own separate policies. Tenant shall also obtain and keep in full force and effect during the Term, (a) insurance against loss or damage by fire, and such other risks and hazards as are insurable under then available standard forms of “all risk property” insurance policies, to Tenant’s Property and Tenant’s Alterations for the full insurable value thereof or on a replacement cost basis; (b) Workers’ Compensation Insurance, as required by law and Employer’s Liability Insurance; (c) Business Interruption Insurance in an amount not less than twelve (12) months of annual Rent under this Agreement; and (d) such other insurance in such amounts as Landlord, any Mortgagee and/or Superior Lessor may reasonably require from time to time. All insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by reputable and independent insurers permitted to do business in the State of Illinois, and rated in Best’s Insurance Guide, or any successor thereto (or if there be none, an organization having a national reputation) as having a Best’s Rating” of “A-” and a “Financial Size Category” of at least “XI” or if such ratings are not then in effect, the equivalent thereof.

 

Section 11.2          Waiver of Subrogation . (a) The parties hereto do hereby waive any and all rights of recovery against the other, or against the officers, employees, partners, agents and representatives of the other, for loss of or damage to the property of the waiving party to the extent such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policy carried by Landlord or Tenant hereunder. In addition, the parties hereto shall procure an appropriate clause in, or endorsement on, any property insurance covering the Premises, the Building and personal property, fixtures and equipment located thereon or therein, pursuant to which the insurance companies waive subrogation or consent to a waiver

 

26



 

of right of recovery, hereby agree not to make any claim against or seek to recover from the other for any loss or damage to its property or the property of others resulting from fire or other hazards covered by such property insurance. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on and shall not be responsible for damage to, Tenant’s Alterations (if any) or Tenant’s Property, and that Landlord shall not carry insurance against, or be responsible for any loss suffered by Tenant due to, interruption of Tenant’s business.

 

(b)           Release. As to each party hereto, provided such party’s right of full recovery under the applicable insurance policy is not adversely affected, such party hereby releases the other (its servants, agents and employees, but excluding its contractors and invitees) with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damages or destruction of the type covered by such property insurance with respect to its property i.e. in the case of Landlord, as to the Building, and, in the case of Tenant, as to Tenant’s Property and Tenant’s Alterations (including rental value or business interruption, as the case may be) occurring during the Term of this Lease.

 

Section 11.3          Certificates of Insurance . On or prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord appropriate certificates of insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 11 , including evidence of waivers of subrogation required pursuant to Section 11.2 . Evidence of each renewal or replacement of a policy shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policy.

 

Section 11.4          Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall maintain at its sole cost and expense (the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses), a policy of combined single limit bodily injury and property damage insurance with an insurance company selected by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, which shall be in an amount not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) for each occurrence with blanket broad form contractual liability coverage or such other limits as may be required by Mortgagee. In addition to the foregoing, Landlord shall maintain at its sole cost and expense (the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses), a special perils property insurance policy covering the Building (but not Tenant’s Property or Tenant’s Alterations, or the property or alterations of any other tenant or occupant of the Building) in an amount not less than the full replacement cost thereof. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on and shall not be responsible for damage to, Tenant’s Alterations or Tenant’s Property, and that Landlord shall not carry insurance against, or be responsible for any loss suffered by Tenant due to, interruption of Tenant’s business. Landlord may provide the foregoing policies on a “blanket” policy basis.

 

ARTICLE 12.       DESTRUCTION OF THE PREMISES; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE

 

Section 12.1          Restoration . If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, or if the Building is damaged such that Tenant is deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord, and the damage shall be repaired by Landlord, at its expense, to substantially the same condition that the Premises were in on the date the Premises were delivered to Tenant, and, for the Building, the condition existing prior to the damage, subject to the provisions of any Mortgage or Superior Lease, but Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore (i) Tenant’s Property, or (ii) Tenant’s Alterations. Landlord shall promptly commence the repair, restoration or rebuilding thereof within ninety (90) days after such damage (subject to delays in the adjustment of insurance and Unavoidable Delays) and shall diligently pursue the Substantial Completion of such restoration, repair or rebuilding (subject to delays in the adjustment of insurance and Unavoidable Delays). Landlord shall promptly and diligently seek adjustment of any insurance proceeds available after any casualty. If the fire or other casualty, or the repair, restoration or rebuilding required by Landlord shall render the Premises untenantable in whole or in part, or inaccessible, then Rent shall proportionally abate from the date when the damage occurred until the date on which Landlord substantially completes its restoration work in the Premises or the Premises are accessible, which proportional abatement shall be computed on the basis that the Rentable Square Feet of the portion of the Premises rendered

 

27


 

untenantable (or inaccessible) and not occupied by Tenant bears to the aggregate Rentable Square Feet in the Premises.

 

Section 12.2                             Lease Termination Right . Anything contained in Section 12.1 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Premises are totally damaged or are rendered wholly untenantable or totally inaccessible, and Landlord determines within ninety (90) days of the casualty, and gives Tenant written notice of same, that it will take in excess of twelve (12) months (or in excess of three (3) months, if such damage occurs any time during the last two (2) years of the Term, as extended (without giving effect to any then unexercised Renewal Option of Tenant)) from the beginning of restoration to restore the Premises (other than Tenant’s Alterations) to substantially the same condition as existed immediately prior to such damage, then either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease upon giving written notice of such election to the other within sixty (60) days after Landlord serves Tenant with written notice of its determination. In addition, if the Building shall be so damaged by fire or other casualty such that, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, substantial alteration, demolition, or reconstruction of the Building shall be required resulting in the same restoration periods as set forth above (whether or not the Premises shall have been damaged or rendered untenantable), then Landlord may, not later than sixty (60) days following the date of the damage, give Tenant a notice in writing terminating this Lease. If this Lease is so terminated pursuant to this Section 12.2, the Term shall expire upon the tenth (10th) day after such notice is given, and Tenant shall have thirty (30) days after such notice to vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease under the conditions provided for in this Section 12.2, Tenant’s liability for Rent shall cease as of the date of such fire or other casualty, and any prepaid portion of Rent for any period after such date shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant. Unless this Lease is terminated by either party as provided in this Section 12.2, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect (subject to the other terms of this Lease), notwithstanding such damage or casualty.

 

ARTICLE 13.                  EMINENT DOMAIN

 

Section 13.1                             Total Taking . If (a) all of the floor area of the Premises, or so much thereof as shall render the Premises wholly untenantable, shall be acquired or condemned for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or (b) a portion of the Real Property, not including the Premises, shall be so acquired or condemned, but by reason of such acquisition or condemnation, Tenant no longer has means of access to the Premises, then this Lease and the Term shall end as of the date of the vesting of title with the same effect as if that date were the Expiration Date. In the event of any termination of this Lease and the Term pursuant to the provisions of this Article 13, Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of sooner termination and any prepaid portion of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent for any period after such date shall be promptly refunded by Landlord to Tenant.

 

Section 13.2                             Awards . In the event of any acquisition or condemnation for any public or quasi-public use or purpose of all or any part of the Real Property, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award for any such acquisition or condemnation. Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for the value of any unexpired portion of the Term or Tenants Alterations, and Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord all of its right in and to any such award. Nothing contained in this Section 13.2 shall be deemed to prevent Tenant from making a separate claim in any condemnation proceedings for the then value of any Tenant’s Property included in such taking and for any moving expenses, provided such award shall be made by the condemning authority in addition to, and shall not result in a reduction of, the award made by it to Landlord.

 

Section 13.3                             Partial Taking . If only a part of the Real Property shall be so acquired or condemned then, subject to Section 13.1 , this Lease and the Term shall continue in force and effect. If a part of the Premises shall be so acquired or condemned and this Lease and the Term shall not be terminated, Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall restore that part of the Premises not so acquired or condemned so as to constitute tenantable Premises. From and after the date of the vesting of title, Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be reduced in the proportion which the area of the part of the Premises so acquired or condemned bears to the total area of the Premises immediately prior to such acquisition or condemnation.

 

28



 

ARTICLE 14.                       ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

Section 14.1                             Landlord’s Consent .

 

(a)                                   No Assignment or Subletting . Except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber, or otherwise transfer this Lease, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and shall not sublet (or underlet), or permit, or suffer the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others (whether for desk space, mailing privileges or otherwise), without Landlord’s prior consent in each instance. Any assignment, sublease, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or transfer in contravention of the provisions of this Article 14 shall be void.

 

(b)                                  Collection of Rent . If, without Landlord’s consent, this Lease is assigned, or any part of the Premises is sublet or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or this Lease or the Premises or any of Tenant’s Property is encumbered (by operation of law or otherwise), Landlord may collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the Rent herein reserved. No such collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions of this Article 14 , an acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance of Tenant’s covenants hereunder. Tenant shall remain fully liable for the obligations under this Lease.

 

(c)                                   Further Assignment/Subletting . Landlord’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s express consent to any further assignment or subletting. In no event shall any permitted subtenant assign or encumber its sublease or further sublet any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit any portion of the sublet space to be used or occupied by others.

 

Section 14.2                             Tenant’s Notice . If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord, which shall be accompanied by with respect to an assignment of this Lease, a true and correct copy of the proposed assignment and assumption agreement and a statement of the date Tenant desires the assignment to be effective, and with respect to a sublet of all or a part of the Premises, a true and correct copy of the proposed sublease agreement and a summary of the material business terms on which Tenant would sublet such premises, and a description of the portion of the Premises to be sublet. Such notice shall also be accompanied with a true and complete statement reasonably detailing the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Premises and current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant, including its most recent financial statements. Tenant agrees to supplement its request with any other information regarding such assignment or subletting as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

Section 14.3                             Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 14.4                             Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 14.5                             Conditions to Assignment/Subletting .

 

(a)                                   Prerequisites . Provided that no Event of Default then exists, Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or subletting shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such consent shall be granted or declined, as the case may be, within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of a true and complete statement reasonably detailing the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Premises, current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant, including its most recent financial statements, and any other information Landlord may reasonably request, provided that

 

(i)                                      In Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in a business or activity, and the Premises will be used in a manner, which (1) is in keeping with the then standards of the Building, (2) limits the use of the Premises to Tenant’s Permitted Use

 

29



 

hereunder, (3) does not violate any restrictions set forth in this Lease, any Mortgage or Superior Lease or any negative covenant as to use of the Premises required by any other lease in the Building or in the property adjacent to the Building known as 900 North Kingsbury Avenue, Chicago, Illinois (“900 North Building”), and (4) is not a Prohibited Use;

 

(ii)                                   the proposed assignee or subtenant is a reputable person or entity of good character with sufficient financial means to perform all of its obligations under this Lease or the sublease, as the case may be, and Landlord has been furnished with reasonable proof thereof;

 

(iii)                                neither the proposed assignee or subtenant nor any person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed assignee or subtenant is then a tenant or an occupant of the Building or the 900 North Building;

 

(iv)                               the proposed assignee or subtenant is not a person or entity (or affiliate of a person or entity) with whom Landlord or Landlord’s agent is then or has been within the prior six months negotiating in connection with the rental of space in the Building or the 900 North Building;

 

(v)                                  the form of the proposed sublease or instrument of assignment shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall comply with the provisions of this Article 14;

 

(vi)                               there shall be not more than two subtenants of the Premises;

 

(vii)                            Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for all reasonable, out-of-pocket third party expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment or sublease, including any investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant, reviewing any plans and specifications for Alterations proposed to be made in connection therewith, and all legal costs reasonably incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent;

 

(viii)                         the proposed subtenant or assignee shall not be entitled, directly or indirectly, to diplomatic or sovereign immunity, regardless of whether the proposed assignee or subtenant agrees to waive such diplomatic or sovereign immunity, and shall be subject to the service of process in, and the jurisdiction of the courts of, County of Cook and State of Illinois;

 

(ix)                                 in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant shall not be of a type or character, or engaged in a business or activity, or owned or controlled by or identified with any entity, which may result in protests or civil disorders or commotions at, or other disruptions of the normal business activities in, the Building; and

 

(x)                                    the proposed occupancy shall not impose an extra or undue burden upon the services to be furnished by Landlord to Tenant or other tenants of the Building.

 

(b)                                  Terms . With respect to each and every subletting and/or assignment authorized by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease, it is further agreed that:

 

(i)                                      the form of the proposed assignment or sublease shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall comply with the provisions of this Article 14 ;

 

(ii)                                   no sublease shall be for a term ending later than one day prior to the Expiration Date of this Lease;

 

(iii)                                no subtenant shall take possession of any part of the Premises, until an executed counterpart of such sublease has been delivered to Landlord and approved in writing by Landlord as provided in Section 14.5(a) ;

 

30



 

(iv)                               if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing on the effective date of such assignment or subletting, then Landlord’s consent thereto, if previously granted, shall be immediately deemed revoked without further notice to Tenant, and if such assignment or subletting would have been permitted without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 14.9 , such permission shall be void and without force and effect, and in either such case, any such assignment or subletting shall constitute a further Event of Default hereunder;

 

(v)                                  if an Event of Default shall occur under this Lease, Landlord may require the subtenant under any sublease to pay the rent and other sums due under the sublease directly to Landlord; and

 

(vi)                               each sublease shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, it being the intention of Landlord and Tenant that Tenant shall assume and be liable to Landlord for any and all acts and omissions of all subtenants and anyone claiming under or through any subtenants which, if performed or omitted by Tenant, would be a default under this Lease; and Tenant and each subtenant shall be deemed to have agreed that upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, Tenant has hereby assigned to Landlord, and Landlord may, at its option, accept such assignment of, all right, title and interest of Tenant as sublandlord under such sublease, together with all modifications, extensions and renewals thereof then in effect and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, subject to any counterclaim, offset or defense not expressly provided in such sublease, which theretofore accrued to such subtenant against Tenant, bound by any previous modification of such sublease not consented to by Landlord or by any prepayment of more than one month’s Rent, bound to return such subtenant’s security deposit, if any, except to the extent Landlord shall receive actual possession of such deposit and such subtenant shall be entitled to the return of all or any portion of such deposit under the terms of its sublease, or obligated to make any payment to or on behalf of such subtenant, or to perform any work in the subleased space or the Building, or in any way to prepare the subleased space for occupancy, beyond Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. The provisions of this Section 14.5(b)(vi) shall be self-operative, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to this provision, provided that the subtenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord any instruments Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm such subordination and attornment.

 

Section 14.6                             Binding on Tenant; Indemnification of Landlord . Each sublease pursuant to this Article 14 shall be subject to all of the covenants, terms and conditions of this Lease. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting or any acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any assignee or subtenant, Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of all Rent due and for the performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions contained in this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and any default under any term, covenant or condition of this Lease by any subtenant or assignee or anyone claiming under or through any subtenant or assignee shall be deemed to be a default under this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or subtenant or anyone claiming under or through any subtenant or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease, irrespective of whether Landlord shall give or decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, or if Landlord shall exercise any of its options under this Article 14 .

 

Section 14.7                             Tenant’s Failure to Complete . If Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease and Tenant fails to execute and deliver to Landlord such assignment or sublease within one hundred twenty (120) days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of Section 14.2 and 14.5 hereof before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Premises.

 

31



 

Section 14.8                             Profits . If Tenant shall enter into any assignment or sublease permitted hereunder or consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall, within sixty (60) days of Landlord’s consent to such assignment or sublease, deliver to Landlord a complete list of Tenant’s reasonable third-party brokerage fees, construction costs and allowances, legal fees and architectural fees incurred directly in connection with such assignment or sublease transaction, together with a list of all of Tenant’s Property to be transferred to such assignee or sublessee. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence of the payment of such fees, costs and allowances promptly after the same are paid. In consideration of such assignment or subletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord:

 

(a)                                   Assignment . In the case of an assignment, on the effective date of the assignment, an amount equal to 50% of all sums and other consideration paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment after first deducting Tenant’s reasonable third-party brokerage fees, construction costs and allowances, legal fees and architectural fees Incurred directly in connection with such assignment transaction; or

 

(b)                                  Sublease . In the case of a sublease, 50% of any consideration payable under the sublease to Tenant by the subtenant which exceeds on a per square foot basis the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space after first deducting Tenant’s reasonable third-party brokerage fees, construction costs and allowances, legal fees and architectural fees incurred directly in connection with such sublease transaction, and if such sublease is less than the entire Premises, the actual cost incurred by Tenant in separately demising the subleased space. The sums payable under this clause shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as and when paid by the subtenant to Tenant.

 

Section 14.9                             Other Transfers .

 

(a)                                   Deemed and Permitted Transfers . If Tenant is a corporation, the transfer (by one or more-transfers) of a majority of the stock of Tenant shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease that must comply with the provisions of this ARTICLE 14; provided, however, that the provisions of this ARTICLE 14 shall not apply to the transfer of shares of stock of Tenant over or through the applicable exchange, if and so long as Tenant is publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange. For purposes of this Section 14.9 the term “transfers” shall be deemed to include the issuance of new stock which results in a majority of the stock of Tenant being held by a person or entity which does not hold a majority of the stock of Tenant on the date hereof. If Tenant is a partnership, the transfer (by one or more transfers) of a majority interest in the partnership shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease. If Tenant is a limited liability company, trust, or any other legal entity, the transfer (by one or more transfers) of a majority of the beneficial ownership interests in such entity, however characterized, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease. The provisions of Section 14.1 shall not apply to transactions with a corporation into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or to which all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred so long as such transfer was made for a legitimate independent business purpose and not for the purpose of transferring this Lease, the successor to Tenant has a net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the greater of (1) the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer, and (2) the net worth of the original Tenant on the date of this Lease, and proof satisfactory to Landlord of such net worth is delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such transaction. Tenant may also, upon prior notice to and with the consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign this Lease to any Affiliate or permit any Affiliate to sublet all or part of the Premises for any Permitted Use, provided such Affiliate satisfies the net worth test set forth above, and further, such Affiliate assumes, in writing, all of Tenant’s duties and obligations hereunder, which assumption shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord. No subletting pursuant to this Section 14.9 shall be deemed to vest in any such Affiliate any right or interest in this Lease or the Premises, nor shall any assignment and/or sublease relieve, release, impair or discharge any of Tenant’s or any Affiliates’, successors’ or assigns’ obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to assign this Lease or sublease all or any portion of the Premises without Landlord’s consent pursuant to this Section 14.9 if Tenant is not the initial Tenant herein named or a person or entity who acquired Tenant’s interest in this Lease in a transaction approved by Landlord.

 

32



 

(b)                                  Applicability . The limitations set forth in this Section 14.9 shall apply to subtenant(s) and assignee(s), if any, and any transfer by any such entity in violation of this Section 14.9 shall be a transfer in violation of Section 14.1 .

 

(c)                                   Modifications , Takeover Agreements . Any modification, amendment or extension of a sublease and/or any other agreement by which a landlord of a building other than the Building agrees to assume the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed a sublease for the purposes of Section 14.1 hereof.

 

Section 14.10                      Assumption of Obligations . Any assignment or transfer, whether made with Landlord’s consent or without Landlord’s consent, if and to the extent permitted hereunder, shall not be effective unless and until the assignee executes, acknowledges and delivers to Landlord an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee assumes Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and agrees that, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, the provisions of Section 14.1 hereof shall be binding upon it in respect of all future assignments and transfers.

 

Section 14.11                      Tenant’s Liability . The joint and several liability of Tenant and any successors-in-interest of Tenant and the due performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall not be discharged, released or impaired by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, extending the time, or modifying any of the terms and provisions of this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, to enforce any of the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

Section 14.12                      Lease Disaffirmliance or Rejection . If at any time after an assignment by Tenant named herein, this Lease is disaffirmed or rejected in any proceeding of the types described in Section 16.1(q)  hereof or upon a termination of this Lease due to any such proceeding, Tenant named herein, upon written request of Landlord given after such disaffirmance, rejection or termination (and actual notice thereof to Landlord in the event of a disaffirmance or rejection or in the event of termination other than by act of Landlord), shall pay to Landlord all Rent and other charges due and owing by the assignee to Landlord under this Lease to and including the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination, and as “tenant” enter into a new lease of the Premises with Landlord for a term commencing on the effective date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination and ending on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance therewith, at the same Rent and upon the then executory terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, except that the rights of Tenant named herein under the new lease shall be subject to the possessory rights of the assignee under this Lease and the possessory rights of any persons claiming through or under such assignee or by virtue of any statute or of any order of any court, such new lease shall require all defaults existing under this Lease to be cured by Tenant named herein with due diligence, and such new lease shall require Tenant named herein to pay all Rent which, had this Lease not been so disaffirmed, rejected or terminated, would have become due under the provisions of this Lease after the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination with respect to any period prior thereto. If Tenant named herein defaults in its obligations to enter into such new lease for a period of 10 days after Landlord’s request, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies by reason of default, either at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies against Tenant named herein as if it had entered into such new lease and such new lease had thereafter been terminated as of the commencement date thereof by reason of Tenant’s default thereunder.

 

Section 14.13                      Tenant’s Waiver of Money Damages . Except in the event a court of law has determined that Landlord has acted maliciously or in bad faith, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim against Landlord or any Landlord Party, and Tenant hereby waives any claims, for money damages (nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of set-off, counterclaim or defense) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed its consent or approval to a proposed assignment or subletting as provided for in this Article 14 . Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s sole

 

33



 

remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision, or for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.

 

ARTICLE 15. ACCESS TO PREMISES

 

Section 15.1                             Landlord’s Access .

 

(a)                                   Tenant shall permit Landlord, Landlord’s agents and public utilities servicing the Building to install, use and maintain concealed ducts, pipes and conduits in and through the Premises. Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times upon reasonable prior notice (except no such prior notice shall be required in case of emergency), which notice may be oral, to examine the same, to show them to prospective purchasers, Mortgagees, Superior Lessors or lessees of the Building and their respective agents and representatives or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, to show them to prospective tenants of the Premises (it being understood that Tenant shall have the right to accompany Landlord during any inspection or exhibition of the Premises, except in the event of an emergency), and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions (a) as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable to the Premises or to any other portion of the Building, (b) which Landlord may elect to perform following Tenant’s failure to make repairs or perform any work which Tenant is obligated to make or perform under this Lease, or (c) for the purpose of complying with Legal Requirements, and Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into and upon the Premises that may be required therefor without the same constituting an eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant in whole or in part and Fixed Rent and Additional Rent will not be abated while said repairs, alterations, improvements or additions are being made, by reason of loss or interruption of business of Tenant, or otherwise. Landlord shall take commercially reasonable steps to minimize the impact of such work on Tenant’s business operations and shall repair any damage caused by Landlord during the performance of such work (except to the extent such damage is caused by Tenant).

 

(b)                                  If Tenant shall not be present when for any reason entry into the Premises shall be necessary or permissible, Landlord or Landlord’s agents may enter the same without rendering Landlord or such agents liable therefor (if during such entry Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall accord reasonable care to Tenant’s Property), and without in any manner affecting this Lease. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be deemed or construed to impose upon Landlord any obligation, responsibility or liability whatsoever for the care, supervision or repair of the Building or any part thereof, other than as herein provided.

 

Section 15.2                             Alterations to Building . Landlord shall have the right from time to time to alter the Building and, without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor (except to the extent caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents), to change the arrangement or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the Building to install sidewalk bridges, decking, platforms, hoists and scaffolding in or around the Building and temporarily cover windows or block sidewalks, streets or entryways and to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known. All parts (except surfaces facing the interior of the Premises) of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises (including exterior Building wails, exterior core corridor walls; exterior doors and entrances other than doors and entrances solely servicing the Premises), all balconies, terraces and roofs adjacent to the Premises, all space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, stairways, chutes, pipes, conduits, ducts, fan rooms, heating, air cooling, plumbing and other mechanical facilities, service closets and other Building facilities are not part of the Premises, and Landlord shall have the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, alteration and repair.

 

34



 

ARTICLE 16. TENANT’S DEFAULTS.

 

Section 16.1                             Events of Default .

 

Each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default” hereunder:

 

(a)                                   Tenant fails to pay when due any installment of Rent and such default shall continue for five (5) days after written notice of such default is given to Tenant (which notice may be in the form of an Illinois Statutory 5-day notice utilized in Forcible Entry and Detainer Proceedings), except that if Landlord shall have given two (2) such notices of default in the payment of any Rent in any twelve (12) month period, Tenant shall not be entitled to any further written notice of its delinquency in the payment of any Rent; or

 

(b)                                  Tenant uses the Premises for a purpose which constitutes a Prohibited Use and if such use continues for more than five (5) days after notice by Landlord to Tenant of such default or, if such use is of a nature that it cannot be completely remedied within ten (10) days, failure by Tenant to cease such use within fifteen (15) days; or

 

(c)                                   Tenant fails to observe or perform any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant and if such failure continues for more than fifteen (15) days after written notice by Landlord to Tenant of such failure, or if such failure is of such a nature that it cannot be completely remedied within fifteen (15) days, failure by Tenant to commence to remedy such failure within said fifteen (15) days, and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to remedy, such default within sixty (60) days; or

 

(d)                                  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

(e)                                   Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall devolve upon or pass to any person, whether by operation of law or otherwise, except as expressly permitted under Article 14 hereof; or

 

(f)                                     Tenant generally does not, or is unable to, or admits in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

 

(g)                                  Tenant files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or insolvency, or is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or files any petition or answer seeking any reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future federal bankruptcy act or any other present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or seeks or consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for Tenant or for all or any part of Tenant’s property; or

 

(h)                                  if, within sixty (60) days after the commencement of any proceeding against Tenant whether by the filing of a petition or otherwise, seeking bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under the present or any future federal bankruptcy act or any other present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law, such proceeding shall not have been dismissed, or if, within sixty (60) days after the appointment of any trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for Tenant or for all or any part of Tenant’s property, without the consent or acquiescence of Tenant, as the case may be, such appointment shall not have been vacated or otherwise discharged, or if any lien, execution or attachment or other similar filing shall be made or issued against Tenant or any of Tenant’s property pursuant to which the Premises shall be taken or occupied or attempted to be taken or occupied by someone other than Tenant.

 

Upon the occurrence of any one or more of such Events of Default, Landlord may, at its sole option, give to Tenant three (3) days’ notice of cancellation of this Lease (or of Tenant’s possession of the Premises), in which event this Lease and the Term (or Tenant’s possession of the Premises) shall come to an end and expire (whether or not the Term shall have commenced) upon the expiration of such

 

35



 

three day period with the same force and effect as if the date set forth in the notice was the Expiration Date stated herein; and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 17 hereof. Any notice of cancellation of the Term (or Tenant’s possession of the Premises) may be given simultaneously with any notice of default given to Tenant.

 

Section 16.2                             Tenant’s Liability . If, at any time, Tenant shall be comprised of two or more persons, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall have been guaranteed by any person other than Tenant, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall have been assigned, the word “Tenant,” as used in Section 16.1(f), 16.1(g) and 16.1(h) , shall be deemed to mean any one or more of the persons primarily or secondarily liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Any monies received by Landlord from or on behalf of Tenant during the pendency of any proceeding of the types referred to in this Article 16 shall be deemed paid as compensation for the use and occupancy of the Premises and the acceptance of any such compensation by Landlord shall not be deemed an acceptance of Rent or a waiver on the part of Landlord of any rights under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 17. REMEDIES AND DAMAGES.

 

Section 17.1                             Landlord’s Remedies .

 

(a)                                   Possession/Reletting . If any Event of Default occurs, and this Lease and the Term, or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, terminates as provided in Article 16 :

 

(i)                                      Surrender of Possession . Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, and Landlord and its agents may immediately, or at any time after such Event of Default, re-enter the Premises or any part thereof, without notice, either by summary proceedings, or by any other applicable action or proceeding, or by force (to the extent permitted by law) or otherwise in accordance with applicable legal proceedings (without being liable to indictment; prosecution or damages therefor), and may repossess the Premises and dispossess Tenant and any other persons from the Premises and remove any and all of their property and effects from the Premises.

 

(ii)                                   Landlord’s Relettinq . Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may relet all or any part of the Premises from time to time, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, to such tenant or tenants, for any term ending before, on or after the Expiration Date, at such rental and upon such other conditions (which may include concessions and free rent periods) as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may determine. Landlord shall have no obligation to accept any tenant offered by Tenant and shall not be liable for failure to relet or, in the event of any such reletting, for failure to collect any rent due upon any such reletting; and no such failure shall relieve Tenant of, or otherwise affect, any liability under this Lease. Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may make such alterations, decorations and other physical changes in and to the Premises as Landlord, in its sole discretion, considers advisable or necessary in connection with such reletting or proposed reletting, without relieving Tenant of any liability under this Lease or otherwise affecting any such liability. Landlord shall, by attempting to re-lease the Premises to an acceptable (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment) replacement tenant, using the Building’s exclusive leasing agent for such purpose, use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages, provided Landlord shall not be required to divert prospective tenants from any other portions of the Building.

 

(b)                                  Tenant’s Waiver . Tenant, on its own behalf and on behalf of all persons claiming through or under Tenant, including all creditors, hereby waives all rights which Tenant and all such persons might otherwise have under any Legal Requirement to the service of any notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings, to redeem, or to re-enter or repossess the Premises, or to restore the operation of this Lease, after Tenant shall have been dispossessed by judgment or by warrant of any court or judge, any re-entry by Landlord, or any expiration or early termination of the term of this Lease, whether such dispossess, re-entry, expiration or termination shall be by operation of law or pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. The words ‘re-enter,” “re-entry” and “re-entered” as used in this Lease shall not be deemed to be restricted to their technical legal meanings.

 

36



 

(c)                                   Tenant’s Breach . Upon the breach or threatened breach by Tenant, or any persons claiming through or under Tenant, of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to enjoin such breach and to invoke any other remedy allowed by law or in equity as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other special remedies were not provided in this Lease for such breach. The rights to invoke the remedies set forth above are cumulative and shall not preclude Landlord from invoking any other remedy allowed at law or in equity.

 

Section 17.2                             Landlord’s Damages .

 

(a)                                   Amount of Damages . If this Lease and the Term, or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, expire and come to an end as provided in Article 16 , or by or under any summary proceeding or any other action or proceeding, or if Landlord shall re-enter the Premises as provided in Section 17.1 , then, in any of such events:

 

(i)                                      Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Fixed Rent, all sums payable pursuant to Article 7 of this Lease (including Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment) and all other items of Rent payable under this Lease by Tenant to Landlord up to the Expiration Date or to the date of re-entry upon the Premises by Landlord, as the case may be;

 

(ii)                                   Landlord shall be entitled to retain all monies, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as prepaid Rent, a Security Deposit or otherwise, which monies, to the extent not otherwise applied to amounts due and owing to Landlord, shall be credited by Landlord against any damages payable by Tenant to Landlord;

 

(iii)                                Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in monthly installments, on the days specified in this Lease for payment of installments of Fixed Rent and all other items of Rent payable under this Lease, any Deficiency (as hereinafter defined); it being understood that Landlord shall be entitled to recover the Deficiency from Tenant each month as the same shallarise, and no suit to collect the amount of the Deficiency for any month, shall prejudice Landlord’s right to collect the Deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding; and

 

(iv)                               whether or not Landlord shall have collected any monthly Deficiency, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, in lieu of any further Deficiency and as liquidated and agreed final damages, a sum equal to the amount by which the Rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term (assuming the Additional Rent during such period to be the same as was payable for the year immediately preceding such termination or re-entry, increased in each succeeding year by three percent (3%) (on a compounded basis)) exceeds the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Premises, for the same period (with both amounts being discounted to present value at a rate of interest equal to two percent (2%) below the then Base Rate) less the aggregate amount of Deficiencies theretofore collected by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 17.2(a)(iii)  for the same period. If, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the Premises, or any part thereof, shall have been relet by Landlord for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term, or any part thereof, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall be deemed, prima facie , to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the Premises so relet during the term of the reletting.

 

(b)                                  Deficiency . For all purposes of this Lease the term “Deficiency” shall mean the difference between (a) the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term (assuming the Additional Rent for each year thereof to be the same as was payable for the year immediately preceding such termination or re-entry), and (b) the net amount, if any, of rents collected under any reletting effected pursuant to the provisions of the Lease for any part of such period (after first deducting from such rents all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the termination of this Lease, Landlord’s re-entry upon the Premises and such reletting, including repossession costs, brokerage commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, and alteration costs).

 

37


 

(c)           Relettinq . If the Premises, or any part thereof, shall be relet together with other space in the Building, the rents collected or reserved under any such reletting and the expenses of any such reletting shall be equitably apportioned for the purposes of this Section 17.2 . Tenant shall not be entitled to any rents collected or payable under any reletting, whether or not such rents exceed the Fixed Rent reserved in this Lease. Nothing contained in Articles 16 or 17 shall be deemed to limit or preclude the recovery by Landlord from Tenant of the maximum amount allowed to be obtained as damages by any Legal Requirement, or of any sums or damages to which Landlord may be entitled in addition to the damages set forth in this Section 17.2 .

 

Section 17.3          Default Interest; Other Rights of Landlord . Any Rent or damages payable under this Lease and not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the due date until paid, and the interest shall be deemed Additional Rent. If Tenant fails to pay any Additional Rent when due, Landlord, in addition to any other right or remedy, shall have the same rights and remedies as in the case of a default by Tenant in the payment of Fixed Rent. If Tenant is in arrears in the payment of Rent, Tenant waives Tenant’s right, if any, to designate the items against which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items Landlord sees fit, regardless of any request by Tenant. Landlord reserves the right, without liability to Tenant and without constituting any claim of constructive eviction, to suspend furnishing or rendering to Tenant any property, material, labor, utility or other service, whenever Landlord is obligated to furnish or render the same at the expense of Tenant, in the event that (but only for so long as) Tenant is in arrears in paying Landlord for such items for more than five (5) days after notice from Landlord to Tenant demanding the payment of such arrears.

 

Section 17.4          Landlord Default . Landlord shall be in default hereunder if Landlord violates or fails to perform any covenant, agreement or condition herein contained, or any other obligation of Landlord, and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant (or, if such failure cannot be cured within such thirty (30) days, if Landlord fails to commence such cure within thirty-(30) days or thereafter fails to diligently pursue such cure to completion). Upon the occurrence of a default by Landlord, and after the expiration of the applicable cure period, Tenant shall have all remedies available at law or in equity, including the right to enforce the provisions of this Lease by specific performance.

 

ARTICLE 18. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

Section 18.1          Landlord’s Right To Cure . If an Event of Default shall occur under this Lease, or if Tenant shall fail to comply with its obligations under this Lease, Landlord may, after reasonable prior written notice to Tenant except in an emergency, perform the same for the account of Tenant or make any reasonable expenditure or incur any obligation for the payment of money for the account of Tenant. All amounts expended by Landlord in connection with the foregoing, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding or recovering possession, and the cost thereof, with interest thereon at the Default Rate, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of rendition of any bill or statement to Tenant therefor.

 

Section 18.2          Late Charge . i f Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to such installment of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent, as the case may be, as a late charge and as Additional Rent, a sum equal to interest at the Default Rate on the amount unpaid, computed from the date such payment was due to and including the date of payment.

 

Section 18.3          Expenses of Enforcement . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, in any action, litigation or proceeding to enforce the terms and provisions of this Lease, the nonprevailing party in such action, litigation or proceeding shall pay the prevailing party thereto all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by such prevailing party in successfully enforcing the nonprevailing party’s obligations or successfully defending the prevailing party’s rights under this Lease against the nonprevailing party.

 

38



 

ARTICLE 19. NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no warranties, representations, statements or promises with respect to (a) the rentable and usable areas of the Premises or the Building, (b) the amount of any current or future Operating Expenses or Taxes, (c) the compliance with applicable Legal Requirements of the Premises or the Building, or (d) the suitability of the Premises for any particular use or purpose. No rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant under this Lease, by implication or otherwise, except as expressly set forth herein. This Lease (including any Exhibits referred to herein and all supplementary agreements provided for herein) contains the entire agreement between the parties and all understandings and agreements previously made between Landlord and Tenant are merged in this Lease, which alone fully and completely expresses their agreement. Tenant is entering into this Lease after full investigation, and is not relying upon any statement or representation made by Landlord not embodied in this Lease and accepts the Premises in “as is, whereas” condition.

 

ARTICLE 20. END OF TERM

 

Section 20.1          Expiration . Upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises, vacant, free of all tenants, subtenants and occupants, broom clean, in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not responsible under the terms of this Lease excepted, and Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Property from the Premises, and this obligation shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Term. If the last day of the Term or any renewal thereof falls on Saturday or Sunday, this Lease shall expire on the Business Day immediately preceding. Tenant expressly waives, for itself and for any Person claiming through or under Tenant, any rights which Tenant or any such Person may have for notice to which Tenant may otherwise be entitled under the laws of the State of Illinois as a prerequisite to a suit against Tenant for unlawful detention of the Premises.

 

Section 20.2          Holdover Rent . Landlord and Tenant recognize that the damage to Landlord resulting from any failure by any Tenant Party to timely surrender possession of the Premises may be substantial, may exceed the amount of the Rent theretofore payable hereunder, and will be impossible to accurately measure. Tenant therefore agrees that if possession of the Premises is not surrendered to Landlord within twenty-four (24) hours after the Expiration Date, excluding Unavoidable Delays, or sooner termination of the Term, in addition to any other rights or remedies Landlord may have hereunder or at law, Tenant shall pay to Landlord for each month (notwithstanding that any holdover may be for a period of less than a calendar month) during which any Tenant Party holds over in the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the Term, a sum equal to (i) one and one-half (1 1 / 2 ) times the Rent payable under this Lease for the last full calendar month of the Term determined on a gross basis for the first one hundred twenty (120) days of holdover and (ii) two (2) times the Rent payable under this Lease for the last full calendar month of the Term determined on a gross basis from the one hundred twenty-first (121 st ) day of holdover until Tenant vacates the Premises and delivers possession to Landlord; and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any payment or rent concession (including, without limitation, any consequential damages, but excluding any non-customary excessive penalties provided for in the New Tenant’s (as hereinafter defined) lease) which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the Premises (a “New Tenant”) in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by any Tenant Party, and the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by any Tenant Party, and indemnify Landlord against all claims for damages by any New Tenant. No holding-over by any Tenant Party, nor the payment to Landlord of the amounts specified above, shall operate to extend the Term hereof, nor constitute any tenancy other than a “month to month” tenancy at will. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to permit any Tenant Party to retain possession of the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, and no acceptance by Landlord of payments from any Tenant Party after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the Term shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount to be paid by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Article 20 , nor shall it operate as a waiver of Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other

 

39



 

right or remedy of Landlord under this Lease. All of Tenant’s obligations under this Article 20 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 21. QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises without hindrance by Landlord or any Person lawfully claiming through or under Landlord, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 22. NO WAIVER; NO LIABILITY

 

Section 22.1          No Surrender Or Release . No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises. Any Building employee to whom any property shall be entrusted by or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be acting as Tenant’s agent with respect to such property and neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the Building, nor for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise.

 

Section 22.2          No Waiver . The failure of Landlord to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease, or any of the Rules and Regulations set forth or hereafter adopted by Landlord, shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all of the force and effect of an original violation. The receipt by Landlord of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations set forth, or hereafter adopted, shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall enforce the Rules and Regulations in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord, unless such waiver be in writing signed by Landlord. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly Fixed Rent or any Additional Rent shall be deemed to be other than on account of the next installment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, as the case may be, or as Landlord may elect to apply same, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Fixed Rent or Additional Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided. Any executory agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify, discharge or effect an amendment of this Lease in whole or in part unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought. All references in this Lease to the consent or approval of Landlord shall be deemed to mean the written consent or approval of Landlord and no consent or approval of Landlord shall be effective for any purpose unless such consent or approval is set forth in a written instrument executed by Landlord.

 

Section 22.3          No Liability . Neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property or interruption of Tenant’s business resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature; nor shall Landlord or its agents be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or caused by construction of any private, public or quasi-public work; nor shall Landlord be liable for any latent defect in the Premises or in the Building (except that Landlord shall be required to repair the same to the extent provided in Article 6) . Nothing in the foregoing shall affect any right of Landlord to the indemnity from Tenant to which Landlord may be entitled under Article 28 in order to recoup for payments made to compensate for losses of third parties.

 

40



 

ARTICLE 23. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

 

THE RESPECTIVE PARTIES HERETO SHALL AND THEY HEREBY DO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (EXCEPT FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANTS USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, OR FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY STATUTE, EMERGENCY OR OTHERWISE. If Landlord commences any summary proceeding against Tenant, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding (unless failure to impose such counterclaim would preclude Tenant from asserting in a separate action the claim which is the subject of such counterclaim), and will not seek to consolidate such proceeding with any other action which may have been or will be brought in any other court by Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 24. INABILITY TO PERFORM

 

(a)           This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay Fixed Rent and Additional Rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on the part of Tenant to be performed will not be affected, impaired or excused because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Lease expressly or impliedly to be performed by Landlord or because Landlord is unable to make, or is delayed in making any repairs, additions, alterations, improvements or decorations or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or fixtures, if Landlord is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of strikes or labor troubles or by accident, any act or omission of Tenant or any other Tenant Party (or any of their respective employees, contractors, agents, representatives, directors, officers, successors or assigns) or by any cause whatsoever reasonably beyond Landlord’s control, including acts of God, terrorism, natural disasters, laws, governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency or by reason of any Legal Requirements or by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are affected by war or other emergency ( “Unavoidable Delays” ).

 

(b)           This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to perform all of its covenants, agreements and obligations hereunder (except for the obligation to pay Rent or any other amount due hereunder) will not be deemed delinquent or deemed to constitute an Event of Default hereunder because Tenant is unable to fulfill any such obligation, agreement or covenant (except for the obligation to pay Rent or any other amount due hereunder), if Tenant is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of the occurrence of an Unavoidable Delay.

 

ARTICLE 25. BILLS AND NOTICES

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, any bills, statements, consents, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or rendered if delivered by hand (against a signed receipt), sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) and addressed:

 

if to Tenant, (a) at Tenant’s address at the Premises, or (b) at any place where Tenant or any agent or employee or Tenant may be found if mailed subsequent to Tenant’s abandoning or surrendering the Premises; or

 

if to Landlord, as follows: c/o Gerstein Strauss & Rinaldi LLP, 57 West 38 th  Street, Ninth Floor, New York, New York 10018, Attention: Victor Gerstein, with a copy simultaneously and in the same manner to Terri L. Maurer, General Manager, 600 West Chicago Avenue, Suite 675, Chicago, Illinois 60654.

 

41



 

Any such bill, statement, consent, notice, demand, request or other communication given as provided in this Article 25 shall be deemed to have been rendered or given (i) on the date when it shall have been hand delivered, (ii) three (3) Business Days from the date when it shall have been mailed, or (iii) one (1) Business Day from the date when it shall have been sent by overnight courier service.

 

ARTICLE 26.       RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to adopt additional reasonable, uniform and non-discriminatory Rules and Regulations and to amend the Rules and Regulations then in effect, provided the same do not materially reduce any of Tenant’s rights or materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant and all Tenant Parties shall comply with the Rules and Regulations, as so supplemented or amended. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease against any other tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its employees, agents, visitors or licensees. If there shall be any inconsistencies between this Lease and the Rules and Regulations, the provisions of this Lease shall prevail.

 

ARTICLE 27.       BROKER

 

Section 27.1          Broker Representations . Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Lease other than Broker and that to the best of its knowledge and belief, no other broker, finder or similar Person procured or negotiated this Lease or is entitled to any fee or commission in connection herewith.

 

Section 27.2          Indemnity . Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, judgments, fines, suits, demands, costs, interest and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) which the indemnified party may incur by reason of any claim of or liability to any broker, finder or like agent (other than Broker) arising out of any dealings claimed to have occurred between the indemnifying party and the claimant in connection with this Lease, or the above representation being false. The provisions of this Article 27 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 28.       INDEMNITY

 

Section 28.1          Tenant’s Indemnity . Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing to be done upon the Premises which may subject Landlord and any partner, shareholder, director, officer, principal, employee or agent, directly and indirectly, of Landlord, to any liability or responsibility for injury, damages to persons or property or to any liability by reason of any violation of law or of any Legal Requirement, but shall exercise such control over the Premises as to fully protect Landlord against any such liability. Subject to the terms of Section 11.2 hereof, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord and any partner, shareholder, director, officer, principal, employee or agent, directly and indirectly, of Landlord (individually, each a “Landlord Party” and collectively, “Landlord Parties” ), from and against (a) all claims of whatever nature against Landlord and any other Landlord Party arising from any act, omission or negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Party, (b) all claims against Landlord and any other Landlord Party arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or to the Property of any person and occurring during the Term in or about the Premises, (c) all claims against Landlord and any other Landlord Party arising from any accident, injury or damage occurring outside of the Premises but anywhere within or about the Real Property where such accident, injury or damage results or is claimed to have resulted from an act, omission or negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Party and (d) any breach, violation or non-performance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Lease set forth and contained on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed and performed. Nothing contained herein shall require Tenant to indemnify, defend or save harmless Landlord Parties from and against any claim to the extent the same results from or arises out of the negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Party. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement

 

42



 

shall include indemnity from and against any and all liability, fines, suits, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof.

 

Section 28.2          Hazardous Materials . Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and any partner, shareholder, director, officer, principal, employee or agent, directly and indirectly, of Landlord, from and against all obligations (including removal and remedial actions), losses, claims, suits, judgments, liabilities, penalties, damages (including consequential and punitive damages), costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses) of any kind or nature whatsoever that may at any time be incurred by, imposed on or asserted against Landlord or any such party directly or indirectly based on, or arising or resulting from (a) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises or in the Building which is caused or permitted by Tenant, and (b) any Environmental Claim relating in any way to Tenant’s operation or use of the Premises or the Building.

 

The provisions of this Article 28 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 29.       BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS, SCAFFOLDING AND DELIVERIES.

 

Section 29.1          Building Improvements . From time to time during the Term of this Lease, including renewals and extensions, Landlord may alter the Building by (a) installation of additional elevator(s) and/or risers in the Building, together with such space as may be required for lobbies and other common areas, (b) modification or improvement of the Building Systems, (c) construction of public corridors to create access to rentable space now existing or to be constructed in the future on the floor on which the Premises are located, and/or (d) performing any other construction, demolition, repair, maintenance and/or decorative work to the Building (interior or exterior) and/or Real Property which Landlord deems necessary or desirable, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (any or all of the foregoing work, “Building Improvements” ). With respect to such Building Improvements, Landlord shall have no right to materially and adversely permanently impact any significant portion of the Premises. Tenant shall provide Landlord with access to the Premises to perform the work to install and maintain the Building Improvements, including the right to take all necessary materials and equipment into the Premises, without the same constituting an eviction and, except as provided in Section 10.6(b)  hereof. Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of rent by reason of any such entry, or any damages by reason of loss or interruption of business or otherwise. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s access to and use and occupancy of the Premises in making any Building Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant hereby acknowledges that during any period that Landlord Es performing (or causing or permitting to be performed) any Building Improvements, Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors and representatives (including, without limitation, any other tenants of the Building or their contractors or representatives) may perform significant construction and demolition work to the Building and/or Real Property, and that such construction and demolition work may result in interference (including, without limitation, interference caused by entry in the Premises by Landlord and other tenants of the Building (and their contractors, employees, agents and representatives) for purposes of performing construction and/or demolition work, and interference caused by the presence of noise, vibrations, dust and other emissions in or about the Premises) with Tenant’s or any Tenant Party’s use, enjoyment and occupancy of the Premises. Except as provided in Section 10.6(b) hereof, there shall be no Rent abatement or allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value, no actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, no relief from any of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease, and no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from any such interference, or otherwise by reason of the performance of such Building Improvements. Except as otherwise provided herein (or as otherwise provided in Section 10.6(b)) to the contrary, and provided Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to avoid disturbance of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, Tenant, for itself and for all Tenant Parties, and their respective employees, agents and contractors, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, hereby fully and forever waives any and all claims, demands and causes of action against Landlord, and fully and forever releases Landlord for any loss, cost, damage, liability or expense (including injury to persons or property) suffered or incurred by Tenant

 

43


 

 

any Tenant Party, or any of their respective employees, agents or contractors, in connection with or resulting from the performance of such Building Improvements. Commercially reasonable efforts shall not include the use of overtime or weekend labor. Promptly following the completion of any Building Improvements, Landlord shall make such repairs to and restoration of the Premises as may be reasonably required as a direct result thereof.

 

Section 29.2                             Scaffolding . In addition to Landlord’s rights under Section 29.1 hereof; in the event Landlord shall desire (or becomes obligated) to modify portions of the Building or to alter or renovate the same or clean, repair or waterproof the Building’s façade (whether at Landlord’s option or to comply with Legal Requirements), Landlord may erect scaffolding, “bridges” and other temporary structures to accomplish the same, notwithstanding that such structures may obscure signs or windows forming a part of the Premises, and notwithstanding that access to portions of the Premises may be temporarily diverted or partially obstructed, provided, however, that Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to (i) minimize impairment of access to the Premises, and (ii) not unreasonably interfere with the operation of Tenant’s business from the Premises. Provided Landlord uses reasonable efforts (exclusive of overtime and weekend labor) to not unreasonably interfere with the operation of Tenant’s business from the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any party claiming through Tenant for loss of business or other consequential damages arising out of any change in the Building or temporary diversion or partial obstruction resulting from such alteration, renovation, repair or cleaning, out of the foregoing structures, or out of any noise, dust and debris from the performance of work in connection therewith, nor out of the disruption of Tenant’s business or access to the Premises necessary to perform such repairs, nor shall any matter arising out of any of the foregoing be deemed a breach of Landlord’s covenant of quiet enjoyment or entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent.

 

Section 29.3                             Exclusion of Persons from Premises and Delivery Systems . Landlord reserves the right to install or maintain any security system(s) or procedure(s) that Landlord deems necessary in the Building and exclude from all portions of the Building at any time or times during the term hereof, all messengers, couriers and delivery people other than those who are employees of Tenant. In such event Landlord shall accept on behalf of Tenant all deliveries of mail, air courier packages, express packages and other packages sent by similar means (including any hand deliveries of such mail and packages), shall permit messengers and couriers to pick up mail or packages left by Tenant, and shall provide an area to be used for such purposes to which Tenant’s employees shall deliver mail and packages to be picked up by others and from which such employees shall pick up and distribute mail and packages to be delivered to Tenant, provided, however, that Landlord may elect to provide such distribution to Tenant at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s rules relating to such area and services. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents or security personnel shall be liable to Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, customers, clients, invitees or licensees or to any other person for, and Tenant hereby indemnifies Landlord and Landlord’s agents and security personnel against, liability in connection with or arising out of damage to mail or packages, or the performance or non-performance by Landlord or any person acting by, through or under the direction of Landlord of the services set forth in this Section 29.3 (including any liability in respect of the property of such persons), unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents or security personnel. No representation, guaranty or warranty is made or assurance given that the communications or security systems, devices or procedures of the Building will be effective to prevent injury to Tenant or any other person or damage to, or loss (by theft or otherwise) of, any property of Tenant or of any other person, and Landlord reserves the right to discontinue or modify at any time such communications or security systems or procedure without liability to Tenant. .

 

ARTICLE 30.                       INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

44



 

ARTICLE 31.                       MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 31.1                             Limitation on Liability .

 

(a)                                   Prior To and After Transfer . The obligations of Landlord under this Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord named herein after the sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer by such Landlord (or upon any subsequent landlord after the sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer by such subsequent landlord) of its interest in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, and in the event of any such sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer, Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder; provided that the transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have assumed all obligations under this Lease, provided further, that Landlord (or any subsequent Landlord) shall not be freed or relieved from any obligations or covenants under this Lease accruing before any sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer.

 

(b)                                  No Personal Liability . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Real Property to enforce Landlord’s obligations hereunder and no partner, member, manager, shareholder, director, officer, principal, employee or agent, directly or indirectly, of Landlord (collectively, the “Exculpated Parties” ) shall be personally liable for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall not seek any damages against any of the Exculpated Parties, and Tenant shall not look to any other property or assets of Landlord or the property or assets of any of the Exculpated Parties.

 

(c)                                   Landlord’s Consent . Except in the event a court of law has determined that Landlord has acted maliciously or in bad faith, if Tenant shall request Landlord’s consent or approval pursuant to any of the provisions of this Lease or otherwise, and Landlord shall fail or refuse to give, or shall delay in giving, such consent or approval, including, but not limited to, Article 14 hereof, Tenant shall in no event make, or be entitled to make, any claim for damages against Landlord-or any Landlord Party (nor shall Tenant assert, or be entitled to assert, any such claim by way of defense, set-off, or counterclaim) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent or approval, and Tenant hereby waives any and all rights that it may have from whatever source derived, to make or assert any such claim. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s sole remedy for any such failure, refusal, or delay shall be an action for a declaratory judgment, specific performance, or injunction, and such remedies shall be available only in those instances where Landlord has expressly agreed in writing not to unreasonably withhold or delay its consent or approval or where, as a matter of law, Landlord may not unreasonably withhold or delay the same.

 

Section 31.2                             Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 31.3                             Certain Interpretational Rules .

 

(a)                                   All of the Exhibits attached to this Lease are incorporated in and made a part of this Lease, but, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms and provisions of this Lease and the terms and provisions of the Exhibits hereto, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. This Lease may not be changed, modified, terminated or discharged, in whole or in part, except by a writing, executed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, termination or discharge is to be sought. Wherever appropriate in this Lease, personal pronouns shall be deemed to include the other genders and the singular to include the plural. The word “or” is not exclusive and the word “including” is not limiting. References to a law include any rule or regulation issued under the law and any amendment to the law, rule or regulation. Wherever a period of time is stated in this ‘Lease as commencing or ending on any particular date, such period of time shall be deemed inclusive of such stated commencement and ending dates. The captions hereof are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease nor the intent of any provision thereof. All Article and Section references set forth herein shall, unless the context otherwise specifically requires, be deemed references to the Articles and Sections of this Lease.

 

45



 

Whenever the words “include”, “includes”, or “including” are used in this Lease, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

 

(b)                                  Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Illinois applicable to agreements executed in and to be performed wholly within the State with venue in Cook County.

 

(c)                                   Unenforceability . If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall ever be held to be invalid or unenforceable, then in each such event the remainder of this Lease or the application of such term, covenant, condition or provision to any other person or any other circumstance (other than those as to which it shall be invalid or unenforceable) shall not be thereby affected, and each term, covenant, condition and provision hereof shall remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

(d)                                  Parties Bound . The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective legal representatives, successors, and, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, their assigns. Each party represents that it is authorized to execute this Lease and, upon such execution, the obligations in this Lease shall be binding upon such party. Each party signing this Lease shall have joint and several liability.

 

Section 31.4                             Jurisdiction . Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant agrees that all disputes arising, directly or indirectly, out of or relating to this Lease, and all actions to enforce this Lease, shall be dealt with and adjudicated in the state courts of Illinois or the Federal courts sitting in Chicago, Illinois; and for that purpose hereby expressly and irrevocably submits itself to the jurisdiction of such courts. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints the Secretary of the State of Illinois as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any such action or proceeding.

 

Section 31.5                             Waiver of Immunity . Tenant hereby irrevocably waives, with respect to itself and its property, any diplomatic or sovereign immunity of any kind or nature, and any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process, to which Tenant may be entitled, and agrees not to assert any claims of any such immunities in any action brought by Landlord under or in connection with this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the making of such waivers, and Landlord’s reliance on the enforceability thereof, is a material Inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease.

 

Section 31.6                             Security Key Cards . Landlord shall provide to Tenant, at no additional cost to Tenant, fifty (50) Building security key cards for use by Tenant and its employees for purposes of gaining entry to the tenant-occupied portions of the Building. In the event that Tenant desires to obtain any additional Building security key cards, Tenant shall purchase the same from Landlord at Landlord’s then current standard charges therefor. Tenant shall keep and maintain (and shall cause its employees to keep and maintain) all security key cards provided to Tenant and its employees in a safe and secure manner, and shall not permit any person or entity other than Tenant and its employees to use or possess any of such security key cards. In addition, Tenant and its employees shall observe all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time regarding the use and possession of Building security key cards and the Building key card security system. Landlord shall not be responsible for any lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed security key cards, and in the event that Tenant desires to obtain any replacements of any such key cards, Tenant shall purchase the same from Landlord at Landlord’s then current standard charges therefor. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall return to Landlord all security key cards provided to Tenant and/or its employees, and shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s then current standard charges for any lost or missing security key cards.

 

46



 

ARTICLE 32.                       RENEWAL OPTION.

 

Section 32.1                             Tenant’s Renewal Option . Tenant shall have the right, at its option (referred to herein as the “Renewal Option” ), to renew the initial term of this Lease, for the entire Premises, as constituted as of December 31, 2015 (which, if Tenant timely exercises the Expansion Option, shall include the Expansion Space, as those terms are defined in Section 33.1 hereof) for one renewal term (referred to herein as the “Renewal Term” ), which shall commence on January 1, 2016 (the “Renewal Term Commencement Date” ) and expire on April 5, 2017 (the “Renewal Term Expiration Date” ). Except for the Renewal Option, Tenant shall have no other right to extend or renew the Term of the Lease. Tenant shall have no right to exercise the Renewal Option unless no Event of Default exists as of the date of both the Renewal Notice (as defined below) and the Renewal Term Commencement Date. The Renewal Option is personal to Tenant or its permitted (pursuant to Section 14.9 above) or approved (by Landlord) assignee and shall be deemed revoked and of no force and effect if the named Tenant hereunder or its permitted (pursuant to Section 14.9 above) or approved (by Landlord) assignee is not in the aggregate physically occupying at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Premises. Furthermore Tenant may not assign and/or transfer any of its rights under this Article 32 .

 

Section 32.2                             Exercise . If Tenant elects to renew this Lease for the Renewal Term, Tenant shall exercise such Renewal Option by sending to Landlord written notice thereof (a “Renewal Notice” ), by certified mail, return receipt requested, no later than January 1, 2015, and time shall be of the essence with respect to the giving of the Renewal Notice. If Tenant shall send the Renewal Notice within the time and in the manner herein provided, this Lease shall be deemed renewed for the Renewal Term upon the terms, covenants and conditions in this Lease contained, with the exception of (a) the Fixed Rent or Rent Credit and (b) the Premises shall continue to be leased for such Renewal Term in “as is, where is” condition, subject to Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and repair obligations pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof. Tenant acknowledges that the terms and provisions of the Lease during the Renewal Term shall: (i) not include a Rent Credit or any other free rent, rent abatement or Landlord’s Contribution, or Landlord’s work-allowance or contribution of any nature, or Landlord’s alterations or work; (ii) provide for the payment of Fixed Rent in the amounts and at the rate set forth in Section 32.3 below; (iii) be a lease of the entire Premises as constituted as of December 3, 2015, which may or may not include the Expansion Space as defined in Section 33.1 hereof), and (iv) be in an “as is, where is” condition, subject to Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and repair obligations pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof. The Base Operating Expenses and Base Taxes shall not be deemed modified during the Renewal Term from the definitions set forth in this Lease.

 

Section 32.3                             Determination of Fixed Rent . Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term shall be as set forth in Exhibit C .

 

ARTICLE 33.                       EXPANSION OPTION.

 

Section 33.1                             Subject to the terms and provisions hereof, and provided that (i) this Lease is then in full force and effect, (ii) no uncured monetary Event of Default then exists hereunder and provided that there are no outstanding mechanic’s lien, financing statement or other lien, charge or order in existence filed against Landlord, or against ail or any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property due to any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, that has not been actually released and discharged of record or bonded or insured over to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, and (iii) Tenant is in actual physical occupancy of at least 75% of the Premises, Tenant is hereby granted the one-time option (the “Expansion Option” ) to lease 14,480 Rentable Square Feet as an entirety on the third floor of the Building as shown on Exhibit G annexed hereto (the “Expansion Space” ), which space constitutes a portion of the space currently leased by Landlord to Bankers Life and Casualty Company ( “Bankers” ). Landlord represents to Tenant that Bankers’ lease with respect to the Expansion Space expires on November 30, 2013 and Bankers does not have the right or option to renew or extend the term of its lease as to the Expansion Space. The Expansion Option shall be exercisable by Tenant’s giving irrevocable written notice to Landlord (the Expansion Notice” ) of Tenant’s election so to do on or before January 1, 2013. Anything contained in this ARTICLE 33 to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise the Expansion Option, and the Expansion Option shall be deemed to have

 

47



 

been irrevocably waived, unless Tenant shall have exercised the Renewal Option prior to or simultaneously with Tenant’s exercise of the Expansion Option.

 

Section 33.2                             Landlord shall lease the Expansion Space to Tenant on all of the same terms, covenants and conditions as set forth in this Lease except: (i) Fixed Rent for the Expansion Space shall be equal to then escalated per Rentable Square Foot Fixed Rent for the Premises in effect as of the date (the Expansion Space Inclusion Date”) on which Landlord delivers vacant possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant, which Fixed Rent shall be subject to the same $.50 per Rentable Square Foot escalation on April 1, 2014, April 1, 2015, April 1, 2016 and April 1, 2017; (ii) Tenant shall not be entitled to any Rent Credit, free rent or rent abatement for the Expansion Space; (iii) Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent for the Expansion Space shall commence on the date on which Landlord delivers vacant possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant; (iv) the term of this Lease in respect of the Expansion Space (x) shall commence on the date on which Landlord delivers vacant possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant (it being understood and agreed that Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant by reason of Landlord’s inability to deliver vacant possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant by reason of the holding over of the existing tenant, subtenant(s) or occupant(s) of the Expansion Space or any other reason), and (y) shall expire on April 5, 2017; (v) Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any Landlord’s Work or other-Landlord’s work or preparatory work in or to the Expansion Space or the Building in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space; (vi) as Landlord’s sole Landlord’s Contribution or work contribution in respect of the Expansion Space, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a Landlord Contribution for the Expansion Space (“Landlord’s Expansion Space Contribution”) equal to the product of (A) $506,800.00, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of months (including partial months) in the term of the lease of the Expansion Space, and the denominator of which shall be 60, but in no event shall Landlord’s Expansion Space Contribution exceed the cost of Tenant’s Initial Alterations in the Expansion Space and the provisions of this Lease shall be applicable to Tenant’s requisition of and the conditions for Landlord’s payment of Landlord’s Contribution for the Expansion Space; (vii) Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall increase to reflect the addition of the Expansion Space to the Premises; and (viii) Tenant shall not be required to deliver to Landlord a security deposit in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 33, if the Expansion Space Inclusion Date shall not occur on or before February 1, 2014, because of the holding over of the existing tenant, subtenant(s) or occupant(s) of the Expansion Space or for any other reason (excluding the intentional acts or omissions of Landlord or the fault of Tenant or due to Tenant or anyone on account of Tenant being in possession of the Expansion Space or any portion thereof), then, Tenant shall have the right, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedies hereunder, by written notice given to Landlord after February 1, 2014, but on or before February 15, 2014 to either (time being of the essence as to the date by which Tenant must exercise either such remedy) (i) substitute the “February 1, 2014” date set forth above with the date “April 1, 2014” and the “February 15, 2014” date with the date “April 15, 2014” and Tenant shall again have the same rights contained in subparagraph (ii) below as its sole and exclusive remedy with respect to such later dates, or (ii) elect to rescind the exercise of its option to lease the Expansion Space by written notice given to Landlord after February 1, 2014, but on or before February 28, 2014, provided that if the Expansion Space Inclusion Date shall occur after February 1, 2014, but prior to the date upon which Tenant shall have given written notice of its election under this subdivision (ii) to rescind the exercise of its option to lease the Expansion Space as aforesaid, then Tenant shall have waived and relinquished its right to rescind the exercise of its option to lease the Expansion Space under this subdivision (ii) and the exercise of its option to lease the Expansion Space shall remain in full force and effect on all of its terms.

 

Section 33.3                             If Tenant timely gives Landlord the Expansion Notice, then Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute an amendment to this Lease to reflect the demise of the Expansion Space to Tenant, but the failure to do so shall not impair, affect or reduce the parties’ obligations with respect to the lease of such Expansion Space.

 

48



 

Section 33.4                             If Tenant does not timely give Landlord the Expansion Notice, then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease the Expansion Space, Tenant’s right to lease the Expansion Space shall automatically terminate and Tenant will have no further right or option to lease the Expansion Space under this ARTICLE 33 or otherwise.

 

Section 33.5                             Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise its option to lease the Expansion Space, and Landlord shall not be required to lease the Expansion Space to Tenant if a monetary Event of Default shall exist at the time the Expansion Notice is given by Tenant or on November 30, 2013, or if there are any outstanding mechanic’s liens, financing statements or other lien, charge or order in existence filed against Landlord, or against all or any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property due to any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, that has not been actually released and discharged of record or bonded or insured over to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord at the time the Expansion Notice is given by Tenant or on November 30, 2013. In the event of any of the foregoing shall occur, it shall serve to automatically terminate Tenant’s rights under this ARTICLE 33.

 

Section 33.6                             The rights conferred upon Tenant pursuant to this ARTICLE 33 are personal to Tenant and are not assignable or transferable to any assignee or sublease (regardless of whether any such assignment or sublease was made with or without Landlord’s consent) or other party.

 

Section 33.7                             Time is of the essence with respect to the dates, terms and provisions of this ARTICLE 33.

 

In Witness Whereof, Landlord and Tenant have respectively executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

600 WEST CHICAGO ASSOCIATES LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Gerstein

 

 

Name:

Victor Gerstein

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

GROUPON, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bradley Downes

 

Name:

Bradley Downes

 

Title:

SVP Finance

 

 

 

Tenant’s Federal Tax Identification Number:

 

 

49


 

 

 

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

 



Exhibit 10.18

 

SUBLEASE

 

THIS SUBLEASE (this “Sublease”) is made as of June       , 2010, by and between LIGHTBANK LLC., a Delaware limited liability company having an address at 600 West Chicago Ave., Suite 620, Chicago, Illinois 60610, Attention: Brad Keywell (“Sublandlord”), and GROUPON, INC., a Delaware corporation, having an address at 600 West Chicago, Suite 725, Chicago, Illinois 60610, Attention: Brad Dowries (“Subtenant”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, 600 West Chicago Associates LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Overlandlord”), as landlord, and Sublandlord, as tenant, entered into a lease dated as of June    , 2010, (the “Overlease”), demising certain premises on the seventh (7 th ) floor comprising 11,347 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) in the building located at and known by the street address of 600 West Chicago Avenue, Chicago, Illinois (the “Building”), such Premises being more particularly described in the Overlease; and

 

WHEREAS, a redacted copy of the Overlease is attached hereto as Exhibit B ; and

 

WHEREAS, Sublandlord desires to sublease to Subtenant, and Subtenant desires to hire from Sublandlord, a portion of the Premises initially comprising Seven Thousand Five Hundred (7,500) rentable square feet, as more particularly shown on the floor plan annexed hereto as Exhibit A (the “Sublease Premises”), upon all of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, Sublandlord and Subtenant, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.   SUBLEASING; EXPANSION/REDUCTION OF SUBLEASE PREMISES .

 

A.            Upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby hires from Sublandlord the Sublease Premises.

 

B.            Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that the initial rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises is 7,500 square feet as set forth in the Floor Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

(i)            at any time and from time to time during the Term of this Sublease, upon at least ninety (90) days’ prior written notice (a “Reduction Notice Period”), Sublandlord shall have the right to deliver to Subtenant a written notice (a “Sublease Premises Reduction Notice”) pursuant to which the Sublease Premises shall be reduced in size to exclude all or any portion of the Sublease Premises (the “Reduction Sublease Premises”), which Reduction Sublease Premises shall (i) be depicted on a floor plan attached to the applicable Sublease Premises Reduction Notice and (ii) result in the reduced Sublease Premises being one contiguous space. In the event that Sublandlord delivers a Sublease Premises Reduction Notice to Subtenant then, effective as of the first day of the first full calendar month following the applicable Reduction Notice Period:

 



 

(a) the applicable Reduction Sublease Premises shall be excluded from the Sublease Premises and Subtenant’s right to use and/or occupy the Reduction Sublease Premises shall immediately terminate and be of no further force and effect and Subtenant shall vacate the Reduction Sublease Premises and remove all of its personal property therefrom, (b) all references in the Sublease to the “Sublease Premises” shall expressly exclude the Reduction Sublease Premises, (c) for purposes of calculating the Monthly Fixed Rent payable hereunder, the rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises shall be decreased so as to exclude the applicable Reduction Sublease Premises, and (d) for purposes of calculating the Subtenant’s Proportionate Share for paying Additional Rent pursuant to Paragraph 4(A) hereof, the rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises shall be decreased by the rentable square footage of the applicable Reduction Sublease Premises.

 

(ii)           subject to the terms and provisions of Paragraph I (B)(iii) below, at any time and from time to time during the Term of this Sublease, upon at least ninety (90) days’ prior written notice (an “Expansion Notice Period”), Sublandlord shall have the right to deliver to Subtenant a written notice (a “Sublease Premises Expansion Notice”) pursuant to which the Sublease Premises shall be expanded to include all or any portion of the Premises not then included as part of the Sublease Premises (the “Expansion Sublease Premises”), which Expansion Sublease Premises shall (i) be depicted on a floor plan attached to the applicable Sublease Expansion Notice and (ii) be contiguous to the then existing Sublease Premises. Subject to the terms and provision of Paragraph 1(B)(iii) below, in the event that Sublandlord delivers a Sublease Premises Expansion Notice to Subtenant then, effective as of the first day of the first full calendar month following the applicable Expansion Notice Period: (a) the applicable Expansion Sublease Premises shall be included as part of the Sublease Premises and Subtenant’s use and occupancy thereof shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Sublease and the Overlease, (b) all references in this Sublease to the Sublease Premises shall include the Expansion Sublease Premise, (c) for purposes of calculating the Monthly Fixed Rent payable hereunder, the rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises shall be increased to include the applicable Expansion Sublease Premises, and (d) for purposes of calculating the Subtenant’s Proportionate Share for paying Additional Rent pursuant to Paragraph 4(A) hereof, the rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises shall be increased by the applicable Expansion Sublease Premises; and

 

(iii)          notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 1(B)(ii) above, in no event shall the rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises be expanded in excess of 7,500 square feet (being the initial rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises as of the Commencement Date), unless within ten (10) business days after receipt by Subtenant of a Sublease Premises Expansion Notice from Sublandlord, Subtenant delivers to Sublandlord a written consent (an “Expansion Consent”) to expanding the Sublease Premises in excess of 7,500 rentable square feet. If (i) Sublandlord delivers a Sublease Premises Expansion Notice to Subtenant which expansion of the Sublease Premises would result in the Sublease Premises being in excess of 7,500 rentable square feet and (ii) Subtenant fails to deliver an Expansion Consent to such Sublease Premises Expansion Notice within the above-described ten (10) business day period, then, in such event, the Sublease Premises Expansion Notice shall be deemed null and void and of no force and effect and the Sublease Premises shall not be expanded pursuant to such Sublease Premises Expansion Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 1(B)(iii), no Expansion Consent shall be required for any Sublease

 

2



 

Premises Expansion Notice which expansion would result in the rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises being 7,500 rentable square feet or less.

 

2.  TERM OF SUBLEASE . The term of this Sublease (the “Term”) shall commence on October 1, 2010 (the “Commencement Date”), and shall end on March 30, 2017 (the “Expiration Date”) or on such earlier date upon which this Sublease shall expire or be canceled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of this Sublease or pursuant to law. Subject to Sublandlord completing Tenant’s Initial Alterations (as defined in the Overlease) as they relate to the Sublease Premises, Subtenant agrees to accept the Sublease Premises on the Commencement Date in its “AS IS” condition, and agrees that other than the completion of Tenant’s Initial Alterations, Sublandlord shall not be required to perform any work, supply any materials, or incur any expense to prepare the Sublease Premises for Subtenant’s occupancy.

 

3.  FIXED RENT .

 

A.            Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, without notice or demand, and without any set-off, counterclaim, abatement or deduction whatsoever, except as may be expressly set forth in this Sublease, in lawful money of the United States by check or federal wire transfer of immediately available funds: (i) Fixed Rent in monthly installments, in advance, on the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the Term, commencing on the Commencement Date (except that the first full month’s installment of Fixed Rent shall be paid concurrently herewith pursuant to Section 4(C) hereof), and (ii) Additional Rent, at the times and in the manner set forth in this Sublease. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Sublease, Subtenant’s obligations to pay Rent are independent of each and every covenant contained in this Sublease.

 

B.            Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby acknowledge and agree that pursuant to Paragraph 1(B) of this Sublease, the rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises can increase and/or decrease from time to time. Accordingly, the amount of Monthly Fixed Rent payable hereunder for any given calendar month of the Sublease Term shall be calculated based upon the following formula:

 

(i) the Rentable Rate Per Rentable Square foot of the Sublease Premises for such calendar month as set forth on Exhibit C hereof; (ii) multiplied by the then rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises for such calendar month (as may have been increased or decreased pursuant to Paragraph 1(B) hereof; (iii) divided by 12.

 

Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the initial rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises is 7,500 square feet and accordingly, the Monthly Fixed Rent payable hereunder for the first full calendar month of the Term is $14.062.50, being ($22.50 x 7,500.00)/12

 

C.            Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord an amount equal to the first full month of Fixed Rent due under this Sublease upon the execution of this Sublease by Subenant, which payment shall be applied by Sublandlord to the first month’s Fixed Rent due under this Sublease.

 

D.            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Exhibit C , so long as Subtenant is not then in monetary default beyond any applicable notice or grace and cure periods

 

3



 

under this Sublease on Subtenant’s part to be observed or performed, Subtenant shall be entitled to a one-time credit against its obligation to pay Fixed Rent (but not Additional Rent) in the aggregate amount of Fifty Six Thousand Two Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($56,250.00) (the “Rent Credit”), to be applied at the rate of Fourteen Thousand Sixty Two and 50/100 ($14,062.50) per month against the full monthly installments of Fixed Rent only, for the months of November 2010 through and inlcuding February 2011.

 

4.  ADDITIONAL RENT .

 

(a)  Upon ten (10) days’ written notice from Sublandlord, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Additional Rent hereunder Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of all Additional Rent Payable by Sublandlord, as Tenant under the Overlease. For purposes hereof, Subtenant’s “Proportionate Share” at any time and from time to time shall be equal to the rentable square footage of the Sublease Premises at the applicable time, divided by 11,347, being the rentable square footage of the Premises. If Sublandlord shall be charged for any other sums pursuant to the provisions of the Overlease allocable to the Sublease Premises, then Subtenant shall be liable for such sums with respect to the Sublease Premises, and such sums shall be deemed Additional Rent and collectible as such and shall be payable by Subtenant upon ten (10) days’ written notice from Sublandlord.

 

(b)  Reibursement for Tenant’s Initial Alterations . In addition to the Additional Rent payable by Subtenant pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) above, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, as Additional Rent, sixty six and 10/100 percent (66.10%) of (i) the amount, if any, by which the actual costs of Tenant’s Initial Alterations incurred by Sublandlord as Tenant under the Overlease exceeds Landlord’s Contribution actually paid by Overlandlord to Sublandlord pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Overlease plus (ii) the amount, if any, by which the actual costs of the Base Building Work incurred by Sublandlord as Tenant under the Overlease exceeds Landlord’s Base Building Contribution actually paid by Overlandlord to Sublandlord pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Overlease, and such sums shall be deemed Additional Rent and collectible as such and shall be payable by Subtenant upon ten (10) days’ written notice from Sublandlord.

 

(c)  Terms of Payment . All amounts payable by Subtenant pursuant to this Section 4 shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder (and any default in the payment thereof beyond any applicable grace, notice or cure periods shall have the same remedies as a default beyond any applicable grace, notice or cure periods, in the payment of Fixed Rent). Any failure or delay by Sublandlord in submitting a statement or bill for any Additional Rent under this Sublease shall not constitute a waiver of or in any way impair Subtenant’s obligation to pay such Additional Rent.

 

5.   PAYMENT . The Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and all other charges, costs and expenses payable by Subtenant under this Sublease (herein collectively “Rental”) shall be paid to Sublandlord at the office of Sublandlord set forth above or at such other place as Sublandlord may designate, as and when the same becomes due and payable, without notice or demand therefor and without any deduction, credit, set-off, counterclaim or abatement whatsoever. In every case in which Subtenant is required to pay to Sublandlord a sum of money and said sum (or any portion thereof) is not paid within five (5) days when due, interest at the rate of 4% above the “prime rate” as established by Citibank, N.A or the maximum percent permitted by law,

 

4



 

whichever is less (herein “Applicable Rate”) shall be payable on such sum (or so much thereof as shall be unpaid) from the date said sum becomes due until the date the unpaid amount is paid. The provisions set forth above are in addition to any other rights or remedies available to Sublandlord on account of Subtenant’s failure to pay Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or other Rental hereunder.

 

6.  USE . The Sublease Premises shall be used only for general and executive offices and for no other purposes. .

 

7.  INCORPORATION OF THE OVERLEASE . (a) The terms, covenants and conditions of the Overlease (except such as by their nature or purport do not relate to the Sublease Premises or are inapplicable or inappropriate to the subleasing of the Sublease Premises pursuant to this Sublease or are inconsistent with any of the provisions of this Sublease) are hereby incorporated in and made part of this Sublease with the same force and effect as though set forth at length herein.

 

(b)  Limitation on Sublandlord’s Obligations: Default by Overlandlord . Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the only services or rights to which Subtenant is entitled hereunder are those to which Sublandlord is entitled under the Overlease, and for all such services and rights, Subtenant will look solely to Overlandlord (but will be responsible to pay for all additional services ordered by or on behalf of Subtenant and provided to the Sublease Premises set forth therein, if Sublandlord is required to pay Overlandlord for same pursuant to the provisions thereof). Sublandlord hereunder assumes no liability for any covenants, representations or warranties made by Overlandlord under the Overlease. In the event of any default of performance by Overlandlord under the Overlease, Sublandlord agrees that it will, upon written request from Subtenant, make demand upon Overlandlord to perform its obligations under the Overlease. Nothing contained in this Sublease shall be deemed to obligate the Overlandlord to perform any work in or to the Sublease Premises (as the same may be expanded or reduced in size pursuant to the terms hereof) or to contribute to the cost thereof.

 

8.  SUBORDINATION . This Sublease is subject and subordinate to all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Overlease, and to the matters to which the Overlease is or shall be subordinate, and in the event of the termination, re-entry or dispossession by Overlandlord under the Overlease, Overlandlord may, at its option, terminate this Sublease or take over all of the right, title and interest of Sublandlord under this Sublease and Subtenant shall, at Overlandlord’s option, attorn to Overlandlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of this Sublease, except that Overlandlord shall not be (i) liable for any act or omission of Sublandlord under this Sublease, unless such act or omission continues after attornment, (ii) subject to any defense or offset which Subtenant may have against Sublandlord, (iii) bound by any previous payment by Subtenant of more than 30 days in advance of the due date (unless actually received by Overlandlord), (iv) bound by any obligation under this Sublease to make any payment to or on behalf Subtenant, (v) bound by any obligation to perform any work or make any improvements to the Sublease Premises„ (vi) bound by any amendment or modification of this Sublease which has not been consented to in writing by Overlandlord, or (vii) bound to return any security deposit until such deposit has come into Overlandlord’s possession and Subtenant would otherwise be entitled to the return thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease.

 

5



 

9.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease, Subtenant shall not encumber this Sublease or the Sublease Premises, assign this Sublease, or sublease the Sublease Premises in whole or in part or permit Subtenant’s interest in this Sublease to be vested in any third party by operation of law or otherwise without in each instance the prior written consent of Sublandlord (and, if required by the Overlease, of Overlandlord).

 

10.           SUBLANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE . If Subtenant fails beyond applicable grace, notice and cure periods to perform any of its obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof, then, after notice to Subtenant (except in case of emergency), Sublandlord may (but shall not be obligated to) cure such failure for the account of and at the expense of Subtenant, and the amount of any costs, payments or expenses incurred by Sublandlord in connection with such cure (including reasonable counsel fees) shall be payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord as Additional Rent on demand.

 

11.           INSURANCE . With respect to the Sublease Premises only, the Subtenant shall comply with the insurance requirements imposed upon Sublandlord, as “Tenant” under the Overlease as incorporated herein by reference. Such insurance shall name Sublandlord and Overlandlord as additional insured, as their respective interests may appear. Subtenant shall furnish Sublandlord with certificates evidencing such insurance prior to occupying the Sublease Premises.

 

12.           END OF TERM/HOLDING OVER . (a) Upon the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Sublease, Subtenant (I) shall quit and surrender the Sublease Premises and the Improvements and Installations in as good condition as existed as of the Sublease Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted and (II) shall remove all of its business machinery and equipment, communication equipment, moveable fixtures, furniture, furnishings, decorations and articles of personal property owned by Subtenant (herein “Subtenant’s Property”), and (III) shall otherwise deliver the Sublease Premises back to Sublandlord in good operating order and condition. Upon any such removal, Subtenant shall, immediately and at its expense, repair and restore the Sublease Premises to the condition existing prior to the making of such Alteration and shall repair any damage to the Sublease Premises (or the Building) due to such removal.

 

13.           NOTICES . Any notices to be given under this Sublease shall be in writing and shall be sent by personal hand delivery or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. If such notice is directed to Subtenant, it shall be addressed to Subtenant at 600 West Chicago, Suite 725, Chicago, IL 60610, Attention: Dave Menzel, and if such notice is directed to Sublandlord, it shall be addressed to Sublandlord at 600 West Chicago, Suite 620, Chicago, IL 60610 Attn: Brad Keywell. Either party may, by notice in writing, direct that future notices or demands be sent to a different address and to the attention of such other people as either Sublandlord or Subtenant shall designate. Notices so sent shall be deemed given (i) if sent by personal hand delivery, upon delivery thereof, and (ii) if sent by register or certified mail, upon receipt by the party in question or the first attempted delivery, if delivery is refused and is so indicated on the return receipt.

 

6



 

14.           SECURITY DEPOSIT .

 

A.  In addition, upon the execution hereof by Subtenant, Subtenant shall deposit with Sublandlord a check in the amount of Sixty Six Thousand One Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($66,100.00) (“Security Deposit”) as security for the faithful performance and observance by Subtenant of the terms of this Sublease. If Subtenant defaults in the full and prompt payment or performance of any of Subtenant’s covenants and obligations under this Sublease (beyond any applicable notice and period of cure), including, but not limited to, the payment of Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, Sublandlord may, but shall not be required to, use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security so deposited and the interest accrued thereon, if any, including for any sum which Sublandlord shall have expended by reason of Subtenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Sublease, whether accruing before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Sublandlord. If Sublandlord shall so use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security or the interest accrued thereon, if any, Subtenant shall within ten days of written demand immediately deposit with Sublandlord a sum equal to the amount so used, applied or retained, as security as aforesaid failing which Sublandlord shall have the same rights and remedies as for the non-payment of Fixed Rent beyond the applicable notice and cure period. If Subtenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all of Subtenant’s covenants and obligations under this Sublease, the security or any balance thereof, with the interest actually earned thereon, shall be returned or paid over to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after the date fixed as the end of this Sublease.

 

B.  Provided the following has occurred during the first two (2) years after the Sublease Commencement Date (the “Reduction Event”): (x) Subtenant has reimbursed Sublandlord for all amounts payable pursuant to Paragraph 4(b) hereof, and (y) No event of default shall have occurred and is then continuing hereunder, the amount of the Security Deposit shall be reducible on a one-time basis by the sum of Sixteen Thousand Five Hundred Twenty Five Dollars ($16,525.00) from Sixty Six Thousand One Hundred ($66,100.00) to th sum of Forty Nine Thousand Five Hundred Seventy Five Dollars ($49,575.00).

 

Upon the occurrence of the Reduction Event, Subtenant may notify sublandlord in writing that the Security Deposit should be reduced (a “Reduction Notice”). For the sake of certainty, the Reduction Notice may not be given before the second anniversary of the Commencement Date. In the event the Reduction Event has occurred, Sublandlord shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt of a Reduction Notice, return to Subtenant the appropriate portion of the Security Deposit, as set forth above.

 

15.           PARKING . With respect to parking and Section 10.7 of the Overlease, Sublandlord is not providing any parking to Subtenant. Subtenant shall negotiate independently with Overlandlord with respect to renting additional parking spaces at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

16.           MISCELLANEOUS . (a)  Merger . All prior understandings and agreements between the parties are merged within this Sublease, which alone fully and completely sets forth the understanding of the parties; and this Sublease may not be changed or terminated orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change or termination is sought.

 

7



 

(b)  Successors and Assigns . This Sublease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

 

 

BALANCE OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant do hereby execute this Sublease as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

SUBLANDLORD:

 

 

 

LIGHTBANK, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Lefkofsky

 

 

Name:

Eric Lefkofsky

 

 

Title :

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

SUBTENANT:

 

 

 

GROUPON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bradley Downes

 

 

Name:

Bradley Downes

 

 

Title:

SVP Finance

 

9


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

 



Exhibit 10.20

 

 

AGREEMENT OF LEASE

 

600 WEST CHICAGO ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

 

 

 

LANDLORD,

 

AND

 

 

GROUPON, INC.,
a Delaware corporation,

 

 

 

TENANT

 

 

 

PREMISES:

Portion of the First (1st) Floor

 

 

900 North Kingsbury Avenue

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60654

 

 

 

 

DATED:

As of December 7, 2010

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1.

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS; ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2.

DEMISE, PREMISES, TERM, RENT

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3.

USE AND OCCUPANCY

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4.

ALTERATIONS

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5.

CONDITION OF THE PREMISES; LANDLORD CONTRIBUTION

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6.

REPAIRS; FLOOR LOAD

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7.

 INCREASES IN TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8.

LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9.

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

20

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10.

SERVICES

22

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11.

INSURANCE

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12.

DESTRUCTION OF THE PREMISES; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE

27

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13.

EMINENT DOMAIN

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE 14.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

29

 

 

 

ARTICLE 15.

ACCESS TO PREMISES

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE 16.

TENANT’S DEFAULTS

35

 

 

 

ARTICLE 17.

REMEDIES AND DAMAGES

36

 

 

 

ARTICLE 18.

FEES AND EXPENSES

38

 

 

 

ARTICLE 19.

NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD

39

 

 

 

ARTICLE 20.

END OF TERM

39

 

 

 

ARTICLE 21.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

40

 

 

 

ARTICLE 22.

NO WAIVER; NO LIABILITY

40

 

 

 

ARTICLE 23.

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

41

 

 

 

ARTICLE 24.

INABILITY TO PERFORM

41

 

 

 

ARTICLE 25.

BILLS AND NOTICES

41

 

 

 

ARTICLE 26.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE 27.

BROKER

42

 

i



 

ARTICLE 28.

INDEMNITY

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE 29.

BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS, SCAFFOLDING AND DELIVERIES

43

 

 

 

ARTICLE 30.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

44

 

 

 

ARTICLE 31.

MISCELLANEOUS

45

 

 

 

ARTICLE 32.

RENEWAL OPTION

47

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

Exhibit A:

Floor Plan of the Premises

 

Exhibit B:

Rules and Regulations

 

Exhibit C:

Fixed Rent Schedule

 

Exhibit D:

Cleaning Specifications

 

 

ii



 

AGREEMENT OF LEASE (“ Lease ”), dated as of December 7, 2010 (“ Effective Date ”) between 600 WEST CHICAGO ASSOCIATES LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, with an address at 600 West Chicago Avenue, Suite 675, Chicago, Illinois 60654, Attention: Property Manager (“ Landlord ”), and GROUPON, INC. , a Delaware corporation, with an address at 600 West Chicago Avenue, Suite 725, Chicago, Illinois 60654 (“ Tenant ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

The parties hereto, for themselves, their legal representatives, successors and assigns, covenant and agree as follows.

 

ARTICLE  1.          BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS; ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.

 

Section 1.1             Basic Lease Provisions . The provisions of this Section 1.1 are intended to be definitional in nature and in outline form and may be addressed in detail in other Articles of this Lease.

 

Base Operating Expenses :

 

Operating Expenses for the Real Property in calendar year 2011.

 

 

 

Base Taxes :

 

Taxes paid for the Real Property for calendar year 2011 (payable in 2012).

 

 

 

Broker :

 

Jones Lang LaSalle Americas (Illinois), L.P.

 

 

 

Building :

 

All the buildings, equipment and other improvements and appurtenances now located or hereafter erected, constructed or placed upon the real property and any and all alterations, renewals, replacements, additions and substitutions thereto, presently known by the address of 900 North Kingsbury Avenue. Chicago, Illinois. For purposes of clarification, the term “Building” does not include any residential buildings, structures or units or parking facilities.

 

 

 

Commencement Date :

 

March 1, 2011.

 

 

 

Expiration Date :

 

March 31, 2017.

 

 

 

Fixed Rent :

 

As set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

 

 

Landlord’s Agent :

 

600 West Asset Manager LLC or any other person or entity designated at any time and from time to time by Landlord as Landlord’s Agent and their successors and assigns.

 

 

 

Permitted Use :

 

The Premises shall be used by Tenant, in compliance with all Legal Requirements, solely as executive and general offices, and for no other purpose.

 

 

 

Premises:

 

A portion of the first (1 st ) floor of the Building, as shown on the floor plan attached to this Lease as Exhibit A .

 

1



 

Premises Area :

 

The Rentable Square Foot area of the Premises described on the floor plan attached as Exhibit A hereto, as the Premises Area may be increased or decreased from time to time pursuant to this Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree that for purposes of this Lease, the Rentable Square Foot Area of the Premises is 16,182, which shall not be subject to remeasurement or adjustment.

 

 

 

Security Deposit :

 

None.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Proportionate Share :

 

5.26% (16,182/307,304)

 

 

 

Term :

 

The term of this Lease, which shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall expire on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

Section 1.2             Additional Definitions .

 

Additional Rent :

 

All sums other than Fixed Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s Operating Payment, overtime or excess service charges, any fees and amounts due under Article 10 hereof, and interest and other costs related to Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease. If Tenant fails to timely pay any amount of Additional Rent as required under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies reserved by Landlord herein for a failure to timely pay Fixed Rent.

 

 

 

Affiliate :

 

With respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

 

 

 

Alterations :

 

Alterations, installations, improvements, additions or other physical changes (other than decorations consisting of painting, wall coverings and carpeting in the Premises which are not visible from outside the Premises) in or about the Premises or elsewhere in the Building, including, without limitation, Tenant’s Alterations.

 

 

 

Base Rate :

 

The annual rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, N.A., New York, New York (or any successor thereto) as its “base rate”, or such other term as may be used by Citibank, N.A. from time to time for the rate presently referred to as its base rate.

 

 

 

Building Systems :

 

The mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, elevator, plumbing, sanitary, life-safety, utility and all other service systems of the Building, but not including the portions of such systems installed in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building by Tenant for Tenant’s exclusive use or by another tenant or occupant for such other tenant’s or occupant’s use.

 

 

 

Business Days :

 

All days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and all days observed by the City of Chicago, the State of Illinois, or the United States of America or any unions serving the Building as legal holidays.

 

2



 

Control :

 

As to any Person: (a) the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty per cent (50%) of (i) the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, or (ii) the beneficial ownership interests, however characterized, of any other entity, and/or (b) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other ownership interests, by statute, or by contract.

 

 

 

Default Rate :

 

A rate per annum equal to the lesser of four (4) percentage points above the Base Rate or the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

 

 

 

Environmental Laws :

 

All Legal Requirements now or hereafter in effect relating to the environment, health, safety, or Hazardous Materials.

 

 

 

Governmental Authority :

 

Any of the United States of America, the State of Illinois, the City of Chicago, any political subdivision thereof and any agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Real Property or any portion thereof or the vaults, curbs, sidewalks, streets and areas adjacent thereto.

 

 

 

Hazardous Materials :

 

Any substances, materials or wastes regulated by any Governmental Authority or deemed or defined as a “hazardous substance”, “hazardous material”, “toxic substance”, “toxic pollutant”, “contaminant”, “pollutant”, “solid waste”, “hazardous waste” or words of similar import under applicable Legal Requirements, oil and petroleum products, natural or synthetic gas, polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos in any form, urea formaldehyde, radon gas, or the emission of non-ionizing radiation, microwave radiation or electromagnetic fields at levels in excess of those (if any) specified by any Governmental Authority or which may cause a health hazard or danger to property, or the emission of any form of ionizing radiation.

 

 

 

Legal Requirements :

 

All present and future laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations, statutes, requirements, codes, executive orders, rules of common law, and any judicial interpretations thereof, extraordinary as well as ordinary, of all Governmental Authorities, including the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. §12,101 et seq. ), the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq. ), the Chicago Building Code ( Title 17 Municipal Code of Chicago ) and any law of like import, Chapter 2-120-580 through 920 of the Municipal Code of Chicago regarding landmark restrictions and conditions affecting the Real Property, and all rules, regulations and government orders with respect thereto, and of any applicable fire rating bureau, or other body exercising similar functions, affecting the Real Property or the maintenance, use or occupation thereof, or any street or sidewalk comprising a part of or in front thereof or any vault in or under the Building.

 

 

 

Mortgage :

 

Any mortgage or trust indenture which may now or hereafter affect the Real Property, the Building or any Superior Lease and the leasehold interest created thereby, and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof or thereto, substitutions therefor, and advances made thereunder.

 

 

 

Mortgagee :

 

Any mortgagee, trustee or other holder of a Mortgage.

 

 

 

Person :

 

Any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated association, business trust, tenancy-in-common or other entity, or any Governmental Authority.

 

3



 

Prohibited Use :

 

Any use, occupancy or purpose which is not a Permitted Use or any use or occupancy of the Premises that in Landlord’s reasonable judgment would: (a) cause damage to the Building, the 600 West Building (defined below), the Premises or any equipment, facilities or other systems therein; (b) impair the appearance of the Premises, the Building or the 600 West Building; (c) interfere with the efficient and economical maintenance, operation and repair of the Premises or the Building or the equipment, facilities or systems thereof; (d) adversely affect any service provided to, and/or the use and occupancy by, any Building or the 600 West Building tenant or occupants; (e) violate the certificate of occupancy issued for the Premises or the Building or (f) adversely affect the first class image of the Building or the 600 West Building. Prohibited Use also includes the use of any part of the Premises for: (i) a restaurant, tavern or bar; (ii) the preparation, consumption, storage, manufacture or sale of food or beverages (except in connection with vending machines and/or a pantry (which may include a microwave oven) installed solely and exclusively for the use of Tenant’s employees and invitees), liquor, tobacco or drugs; (iii) the business of photocopying, multilith or offset printing (except photocopying in connection with Tenant’s own business); (iv) a typing or stenography business; (v) a school or classroom; (vi) lodging or sleeping; (vii) the operation of retail facilities (meaning a business whose primary patronage arises from the generalized solicitation of the general public to visit Tenant’s offices in person without a prior appointment) or a savings and loan association or retail facilities or any financial, lending, securities brokerage or investment activity, except as permitted pursuant to the Permitted Use; (viii) a payroll office; (ix) a barber, beauty or manicure shop; (x) an employment agency, executive search firm or similar enterprise; (xi) offices of the City of Chicago or the State of Illinois or of any other Governmental Authority, any foreign government, the United Nations, or any agency or department of any of the foregoing; (xii) the manufacture, retail sale, storage of merchandise or auction of merchandise, goods or property of any kind to the general public; (xiii) the rendering of medical, dental or other therapeutic or diagnostic services expressly including, without limitation, a clinic, office or other facility performing abortions; (xiv) any pornographic, indecent or immoral use or purpose including, without limitation, an establishment selling or exhibiting pornographic materials or drug related paraphernalia or an adult theatre or live performance theatre exhibiting nude or lewd performers or performances or lascivious behavior; (xv) any illegal purposes or any activity constituting a legal nuisance; (xvi) a fire sale, bankruptcy or going out of business sale (unless permitted pursuant to a court order with proper permits issued by the City of Chicago); (xvii) a mortuary or funeral home; (xviii) a carnival or flea market; (xix) an off-track betting store or parlor; (xx) a pawn shop or currency exchange; (xxi) a deep discount store; (xxii) a bowling alley, disco, nightclub, pool or billiard hall, dance hall or amusement or video arcade; (xxiii) a massage parlor; (xxiv) a gun shop or firing range; (xxv) a salvage shop; (xxvi) a methadone clinic or drug or alcohol dependency clinic; (xxvii) a dry cleaner or other use which produces odors that emanate beyond the Premises; or (xxviii) any other use inconsistent with comparable buildings in a 1 / 2 mile radius of the Real Property.

 

 

 

Real Property :

 

Collectively, the Building, the land on which the Building is located, and any other buildings, improvements and structures located on such land. For purposes of clarification, the term “Real Property” does not include any residential buildings, structures or units or parking facilities.

 

 

 

Rent :

 

Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, collectively.

 

4



 

Rentable Square Feet (Foot or Footage) :

 

The deemed rentable area of the Building or any portion thereof, computed on the basis set forth below; provided however , that in no event shall such deemed Rentable Square Footage constitute or imply any representation or warranty by Landlord as to the actual size of any floor or other portion of the Building, including the Premises. Determination of Rentable Square Footage of any additional space which may be added to the Premises shall mean the product of (a) the number of square feet of “Usable Area” and any “Floor Common Area” located in the Premises as defined and calculated in accordance with the American National Standards Institute, Inc. Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-1996, published by the Building Owners and Managers Association International (“ BOMA ”), times (b) 1.1765.

 

 

 

Rules and Regulations :

 

The rules and regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit B , and such additional rules and regulations as Landlord may adopt from time to time in a reasonable manner and which do not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises as permitted hereunder or reduce Tenant’s rights under this Lease.

 

 

 

Substantial Completion :

 

As to any construction performed by any party in the Premises, that all of such work has been completed substantially in accordance with (i) the provisions of this Lease applicable thereto, and (ii) the plans and specifications for such work, except for minor details of construction, decoration and mechanical adjustments, if any, the noncompletion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, and which are capable of being corrected (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment) within thirty (30) days by the party performing the same (collectively the “ Punchlist Items ”), or which, in accordance with good construction practice, should be completed after the completion of other work to be performed in the Premises.

 

 

 

Superior Lease :

 

Any ground or underlying lease of the Real Property or any part thereof heretofore or hereafter made by Landlord, as lessee, and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments and modifications thereof.

 

 

 

Superior Lessor :

 

A lessor under a Superior Lease.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Alterations :

 

All Alterations, including Tenant’s Initial Alterations, as defined in Section 4.1. in and to the Premises and elsewhere in the Building which may be made by or on behalf of Tenant prior to and during the Term, or any renewal thereof.

 

 

 

Tenant Party :

 

Any Tenant, any Affiliate of Tenant, any assignee of Tenant, any subtenant or any other occupant of the Premises, or any of their respective direct or indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, invitees, servants, agents or representatives.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Property :

 

Tenant’s movable fixtures and movable partitions, telephone and other communications equipment, computer systems, furniture, trade fixtures, furnishings, and other items of personal property installed by Tenant which are removable without material damage to the Premises or Building.

 

5



 

ARTICLE 2.          DEMISE, PREMISES, TERM, RENT

 

Section 2.1             Lease of Premises; Possession prior to Commencement Date . Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises for the Term. In addition, Landlord grants to Tenant the right to use, on a non-exclusive basis and in common with other tenants, the lobby area and other Building common areas which are meant to be used by tenants of the Building. Tenant may take possession of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of (i) commencing the performance of Tenant’s Initial Alterations therein, and (ii) upon completion of Tenant’s Initial Alterations, occupying and using the Premises in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof, provided that (a) Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease (except that Tenant shall not be required to pay Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payments for the Premises prior to the Commencement Date), (b) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant’s performance of Tenant’s Initial Alterations in the Premises shall be governed by the provisions of this Lease, and (c) Tenant may not take possession of the Premises unless and until Tenant shall have delivered to Landlord appropriate certificates of insurance complying with Section 11.3 below.

 

Section 2.2             Payment of Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without notice or demand, and without any set-off, counterclaim, abatement or deduction whatsoever, except as may be expressly set forth in this Lease, in lawful money of the United States by check or federal wire transfer of immediately available funds: (i) Fixed Rent in equal monthly installments, in advance, on the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the Term, commencing on June 1, 2011 (the “ Rent Commencement Date ”) (except that the first full month’s installment of Fixed Rent for the month of June 2011 shall be paid concurrently herewith pursuant to Section 2.3), and (ii) Additional Rent, at the times and in the manner set forth in this Lease. If payment is being made by check, the check shall be payable to “600 West Chicago Associates LLC” or as otherwise designated by Landlord and mailed, on the first day of each calendar month for which the applicable monthly installment of Fixed Rent is due, to: 600 West Chicago Associates LLC, P.O. Box 51055, Newark, New Jersey 07101-5155 (or such other address as may be designated by Landlord from time to time). If payment is being made by federal wire transfer, such wire transfer should be sent to: Valley National Bank, 1455 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey, Account: 600 West Chicago Associates LLC, as Borrower, and LaSalle Bank National Association, as Lender, pursuant to Loan Agreement dated as of May 14, 2007 – Clearing Account. Account. Number 41222490, Attention: Michael Borsella, Vice President, ABA #021201383 (or to such other account as may be designated by Landlord). Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant’s obligations to pay Rent are independent of each and every covenant contained in this Lease.

 

Section 2.3             First Month’s Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the first full month of Fixed Rent due under this Lease upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant, which payment shall be applied by Landlord to the first month’s Fixed Rent due under this Lease (for June 2011).

 

Section 2.4             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Exhibit C , (i) Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rent for the Premises shall commence as of June 1, 2011, and (ii) so long as Tenant is not then in monetary default beyond any applicable notice or grace and cure periods under this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed, Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time credit against its obligation to pay Fixed Rent (but not Additional Rent) in the aggregate amount of Thirty-Two Thousand Three Hundred Sixty-Four and 00/100 Dollars ($32,364.00) (the “Rent Credit”), to be applied against the full monthly installment of Fixed Rent only for the month of March 2012. Nothing contained herein shall affect Tenant’s obligation to make any payment of Additional Rent (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment and parking fees) or other sum or charge payable under this Lease during the aforementioned periods, if any.

 

6



 

ARTICLE 3.          USE AND OCCUPANCY

 

Section 3.1              Permitted Use; Licenses and Permits .  Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for the Permitted Use and for no other purpose. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant’s use of the Premises solely for the specific use set forth in the “Permitted Use” paragraph of Section 1.1 above is a primary inducement for Landlord’s execution and delivery of this Lease, and the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder, in order that Landlord may ensure that there be maintained within the Building an appropriate tenant mix for the continued operation of a multi-use retail, office and telecommunications mixed-use development. Tenant shall not use or occupy or permit the use or occupancy of any part of the Premises in a manner constituting a Prohibited Use, which violates any Legal Requirement, which causes the Building to be in violation of any Legal Requirement, or which exceeds the floor loads for the Premises. Tenant, at its expense, shall procure and at all times maintain and comply with the terms and conditions of all licenses and permits required for the lawful conduct of the Permitted Use in the Premises. Landlord makes no representation to Tenant that Tenant will be able to obtain all required licenses or permits for Tenant’s Permitted Use.

 

ARTICLE 4.          ALTERATIONS

 

Section 4.1             Landlord’s Consent .

 

(a)           Tenant’s Alterations . Tenant shall not make any Alterations, including, without limitation, Tenant’s installation and construction of the Premises to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy as well as fixturing, cabling and computer installations in connection therewith (collectively, “Tenant’s Initial Installations”), without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance; provided, however, that Tenant may make the following Alterations to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent (collectively, “ Permitted Alterations ”), (x) decorations consisting of furniture, painting, wall coverings and floor coverings in the Premises subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease (“ Decorative Alterations ”), and (y) other Alterations that satisfy the Alterations Criteria (as hereinafter defined), and which (together with any other Alterations performed by Tenant during the calendar year in which such other Alterations were performed) cost, in the aggregate, less than $30.000.00; provided, further, that Tenant shall provide Landlord with at least ten (10) (Business Days’ prior written notice prior to making any Permitted Alterations, which notice shall include (except in the case of Decorative Alterations) a set of plans and specifications for such Permitted Alterations, as described in Section 4.2(a) below. Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s Alterations shall be granted or denied in Landlord’s sole discretion; provided , however , that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to Tenant’s Initial Alterations to adapt the Premises for the Permitted Use provided that such Alterations (i) are non-structural and do not affect the Building Systems or services, or violate the design or engineering standards or criteria of Landlord for the Building, (ii) are performed only by contractors or mechanics approved in writing by Landlord, (iii) affect only the Premises and are not visible from outside of the Premises, (iv) do not adversely affect any service furnished by Landlord to Tenant or to any other tenant of the Building or the 600 West Building, (v) do not reduce the value or utility of the Building or the 600 West Building, (vi) do not violate any Legal Requirements or the Building Rules and Regulations, or cause the Premises or the Building or the 600 West Building to be non-compliant with any Legal Requirements, (vii) do not adversely affect any Common Areas or other tenant of the Building or the 600 West Building, or the premises of any such other tenant, and (viii) do not conflict with or violate any rules and regulations of Landlord’s insurance carrier (collectively, the “ Alterations Criteria ”). Tenant shall provide Landlord with a final complete set of Tenant’s Plans (defined below) for Tenant’s Initial Alterations, which Tenant shall cause to be prepared at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date. Landlord shall notify Tenant within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s Plans, (i) whether Landlord consents or withholds its consent thereto, and (ii) if Landlord withholds its consent, the reason or reasons therefor. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant of its consent or withholding of consent within such five (5) Business Day period, and (x) Landlord further fails to notify Tenant of its consent or withholding of consent within five (5) Business Days after delivery (or attempted delivery) of a second written request by Tenant to Landlord, (y) Tenant has evidence that Landlord received or refused delivery of such second notice (in the form of a return receipt or proof of refusal of delivery), and (z) such second notice stated on its face that refusal to timely respond constitutes a “deemed consent”, then Landlord shall be deemed to

 

7


 

have consented to Tenant’s Plans as submitted. If Landlord’s approval of a contractor is required, Landlord shall notify Tenant within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s written request whether Landlord consents or withholds its consent to any contractor proposed by Tenant to perform Tenant’s Initial Alterations. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant of its consent or withholding of consent within such five (5) Business Day period, and Tenant has evidence that Landlord received the notice requesting such consent (in the form of a return receipt or proof of refusal of delivery), then Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to the contractor proposed by Tenant to perform such Tenant’s Alteration.

 

(b)            Tenant’s Acknowledgment .  Tenant acknowledges and confirms that neither Landlord’s review and/or approval of any plans and specifications for any Alterations, nor Landlord’s consent to or approval of any Alterations, shall constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord that such Alterations comply with (or have been designed or engineered in a manner which would comply with) the Alterations Criteria. Tenant further acknowledges and confirms that Tenant’s obligation and responsibility to cause all Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant to comply with the Alterations Criteria shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding that Landlord may have reviewed or approved plans and specifications for such Alterations (or otherwise consented or approved such Alterations) which do not comply with any such Alterations Criteria, and that no such review, consent or approval by Landlord shall in any way release or excuse Tenant from Tenant’s obligation to cause all Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant to comply with the Alterations Criteria. In the event that Tenant performs any Alterations which breach or violate the Alterations Criteria, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s demand, immediately cure such breach or violation in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and if Tenant fails to so cure such breach or violation within the cure periods set forth in Section 16.1(c) hereof, Landlord shall have the right, (but not the obligation) to cure such breach or violation at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (in addition to all other rights) and remedies to which Landlord is entitled under this Lease, at law and in equity), which right shall only arise after the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods. Tenant shall indemnify, defend (with counsel acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, causes of action, losses, costs, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) brought against, sustained or incurred by Landlord which result from or arise out of any failure by Tenant (or any other Tenant Party) to comply with the Alterations Criteria. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that to the extent Tenant performs an Alteration in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Lease, Landlord shall not claim such Alteration violates any Alterations Criteria which Landlord has knowledge, after due inquiry, unless (i) a change in a Legal Requirement occurs after the completion of such Alteration or (ii) Tenant’s subsequent use of such Alteration violates, or is inconsistent with, any Alterations Criteria.

 

Section 4.2             Plans and Specifications .

 

(a)            Conditions .   Prior to making any Alterations (other than Decorative Alterations), including, without limitation, Tenant’s Initial Alterations, Tenant, at its expense, shall submit to Landlord for its written approval or, in the case of Permitted Alterations, for Landlord’s review, detailed plans and specifications (including layout, architectural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sprinkler and structural drawings, if applicable) of each proposed Alteration, (individually and collectively, “ Tenant’s Plans ”), including any Alterations(s) affecting any Building System. Additionally, if any Building System will be affected by any Alteration proposed by Tenant. Tenant shall submit proof that the Alteration has been designed by, or reviewed and approved by, Landlord’s designated engineer for such affected Building System. With respect to all Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant (including, without limitation, Permitted Alterations), Tenant shall obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any Governmental Authorities, and shall furnish to Landlord copies of policies or certificates of worker’s compensation (covering all persons to be employed by Tenant, and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors in connection with such Alteration) and commercial general liability (including property damage coverage) insurance and Builder’s Risk coverage (issued on a completed value basis) all in such form, with such companies, for such periods and in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord, Landlord’s Agent, Landlord’s asset manager and their respective employees and agents, any Superior Lessor and any Mortgagee as additional insureds. Landlord shall notify Tenant whether Landlord consents or withholds its consent to any proposed Tenant’s Plans in the manner and

 

8



 

time periods set forth in Section 4.1(a) . In the event Landlord shall withhold approval of any proposed Tenant’s Plans, Landlord, within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of a complete set of such Tenant’s Plans (together with any additional documents or information Landlord may reasonably request on account of Landlord’s review of such Tenant’s Plans), shall notify Tenant in writing of its objections thereto and Landlord and Tenant shall cooperatively and in good faith work to reach a mutually acceptable agreement with respect to such plans. Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after delivery of an invoice therefor, for all overtime services provided to Tenant by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s performance of any Alterations, together with all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord from any third-party consultants retained by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s performance of any Alteration, provided such consultants are necessary (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment) to review and/or supervise the performance of such Alterations and Landlord provides advanced written notice to Tenant that such consultants are being retained in connection with such Alterations.

 

(b)            Manner and Quality of Alteration .  All Tenant’s Alterations, including, without limitation, Tenant’s Initial Alterations, shall be performed by Tenant with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner and free from liens and defects, in accordance with Tenant’s Plans and by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord (to the extent required above), under the supervision of a licensed architect reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and in compliance with all Legal Requirements, the terms of this Lease, all procedures and regulations then prescribed by Landlord for coordinating all work performed in the Building and the Rules and Regulations. All materials and equipment to be used in the Premises shall be new, or first quality and at least equal to the reasonable standards for the Building then established by Landlord, and no such materials or equipment (other than Tenant’s Property) shall be subject to any lien or other encumbrance.

 

(c)            Governmental Approvals .  Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly obtain certificates of final approval of such Alterations as may be required by any Governmental Authority, and shall furnish Landlord with copies thereof, together with “as-built” plans and specifications for any such Tenant Alterations prepared on an Autocad Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System (or such other system or medium as Landlord may accept) using naming conventions issued by the American Institute of Architects in June, 1990 (or such other naming convention as Landlord may accept) and magnetic computer media of such record drawings and specifications, translated into DXF format or another format acceptable to Landlord.

 

(d)            Removal of Tenant’s Alterations .  On the date upon which the Term shall expire and come to an end, whether pursuant to any of the provisions of this Lease or by operation of law, and whether on or prior to the Expiration Date, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean and in good order and condition, ordinary wear excepted, and (ii) shall remove all of Tenant’s Personal Property and all other property and effects of Tenant and all persons claiming through or under Tenant from the Premises and the Budding, and (iii) shall repair all damage to the Premises and Building occasioned by such removal. With the exception of any Specialty Alterations (as hereinafter defined), Tenant shall have no obligation to restore the Premises to the condition which existed therein prior to the Commencement Date. The term “ Specialty Alterations shall mean Alterations consisting of any executive or private lavatories, raised computer floors, vaults, any steel plates or reinforcement installed by Tenant (including without limitation, in connection with libraries or file systems), pneumatic tubes, horizontal transportation systems, and any other Alterations of a similar character to those enumerated in this sentence, and the installation of any equipment outside of the Premises. If Landlord so elects (at Landlord’s sole option), any or all of Specialty Alterations shall remain in the Premises and become the property of Landlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Any election of Landlord to require that Specialty Alterations remain within the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease shall be made in writing by Landlord to Tenant no later than twenty (20) days prior the Expiration Date or within fifteen (15) days after the sooner termination of this Lease, it being understood that (subject to the proviso at the end of this sentence) in the absence of such notice from Landlord, Tenant shall be required to remove all Specialty Alterations from the Premises (in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease) upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided however

 

9



 

that, at the time that Tenant requests Landlord’s approval for the performance of any Specialty Alterations under this Lease (or notifies Landlord of Tenant’s performance of any such Specialty Alterations, in the case of Specialty Alterations which do not require Landlord’s consent hereunder), Landlord shall, if Tenant so requests in writing (or may, if Tenant does not so request in writing), notify Tenant within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s written request of those Specialty Alterations which Landlord will not require Tenant to remove upon the expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease, and, in the event that Landlord identifies any such Specialty Alterations which shall not be removed from the Premises, Tenant shall not remove such Specialty Alterations from the Premises upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term of this Lease. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 4.2(d) shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Term.

 

(e)            Removal of Tenant’s Property .  Upon the Expiration Date (or earlier termination of the Lease or any renewal thereof), Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Property from the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

(f)             General .  Tenant shall repair and restore in a good and workmanlike manner (reasonable wear and tear excepted) any damage to the Premises and the Building caused by such removal of Tenant’s Property and/or Tenant’s Alterations. Any of Tenant’s Alterations or Tenant’s Property not so removed by Tenant shall be deemed abandoned and may, at the election of Landlord, either be retained as Landlord’s property or be removed from the Premises and disposed of by Landlord (and any damage caused thereby repaired) at Tenant’s cost and without accountability to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 4.2(f) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

(g)            Waiver of Construction Supervisory Fee .  Tenant shall not be required to pay Landlord or Landlord’s Agent a construction supervisory fee in respect of the Tenant’s Alterations, provided that nothing contained in this subsection 4.2(g) shall limit Landlord’s right to reimbursement for third-party consultants pursuant to the last sentence of subsection 4.2(a) .

 

Section 4.3             Mechanic’s Liens .

 

(a)            If, because of any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, any mechanic’s lien, U.C.C. financing statement or other lien, charge or order for the payment of money shall be filed against Landlord, or against all or any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property, then Tenant shall indemnify, defend and save Landlord harmless against and from all costs, expenses, liabilities, suits, penalties, claims and demands (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) resulting therefrom, and Tenant shall cause such mechanic’s lien, financing statement or other lien, charge or order to either be released and discharged of record or bonded or insured over to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense).

 

(b)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to grant a lien to a lender or other financial institution on Tenant’s Property, provided, in no event shall such lien (or security therefor) be recorded and/or placed against Landlord, the Real Property, the Building or the Premises. If any such lien or security interest is recorded and/or placed against Landlord, the Real Property, the Building or the Premises, the indemnity provisions of this Section 4.3 and the provisions contained in subparagraph (a) above shall apply.

 

Section 4.4             Labor Relations Tenant and any Tenant Party shall not, at any time prior to or during the Term, directly or indirectly, employ, or permit the employment of, any contractor, mechanic or laborer in the Premises, or permit any materials to be delivered to or used in the Building, whether in connection with any alteration or otherwise, if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, such employment, delivery or use will interfere or cause any conflict with any union, other contractors, mechanics or laborers engaged in the construction, maintenance or operation of the Building by Landlord, Tenant or others, or result in picketing, or labor stoppages, or interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Building by other tenants or occupants of the Building. In the event of such interference or conflict, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall cause all contractors, mechanics or laborers causing such interference or conflict to leave the Building immediately.

 

10



 

ARTICLE 5.           CONDITION OF THE PREMISES; LANDLORD CONTRIBUTION

 

Section 5.1             Condition .   Tenant has examined the Premises and, except as expressly set forth in this Section 5.1 and subject to Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and repair obligations pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof, agrees to accept possession of the Premises in their “as is” condition on the Effective Date with the exception of all latent defects not readily observable to the naked eye (“ Latent Defects ”), so long as Tenant discloses the existence of any such Latent Defects to Landlord by written notice (the “ Latent Defects Notice ”) received by Landlord on the earlier to occur of (x) that date which is no later than thirty (30) days after Tenant’s discovery of any such Latent Defect, or (y) the date of Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Initial Alterations (the “ Latent Defects Notice Date ”), and subject to Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and repair obligations pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof. Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expenses, make any contribution or make any installations in order to prepare the Premises for or in connection with Tenant’s occupancy or repair any Latent Defects after the Latent Defects Notice Date, unless Landlord timely receives the Latent Defect Notice and Landlord’s obligations with respect to Latent Defects shall be strictly limited to those Latent Defects set forth in the Latent Defects Notice. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence as against Tenant that, at the time such possession was so taken, the Premises were in good and satisfactory condition, except with respect to any Latent Defects discovered prior to the Latent Defects Notice Date. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord, as of the date hereof and as of the Commencement Date (unless otherwise noted in this Section 5.1) , represents and warrants to Tenant that: (i) Landlord is the lawful owner of the fee interest of the Building and the Real Property; (ii) Landlord possesses the authority to enter into this Lease and be bound by the terms and provisions hereof; (iii) there are no pending, and to the best of Landlord’s knowledge and belief, threatened lawsuits, proceedings or legal actions which would prevent Landlord from entering into this Lease or from performing any of its obligations or duties hereunder; and (iv) there are no Hazardous Materials located in the Premises (which have not been encapsulated or abated). Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall furnish and install electrical service and main feeders to the Premises with electrical capacity equal to eight (8) watts per usable square foot, at 277/480 volt 3 phase 4 wire, which service shall include, without limitation, (i) installation of meter modules and (ii) installation of one single 200 amp meter socket with 200-amp 3 pole pull outs. Tenant shall be responsible to establish an electrical account directly with public utility and have meter installed pursuant to Section 10.1 below. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for wiring and distribution within the Premises. Landlord shall commence such work within ten (10) business days after the Effective Date and shall use Landlord’s reasonable diligence to substantially complete such work on or before January 14, 2011.

 

Section 5.2             Landlord’s Contribution .

 

(a)            Landlord’s Contribution .   Provided that this Lease is in full force and no monetary Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing hereunder and provided that there are no outstanding mechanic’s lien, financing statement or other lien, charge or order in existence filed against Landlord, or against all or any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property due to any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, that has not been actually released and discharged of record or bonded or insured over to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, Landlord shall contribute, as hereinafter provided, an amount (“ Landlord’s Contribution ”) equal to a maximum of Six Hundred Forty Seven Thousand Two Hundred Eighty and 00/100 Dollars ($647,280.00) (based upon the product of $40.00 multiplied by 16,182 Rentable Square Feet) toward Tenant’s actual cost of Tenant’s Initial Alterations to be performed by or on behalf of Tenant and Soft Costs (as defined below) incurred in connection with Tenant’s Initial Alterations; provided however , that no more than twenty-five percent (25%) of Landlord’s Contribution shall be applied to the reimbursement of space planning, engineering and design costs, third party construction management fees, permitting, furniture, moving and other soft costs (collectively, “ Soft Costs ”) and, further provided, that Tenant’s Plans for Tenant’s Initial Alterations comply with Article 4 . Data and voice equipment, cabling, wiring and related expenses and the cost of Tenant’s server room (if any) shall not be deemed to be Soft Costs for this purpose.

 

11



 

(b)              Parameters . Any cost of Tenant’s Initial Alterations in excess of Landlord’s Contribution shall be paid entirely by Tenant. Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any portion of Landlord’s Contribution not actually expended by Tenant in the performance of Tenant’s Initial Alterations and/or Soft Costs, nor shall Tenant have any right to apply any unexpended portion of Landlord’s Contribution as a credit against Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other obligation of Tenant hereunder. No part of Landlord’s Contribution may be assigned by Tenant prior to actual payment thereof by Landlord to Tenant. Landlord makes no representation whatsoever as to the projected or actual cost of Tenant’s Initial Alterations.

 

(c)              Payment . Provided that this Lease is in full force and effect and no monetary Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing hereunder and provided that there are no outstanding mechanic’s lien, financing statement or other lien, charge or order in existence filed against Landlord, or against all or any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property due to any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, that has not been actually released and discharged of record or bonded or insured over to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, Landlord shall make progress payments to Tenant on account of Landlord’s Contribution on a monthly basis in reimbursement of the cost of the work performed by or on behalf of Tenant and paid for by Tenant for Tenant’s Initial Alterations (and not previously reimbursed out of disbursements from Landlord’s Contribution), less a retainage of 10% of each progress payment (the “ Retainage ”). Each of Landlord’s progress payments will be limited to an amount equal to (a) the aggregate amounts (reduced by the Retainage) theretofore paid by Tenant (as certified by an authorized officer of Tenant and by Tenant’s independent, licensed architect) to Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers (excluding any payments for which Tenant has previously been reimbursed out of previous disbursements from Landlord’s Contribution), multiplied by (b) a fraction (which shall not exceed 1.0), the numerator of which is the amount of Landlord’s Contribution, and the denominator of which is the total contract price (or, if there is no specified or fixed contract price for Tenant’s Initial Alterations, then Landlord’s reasonable estimate thereof) for the performance of all of Tenant’s Initial Alterations shown on all plans and specifications approved by Landlord. Provided that Tenant delivers requisitions to Landlord no more than once every thirty (30) days, such progress payments shall be made within thirty (30) days after the delivery to Landlord of requisitions therefor, signed by a financial officer of Tenant, which requisitions shall set forth the names of each contractor and subcontractor to whom payment is due, and the amount thereof, and shall be accompanied by (i) copies of partial waivers of lien from all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers covering all work and materials which were the subject of previous progress payments by Landlord and Tenant, (ii) a written certification from Tenant’s architect that the work for which the requisition is being made has been completed substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, (iii) copies of paid bills and canceled checks from Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers evidencing the payment in full of the work for which such requisition is being made, and (iv) such other documents and information as Landlord may reasonably request. Provided true, correct and complete requisitions are made no more often than every thirty (30) days, and provided further that the required accompanying documentation as set forth in this Section 5.2(c) is delivered to Landlord with such requisition, such requisition shall be paid by Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the applicable requisition. All requisitions shall be submitted on AIA Form G702 and G703. No payment of any portion of Landlord’s Contribution shall be due or payable by Landlord prior to the Commencement Date. All requisitions must be submitted prior to the date that is two hundred forty (240) days after the Commencement Date. Landlord shall disburse the Retainage upon submission by Tenant to Landlord of a requisition therefor, accompanied by all documentation required under this Section 5.2 , together with (A) proof of the satisfactory completion of all required inspections and issuance of any required approvals, permits and sign-offs for Tenant’s Initial Alterations by all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction thereover (it being acknowledged that a copy of the back of the building permit with “sign-offs” from the applicable inspector’s shall satisfy the requirements of this subsection (A);, (B) final “as-built” plans and specifications for Tenant’s Initial Alterations as required pursuant to Section 4.2 , (C) the issuance of final lien waivers by all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers covering all of Tenant’s Initial Alterations, and (D) copies of paid bills and canceled checks from Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers evidencing the payment in full of Tenant’s Initial Alterations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be required to pay to Tenant any undisbursed portion of the Landlord’s

 

12



 

Contribution including, without limitation, the Retainage, for any requisition not submitted on or prior to the 240 th  day after the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5.2 , if Tenant fails to pay when due any sums due and payable to any of Tenant’s contractors or material suppliers, subject to Tenant’s right to contest that such sum(s) is due and payable provided that Tenant is in compliance with Section 4.3 hereof, such failure shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder and, without limitation of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to promptly pay to such contractor or supplier all sums so due from Tenant, and sums so paid by Landlord shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant an invoice therefor.

 

Section 5.3             Landlord’s Base Building Contribution .   In addition to Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the agreed-upon aggregate sum of $149,738.33 (“ Landlord’s Base Building Contribution ”) toward Tenant’s estimated cost of performing the following base building work in the Premises (collectively, the “ Base Building Work ”): (x) installing two (2) Building-standard bathrooms (one men’s and one women’s) within the Premises, and (y) installing a VAV terminal unit with DDC controller and Fan Powered HVAC boxes at a ratio of 70% VAV and 30% Fan Powered per 1,500 usf. It is agreed that the amount of Landlord’s Base Building Contribution shall be fixed at $149,783.33, irrespective of whether Tenant’s actual cost of performing the Base Building Work exceeds or is less than $149,783.33, and Landlord makes no representation as to the cost of such work; provided, however, Landlord has delivered to Tenant a written proposal dated December 1, 2010 from Interior Alterations (IAI) (Budget #10-3463) setting forth the estimated cost of installing the two (2) Building-standard bathrooms. Landlord shall pay Tenant Landlord’s Base Building Contribution within thirty (30) days after the later to occur of (x) Tenant’s completion of the Base Building Work, and (y) Tenant’s submission to Landlord of a requisition for Landlord’s Base Building Contribution, which shall be accompanied by final lien waivers from the contractor(s) and subcontractor(s) performing such work and proof of payment by Tenant of the cost of such work (i.e., paid bills and canceled checks). Tenant shall requisition Landlord’s Base Building Contribution within 240 days after the Commencement Date, failing which Landlord shall have no obligation to pay the same to Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 6.           REPAIRS; FLOOR LOAD

 

Section 6.1             Repair and Maintenance Obligations .   Landlord shall maintain, replace and repair as necessary in Landlord’s discretion the Building Systems and the public portions of the Building, both exterior and interior, and the structural elements thereof, including the roof, foundation and curtain wall in good condition and repair and in compliance with all Legal Requirements and consistent with a first-class, mixed use retail and commercial center. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall properly maintain the Premises and the fixtures, systems, equipment and appurtenances therein to the extent such systems service only the Premises, and make all non-structural repairs thereto and replacements thereof as and when needed to preserve them in good working order and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, obsolescence and damage for which Tenant is not responsible pursuant to the provisions of Articles 11 and 12 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, all damage or injury to the Premises or to any other part of the Building, Building Systems, or to its fixtures, equipment and appurtenances of the Building, caused by or resulting from negligence, omission, neglect or improper conduct of, or Alterations made by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense, (a) by Tenant to the satisfaction of Landlord (if the required repairs are non-structural and do not affect any Building System), or (b) by Landlord (if the required repairs are structural or affect any Building System). Tenant also shall repair all damage to the Building and the Premises caused by the making of any Alterations by Tenant or by the moving of Tenant’s Property. All of such repairs shall be of quality or class equal to the original work or construction. If, after fifteen (15) days notice, Tenant fails to proceed with due diligence to make such repairs, Landlord may make such repairs at the expense of Tenant, and Tenant shall pay the costs and expenses thereof incurred by Landlord, with interest at the Default Rate, as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after delivery of an invoice therefor together with appropriate evidence of such costs and expenses.

 

13



 

Section 6.2             Floor Load .   Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the lesser of (i) one hundred fifty (150) lbs. per square foot, or (ii) the floor load which is allowed by law. Tenant shall not move any safe, heavy equipment, business machines, freight, bulky matter or fixtures into or out of the Building without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and which consent may be conditioned by Landlord on Tenant’s installation, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, of structural supports and noise attenuation devices.

 

Section 6.3             Interruptions Due To Repairs Landlord reserves the right to make (or cause to made) all changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements to the Building, including the Building Systems which provide services to Tenant, as Landlord deems necessary or desirable. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with prior notice (which may be oral and excepting in the event of an emergency) of, and to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises during the making of such repairs, alterations, additions, improvements, or replacements provided that Landlord shall have no obligation to employ (or cause such other parties to employ) contractors or labor at overtime or other premium pay rates or to incur any other overtime costs or additional expenses whatsoever. Except as provided in Section 10.6(b) hereof, there shall be no Rent abatement or allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value, no actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, no relief from any of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease, and no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Landlord, Tenant or others making, or failing to make, any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises, or in or to fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof.

 

ARTICLE 7.          INCREASES IN TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES.

 

Section 7.1             Definitions .   For the purposes of this Article 7 , the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)            Comparison Year shall mean any calendar year, all or any part of which falls within the Term, or, if the Renewal Option is exercised, the Renewal Term, commencing with calendar year 2012 for the purpose of calculating Tenant’s Operating Payment and 2013 for the purpose of calculating Tenant’s Tax Payment.

 

(b)            Excluded Expenses shall mean the following which shall not be included in Operating Expenses: (1) leasing commissions and costs of advertising the Building; (2) costs for space in the Building occupied by Landlord or its affiliates, except that costs for space occupied by the property manager of the Building shall not be excluded from Operating Expenses, (3) costs of restoration including the cost of restoring the Building resulting from a partial condemnation to the extent of Landlord’s collection of condemnation or insurance proceeds; (4) costs for salaries and benefits in respect of partners, shareholders, members, and officers of Landlord in their capacity as such; (5) the cost of any items for which Landlord is actually reimbursed by insurance (6) that portion of any cost of any work or service performed for, or a facility furnished to, any tenant or occupant of the Building that is greater than the work, service or facility which is performed or furnished generally for tenants and occupants of the Building to the extent Tenant does not benefit (or does not have the right to benefit) from such work, service or facility; (7) interest or other financing charges incurred in connection with indebtedness secured by a mortgage lien on the Real Property, and rent under any ground or underlying lease; (8) cash allowances to any tenant or occupant of the Building for leasehold improvements and decorating in connection with the initial leasing of demised premises in the Building; (9) the portion of any costs that are allocable to any other properties of Landlord or any of its affiliates, such as the portion of the personnel benefits, expenses and salaries of the type set forth in these exclusions of employees allocable to time spent by such employees in connection with properties other than the Real Property, or the portion of the premiums for any insurance carried under “blanket” or similar policies to the extent allocable to any property other than the Real Property; (10) any “gains” or ownership or control tax, mortgage recording tax, transfer or transfer gains tax, inheritance or estate tax imposed upon Landlord; (11) costs incurred in connection with preparing and negotiation of leases, amendments and modifications thereto, consents to subleases, assignments or any form of leases and attorneys’ fees and disbursements for the enforcement

 

14



 

of tenant leases; (12) the portion (if any) of the management fee for the Building which exceeds the competitive market rate for management fees for similar buildings located in Chicago, Illinois; (13) any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for bad debts or rent loss; and (14) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Building reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement.

 

(c)            Operating Expenses shall mean the aggregate of all costs and expenses (and taxes, if any, thereon), excluding Excluded Expenses, paid or incurred by or on behalf of Landlord (whether directly or through independent contractors and whether or not paid to an Affiliate of Landlord (provided any costs and expenses paid to an Affiliate of Landlord shall be at market rates)) in connection with the management, operation, repair and maintenance of, and the providing of security for, the Building and the Real Property, such as (without limitation): insurance premiums; the cost of electricity, gas, oil, steam, water, air conditioning and other fuel and utilities; attorneys’ fees and disbursements; auditing, management, administrative and other professional fees and expenses: salaries, benefits, unemployment taxes, payments under collective bargaining agreements and other like amounts paid to Building employees under service contracts relating to the Building: and any capital improvement as described in items (1) or (2) below which shall be installed by or on behalf of Landlord in the Building. Such capital improvements shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of such capital improvements as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (with interest accruing on the unamortized portion thereof at the Base Rate in effect at the time such improvements are substantially completed per annum), and the amount included in Operating Expenses in any Comparison Year (until such improvement has been fully amortized) shall be equal to the annual amortized amount. A capital improvement shall be included in Operating Expenses only if made on or after the Commencement Date, and if it either (1) is intended to result in a reduction in Operating Expenses (as for example, a laborsaving improvement), provided, the amount included in Operating Expenses in any Comparison Year shall not exceed an amount equal to the savings resulting from the installation and operation of such improvement, and/or (2) is made during any Comparison Year in compliance with Legal Requirements. If during all or part of any Comparison Year, Landlord shall not furnish any particular item(s) of work or service (which would otherwise constitute an Operating Expense) to any leasable portions of the Building for any reason, then, for purposes of computing Operating Expenses for such Comparison Year, as the case may be, the amount included in Operating Expenses for such period shall be increased by an amount equal to the costs and expenses that would have been reasonably incurred by Landlord during such period if Landlord had furnished such item(s) of work or service to such portion of the Building: provided, however, that any such adjustment shall apply only to Operating Expenses that are variable and therefore increase as leasing of the Building increases (including, but not limited to. Operating Expenses related to janitorial, trash removal and water services (“ Variable Operating Expenses ”)). In determining the amount of Operating Expenses for any Comparison Year, if less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the Building rentable area shall have been occupied by tenant(s) at any time during any Comparison Year, Operating Expenses shall be determined for such Comparison Year to be an amount equal to the like expenses which would normally be expected to be incurred had such occupancy been 95% throughout such Comparison Year; provided however, that any such adjustment shall only apply to Variable Operating Expenses.

 

(d)            Statement shall mean a statement containing a comparison of (1) the Base Taxes and the Taxes payable for any Comparison Year, or (2) the Base Operating Expenses and the Operating Expenses payable for any Comparison Year.

 

(e)            Tax Year shall mean the calendar year (or such other period as hereinafter may be duly adopted by the Cook County, Illinois as its fiscal year for real estate tax purposes).

 

(f)             Taxes shall mean all real estate taxes, assessments, business improvement district charges, fees and assessments, sewer and water rents, rates and charges and other governmental levies, impositions or charges, whether general, special, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, which may be assessed, levied or imposed upon all or any part of the Real Property, (ii) all personal property taxes, assessments, rates and charges and other governmental levies, impositions or charges, whether general, special ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, which may be assessed, levied

 

15



 

or imposed upon all or any part of any personal property owned or held by Landlord and located at and used in connection with the Real Property, including, without limitation, any fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, plant, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other facilities, equipment and systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air conditioning, humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security or fire/life/safety systems or equipment, and any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment for the Real Property, all to the extent that the same do not constitute part of the Real Property (the “ Personal Property ”), and (iii) all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and experts’ and other witnesses’ fees) incurred in contesting any of the foregoing or the assessed valuation of all or any part of the Real Property or Personal Property. Taxes shall not include (x) interest or penalties incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlord’s late payment of Taxes, except for interest payable in connection with the installment payment of assessments pursuant to the fourth sentence of this subsection or (y) corporate, franchise, transfer, inheritance, gift, estate or net income taxes imposed upon Landlord. For purposes hereof, “Taxes” for any calendar year shall be deemed to be the Taxes which are paid during such calendar year regardless of when assessed, levied or imposed (i.e., on a cash and not an accrual basis). If any assessments are or may be payable in annual installments, then for the purposes of this Article 7 , such assessments shall be deemed to have been so divided and to be payable in the maximum number of installments permitted by law, and there shall be deemed included in Taxes for each Comparison Year the installments of such assessment becoming payable during such Comparison Year, together with interest payable during such Comparison Year on such installments and on all installments thereafter becoming due as provided by law, all as if such assessment had been so divided. If at any time the methods of taxation prevailing on the date hereof shall be altered so that in lieu of or as an addition to the whole or any part of Taxes, there shall be assessed, levied or imposed (1) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge based on the income or rents received from the Real Property whether or not wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise, (2) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon all or any part of the Real Property and imposed upon Landlord, (3) a license fee measured by the rents, or (4) any other tax, assessment, levy, imposition, charge or license fee however described or imposed, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions, charges or license fees or the part thereof so measured or based shall be deemed to be Taxes, provided that any tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge imposed on income from the Real Property shall be calculated as if the Real Property were the only asset of Landlord.

 

Section 7.2                 Tenant’s Tax Payment .

 

(a)            If the Taxes for any Comparison Year exceed the Base Taxes, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such excess amount (“ Tenant’s Tax Payment ”). For each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement setting forth Landlord’s good faith reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, based upon such year’s budget for Taxes (which shall be reasonably based upon the latest assessed valuation of the Building and a reasonable increase in the latest tax rate and multiplier). Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month during such Comparison Year an amount equal to one-twelfth of Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, If, however, Landlord shall furnish any such estimate for a Comparison Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then until the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section 7.2 during the last month of the preceding Comparison Year. Promptly after such estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenant’s Tax Payment previously made for such Comparison Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenant’s Tax Payment to be made for such Comparison Year in accordance with such estimate, and if there shall be a deficiency. Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, or if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, and on the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the first day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Comparison

 

16



 

Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to one-twelfth of Tenant’s Tax Payment shown on such estimate.

 

(b)            As soon as reasonably practicable after Landlord has determined the Taxes for a Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for such Comparison Year. If the Statement shall show that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.2(a) exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s election, either refund the amount of such excess to Tenant or credit the amount of such excess against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder; provided, however, that at the expiration of the Term, any such amount shall be reimbursed to Tenant within thirty (30) days after expiration, subject to any amounts then due and owing to Landlord. If the Statement for such Comparison Year shall show that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement. The benefit of any discount for any early payment or prepayment of Taxes and of any tax exemption or abatement relating to all or any part of the Real Property shall accrue solely to the benefit of Landlord and Taxes shall be computed without subtracting such discount or taking into account any such exemption or abatement. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to a refund or credit in the event that the Taxes for a Comparison Year are less than Base Taxes.

 

(c)            If the applicable real estate Tax Fiscal Year is changed, Taxes for such Tax Year shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in such fiscal year included in the particular Comparison Year for the purpose of making the computations under this Section 7.2 .

 

(d)            Only Landlord shall be eligible to institute proceedings to reduce the assessed valuation of the Real Property or institute any other protest or tax refund proceedings and the filings of any such proceedings by Tenant without Landlord’s prior written consent shall constitute an Event of Default. If the Base Taxes are defined as the Taxes for a particular calendar year and if such Taxes are reduced, the Base Taxes shall be correspondingly revised, the Additional Rent previously paid or payable on account of Tenant’s Tax Payment hereunder for all Comparison Years shall be recomputed on the basis of such reduction, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord within 10 Business Days after being billed therefor, any deficiency between the amount of such Additional Rent previously computed and paid by Tenant to Landlord, and the amount due as a result of such recomputations. If the Base Taxes are defined as the Taxes for a particular calendar year and if such Taxes are increased then Landlord shall either pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor, or at Landlord’s election, credit against subsequent payments of Rent due, the amount by which such Additional Rent previously paid on account of Tenant’s Tax Payment exceeds the amount actually due as a result of such recomputations. If Landlord receives a refund of Taxes for any Comparison Year, Landlord shall, at its election, either pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of such refund, or credit against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the refund, net of any expenses incurred by Landlord in achieving such refund, which amount shall not exceed Tenant’s Tax Payment paid for such Comparison Year. Landlord shall not be obligated to file any application or institute any proceeding seeking a reduction in Taxes or the assessed valuation of the Real Property. In no event shall Landlord’s receipt of funds in connection with any tax increment financing and/or a redevelopment agreement between Landlord and the City of Chicago (including, without limitation, any “developer’s note” for the benefit of Landlord), affecting all of any portion of the Real Property constitute a refund of Taxes to which Tenant is or could be entitled to a proportionate share.

 

(e)            Tenant shall be obligated to make Tenant’s Tax Payment regardless of whether Tenant may be exempt from the payment of any taxes by reason of Tenant’s not-for-profit, diplomatic or other tax exempt status.

 

(f)             Tenant shall be responsible for any applicable occupancy or rent tax now in effect or hereafter enacted with respect to the Premises and/or the Rent therefor and, if payable by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly pay such amounts to Landlord, upon Landlord’s demand, as Additional Rent.

 

17


 

Section 7.3             Tenant’s Operating Payment .

 

(a)          If the Operating Expenses payable for any Comparison Year exceed the Base Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder. Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such excess amount (“Tenant’s Operating Payment”) . For each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement setting forth Landlord’s good faith reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, based upon such year’s budget. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month during such Comparison Year an amount equal to one-twelfth of Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year. If, however, Landlord shall furnish any such estimate for a Comparison Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then until the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section 7.3 during the last month of the preceding Comparison Year. Promptly after such estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenant’s Operating Payment previously made for such Comparison Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenant’s Operating Payment to be made for such Comparison Year in accordance with such estimate, and if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, or if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, and on the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the first day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to one-twelfth of Tenant’s Operating Payment shown on such estimate.

 

(b)           On or before May 1st of each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for the immediately preceding Comparison Year. Each such Statement shall be accompanied by a computation of Operating Expenses for the Building prepared by Landlord’s Agent. If the Statement shall show that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.3(a)  exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, Landlord shall, at its election, either refund the amount of such excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement or credit the amount of such excess against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder. If the Statement for such Comparison Year shall show that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to a refund or credit in the event that the Operating Expenses for a Comparison Year are less than Base Operating Expenses.

 

Section 7.4             Partial Lease Years . If the Commencement Date shall occur on a date other than January 1, any Additional Rent under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 for the calendar year in which such Commencement Date shall occur shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in the period from the Commencement Date to the following December 31 bears to the total number of days in such Comparison Year. If the Expiration Date shall occur on a date other than December 31, any Additional Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 for the Comparison Year in which such Expiration Date occurs shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in the period from January 1 to the Expiration Date shall bear to the total number of days in such Comparison Year. In the event of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, any Additional Rent under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 owed by Tenant shall be paid by Tenant, and any over payments not credited against Rent payable hereunder shall be refunded by Landlord within thirty (30) days after submission of the Statement for the last Comparison Year. In no event shall Fixed Rent ever be reduced by operation of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 and the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant under the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 with respect to any Additional Rent shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 7.5              Intentionally Omitted .

 

18



 

Section 7.6             Non-Waiver; Disputes .

 

(a)           Landlord’s failure to render any Statement on a timely basis with respect to any Comparison Year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a Statement with respect to such Comparison Year or any subsequent Comparison Year, nor shall the rendering of a Statement prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a corrected Statement for that Comparison Year.

 

(b)           Each Statement sent to Tenant shall be conclusively binding upon Tenant unless Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after such Statement is sent, pay to Landlord the amount set forth in such Statement, without prejudice to Tenant’s right to dispute such Statement, and within one hundred twenty (120) days after such Statement is sent, send a written notice to Landlord objecting to such Statement and specifying the reasons that such Statement is claimed to be incorrect. Tenant agrees that Tenant will not employ, in connection with any dispute under this Lease, any person who is to be compensated in whole or in part, on a contingency fee basis. If the parties are unable to resolve any dispute as to the correctness of such Statement within thirty (30) days following such notice of objection, either party may refer the issues to a reputable public accounting firm selected by Landlord that is independent of Tenant and Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant, and the decision of such accountants shall be conclusively binding upon Landlord and Tenant. In connection therewith, Tenant and such accountants shall execute and deliver to Landlord a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, whereby such parties agree not to disclose to any third party any of the information obtained in connection with such review. Tenant shall pay all the fees and expenses relating to such procedure unless such accountants determine that Landlord overstated Operating Expenses by more than five percent (5%) for such Lease Year, in which case Landlord shall pay such fees and expenses. If, in connection with the foregoing procedure, it is determined that Tenant’s Tax Payment and/or Tenant’s Operating Payment actually paid by Tenant for the period under review exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes and/or Operating Expenses (as applicable) for such period, then, so long as no Event of Default then exists, Landlord shall credit against Tenant’s next accruing Rent obligations an amount equal to such excess.

 

ARTICLE 8. LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

 

Section 8.1             Compliance . Landlord, at Landlord’s expense (subject to Landlord’s right to be reimbursed therefor by tenants of the Building to the extent such expense constitutes an Operating Expense pursuant to Article 7 hereof) shall comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to the ownership, operation and maintenance of the Real Property. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall comply (or cause to be complied) with all Legal Requirements applicable to the Premises, regardless of whether imposed by their terms upon Landlord or Tenant, or the use and occupancy thereof by Tenant, and make all repairs or Alterations required thereby, provided, however, in no event shall Tenant be responsible to make or pay for any structural capital improvements to the Building or Premises (except to the extent such structural or capital improvements are included in the definition of Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 7.1(c)  hereof or such structural or capital improvements are required due to Tenant’s specific use and occupancy of the Premises (except for standard office use) or if necessitated by the negligent or willful acts of Tenant or its employees, contractors or subtenants). Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises which will invalidate or be in conflict with Landlord’s insurance policies, and shall not do or permit anything to be done in or upon the Premises, or use the Premises in a manner, or bring or keep anything therein, which shall increase the rates for casualty or liability insurance applicable to the Building. If, as a result of any act or omission by Tenant or by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 8 , the insurance rates for the Building shall be increased, then Tenant shall desist from doing or permitting to be done any such act or thing and shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, for that part of all insurance premiums thereafter paid by Landlord which shall have been charged because of such act, omission or failure by Tenant, and shall make such reimbursement upon demand by Landlord.

 

Section 8.2             Hazardous Materials .          Subject to the limitations contained in the following sentence, Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all Environmental Laws and with any directive of any Governmental Authority which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or

 

19



 

Tenant under any Environmental Laws with respect to the Premises or the use or occupation thereof. Tenant’s obligations hereunder with respect to Hazardous Materials shall extend only to those matters directly or indirectly based on, or arising or resulting from (a) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises or in the Building which is caused or permitted by Tenant, and (b) any Environmental Claim (defined below) relating in any way to Tenant’s operation or use of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all communications and related materials regarding the Premises which Tenant shall receive from or send to (a) any Governmental Authority relating in any way to any Environmental Laws, or (b) any Person with respect to any claim based upon any Environmental Laws or relating in any way to Hazardous Materials (any such claim, an “ Environmental Claim ”). Landlord or its agents may perform an environmental inspection of the Premises at any time during the Term, upon prior written notice to Tenant, or without notice in the event of an emergency. The cost of such inspection shall be borne by Landlord unless such inspection arises out of the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party. Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference to Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises in connection with the performance of such inspection and to perform such inspection during non-business hours. Tenant’s obligations under this Article 8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 9.          SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

 

Section 9.1             Subordination . This Lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to all Mortgages and Superior Leases. This Section 9.1 shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any subordination instrument that Landlord or any Superior Lessor or Mortgagee may reasonably request no later than ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s request therefor, provided such subordination document contains a nondisturbance provision which is generally acceptable to such Mortgagee or Superior Lessor, subject to such commercially reasonable modifications as may be negotiated by Tenant.

 

Section 9.2             Notices . In the event of any act or omission of Landlord which would give Tenant the right, immediately or after lapse of a period of time, to cancel or terminate this Lease, or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant shall not exercise such right (a) until it has given written notice of such act or omission to each Mortgagee and Superior Lessor whose name and address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant in writing, and (b) unless such act or omission shall be one which is not capable of being remedied by Landlord or such Mortgagee or Superior Lessor within a reasonable period of time, until a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notice and following the time when such Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall have become entitled under such Mortgage or Superior Lease, as the case may be, to remedy the same (which reasonable period shall in no event be less than the period to which Landlord would be entitled under this Lease or otherwise, after similar notice, to effect such remedy), provided such Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall with due diligence give Tenant written notice of its intention to remedy such act or omission, and such Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall commence and thereafter continue with reasonable diligence to remedy such act or omission. If more than one Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall become entitled to any additional cure period under this Section 9.2 , such cure periods shall run concurrently, not consecutively.

 

Section 9.3             Attornment . If a Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a new lease or deed, then at the request of such party so succeeding to Landlord’s rights (“ Successor Landlord ”) and upon Successor Landlord’s written agreement to accept Tenant’s attornment. Tenant shall attorn to and recognize Successor Landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease, and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that Successor Landlord may reasonably request to evidence such attornment. Upon such attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as, or as if it were, a direct lease between Successor Landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in this Lease and shall be applicable after such attornment except that Successor Landlord shalt not be:

 

20



 

(a)           liable for any act or omission of Landlord (except to the extent such act or omission continues beyond the date when such Successor Landlord succeeds to Landlord’s interest and Tenant gives notice of such act or omission to Successor Landlord);

 

(b)           subject to any defense, claim, counterclaim, set-off or offsets which Tenant may have against Landlord;

 

(c)           bound by any prepayment of more than one month’s Rent to any prior landlord;

 

(d)           bound by any obligation to make any payment to Tenant which was required to be made prior to the time such Successor Landlord succeeded to Landlord’s interest, except for the repayment of the balance of the Security Deposit (if any) remaining at the end of the Lease term to the extent such Successor Landlord receives the remaining portion of the Security Deposit (if any) from Landlord and has not applied or retained the same in accordance with ARTICLE 30 hereof;

 

(e)           bound by any obligation to perform any work or to make improvements to the Premises except for (x) repairs and maintenance required to be made by Landlord under this Lease, and (y) repairs to the Premises as a result of damage by fire or other casualty or a partial condemnation pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, but only to the extent that such repairs can reasonably be made from the net proceeds of any insurance or condemnation awards, respectively, actually made available to such Successor Landlord; or

 

(f)            bound by any modification, amendment or renewal of this Lease made without Successor Landlord’s consent.

 

Section 9.4             Lease Modifications . If, in connection with obtaining, continuing or renewing of financing for which the Building, Land or the interest of the lessee under any Superior Lease represents collateral, in whole or in part. the Mortgagee and/or Superior Lessor shall request reasonable modifications of this Lease as a condition of such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not materially and adversely increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder, diminish the rights of Tenant hereunder, or cause a change in Tenant’s financial obligations hereunder.

 

Section 9.5             Estoppel Certificates . Tenant agrees, at any time and from time to time, as requested by Landlord, upon not less than fifteen (15) days’ prior notice, to execute and deliver to Landlord a written statement executed and acknowledged by Tenant (a) stating that this Lease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications), (b) setting forth the then annual Fixed Rent, (c) setting forth the date to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent have been paid, (d) stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the Tenant, Landlord is in default under this Lease, and if so, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults, (e) stating the amount of the Security Deposit, (f) stating whether Tenant possesses any renewal, extension, expansion, contraction or termination options and their respective terms, if any, (g) stating whether Landlord has fulfilled all obligations with regard to delivery of the Premises to Tenant. (h) stating whether there are any subleases affecting the Premises, (i) stating the address of Tenant to which all notices and communications under the Lease shall be sent, the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date, and (j) as to any other matters reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section 9.5 may be relied upon by others with whom Landlord may be dealing, including any purchaser or owner of the Real Property or the Building, or of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property or the Building or any Superior Lease, or by any Mortgagee, Superior Lessor or Landlord’s mezzanine lender.

 

21



 

ARTICLE 10.       SERVICES. Landlord shall provide, at Landlord’s expense, except as otherwise set forth herein, the following services:

 

Section 10.1          Electricity .

 

(a)           Electricity shall be distributed to the Premises by the electric utility company serving the Building and Tenant shall contract directly with such company. Landlord shall permit Landlord’s wire and conduits, to the extent available, suitable and safely capable, to be used for such distribution. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.6(b) below, the electrical capacity available to the Premises shall be the capacity on the date hereof. Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall make all necessary arrangements with the electric utility company for separately metering the Premises and Tenant shall pay, on a timely basis, for electric current furnished to the Premises. All electricity used during the performance of janitor service, or the making of any alterations or repairs in the Premises, or the operation of any special air conditioning systems serving the Premises, shall be paid for by Tenant.

 

(b)           Tenant shall at all times comply with the rules and regulations of the utility company supplying electricity to the Building. Tenant shall not use any electrical equipment which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would exceed the capacity of the electrical equipment servicing the Premises or interfere with the electrical service to other Building tenants.    If Landlord determines that Tenant’s electrical requirements necessitate installation of any additional risers, feeders or other electrical distribution equipment (collectively, “ Electrical Equipment ”), or if Tenant provides Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s need for excess electricity and requests that additional Electrical Equipment be installed. Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, install such separately metered additional Electrical Equipment, provided that Landlord, in its sole judgment, considering the potential needs of present and future Building tenants and of the Building itself, determines that such installation is practicable and necessary, such additional Electrical Equipment is permissible under applicable Legal Requirements, and the installation of such Electrical Equipment will not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, interfere with or disturb or limit electrical usage by other tenants or occupants of the Building or exceed the limits of the switchgear or other facilities serving the Building, or require power in excess of that available from the public utility serving the Building. Any costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the delivery of a bill to Tenant. Tenant shall pay the cost of such additional electrical service (whether the same is distributed by Landlord or the electrical utility company servicing the Building). Tenant shall not make or perform, or permit the making or performance of, any Alterations to wiring installations or other electrical facilities in or serving the Premises or make any additions to the office equipment or other appliances in the Premises which utilize electrical energy (other than ordinary small office equipment) without the prior consent of Landlord, in each instance, and in compliance with this Lease.

 

Section 10.2          Heat, Ventilation And Air-Conditioning .

 

(a)           Landlord shall provide heat and air-conditioning to the Premises on Business Days from 7:00 A.M. to 8:00 P.M., and Saturdays from 8:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M., when required in Landlord’s reasonable judgment for the comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises (provided, in no event shall the Premises be deemed comfortable for use and occupancy if the temperature of the Premises is colder than 66 degrees in the winter or warmer than 76 degrees in the summer), through use of the Building standard heating, ventilating and air conditioning system (the “ Building Heating HVAC System ”).

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.2 to the contrary, Landlord shall not be responsible if the normal operation of the Building Heating HVAC System shall fail to provide heat or air conditioning at reasonable temperatures uniformly to all interior portions of the Premises. Tenant at all times shall cooperate fully with Landlord and shall abide by the regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the Building Heating HVAC System.

 

22



 

(c)           Landlord shall not be required to furnish heat and air-conditioning during periods other than the hours and days set forth in this Section 10.2 for the furnishing and distributing of such services (“Overtime Periods”), unless Landlord has received advance notice from Tenant requesting such service not less than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time when such service shall be required. Accordingly, if Landlord shall furnish heat or air-conditioning to the Premises at the request of Tenant during Overtime Periods, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, on a monthly basis, for such services at the standard rate then fixed by Landlord for the Building (which amount, as of the Effective Date, is $50.00 per hour, subject to adjustment by Landlord from time to time based on Landlord’s customary rates). Failure by Landlord to furnish or distribute heat, air-conditioning or any other services during Overtime Periods shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or, except as provided in Section 10.6(b)  hereof, entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, or impose any liability upon Landlord or its agents by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant, or injury to or interruption of Tenant’s business or otherwise.

 

Section 10.3          Elevators . Subject to necessary repairs and maintenance, Landlord shall provide one freight elevator on a non-exclusive basis, on Business Days from 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., and shall have at least one passenger elevator and one freight elevator available at all other times; provided, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, the standard Building charges for the operation of the freight elevators beyond the days and hours prescribed above. Such elevator service shall be subject to such reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as Landlord may promulgate from time to time with respect thereto. Landlord shall have the right to change the operation or manner of operation of any of the elevators in the Building and/or to discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the use of any one or more cars in any of the passenger, freight or truck elevator banks; provided, Landlord shall (except temporarily during emergencies or other extraordinary circumstances) have at least one (1) freight elevator available at all times, subject to Tenant’s payment of Landlord’s customary rates for overtime freight elevator usage.

 

Section 10.4          Cleaning and Rubbish Removal . Landlord shall cause the Premises (excluding any portions thereof used for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages) to be cleaned, substantially in accordance with the standards set forth in Exhibit D , including refuse and rubbish removal services at the Premises for ordinary office refuse and rubbish pursuant to rules and regulations established by Landlord. Any areas of the Premises requiring additional cleaning such as areas used for preparation or consumption of food, shall be cleaned, at Tenant’s expense, by Landlord’s employees or Landlord’s contractor, at rates which shall be competitive with rates of other cleaning contractors providing services to buildings comparable to the Building. Landlord and its cleaning contractor and their respective employees shall have access to the Premises at all times except between 8:00 A.M. and 5:00 P.M. on Business Days. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of an invoice therefor, Landlord’s reasonable charge for refuse and rubbish removal to the extent that the refuse generated by Tenant exceeds the refuse and rubbish customarily generated by executive and general office tenants. Tenant shall not dispose of any refuse and rubbish in the public areas of the Building, and if Tenant does so, Tenant shall be liable for Landlord’s reasonable charge for such removal. Tenant shall cause its employees, agents, contractors and business visitors to observe such additional rules and regulations regarding rubbish removal and/or recycling as Landlord may, from time to time, reasonably impose.

 

Section 10.5          Water . Landlord shall furnish cold water in such quantities as Landlord reasonably deems sufficient for ordinary cleaning purposes to the Premises. Landlord shall furnish warm water to the Common Area bathrooms servicing the Premises in such quantities as Landlord reasonably deems sufficient for such purposes. If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purpose in addition to ordinary cleaning purposes. Landlord may install a water meter and thereby measure Tenant’s consumption of water for all purposes. Tenant shall (a) pay to Landlord the cost of any such meter and its installation, (b) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, keep any such meter and any such installation equipment in good working order and repair, and (c) pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, as and when billed therefor for water consumed, together with a charge for any required pumping or heating thereof, all sewer rents, charges or any other taxes, rents, levies or charges which now or hereafter are assessed,

 

23



 

imposed or shall become a lien upon the Premises or the Real Property pursuant to law, order or regulation made or issued in connection with any such metered use, consumption, maintenance or supply of water, water system, or sewage or sewage connection or system, and in default in making such payment Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant.

 

Section  10.6          No Warranty of Landlord .

 

(a)           Landlord does not warrant that any of the services to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, or any other services which Landlord may supply (x) will be adequate for Tenant’s particular purposes or as to any other particular need of Tenant or (y) will be free from interruption, and Tenant acknowledges that any one or more such services may be temporarily interrupted or suspended by reason of Unavoidable Delays. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to temporarily stop, interrupt or reduce service of the Building Systems by reason of Unavoidable Delays, or for repairs, additions, alterations, replacements, decorations or improvements which are, in the judgment of Landlord, necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall provide Tenant, except in the case of an emergency or other extraordinary circumstance, 24 hours advance notice (which may be verbal) of any anticipated disruption of services to the Premises. Any such interruption or discontinuance of service, or the exercise of such right by Landlord to suspend or interrupt such service shall not (i) constitute an actual or constructive eviction, or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, in whole or in part, (ii) entitle Tenant to any compensation or, except as provided in Section 10.6(b)  below, to any abatement or diminution of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, (iii) relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, or (iv) impose any responsibility or liability upon Landlord or its agents by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant, or injury to or interruption of Tenant’s business, or otherwise. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s access to and use and occupancy of the Premises in making any repairs, alterations, additions, replacements, decorations or improvements; provided , however , that Landlord shall have no obligation to employ contractors or labor at “overtime” or other premium pay rates or to incur any other “overtime” costs or additional expenses whatsoever. Landlord shall not be required to furnish any services except as expressly provided in this Article 10.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 10 , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.3 , Article 15 or Article 29 , if all of the following conditions are satisfied (collectively, the “ Abatement Conditions ”): (a) Tenant is unable to and does not use the entire Premises, or a material portion thereof (which term “material,” shall, for purposes of this Section 10.6(b) , mean at least twenty percent (20%) of the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises), for the Permitted Use; (b) such inability is due primarily to a failure in the services to be provided in this Article 10 resulting from the acts. omissions or negligence of Landlord or Landlord Parties (or Landlord’s failure to maintain), or Landlord’s performance of an improvement or Alteration to the Building pursuant to Section 6.3 , Section 10.6 , Article 15 or Article 29 hereof; (c) such condition continues for a period in excess of ten (10) consecutive days after Tenant furnishes written notice to Landlord (the “ Abatement Notice ”) stating that Tenant is unable to use the Premises (or the material portion thereof) due to such condition; (d) Tenant actually does not use or occupy the Premises (or the material portion thereof) from and after the date of the Abatement Notice; and (e) such condition is not a result of Unavoidable Delays, casualty or condemnation, or the acts, omissions or negligence of (or breach or violation of this Lease by) Tenant or any Tenant Party, then, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive right and remedy under this Lease, at law or in equity, Fixed Rent with respect to the Premises (or the material portion thereof, based on the Rentable Square Footage which is untenantable), shall be abated on a per diem basis for the period commencing on the eleventh (11 th ) day after Landlord receives the Abatement Notice and ending on the earlier of (i) the date Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises (in the event of total untenantability) or any portion of the material portion of the Premises affected (in the event of a partial untenantability), and (ii) the date on which such condition is remedied. The parties hereby agree that the terms of this Section 10.6(b)  shall not apply in the event of a casualty or condemnation, but rather that the provisions of Article 12 and Article 13 (respectively) shall apply in such event.

 

24



 

Section 10.7          Parking .

 

(a)           Landlord agrees that, provided that no Event of Default shall be continuing hereunder. Landlord will confer upon Tenant, during the Term of this Lease, the right and license to use sixteen (16) of Landlord’s non-reserved parking spaces in the garage in 950 North Kingsbury Avenue (collectively, the “ Parking Spaces ”) for purposes of parking the passenger automobiles of Tenant and Tenant’s principals and employees working at the Premises. Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, in advance as Additional Rent, a parking fee equal to the number of Parking Spaces multiplied by the applicable current monthly market rental rate for parking spaces in the applicable garage as is being offered to the general public by Landlord, as the same may be adjusted by Landlord from time to time. Any parking fees due hereunder shall constitute Additional Rent under this Lease. On or before the Commencement Date, Tenant shall send Landlord written notice setting forth the number of Parking Spaces (up to an aggregate maximum of sixteen (16)) that Tenant elects to use and license in the 950 North Kingsbury Avenue garage, and Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally relinquished, for the entire term of this Lease and any Renewal Term, the right to use or license any Parking Spaces in such garage in excess of the number of such spaces set forth in Tenant’s notice. Tenant and its employees shall comply with all Legal Requirements and all of Landlord’s reasonable rules, regulations and security requirements in connection with Tenant’s use of the Parking Spaces. Tenant shall be responsible for any loss, damage or injury to persons or property caused as a result of its or its employees’ use of the Parking Spaces or the parking area in which the Parking Spaces are located (including, without limitation, theft, vandalism or other criminal act). Landlord shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to, or theft of, any property or automobiles located in the Parking Spaces or parking area. Tenant shall not be permitted to perform any Alterations with respect to the Parking Spaces. The privileges granted Tenant under this Section  10.7 merely constitute a license and shall not be deemed to grant Tenant a leasehold or other real property interest in the Parking Spaces, the building(s) in which the same are located, or any portion thereof. The license granted to Tenant in this Section 10.7 shall automatically terminate and expire upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and the termination of such license shall be self-operative and no further instrument shall be required to effect such termination. The rights conferred upon Tenant pursuant to this Section 10.7 shall not be assignable, subleasable or transferable separately from Tenant’s interest in this Lease (as governed by Article 14 hereof).

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Subsection (a) above, in the event that Tenant (i) fails to pay Additional Rent for the Parking Spaces (or any portion thereof), and such failure continues for a period of ten (10) Business Days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, (ii) fails to take possession of all or substantially all of the Parking Spaces within six (6) months after the Commencement Date, and such failure continues for a period of ten (10) Business Days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, or (iii) fails to use the Parking Spaces (or any portion thereof) which Tenant has the right to use under this Section 10.7 on a regular and consistent basis, and such failure continues for a period of twenty (20) Business Days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant. then Tenant’s right to use such Parking Space(s) (or portion thereof) shall, from and after the expiration of such ten (10) or twenty (20) Business Day period referred to above, as applicable, terminate, expire and be of no further force or effect (without any reduction of Fixed Rent or any other obligation or liability of Tenant hereunder, but with a corresponding reduction in Additional Rent with respect to the reduction of Parking Spaces (or any portion thereof)) and Landlord shall be free to use (or grant or confer upon any other Person the right to use) all or any such Parking Space(s) upon such terms and conditions as Landlord shall determine, in its sole discretion.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.7 , if at any time during the Term of this Lease the Tenant shall not be in occupancy of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises Area for a period in excess of twenty (20) consecutive calendar days (“ Occupancy Threshold ”), unless as a result of Landlord’s continuing default under the Lease, Tenant shall have no right to license the Parking Spaces, and if Tenant is using any Parking Spaces under this Section 10.7 , Tenant’s license to use such Parking Spaces shall automatically be revoked and Tenant shall cease using such Parking Spaces within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of written notice from Landlord of such revocation.

 

25



 

Section 10.8          Listings in Building Directory and Signage . Subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval as to the design, location and size of such signage, and in compliance with all Building Rules and Regulations and Legal Requirements, Tenant shall have the right during the Term to install, at Tenant’s expense, and provided that no Event of Default shall be continuing hereunder, maintain Building standard signage on its entrance door, provided such signage shall be reasonably approved by Landlord. The listing of any name other than that of Tenant on the doors of the Premises, the Building directory or elsewhere shall not vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, nor be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to any assignment or transfer of this Lease or to any sublease of the Premises or to the use or occupancy thereof by others. Any such listing shall constitute a privilege revocable in Landlord’s discretion by notice to Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 11.      INSURANCE

 

Section 11.1          Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain and keep in full force and effect a policy of commercial general liability insurance under which Tenant is named as the insured and Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent for the Building, Landlord’s asset manager and any Superior Lessors and any Mortgagees (whose names shall have been furnished to Tenant) are named as additional insureds, which insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent or any Superior Lessors or Mortgagees named as additional insureds and such coverage shall include without limitation broad-form contractual liability coverage to insure its indemnity obligations set forth in Article 28 hereof. Tenant’s primary commercial general liability policy shall contain a provision that the policy shall be noncancellable unless twenty (20) days’ written notice shall have been given to Landlord and Landlord shall similarly receive twenty (20) days’ notice of any material change in coverage or non-renewal upon expiration. Tenant shall maintain commercial general liability insurance covering claims for bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Real Property, having a minimum combined single limit in an amount of not less than $2,000,000.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing however, that Landlord shall retain the right to require Tenant to increase said coverage to that amount of insurance which in Landlord’s reasonable judgment is then being customarily required by prudent landlords of comparable buildings in the City of Chicago, and provided further that Landlord shall require similar increases of other tenants of space in the Building comparable to the Premises. The foregoing policies of insurance if provided on a blanket policy with respect to more than the Real Property shall apply to each location as though each had its own separate policies. Tenant shall also obtain and keep in full force and effect during the Term, (a) insurance against loss or damage by fire, and such other risks and hazards as are insurable under then available standard forms of “all risk property” insurance policies, to Tenant’s Property and Tenant’s Alterations for the full insurable value thereof or on a replacement cost basis; (b) Workers’ Compensation Insurance, as required by law and Employer’s Liability insurance; (c) Business Interruption Insurance in an amount not less than twelve (12) months of annual Rent under this Agreement; and (d) such other insurance in such amounts as Landlord, any Mortgagee and/or Superior Lessor may reasonably require from time to time. All insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by reputable and independent insurers permitted to do business in the State of Illinois, and rated in Best’s Insurance Guide, or any successor thereto (or if there be none, an organization having a national reputation) as having a Best’s Rating” of “A-” and a “Financial Size Category” of at least “XI” or if such ratings are not then in effect, the equivalent thereof.

 

Section 11.2            Waiver of Subrogation . (a) The parties hereto do hereby waive any and all rights of recovery against the other, or against the officers, employees, partners, agents and representatives of the other, for loss of or damage to the property of the waiving party to the extent such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policy carried by Landlord or Tenant hereunder. In addition, the parties hereto shall procure an appropriate clause in, or endorsement on, any property insurance covering the Premises, the Building and personal property, fixtures and equipment located thereon or therein, pursuant to which the insurance companies waive subrogation or consent to a waiver of right of recovery, hereby agree not to make any claim against or seek to recover from the other for any loss or damage to its property or the property of others resulting from fire or other hazards covered by such property insurance. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on and shall not

 

26



 

be responsible for damage to, Tenant’s Alterations (if any) or Tenant’s Property, and that Landlord shall not carry insurance against, or be responsible for any loss suffered by Tenant due to, interruption of Tenant’s business.

 

(b)           Release . As to each party hereto, provided such party’s right of full recovery under the applicable insurance policy is not adversely affected, such party hereby releases the other (its servants, agents and employees, but excluding its contractors and invitees) with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damages or destruction of the type covered by such property insurance with respect to its property i.e. in the case of Landlord, as to the Building, and, in the case of Tenant, as to Tenant’s Property and Tenant’s Alterations (including rental value or business interruption, as the case may be) occurring during the Term of this Lease.

 

Section 11.3          Certificates of Insurance . On or prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord appropriate certificates of insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 11 , including evidence of waivers of subrogation required pursuant to Section 11.2 . Evidence of each renewal or replacement of a policy shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policy.

 

Section 11.4          Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall maintain at its sole cost and expense (the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses), a policy of combined single limit bodily injury and property damage insurance with an insurance company selected by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, which shall be in an amount not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) for each occurrence with blanket broad form contractual liability coverage or such other limits as may be required by Mortgagee. In addition to the foregoing, Landlord shall maintain at its sole cost and expense (the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses), a special perils property insurance policy covering the Building (but not Tenant’s Property or Tenant’s Alterations, or the property or alterations of any other tenant or occupant of the Building) in an amount not less than the full replacement cost thereof. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on and shall not be responsible for damage to, Tenant’s Alterations or Tenant’s Property, and that Landlord shall not carry insurance against, or be responsible for any loss suffered by Tenant due to, interruption of Tenant’s business. Landlord may provide the foregoing policies on a “blanket” policy basis.

 

ARTICLE 12.       DESTRUCTION OF THE PREMISES; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE

 

Section 12.1          Restoration . If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, or if the Building is damaged such that Tenant is deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord, and the damage shall be repaired by Landlord, at its expense, to substantially the same condition that the Premises were in on the date the Premises were delivered to Tenant, and, for the Building, the condition existing prior to the damage, subject to the provisions of any Mortgage or Superior Lease, but Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore (i) Tenant’s Property, or (ii) Tenant’s Alterations. Landlord shall promptly commence the repair, restoration or rebuilding thereof within ninety (90) days after such damage (subject to delays in the adjustment of insurance and Unavoidable Delays) and shall diligently pursue the Substantial Completion of such restoration, repair or rebuilding (subject to delays in the adjustment of insurance and Unavoidable Delays). Landlord shall promptly and diligently seek adjustment of any insurance proceeds available after any casualty. If the fire or other casualty, or the repair, restoration or rebuilding required by Landlord shall render the Premises untenantable in whole or in part, or inaccessible, then Rent shall proportionally abate from the date when the damage occurred until the date on which Landlord substantially completes its restoration work in the Premises or the Premises are accessible, which proportional abatement shall be computed on the basis that the Rentable Square Feet of the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable (or inaccessible) and not occupied by Tenant bears to the aggregate Rentable Square Feet in the Premises.

 

27


 

Section 12.2          Lease Termination Right . Anything contained in Section 12.1 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Premises are totally damaged or are rendered wholly untenantable or totally inaccessible, and Landlord determines within ninety (90) days of the casualty, and gives Tenant written notice of same, that it will take in excess of twelve (12) months (or in excess of three (3) months, if such damage occurs any time during the last two (2) years of the Term, as extended (without giving effect to any then unexercised Renewal Option of Tenant)) from the beginning of restoration to restore the Premises (other than Tenant’s Alterations) to substantially the same condition as existed immediately prior to such damage, then either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease upon giving written notice of such election to the other within sixty (60) days after Landlord serves Tenant with written notice of its determination. In addition, if the Building shall be so damaged by fire or other casualty such that, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, substantial alteration, demolition, or reconstruction of the Building shall be required resulting in the same restoration periods as set forth above (whether or not the Premises shall have been damaged or rendered untenantable), then Landlord may, not later than sixty (60) days following the date of the damage, give Tenant a notice in writing terminating this Lease. If this Lease is so terminated pursuant to this Section 12.2 , the Term shall expire upon the tenth (10th) day after such notice is given, and Tenant shall have thirty (30) days after such notice to vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease under the conditions provided for in this Section 12.2 , Tenant’s liability for Rent shall cease as of the date of such fire or other casualty, and any prepaid portion of Rent for any period after such date shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant. Unless this Lease is terminated by either party as provided in this Section 12.2, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect (subject to the other terms of this Lease), notwithstanding such damage or casualty.

 

ARTICLE 13.        EMINENT DOMAIN

 

Section 13.1          Total Taking . If (a) all of the floor area of the Premises, or so much thereof as shall render the Premises wholly untenantable, shall be acquired or condemned for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or (b) a portion of the Real Property, not including the Premises, shall be so acquired or condemned, but by reason of such acquisition or condemnation, Tenant no longer has means of access to the Premises, then this Lease and the Term shall end as of the date of the vesting of title with the same effect as if that date were the Expiration Date. In the event of any termination of this Lease and the Term pursuant to the provisions of this Article 13, Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of sooner termination and any prepaid portion of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent for any period after such date shall be promptly refunded by Landlord to Tenant.

 

Section 13.2          Awards . In the event of any acquisition or condemnation for any public or quasi-public use or purpose of all or any part of the Real Property, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award for any such acquisition or condemnation. Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for the value of any unexpired portion of the Term or Tenant’s Alterations, and Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord all of its right in and to any such award. Nothing contained in this Section 13.2 shall be deemed to prevent Tenant from making a separate claim in any condemnation proceedings for the then value of any Tenant’s Property included in such taking and for any moving expenses, provided such award shall be made by the condemning authority in addition to, and shall not result in a reduction of, the award made by it to Landlord.

 

Section 13.3          Partial Taking . If only a part of the Real Property shall be so acquired or condemned then, subject to Section 13.1 , this Lease and the Term shall continue in force and effect. If a part of the Premises shall be so acquired or condemned and this Lease and the Term shall not be terminated, Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall restore that part of the Premises not so acquired or condemned so as to constitute tenantable Premises. From and after the date of the vesting of title, Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be reduced in the proportion which the area of the part of the Premises so acquired or condemned bears to the total area of the Premises immediately prior to such acquisition or condemnation.

 

28



 

ARTICLE 14.        ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

Section 14.1          Landlord’s Consent .

 

(a)            No Assignment or Subletting . Except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber, or otherwise transfer this Lease, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and shall not sublet (or underlet), or permit, or suffer the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others (whether for desk space, mailing privileges or otherwise), without Landlord’s prior consent in each instance. Any assignment, sublease, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or transfer in contravention of the provisions of this Article 14 shall be void.

 

(b)            Collection of Rent . If, without Landlord’s consent, this Lease is assigned, or any part of the Premises is sublet or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or this Lease or the Premises or any of Tenant’s Property is encumbered (by operation of law or otherwise), Landlord may collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the Rent herein reserved. No such collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions of this Article 14 , an acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance of Tenant’s covenants hereunder. Tenant shall remain fully liable for the obligations under this Lease.

 

(c)            Further Assignment/Subletting . Landlord’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s express consent to any further assignment or subletting. In no event shall any permitted subtenant assign or encumber its sublease or further sublet any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit any portion of the sublet space to be used or occupied by others.

 

Section 14.2          Tenant’s Notice . If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord, which shall be accompanied by with respect to an assignment of this Lease, a true and correct copy of the proposed assignment and assumption agreement and a statement of the date Tenant desires the assignment to be effective, and with respect to a sublet of all or a part of the Premises, a true and correct copy of the proposed sublease agreement and a summary of the material business terms on which Tenant would sublet such premises, and a description of the portion of the Premises to be sublet. Such notice shall also be accompanied with a true and complete statement reasonably detailing the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Premises and current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant, including its most recent financial statements. Tenant agrees to supplement its request with any other information regarding such assignment or subletting as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

Section 14.3          Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 14.4          Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 14.5          Conditions to Assignment/Subletting .

 

(a)            Prerequisites . Provided that no Event of Default then exists, Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or subletting shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such consent shall be granted or declined, as the case may be, within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of a true and complete statement reasonably detailing the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Premises, current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant, including its most recent financial statements, and any other information Landlord may reasonably request, provided that:

 

(i)             in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in a business or activity, and the Premises will be used in a manner, which (1) is in keeping with the then standards of the Building, (2) limits the use of the Premises to Tenant’s Permitted Use

 

29



 

hereunder, (3) does not violate any restrictions set forth in this Lease, any Mortgage or Superior Lease or any negative covenant as to use of the Premises required by any other lease in the Building or in the property adjacent to the Building known as 600 West Chicago Avenue, Chicago, Illinois (“ 600 West Building ”), and (4) is not a Prohibited Use;

 

(ii)            the proposed assignee or subtenant is a reputable person or entity of good character with sufficient financial means to perform all of its obligations under this Lease or the sublease, as the case may be, and Landlord has been furnished with reasonable proof thereof;

 

(iii)           neither the proposed assignee or subtenant nor any person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed assignee or subtenant is then a tenant or an occupant of the Building or the 600 West Building;

 

(iv)           the proposed assignee or subtenant is not a person or entity (or affiliate of a person or entity) with whom Landlord or Landlord’s agent is then or has been within the prior six months negotiating in connection with the rental of space in the Building or the 600 West Building;

 

(v)            the form of the proposed sublease or instrument of assignment shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall comply with the provisions of this Article 14 ;

 

(vi)           there shall be not more than two subtenants of the Premises;

 

(vii)          Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for all reasonable, out-of-pocket third party expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment or sublease. including any investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant, reviewing any plans and specifications for Alterations proposed to be made in connection therewith, and all legal costs reasonably incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent;

 

(viii)         the proposed subtenant or assignee shall not be entitled, directly or indirectly. to diplomatic or sovereign immunity, regardless of whether the proposed assignee or subtenant agrees to waive such diplomatic or sovereign immunity, and shall be subject to the service of process in, and the jurisdiction of the courts of, County of Cook and State of Illinois;

 

(ix)            in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant shall not be of a type or character, or engaged in a business or activity, or owned or controlled by or identified with any entity, which may result in protests or civil disorders or commotions at, or other disruptions of the normal business activities in, the Building; and

 

(x)             the proposed occupancy shall not impose an extra or undue burden upon the services to be furnished by Landlord to Tenant or other tenants of the Building.

 

(b)            Terms . With respect to each and every subletting and/or assignment authorized by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease. it is further agreed that:

 

(i)             the form of the proposed assignment or sublease shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall comply with the provisions of this Article 14 ;

 

(ii)            no sublease shall be for a term ending later than one day prior to the Expiration Date of this Lease;

 

(iii)           no subtenant shall take possession of any part of the Premises, until an executed counterpart of such sublease has been delivered to Landlord and approved in writing by Landlord as provided in Section 14.5(a) ;

 

30



 

(iv)         if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing on the effective date of such assignment or subletting, then Landlord’s consent thereto, if previously granted, shall be immediately deemed revoked without further notice to Tenant, and if such assignment or subletting would have been permitted without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 14.9 , such permission shall be void and without force and effect, and in either such case, any such assignment or subletting shall constitute a further Event of Default hereunder;

 

(v)          if an Event of Default shall occur under this Lease. Landlord may require the subtenant under any sublease to pay the rent and other sums due under the sublease directly to Landlord; and

 

(vi)         each sublease shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, it being the intention of Landlord and Tenant that Tenant shall assume and be liable to Landlord for any and all acts and omissions of all subtenants and anyone claiming under or through any subtenants which, if performed or omitted by Tenant, would be a default under this Lease; and Tenant and each subtenant shall be deemed to have agreed that upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, Tenant has hereby assigned to Landlord, and Landlord may, at its option, accept such assignment of, all right, title and interest of Tenant as sublandlord under such sublease, together with all modifications, extensions and renewals thereof then in effect and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, subject to any counterclaim, offset or defense not expressly provided in such sublease, which theretofore accrued to such subtenant against Tenant, bound by any previous modification of such sublease not consented to by Landlord or by any prepayment of more than one month’s Rent, bound to return such subtenant’s security deposit, if any, except to the extent Landlord shall receive actual possession of such deposit and such subtenant shall be entitled to the return of all or any portion of such deposit under the terms of its sublease, or obligated to make any payment to or on behalf of such subtenant, or to perform any work in the subleased space or the Building, or in any way to prepare the subleased space for occupancy, beyond Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. The provisions of this Section 14.5(b)(vi)  shall be self-operative, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to this provision, provided that the subtenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord any instruments Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm such subordination and attornment.

 

Section 14.6            Binding on Tenant; Indemnification of Landlord . Each sublease pursuant to this Article 14 shall be subject to all of the covenants, terms and conditions of this Lease. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting or any acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any assignee or subtenant. Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of all Rent due and for the performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions contained in this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and any default under any term, covenant or condition of this Lease by any subtenant or assignee or anyone claiming under or through any subtenant or assignee shall be deemed to be a default under this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or subtenant or anyone claiming under or through any subtenant or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease. irrespective of whether Landlord shall give or decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, or if Landlord shall exercise any of its options under this Article 14 .

 

Section 14.7            Tenant’s Failure to Complete If Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease and Tenant fails to execute and deliver to Landlord such assignment or sublease within one hundred twenty (120) days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of Section 14.2 and 14.5 hereof before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Premises.

 

31



 

Section 14.8          Profits . If Tenant shall enter into any assignment or sublease permitted hereunder or consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall, within sixty (60) days of Landlord’s consent to such assignment or sublease, deliver to Landlord a complete list of Tenant’s reasonable third-party brokerage fees, construction costs and allowances, legal fees and architectural fees incurred directly in connection with such assignment or sublease transaction, together with a list of all of Tenant’s Property to be transferred to such assignee or sublessee. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence of the payment of such fees, costs and allowances promptly after the same are paid. In consideration of such assignment or subletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord:

 

(a)            Assignment . In the case of an assignment, on the effective date of the assignment, an amount equal to 50% of all sums and other consideration paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment after first deducting Tenant’s reasonable third-party brokerage fees, construction costs and allowances, legal fees and architectural fees incurred directly in connection with such assignment transaction; or

 

(b)            Sublease . In the case of a sublease, 50% of any consideration payable under the sublease to Tenant by the subtenant which exceeds on a per square foot basis the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space after first deducting Tenant’s reasonable third-party brokerage fees, construction costs and allowances, legal fees and architectural fees incurred directly in connection with such sublease transaction, and if such sublease is less than the entire Premises, the actual cost incurred by Tenant in separately demising the subleased space. The sums payable under this clause shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as and when paid by the subtenant to Tenant.

 

Section 14.9            Other Transfers .

 

(a)            Deemed and Permitted Transfers . If Tenant is a corporation, the transfer (by one or more transfers) of a majority of the stock of Tenant shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease that must comply with the provisions of this ARTICLE 14; provided, however, that the provisions of this ARTICLE 14 shall not apply to the transfer of shares of stock of Tenant over or through the applicable exchange, if and so long as Tenant is publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange. For purposes of this Section 14.9 the term “transfers” shall be deemed to include the issuance of new stock which results in a majority of the stock of Tenant being held by a person or entity which does not hold a majority of the stock of Tenant on the date hereof. If Tenant is a partnership, the transfer (by one or more transfers) of a majority interest in the partnership shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease. If Tenant is a limited liability company, trust, or any other legal entity, the transfer (by one or more transfers) of a majority of the beneficial ownership interests in such entity, however characterized, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease. The provisions of Section 14.1 shall not apply to transactions with a corporation into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or to which all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred so long as such transfer was made for a legitimate independent business purpose and not for the purpose of transferring this Lease, the successor to Tenant has a net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the greater of (1) the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer, and (2) the net worth of the original Tenant on the date of this Lease, and proof satisfactory to Landlord of such net worth is delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such transaction. Tenant may also, upon prior notice to and with the consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign this Lease to any Affiliate or permit any Affiliate to sublet all or part of the Premises for any Permitted Use, provided such Affiliate satisfies the net worth test set forth above, and further, such Affiliate assumes, in writing, all of Tenant’s duties and obligations hereunder, which assumption shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord. No subletting pursuant to this Section 14.9 shall be deemed to vest in any such Affiliate any right or interest in this Lease or the Premises, nor shall any assignment and/or sublease relieve, release, impair or discharge any of Tenant’s or any Affiliates’. successors’ or assigns’ obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to assign this Lease or sublease all or any portion of the Premises without Landlord’s consent pursuant to this Section 14.9 if Tenant is not the initial Tenant herein named or a person or entity who acquired Tenant’s interest in this Lease in a transaction approved by Landlord.

 

32



 

(b)            Applicability . The limitations set forth in this Section 14.9 shall apply to subtenant(s) and assignee(s), if any, and any transfer by any such entity in violation of this Section 14.9 shall be a transfer in violation of Section 14.1 .

 

(c)            Modifications, Takeover Agreements . Any modification, amendment or extension of a sublease and/or any other agreement by which a landlord of a building other than the Building agrees to assume the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed a sublease for the purposes of Section 14.1 hereof.

 

Section 14.10        Assumption of Obligations . Any assignment or transfer, whether made with Landlord’s consent or without Landlord’s consent, if and to the extent permitted hereunder, shall not be effective unless and until the assignee executes, acknowledges and delivers to Landlord an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee assumes Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and agrees that, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, the provisions of Section 14.1 hereof shall be binding upon it in respect of all future assignments and transfers.

 

Section 14.11        Tenant’s Liability . The joint and several liability of Tenant and any successors-in-interest of Tenant and the due performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall not be discharged, released or impaired by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, extending the time, or modifying any of the terms and provisions of this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, to enforce any of the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

Section 14.12        Lease Disaffirmance or Rejection . If at any time after an assignment by Tenant named herein, this Lease is disaffirmed or rejected in any proceeding of the types described in Section 16.1(g)  hereof or upon a termination of this Lease due to any such proceeding. Tenant named herein, upon written request of Landlord given after such disaffirmance, rejection or termination (and actual notice thereof to Landlord in the event of a disaffirmance or rejection or in the event of termination other than by act of Landlord), shall pay to Landlord all Rent and other charges due and owing by the assignee to Landlord under this Lease to and including the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination, and as “tenant,” enter into a new lease of the Premises with Landlord for a term commencing on the effective date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination and ending on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance therewith, at the same Rent and upon the then executory terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, except that the rights of Tenant named herein under the new lease shall be subject to the possessory rights of the assignee under this Lease and the possessory rights of any persons claiming through or under such assignee or by virtue of any statute or of any order of any court, such new lease shall require all defaults existing under this Lease to be cured by Tenant named herein with due diligence, and such new lease shall require Tenant named herein to pay all Rent which, had this Lease not been so disaffirmed, rejected or terminated, would have become due under the provisions of this Lease after the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination with respect to any period prior thereto. If Tenant named herein defaults in its obligations to enter into such new lease for a period of 10 days after Landlord’s request, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies by reason of default, either at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies against Tenant named herein as if it had entered into such new lease and such new lease had thereafter been terminated as of the commencement date thereof by reason of Tenant’s default thereunder.

 

Section 14.13        Tenant’s Waiver of Money Damages . Except in the event a court of law has determined that Landlord has acted maliciously or in bad faith, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim against Landlord or any Landlord Party, and Tenant hereby waives any claims, for money damages (nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of set-off, counterclaim or defense) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed its consent or approval to a proposed assignment or subletting as provided for in this Article 14 . Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s sole

 

33



 

remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision, or for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.

 

ARTICLE 15.  ACCESS TO PREMISES

 

Section 15.1          Landlord’s Access .

 

(a)            Tenant shall permit Landlord, Landlord’s agents and public utilities servicing the Building to install, use and maintain concealed ducts, pipes and conduits in and through the Premises. Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times upon reasonable prior notice (except no such prior notice shall be required in case of emergency), which notice may be oral, to examine the same, to show them to prospective purchasers, Mortgagees, Superior Lessors or lessees of the Building and their respective agents and representatives or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, to show them to prospective tenants of the Premises (it being understood that Tenant shall have the right to accompany Landlord during any inspection or exhibition of the Premises, except in the event of an emergency), and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions (a) as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable to the Premises or to any other portion of the Building, (b) which Landlord may elect to perform following Tenant’s failure to make repairs or perform any work which Tenant is obligated to make or perform under this Lease, or (c) for the purpose of complying with Legal Requirements, and Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into and upon the Premises that may be required therefor without the same constituting an eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant in whole or in part and Fixed Rent and Additional Rent will not be abated while said repairs, alterations, improvements or additions are being made, by reason of loss or interruption of business of Tenant, or otherwise. Landlord shall take commercially reasonable steps to minimize the impact of such work on Tenant’s business operations and shall repair any damage caused by Landlord during the performance of such work (except to the extent such damage is caused by Tenant).

 

(b)            If Tenant shall not be present when for any reason entry into the Premises shall be necessary or permissible, Landlord or Landlord’s agents may enter the same without rendering Landlord or such agents liable therefor (if during such entry Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall accord reasonable care to Tenant’s Property), and without in any manner affecting this Lease. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be deemed or construed to impose upon Landlord any obligation, responsibility or liability whatsoever for the care, supervision or repair of the Building or any part thereof, other than as herein provided.

 

Section 15.2          Alterations to Building . Landlord shall have the right from time to time to alter the Building and, without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor (except to the extent caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents), to change the arrangement or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the Building to install sidewalk bridges, decking, platforms, hoists and scaffolding in or around the Building and temporarily cover windows or block sidewalks, streets or entryways, and to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known. All parts (except surfaces facing the interior of the Premises) of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises (including exterior Building walls, exterior core corridor walls, exterior doors and entrances other than doors and entrances solely servicing the Premises), all balconies, terraces and roofs adjacent to the Premises, all space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, stairways, chutes, pipes, conduits, ducts, fan rooms, heating, air cooling, plumbing and other mechanical facilities, service closets and other Building facilities are not part of the Premises, and Landlord shall have the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, alteration and repair.

 

34



 

ARTICLE 16.        TENANT’S DEFAULTS.

 

Section 16.1          Events of Default .

 

Each of the following events shall be an “ Event of Default hereunder:

 

(a)            Tenant fails to pay when due any installment of Rent and such default shall continue for five (5) days after written notice of such default is given to Tenant (which notice may be in the form of an Illinois Statutory 5-day notice utilized in Forcible Entry and Detainer Proceedings), except that if Landlord shall have given two (2) such notices of default in the payment of any Rent in any twelve (12) month period, Tenant shall not be entitled to any further written notice of its delinquency in the payment of any Rent; or

 

(b)            Tenant uses the Premises for a purpose which constitutes a Prohibited Use and if such use continues for more than five (5) days after notice by Landlord to Tenant of such default or, if such use is of a nature that it cannot be completely remedied within ten (10) days, failure by Tenant to cease such use within fifteen (15) days; or

 

(c)            Tenant fails to observe or perform any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant and if such failure continues for more than fifteen (15) days after written notice by Landlord to Tenant of such failure, or if such failure is of such a nature that it cannot be completely remedied within fifteen (15) days, failure by Tenant to commence to remedy such failure within said fifteen (15) days, and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to remedy such default within sixty (60) days; or

 

(d)            INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

(e)            Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall devolve upon or pass to any person, whether by operation of law or otherwise, except as expressly permitted under Article 14 hereof; or

 

(f)             Tenant generally does not, or is unable to, or admits in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

 

(g)            Tenant files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or insolvency, or is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or files any petition or answer seeking any reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future federal bankruptcy act or any other present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or seeks or consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for Tenant or for all or any part of Tenant’s property; or

 

(h)            if, within sixty (60) days after the commencement of any proceeding against Tenant whether by the filing of a petition or otherwise, seeking bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under the present or any future federal bankruptcy act or any other present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law, such proceeding shall not have been dismissed, or if, within sixty (60) days after the appointment of any trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for Tenant or for all or any part of Tenant’s property, without the consent or acquiescence of Tenant, as the case may be, such appointment shall not have been vacated or otherwise discharged, or if any lien, execution or attachment or other similar filing shall be made or issued against Tenant or any of Tenant’s property pursuant to which the Premises shall be taken or occupied or attempted to be taken or occupied by someone other than Tenant.

 

Upon the occurrence of any one or more of such Events of Default, Landlord may, at its sole option, give to Tenant three (3) days’ notice of cancellation of this Lease (or of Tenant’s possession of the Premises), in which event this Lease and the Term (or Tenant’s possession of the Premises) shall come to an end and expire (whether or not the Term shall have commenced) upon the expiration of such

 

35



 

three day period with the same force and effect as if the date set forth in the notice was the Expiration Date stated herein; and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 17 hereof. Any notice of cancellation of the Term (or Tenant’s possession of the Premises) may be given simultaneously with any notice of default given to Tenant.

 

Section 16.2          Tenant’s Liability. If, at any time, Tenant shall be comprised of two or more persons, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall have been guaranteed by any person other than Tenant, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall have been assigned, the word “Tenant,” as used in Section 16.1(f), 16.1(g) and 16.1(h) , shall be deemed to mean any one or more of the persons primarily or secondarily liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Any monies received by Landlord from or on behalf of Tenant during the pendency of any proceeding of the types referred to in this Article 16 shall be deemed paid as compensation for the use and occupancy of the Premises and the acceptance of any such compensation by Landlord shall not be deemed an acceptance of Rent or a waiver on the part of Landlord of any rights under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 17.        REMEDIES AND DAMAGES.

 

Section 17.1          Landlord’s Remedies .

 

(a)            Possession/Reletting .   If any Event of Default occurs, and this Lease and the Term, or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, terminates as provided in Article 16 :

 

(i)             Surrender of Possession .   Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, and Landlord and its agents may immediately, or at any time after such Event of Default, re-enter the Premises or any part thereof, without notice, either by summary proceedings, or by any other applicable action or proceeding, or by force (to the extent permitted by law) or otherwise in accordance with applicable legal proceedings (without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor), and may repossess the Premises and dispossess Tenant and any other persons from the Premises and remove any and all of their property and effects from the Premises.

 

(ii)            Landlord’s Reletting .   Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may relet all or any part of the Premises from time to time, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, to such tenant or tenants, for any term ending before, on or after the Expiration Date, at such rental and upon such other conditions (which may include concessions and free rent periods) as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may determine. Landlord shall have no obligation to accept any tenant offered by Tenant and shall not be liable for failure to relet or, in the event of any such reletting, for failure to collect any rent due upon any such reletting; and no such failure shall relieve Tenant of, or otherwise affect, any liability under this Lease. Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may make such alterations, decorations and other physical changes in and to the Premises as Landlord, in its sole discretion, considers advisable or necessary in connection with such reletting or proposed reletting, without relieving Tenant of any liability under this Lease or otherwise affecting any such liability. Landlord shall, by attempting to re-lease the Premises to an acceptable (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment) replacement tenant, using the Building’s exclusive leasing agent for such purpose, use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages, provided Landlord shall not be required to divert prospective tenants from any other portions of the Building.

 

(b)            Tenant’s Waiver .   Tenant, on its own behalf and on behalf of all persons claiming through or under Tenant, including all creditors, hereby waives all rights which Tenant and all such persons might otherwise have under any Legal Requirement to the service of any notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings, to redeem, or to re-enter or repossess the Premises, or to restore the operation of this Lease, after Tenant shall have been dispossessed by judgment or by warrant of any court or judge, any re-entry by Landlord, or any expiration or early termination of the term of this Lease, whether such dispossess, re-entry, expiration or termination shall be by operation of law or pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. The words “re-enter,” “re-entry” and “re-entered” as used in this Lease shall not be deemed to be restricted to their technical legal meanings.

 

36



 

(c)            Tenant’s Breach .   Upon the breach or threatened breach by Tenant, or any persons claiming through or under Tenant, of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to enjoin such breach and to invoke any other remedy allowed by law or in equity as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other special remedies were not provided in this Lease for such breach. The rights to invoke the remedies set forth above are cumulative and shall not preclude Landlord from invoking any other remedy allowed at law or in equity.

 

Section 17.2          Landlord’s Damages .

 

(a)            Amount of Damages . If this Lease and the Term, or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, expire and come to an end as provided in Article 16 , or by or under any summary proceeding or any other action or proceeding, or if Landlord shall re-enter the Premises as provided in Section 17.1 , then, in any of such events:

 

(i)             Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Fixed Rent, all sums payable pursuant to Article 7 of this Lease (including Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment) and all other items of Rent payable under this Lease by Tenant to Landlord up to the Expiration Date or to the date of re-entry upon the Premises by Landlord, as the case may be;

 

(ii)            Landlord shall be entitled to retain all monies, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as prepaid Rent, a Security Deposit or otherwise, which monies, to the extent not otherwise applied to amounts due and owing to Landlord, shall be credited by Landlord against any damages payable by Tenant to Landlord;

 

(iii)           Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in monthly installments, on the days specified in this Lease for payment of installments of Fixed Rent and all other items of Rent payable under this Lease, any Deficiency (as hereinafter defined); it being understood that Landlord shall be entitled to recover the Deficiency from Tenant each month as the same shall arise, and no suit to collect the amount of the Deficiency for any month, shall prejudice Landlord’s right to collect the Deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding; and

 

(iv)           whether or not Landlord shall have collected any monthly Deficiency, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, in lieu of any further Deficiency and as liquidated and agreed final damages, a sum equal to the amount by which the Rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term (assuming the Additional Rent during such period to be the same as was payable for the year immediately preceding such termination or re-entry, increased in each succeeding year by three percent (3%) (on a compounded basis)) exceeds the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Premises, for the same period (with both amounts being discounted to present value at a rate of interest equal to two percent (2%) below the then Base Rate) less the aggregate amount of Deficiencies theretofore collected by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 17.2(a)(iii) for the same period. If, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the Premises, or any part thereof, shall have been relet by Landlord for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term, or any part thereof, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall be deemed, prima facie, to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the Premises so relet during the term of the reletting.

 

(b)            Deficiency .   For all purposes of this Lease the term “Deficiency” shall mean the difference between (a) the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term (assuming the Additional Rent for each year thereof to be the same as was payable for the year immediately preceding such termination or re-entry), and (b) the net amount, if any, of rents collected under any reletting effected pursuant to the provisions of the Lease for any part of such period (after first deducting from such rents all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the termination of this Lease, Landlord’s re-entry upon the Premises and such reletting, including repossession costs, brokerage commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, and alteration costs).

 

37


 

(c)           Reletting . If the Premises, or any part thereof, shall be relet together with other space in the Building, the rents collected or reserved under any such reletting and the expenses of any such reletting shall be equitably apportioned for the purposes of this Section 17.2. Tenant shall not be entitled to any rents collected or payable under any reletting, whether or not such rents exceed the Fixed Rent reserved in this Lease. Nothing contained in Articles 16 or 17 shall be deemed to limit or preclude the recovery by Landlord from Tenant of the maximum amount allowed to be obtained as damages by any Legal Requirement, or of any sums or damages to which Landlord may be entitled in addition to the damages set forth in this Section 17.2.

 

Section 17.3          Default Interest; Other Rights of Landlord . Any Rent or damages payable under this Lease and not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the due date until paid, and the interest shall be deemed Additional Rent. If Tenant fails to pay any Additional Rent when due, Landlord, in addition to any other right or remedy, shall have the same rights and remedies as in the case of a default by Tenant in the payment of Fixed Rent. If Tenant is in arrears in the payment of Rent, Tenant waives Tenant’s right, if any, to designate the items against which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items Landlord sees fit, regardless of any request by Tenant. Landlord reserves the right, without liability to Tenant and without constituting any claim of constructive eviction, to suspend furnishing or rendering to Tenant any property, material, labor, utility or other service, whenever Landlord is obligated to furnish or render the same at the expense of Tenant, in the event that (but only for so long as) Tenant is in arrears in paying Landlord for such items for more than five (5) days after notice from Landlord to Tenant demanding the payment of such arrears.

 

Section 17.4          Landlord Default . Landlord shall be in default hereunder if Landlord violates or fails to perform any covenant, agreement or condition herein contained, or any other obligation of Landlord, and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant (or, if such failure cannot be cured within such thirty (30) days, if Landlord fails to commence such cure within thirty (30) days or thereafter fails to diligently pursue such cure to completion). Upon the occurrence of a default by Landlord, and after the expiration of the applicable cure period, Tenant shall have all remedies available at law or in equity, including the right to enforce the provisions of this Lease by specific performance.

 

ARTICLE 18. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

Section 18.1          Landlord’s Right To Cure . If an Event of Default shall occur under this Lease, or if Tenant shall fail to comply with its obligations under this Lease. Landlord may, after reasonable prior written notice to Tenant except in an emergency, perform the same for the account of Tenant or make any reasonable expenditure or incur any obligation for the payment of money for the account of Tenant. All amounts expended by Landlord in connection with the foregoing, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding or recovering possession, and the cost thereof, with interest thereon at the Default Rate, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of rendition of any bill or statement to Tenant therefor.

 

Section 18.2          Late Charge . If Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to such installment of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent, as the case may be, as a late charge and as Additional Rent, a sum equal to interest at the Default Rate on the amount unpaid, computed from the date such payment was due to and including the date of payment.

 

Section 18.3          Expenses of Enforcement . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, in any action, litigation or proceeding to enforce the terms and provisions of this Lease, the nonprevailing party in such action, litigation or proceeding shall pay the prevailing party thereto all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by such prevailing party in successfully enforcing the nonprevailing party’s obligations or successfully defending the prevailing party’s rights under this Lease against the nonprevailing party.

 

38



 

ARTICLE 19. NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no warranties, representations, statements or promises with respect to (a) the rentable and usable areas of the Premises or the Building, (b) the amount of any current or future Operating Expenses or Taxes, (c) the compliance with applicable Legal Requirements of the Premises or the Building, or (d) the suitability of the Premises for any particular use or purpose. No rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant under this Lease, by implication or otherwise, except as expressly set forth herein. This Lease (including any Exhibits referred to herein and all supplementary agreements provided for herein) contains the entire agreement between the parties and all understandings and agreements previously made between Landlord and Tenant are merged in this Lease, which alone fully and completely expresses their agreement. Tenant is entering into this Lease after full investigation, and is not relying upon any statement or representation made by Landlord not embodied in this Lease and accepts the Premises in “as is, whereas” condition.

 

ARTICLE 20. END OF TERM

 

Section 20.1          Expiration . Upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises, vacant, free of all tenants, subtenants and occupants, broom clean, in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not responsible under the terms of this Lease excepted, and Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Property from the Premises, and this obligation shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Term. If the last day of the Term or any renewal thereof falls on Saturday or Sunday, this Lease shall expire on the Business Day immediately preceding. Tenant expressly waives, for itself and for any Person claiming through or under Tenant, any rights which Tenant or any such Person may have for notice to which Tenant may otherwise be entitled under the laws of the State of Illinois as a prerequisite to a suit against Tenant for unlawful detention of the Premises.

 

Section 20.2          Holdover Rent . Landlord and Tenant recognize that the damage to Landlord resulting from any failure by any Tenant Party to timely surrender possession of the Premises may be substantial, may exceed the amount of the Rent theretofore payable hereunder, and will be impossible to accurately measure. Tenant therefore agrees that if possession of the Premises is not surrendered to Landlord within twenty-four (24) hours after the Expiration Date, excluding Unavoidable Delays, or sooner termination of the Term, in addition to any other rights or remedies Landlord may have hereunder or at law, Tenant shall pay to Landlord for each month (notwithstanding that any holdover may be for a period of less than a calendar month) during which any Tenant Party holds over in the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the Term, a sum equal to (i) one and one-half (1 1 / 2 ) times the Rent payable under this Lease for the last full calendar month of the Term determined on a gross basis for the first one hundred twenty (120) days of holdover and (ii) two (2) times the Rent payable under this Lease for the last full calendar month of the Term determined on a gross basis from the one hundred twenty-first (121 st ) day of holdover until Tenant vacates the Premises and delivers possession to Landlord; and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any payment or rent concession (including, without limitation, any consequential damages, but excluding any non-customary excessive penalties provided for in the New Tenant’s (as hereinafter defined) lease) which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the Premises (a “New Tenant” ) in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by any Tenant Party, and the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by any Tenant Party, and indemnify Landlord against all claims for damages by any New Tenant. No holding-over by any Tenant Party, nor the payment to Landlord of the amounts specified above, shall operate to extend the Term hereof, nor constitute any tenancy other than a “month to month” tenancy at will. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to permit any Tenant Party to retain possession of the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, and no acceptance by Landlord of payments from any Tenant Party after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the Term shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount to be paid by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Article 20, nor shall it operate as a waiver of Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other

 

39



 

right or remedy of Landlord under this Lease. All of Tenant’s obligations under this Article 20 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 21. QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises without hindrance by Landlord or any Person lawfully claiming through or under Landlord, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 22. NO WAIVER; NO LIABILITY

 

Section 22.1          No Surrender Or Release . No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises. Any Building employee to whom any property shall be entrusted by or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be acting as Tenant’s agent with respect to such property and neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the Building, nor for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise.

 

Section 22.2          No Waiver . The failure of Landlord to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease, or any of the Rules and Regulations set forth or hereafter adopted by Landlord, shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all of the force and effect of an original violation. The receipt by Landlord of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations set forth, or hereafter adopted, shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall enforce the Rules and Regulations in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord, unless such waiver be in writing signed by Landlord. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly Fixed Rent or any Additional Rent shall be deemed to be other than on account of the next installment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, as the case may be, or as Landlord may elect to apply same, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Fixed Rent or Additional Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided. Any executory agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify, discharge or effect an amendment of this Lease in whole or in part unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought. All references in this Lease to the consent or approval of Landlord shall be deemed to mean the written consent or approval of Landlord and no consent or approval of Landlord shall be effective for any purpose unless such consent or approval is set forth in a written instrument executed by Landlord.

 

Section 22.3          No Liability . Neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property or interruption of Tenant’s business resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature; nor shall Landlord or its agents be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or caused by construction of any private, public or quasi-public work; nor shall Landlord be liable for any latent defect in the Premises or in the Building (except that Landlord shall be required to repair the same to the extent provided in Article 6 ). Nothing in the foregoing shall affect any right of Landlord to the indemnity from Tenant to which Landlord may be entitled under Article 28 in order to recoup for payments made to compensate for losses of third parties.

 

40



 

ARTICLE 23. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

 

THE RESPECTIVE PARTIES HERETO SHALL AND THEY HEREBY DO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (EXCEPT FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, OR FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY STATUTE, EMERGENCY OR OTHERWISE. If Landlord commences any summary proceeding against Tenant, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding (unless failure to impose such counterclaim would preclude Tenant from asserting in a separate action the claim which is the subject of such counterclaim), and will not seek to consolidate such proceeding with any other action which may have been or will be brought in any other court by Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 24. INABILITY TO PERFORM

 

(a)           This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay Fixed Rent and Additional Rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on the part of Tenant to be performed will not be affected, impaired or excused because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Lease expressly or impliedly to be performed by Landlord or because Landlord is unable to make, or is delayed in making any repairs, additions, alterations, improvements or decorations or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or fixtures, if Landlord is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of strikes or labor troubles or by accident, any act or omission of Tenant or any other Tenant Party (or any of their respective employees, contractors, agents, representatives, directors, officers, successors or assigns) or by any cause whatsoever reasonably beyond Landlord’s control, including acts of God, terrorism, natural disasters, laws, governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency or by reason of any Legal Requirements or by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are affected by war or other emergency (“ Unavoidable Delays ”).

 

(b)           This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to perform all of its covenants, agreements and obligations hereunder (except for the obligation to pay Rent or any other amount due hereunder) will not be deemed delinquent or deemed to constitute an Event of Default hereunder because Tenant is unable to fulfill any such obligation, agreement or covenant (except for the obligation to pay Rent or any other amount due hereunder), if Tenant is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of the occurrence of an Unavoidable Delay.

 

ARTICLE 25. BILLS AND NOTICES

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, any bills, statements, consents, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or rendered if delivered by hand (against a signed receipt), sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) and addressed:

 

if to Tenant, (a) at Tenant’s address at the Premises, or (b) at any place where Tenant or any agent or employee or Tenant may be found if mailed subsequent to Tenant’s abandoning or surrendering the Premises; or

 

if to Landlord, as follows: c/o Gerstein Strauss & Rinaldi LLP, 57 West 38 th  Street, Ninth Floor, New York, New York 10018, Attention: Victor Gerstein, with a copy simultaneously and in the same manner to Terri L. Maurer, General Manager, 600 West Chicago Avenue, Suite 675, Chicago, Illinois 60654.

 

41



 

Any such bill, statement, consent, notice, demand, request or other communication given as provided in this Article 25 shall be deemed to have been rendered or given (i) on the date when it shall have been hand delivered, (ii) three (3) Business Days from the date when it shall have been mailed, or (iii) one (1) Business Day from the date when it shall have been sent by overnight courier service.

 

ARTICLE 26. RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to adopt additional reasonable, uniform and non-discriminatory Rules and Regulations and to amend the Rules and Regulations then in effect, provided the same do not materially reduce any of Tenant’s rights or materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant and all Tenant Parties shall comply with the Rules and Regulations. as so supplemented or amended. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease against any other tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its employees. agents, visitors or licensees. If there shall be any inconsistencies between this Lease and the Rules and Regulations, the provisions of this Lease shall prevail.

 

ARTICLE 27. BROKER

 

Section 27.1          Broker Representations . Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Lease other than Broker and that to the best of its knowledge and belief, no other broker, finder or similar Person procured or negotiated this Lease or is entitled to any fee or commission in connection herewith.

 

Section 27.2          Indemnity . Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, judgments, fines, suits, demands, costs, interest and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) which the indemnified party may incur by reason of any claim of or liability to any broker, finder or like agent (other than Broker) arising out of any dealings claimed to have occurred between the indemnifying party and the claimant in connection with this Lease, or the above representation being false. The provisions of this Article 27 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 28. INDEMNITY

 

Section 28.1          Tenant’s Indemnity . Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing to be done upon the Premises which may subject Landlord and any partner, shareholder, director, officer, principal, employee or agent, directly and indirectly, of Landlord, to any liability or responsibility for injury, damages to persons or property or to any liability by reason of any violation of law or of any Legal Requirement, but shall exercise such control over the Premises as to fully protect Landlord against any such liability. Subject to the terms of Section 11.2 hereof, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord and any partner, shareholder, director, officer, principal, employee or agent, directly and indirectly, of Landlord (individually, each a “Landlord Party” and collectively, “Landlord Parties” ), from and against (a) all claims of whatever nature against Landlord and any other Landlord Party arising from any act, omission or negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Party, (b) all claims against Landlord and any other Landlord Party arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or to the Property of any person and occurring during the Term in or about the Premises. (c) all claims against Landlord and any other Landlord Party arising from any accident, injury or damage occurring outside of the Premises but anywhere within or about the Real Property where such accident, injury or damage results or is claimed to have resulted from an act, omission or negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Party and (d) any breach, violation or non-performance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Lease set forth and contained on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed and performed. Nothing contained herein shall require Tenant to indemnify, defend or save harmless Landlord Parties from and against any claim to the extent the same results from or arises out of the negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Party. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement

 

42



 

shall include indemnity from and against any and all liability, fines, suits, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof.

 

Section 28.2          Hazardous Materials . Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and any partner, shareholder, director, officer, principal, employee or agent, directly and indirectly, of Landlord, from and against all obligations (including removal and remedial actions), losses, claims, suits, judgments, liabilities, penalties, damages (including consequential and punitive damages), costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses) of any kind or nature whatsoever that may at any time be incurred by, imposed on or asserted against Landlord or any such party directly or indirectly based on, or arising or resulting from (a) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises or in the Building which is caused or permitted by Tenant, and (b) any Environmental Claim relating in any way to Tenant’s operation or use of the Premises or the Building.

 

The provisions of this Article 28 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 29. BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS, SCAFFOLDING AND DELIVERIES.

 

Section 29.1          Building Improvements . From time to time during the Term of this Lease, including renewals and extensions, Landlord may alter the Building by (a) installation of additional elevator(s) and/or risers in the Building, together with such space as may be required for lobbies and other common areas, (b) modification or improvement of the Building Systems, (c) construction of public corridors to create access to rentable space now existing or to be constructed in the future on the floor on which the Premises are located, and/or (d) performing any other construction, demolition, repair, maintenance and/or decorative work to the Building (interior or exterior) and/or Real Property which Landlord deems necessary or desirable, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (any or all of the foregoing work, “Building Improvements” ). With respect to such Building Improvements, Landlord shall have no right to materially and adversely permanently impact any significant portion of the Premises. Tenant shall provide Landlord with access to the Premises to perform the work to install and maintain the Building Improvements, including the right to take all necessary materials and equipment into the Premises, without the same constituting an eviction and, except as provided in Section 10.6(b)  hereof. Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of rent by reason of any such entry, or any damages by reason of loss or interruption of business or otherwise. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s access to and use and occupancy of the Premises in making any Building Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant hereby acknowledges that during any period that Landlord is performing (or causing or permitting to be performed) any Building Improvements, Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors and representatives (including, without limitation, any other tenants of the Building or their contractors or representatives) may perform significant construction and demolition work to the Building and/or Real Property, and that such construction and demolition work may result in interference (including, without limitation, interference caused by entry in the Premises by Landlord and other tenants of the Building (and their contractors, employees, agents and representatives) for purposes of performing construction and/or demolition work, and interference caused by the presence of noise, vibrations, dust and other emissions in or about the Premises) with Tenant’s or any Tenant Party’s use, enjoyment and occupancy of the Premises. Except as provided in Section 10.6(b)  hereof, there shall be no Rent abatement or allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value, no actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, no relief from any of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease, and no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from any such interference, or otherwise by reason of the performance of such Building Improvements. Except as otherwise provided herein (or as otherwise provided in Section 10.6(b)) to the contrary, and provided Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to avoid disturbance of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, Tenant, for itself and for all Tenant Parties, and their respective employees, agents and contractors, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, hereby fully and forever waives any and all claims, demands and causes of action against Landlord, and fully and forever releases Landlord for any loss, cost, damage, liability or expense (including injury to persons or property) suffered or incurred by Tenant

 

43



 

any Tenant Party, or any of their respective employees, agents or contractors, in connection with or resulting from the performance of such Building Improvements. Commercially reasonable efforts shall not include the use of overtime or weekend labor. Promptly following the completion of any Building Improvements, Landlord shall make such repairs to and restoration of the Premises as may be reasonably required as a direct result thereof.

 

Section 29.2          Scaffolding . In addition to Landlord’s rights under Section 29.1 hereof, in the event Landlord shall desire (or becomes obligated) to modify portions of the Building or to alter or renovate the same or clean, repair or waterproof the Building’s facade (whether at Landlord’s option or to comply with Legal Requirements), Landlord may erect scaffolding, “bridges” and other temporary structures to accomplish the same, notwithstanding that such structures may obscure signs or windows forming a part of the Premises, and notwithstanding that access to portions of the Premises may be temporarily diverted or partially obstructed, provided, however, that Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to (i) minimize impairment of access to the Premises, and (ii) not unreasonably interfere with the operation of Tenant’s business from the Premises. Provided Landlord uses reasonable efforts (exclusive of overtime and weekend labor) to not unreasonably interfere with the operation of Tenant’s business from the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any party claiming through Tenant for loss of business or other consequential damages arising out of any change in the Building or temporary diversion or partial obstruction resulting from such alteration, renovation, repair or cleaning, out of the foregoing structures, or out of any noise, dust and debris from the performance of work in connection therewith, nor out of the disruption of Tenant’s business or access to the Premises necessary to perform such repairs, nor shall any matter arising out of any of the foregoing be deemed a breach of Landlord’s covenant of quiet enjoyment or entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent.

 

Section 29.3          Exclusion of Persons from Premises and Delivery Systems . Landlord reserves the right to install or maintain any security system(s) or procedure(s) that Landlord deems necessary in the Building and exclude from all portions of the Building at any time or times during the term hereof, all messengers, couriers and delivery people other than those who are employees of Tenant. In such event Landlord shall accept on behalf of Tenant all deliveries of mail, air courier packages, express packages and other packages sent by similar means (including any hand deliveries of such mail and packages), shall permit messengers and couriers to pick up mail or packages left by Tenant, and shall provide an area to be used for such purposes to which Tenant’s employees shall deliver mail and packages to be picked up by others and from which such employees shall pick up and distribute mail and packages to be delivered to Tenant, provided, however, that Landlord may elect to provide such distribution to Tenant at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s rules relating to such area and services. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents or security personnel shall be liable to Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, customers, clients, invitees or licensees or to any other person for, and Tenant hereby indemnifies Landlord and Landlord’s agents and security personnel against, liability in connection with or arising out of damage to mail or packages, or the performance or non-performance by Landlord or any person acting by, through or under the direction of Landlord of the services set forth in this Section 29.3 (including any liability in respect of the property of such persons), unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents or security personnel. No representation, guaranty or warranty is made or assurance given that the communications or security systems, devices or procedures of the Building will be effective to prevent injury to Tenant or any other person or damage to, or loss (by theft or otherwise) of, any property of Tenant or of any other person, and Landlord reserves the right to discontinue or modify at any time such communications or security systems or procedure without liability to Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 30.       INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

44



 

ARTICLE 31.       MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 31.1          Limitation on Liability .

 

(a)           Prior To and After Transfer . The obligations of Landlord under this Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord named herein after the sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer by such Landlord (or upon any subsequent landlord after the sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer by such subsequent landlord) of its interest in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, and in the event of any such sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer, Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder; provided that the transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have assumed all obligations under this Lease, provided further, that Landlord (or any subsequent Landlord) shall not be freed or relieved from any obligations or covenants under this Lease accruing before any sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer.

 

(b)            No Personal Liability . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Real Property to enforce Landlord’s obligations hereunder and no partner, member, manager, shareholder, director, officer, principal, employee or agent, directly or indirectly, of Landlord (collectively, the “ Exculpated Parties ”) shall be personally liable for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall not seek any damages against any of the Exculpated Parties, and Tenant shall not look to any other property or assets of Landlord or the property or assets of any of the Exculpated Parties.

 

(c)           Landlord’s Consent . Except in the event a court of law has determined that Landlord has acted maliciously or in bad faith, if Tenant shall request Landlord’s consent or approval pursuant to any of the provisions of this Lease or otherwise, and Landlord shall fail or refuse to give, or shall delay in giving, such consent or approval, including, but not limited to, Article 14 hereof, Tenant shall in no event make, or be entitled to make, any claim for damages against Landlord or any Landlord Party (nor shall Tenant assert, or be entitled to assert, any such claim by way of defense, set-off, or counterclaim) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent or approval, and Tenant hereby waives any and all rights that it may have from whatever source derived, to make or assert any such claim. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s sole remedy for any such failure, refusal, or delay shall be an action for a declaratory judgment, specific performance, or injunction, and such remedies shall be available only in those instances where Landlord has expressly agreed in writing not to unreasonably withhold or delay its consent or approval or where, as a matter of law, Landlord may not unreasonably withhold or delay the same.

 

Section 31.2          Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 31.3          Certain Interpretational Rules .

 

(a)           All of the Exhibits attached to this Lease are incorporated in and made a part of this Lease, but, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms and provisions of this Lease and the terms and provisions of the Exhibits hereto, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. This Lease may not be changed, modified, terminated or discharged, in whole or in part, except by a writing, executed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, termination or discharge is to be sought. Wherever appropriate in this Lease, personal pronouns shall be deemed to include the other genders and the singular to include the plural. The word “or” is not exclusive and the word “including” is not limiting. References to a law include any rule or regulation issued under the law and any amendment to the law, rule or regulation. Wherever a period of time is stated in this Lease as commencing or ending on any particular date, such period of time shall be deemed inclusive of such stated commencement and ending dates. The captions hereof are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease nor the intent of any provision thereof. All Article and Section references set forth herein shall, unless the context otherwise specifically requires, be deemed references to the Articles and Sections of this Lease.

 

45



 

Whenever the words “include”, “includes”, or “including” are used in this Lease, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

 

(b)           Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Illinois applicable to agreements executed in and to be performed wholly within the State with venue in Cook County.

 

(c)           Unenforceability . If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall ever be held to be invalid or unenforceable, then in each such event the remainder of this Lease or the application of such term, covenant, condition or provision to any other person or any other circumstance (other than those as to which it shall be invalid or unenforceable) shall not be thereby affected, and each term, covenant, condition and provision hereof shall remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

(d)           Parties Bound . The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective legal representatives, successors, and, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, their assigns. Each party represents that it is authorized to execute this Lease and, upon such execution, the obligations in this Lease shall be binding upon such party. Each party signing this Lease shall have joint and several liability.

 

Section 31.4          Jurisdiction . Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant agrees that all disputes arising, directly or indirectly, out of or relating to this Lease, and all actions to enforce this Lease, shall be dealt with and adjudicated in the state courts of Illinois or the Federal courts sitting in Chicago, Illinois; and for that purpose hereby expressly and irrevocably submits itself to the jurisdiction of such courts. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints the Secretary of the State of Illinois as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any such action or proceeding.

 

Section 31.5          Waiver of Immunity . Tenant hereby irrevocably waives, with respect to itself and its property, any diplomatic or sovereign immunity of any kind or nature, and any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process, to which Tenant may be entitled, and agrees not to assert any claims of any such immunities in any action brought by Landlord under or in connection with this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the making of such waivers, and Landlord’s reliance on the enforceability thereof, is a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease.

 

Section 31.6          Security Key Cards . Landlord shall provide to Tenant, at no additional cost to Tenant, fifty (50) Building security key cards for use by Tenant and its employees for purposes of gaining entry to the tenant-occupied portions of the 600 West Building. In the event that Tenant desires to obtain any additional 600 West Building security key cards. Tenant shall purchase the same from Landlord at Landlord’s then current standard charges therefor. Tenant shall keep and maintain (and shall cause its employees to keep and maintain) all security key cards provided to Tenant and its employees in a safe and secure manner, and shall not permit any person or entity other than Tenant and its employees to use or possess any of such security key cards. In addition, Tenant and its employees shall observe all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time regarding the use and possession of security key cards and the key card security system. Landlord shall not be responsible for any lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed security key cards, and, in the event that Tenant desires to obtain any replacements of any such key cards, Tenant shall purchase the same from Landlord at Landlord’s then current standard charges therefor. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall return to Landlord all security key cards provided to Tenant and/or its employees, and shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s then current standard charges for any lost or missing security key cards.

 

46



 

ARTICLE 32. RENEWAL OPTION.

 

Section 32.1          Tenant’s Renewal Option . Tenant shall have the right, at its option (referred to herein as the “Renewal Option” ), to renew the initial term of this Lease, for the entire Premises, as constituted as of March 31, 2017, for one renewal term of five (5) years (referred to herein as the “Renewal Term” ), which shall commence on April 1, 2017 (the “Renewal Term Commencement Date” ) and expire on March 31, 2022 (the “Renewal Term Expiration Date” ). Except for the Renewal Option, Tenant shall have no other right to extend or renew the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall have no right to exercise the Renewal Option unless no Event of Default exists as of the date of both the Renewal Notice (as defined below) and the Renewal Term Commencement Date. The Renewal Option is personal to Tenant or its permitted (pursuant to Section 14.9 above) or approved (by Landlord) assignee and shall be deemed revoked and of no force and effect if the named Tenant hereunder or its permitted (pursuant to Section 14.9 above) or approved (by Landlord) assignee is not in the aggregate physically occupying at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Premises. Furthermore Tenant may not assign and/or transfer any of its rights under this Article 32 .

 

Section 32.2           Exercise . If Tenant elects to renew this Lease for the Renewal Term, Tenant shall exercise such Renewal Option by sending to Landlord written notice thereof (a “Renewal Notice” ), by certified mail, return receipt requested, no later than May 1, 2016, and time shall be of the essence with respect to the giving of the Renewal Notice. If Tenant shall send the Renewal Notice within the time and in the manner herein provided, this Lease shall be deemed renewed for the Renewal Term upon the terms, covenants and conditions in this Lease contained, with the exception of (a) the Fixed Rent or Rent Credit and (b) the Premises shall continue to be leased for such Renewal Term in “as is, where is” condition, subject to Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and repair obligations pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof. Tenant acknowledges that the terms and provisions of the Lease during the Renewal Term shall: (i) not include a Rent Credit or any other free rent, rent abatement or Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord’s Base Building Contribution or Landlord’s work allowance or contribution of any nature, or Landlord’s alterations or work; (ii) provide for the payment of Fixed Rent in the amounts and at the rate set forth in Section 32.3 below; (iii) be a lease of the entire Premises as constituted as of March 31, 2017, (iv) be in an “as is, where is” condition, subject to Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and repair obligations pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof. The Base Operating Expenses and Base Taxes shall not be deemed modified during the Renewal Term from the definitions set forth in this Lease.

 

Section 32.3            Determination of Fixed Rent . Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term shall be as set forth in Exhibit C.

 

47



 

In Witness Whereof , Landlord and Tenant have respectively executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

600 WEST CHICAGO ASSOCIATES LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Gerstein

 

 

Name: Victor Gerstein

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

GROUPON, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brad Downes

 

Name:

Brad Downes

 

Title:

SVP Finance

 

 

 

 

Tenant’s Federal Tax Identification Number:

 

48


 

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

 



Exhibit 10.25

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of April 15, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Groupon, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Mary Margaret H. “ Margo” Georgiadis (“ Georgiadis ”).

 

1.             Employment; Position and Duties .  The Company agrees to employ Georgiadis, and Georgiadis agrees to be employed by the Company, upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  Georgiadis shall be employed by the Company as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer reporting to the Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and the Board of Directors (“ Directors ”) of the Company.  In her capacity, Georgiadis agrees to devote her full time, energy and skill to the faithful performance of her duties herein, and shall perform the duties and carry out the responsibilities assigned to her to the best of her ability and in a diligent, businesslike and efficient manner.  Georgiadis’ duties shall include all those duties customarily performed by the Chief Operating Officer, as well as those additional duties commensurate with her position that may be reasonably assigned by the CEO or Directors.  Georgiadis shall comply with any policies and procedures established for Company employees, including without limitation, those policies and procedures contained in the Company’s employee handbook previously delivered to Georgiadis.  The Company consents to Georgiadis’ continued service on the boards of directors on which she currently sits; however, Georgiadis shall not serve on any additional or other boards of directors without the consent of the Company.  Georgiadis may retain any remuneration that she receives for said board service.

 

2.             Director Meetings .  Georgiadis shall be entitled to attend meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company, when invited, in a non-voting, observer capacity.

 

3.             Term of Employment .  This Agreement shall become effective upon the Effective Date.  The term of the Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall expire on December 31, 2015 (the “ Term ”), unless earlier terminated by either party, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and/or the following sentence.  This Agreement may be terminated by Georgiadis or by the Company at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other party, with or without Cause (as defined below).  Upon the termination of Georgiadis’ employment with the Company for any reason, neither party shall have any further obligation or liability under this Agreement to the other party, except as set forth in Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17, 18, 21 and 22 of this Agreement.

 

4.             Compensation .  Georgiadis shall be compensated by the Company for her services as follows:

 

(a)           Base Salary .  From Effective Date through the end of the Term of this Agreement, Georgiadis shall be paid a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) of $500,000 per year, subject to applicable withholding, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and subject to an annual review, which may increase but not decrease her Base Salary.

 

(b)           Benefits .  During the term of the Agreement, Georgiadis shall have the right, on the same basis as other members of senior management of the Company, to participate in and to receive benefits under any of the Company’s executive and employee benefit plans, retirement

 



 

plans, insurance programs and/or indemnification agreements, as may be in effect from time to time, subject to any applicable waiting periods and other restrictions.  In addition, Georgiadis shall be entitled to the benefits afforded to other members of senior executive management under the Company’s vacation, holiday and business expense reimbursement policies, including no less than four (4) weeks of paid time off per year, unused portions of which may carry over from year to year.

 

(c)           Annual Bonus .  In addition to the Base Salary, Georgiadis shall be eligible for an annual discretionary bonus not to exceed 100% of her salary (the “ Annual Bonus ”), said Annual Bonus to be payable in cash.  The Annual Bonus will be determined by the Directors in their sole discretion, except as provided by Section 6.  The terms governing Georgiadis’ Annual Bonus shall be reduced to writing, and executed by Georgiadis and the Company within 90 days after the Effective Date, providing mutually satisfactory objectives that must be achieved in order for her to earn her Annual Bonus as described above.  Except in the event of her termination by the Company for Cause (as defined below), Georgiadis shall be entitled to receive, at the same time annual bonuses are paid to executives of the Company generally, a pro rata Annual Bonus for the fiscal year of her termination based on the actual attainment of the applicable objectives for such year as determined in good faith by the Directors and the number of days she is actually employed by the Company during such year prior to her termination.  For clarity, Georgiadis need not be employed by the Company on the Annual Bonus payment date to be entitled to payment of any Annual Bonus she has earned.

 

(d)           Expense Reimbursement; Insurance Costs .  In addition to reimbursement for business expenses incurred by Georgiadis in the normal and ordinary course of her employment by the Company pursuant to the Company’s standard business expense reimbursement policies and procedures, the Company shall reimburse Georgiadis for the full amount of her insurance costs (including, but not limited to medical, dental, vision, life and disability insurance) should she elect to participate in the Company’s insurance program(s).

 

5.             Restricted Stock Units .

 

(a)           Grant of Restricted Stock Units .  Georgiadis will be granted awards totaling one million one hundred thousand (1,100,000) restricted stock units (“ RSUs ”) under the Company’s 2010 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).  Each RSU will represent the right to receive, on the terms and conditions of an RSU award agreement, which Georgiadis will be required to execute as a condition of the award, and the Plan, one (1) share of the Company’s non-voting common stock (each, a “ Share ”).  The Company represents and warrants that the Directors have approved and the Company has the authority to issue the awards of 1,100,000 RSUs to Georgiadis, and such awards shall be granted as follows:

 

(i)            Initial RSU Award; Vesting .  On the first business day following the execution of this Agreement, Georgiadis shall be granted an initial award (the “ Initial RSU Award ”) consisting of three hundred thousand (300,000) RSUs, which shall be immediately vested in full.  This fully vested Initial RSU Award will be granted with the mutual expectation that Georgiadis will not voluntarily terminate her employment with the Company within the first year following the Effective Date.

 

(ii)           Additional RSU Award; Vesting .  An additional award (the “ Additional RSU Award ”) consisting of the remaining eight hundred thousand (800,000) RSUs out

 

2



 

of the aggregate of 1,100,000 RSUs shall also be granted to Georgiadis on the first business day following the execution of this Agreement.  Subject to Georgiadis continued employment with the Company on each respective vesting date, except as otherwise provided in Section 6 or 7 below, the Additional RSU Award shall vest as follows: 12/56 of the total number of RSUs subject to such award shall vest on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, 3/56 of the total number of RSUs subject to such award shall vest at the end of each of the next fourteen (14) periods of three (3) months following the first anniversary of the Effective date, and a final installment of 2/56 of the total number of RSUs subject to such award shall vest at the end of the 56th month following the Effective Date.

 

(b)           Issuance of Shares and Tax Withholding .  Shares will be issued in settlement of the RSUs subject to the Initial RSU Award within three (3) business days following the date of grant of such award and in settlement of RSUs subject to the Additional RSU Award within thirty (30) days after each relevant vesting date under such award, subject in each case to Georgiadis’ payment to the Company or other adequate provision for payment of any and all taxes required to be withheld by the Company in connection with the vesting and settlement of the RSUs and issuance of such Shares.  With respect to the Additional RSU Award only and subject to compliance with applicable securities law, Georgiadis shall have the right to elect to satisfy such tax withholding obligations, with respect to Shares to be issued to her in settlement of vested RSUs prior to the date six (6) months after the Company’s common stock has become publicly traded on a national securities exchange and with no less than thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Company of such election prior to the applicable vesting date, to have the Company deduct from the number of Shares otherwise issuable to Georgiadis a number of whole Shares having a fair market value equal to all or any part of such tax withholding obligation.  The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined for this purpose in the manner provided by the Plan.  The fair market value of any Shares withheld to satisfy such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

 

(c)           Private Sale of Shares .  If an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (an “ IPO ”) has not occurred within twelve (12) months following the Effective Date, Georgiadis may sell any vested Shares issued to Georgiadis upon settlement of RSUs, in accordance with Section 7 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (“Limitations on Transfer of Stock”), in a private transaction and/or in a secondary market, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and provided that all such sales are to a single holder of record for purposes of Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and will not result in a requirement that the Company register the Shares pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

(d)           Plan Documents .  The RSUs shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the forms of Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ RSU Agreements ”) provided to Georgiadis pursuant to the Plan (which shall be modified as appropriate to reflect the vesting provisions described in this Agreement), and Georgiadis’ receipt of the RSUs shall be subject to her executing the RSU Agreements.  A copy of each of the Plan and the forms RSU Agreements are attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B , respectively.  The numbers of RSUs set forth in Section 5(a) shall be adjusted to reflect any stock splits or stock dividends after the Effective Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, regardless of whether Georgiadis is employed with Company, Georgiadis will have the right to retain her vested equity without being required to sell or transfer equity, except in connection with a Change in Control and in compliance with Section 7 of the RSU Agreements, and, in the event of an IPO, she will have the same registration

 

3



 

and other rights as if she remained actively employed as a senior executive with Company.  In the event that the terms of the RSU Agreements, any shareholder agreement, or any other Company plan, policy, or agreement conflict with the terms of this Agreement (including Section 6 below), then the terms of this Agreement will govern, so long as the terms of this Agreement are more favorable to Georgiadis.

 

(e)           Georgiadis’ Rights in Shares and Other Equity . Upon vesting, Georgiadis shall have the right to hold, transfer, and register vested Shares issued to her pursuant to the RSUs and any other Company equity awards granted to her following the Effective Date, without regard to whether an IPO has or has not occurred and without regard to whether she is employed by Company, subject, however, to any applicable limitations on transfer provided by the RSU Agreements (such as Section 7 of the RSU Agreements).  Georgiadis’ rights with respect to such vested Shares, vested RSUs, and any other equity in the Company granted to her following the Effective Date shall be as favorable as the rights of currently employed senior executives of the Company.  In no event will Georgiadis be deprived of her opportunity to retain her vested equity without her consent, whether or not Georgiadis is employed by the Company.

 

6.             Benefits Upon Termination .

 

(a)           Termination for Cause or Termination for Other than Good Reason .  In the event of the termination of Georgiadis’ employment by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the termination of Georgiadis’ employment by reason of her death or disability, or the termination of Georgiadis’ employment by Georgiadis for any reason other than Good Reason (as defined below), Georgiadis shall be entitled to no further compensation or benefits from the Company other than those earned under Sections 4(a), 4(b), 4(c) and 4(d) through the date of termination.

 

For purposes of the Agreement, a termination for “ Cause ” occurs if Georgiadis’ employment is terminated by the Company for any of the following reasons:  (i) theft, material dishonesty, or falsification of any employment or Company records by Georgiadis; (ii) the good faith determination by the Directors or the holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock representing a majority of the total voting power that Georgiadis has committed an act or acts constituting a felony; or (iii) the determination by the Directors or the holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock representing a majority of the total voting power that Georgiadis has engaged in willful misconduct or gross negligence that has had a material adverse effect on the Company’s reputation or business.  Actions undertaken by Georgiadis in good faith in her capacity as Chief Operating Officer to benefit shareholders shall not be considered “Cause” under the terms of the Agreement;

 

For purposes of the Agreement, a termination for “ Good Reason ” occurs if Georgiadis terminates her employment for any of the following reasons:  (i) the Company materially reduces Georgiadis’ duties or responsibilities below what is customary for a Chief Operating Officer of a global business that is similar to the Company without Georgiadis’ consent; (ii) a change in Georgiadis’ title whereby she no longer has the title of Chief Operating Officer; (iii)  the Company requires Georgiadis to report to anyone other than the Chief Executive Officer and Directors; (iv) the Company requires Georgiadis to relocate her office more than fifty (50) miles from  the Company’s Chicago office without her consent; (v) the Company materially reduces Georgiadis’ Base Salary or Annual Bonus target without making an equivalent reduction to the base salary of the CEO and all executives reporting directly to the CEO; or (vi) the material breach by the

 

4



 

Company of any provision of this Agreement and such breach continues or is not cured (if curable) for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Georgiadis to the Company specifying the nature of such breach.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination for Good Reason shall not be deemed to have occurred until and unless Georgiadis resigns from all positions she holds with the Company or any of its affiliates within one hundred eighty (180) days after the initial existence of one of the above conditions after having provided written notice to the Company within ninety (90) days after the initial existence of one of the above conditions and the Company having failed to correct such condition within thirty (30) days of its receipt of such written notice.

 

(b)           Termination Without Cause or Termination for Good Reason .  If Georgiadis’ employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than for Cause or by reason of her death or disability, or if Georgiadis’ employment is terminated by Georgiadis for Good Reason, Georgiadis shall be entitled to any earned and unpaid Base Salary, any earned and unpaid Annual Bonus for the Company fiscal year prior to the year of her termination, and any accrued and unused paid time off, and shall:

 

(i)            receive continued payment of her Base Salary (as in effect prior to any diminution constituting Good Reason), less applicable withholding, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures, for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of Georgiadis’ employment;

 

(ii)           receive as a lump sum an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Georgiadis’ Annual Bonus target for the Company fiscal year in which termination occurs;

 

(iii)          receive immediate vesting of the sum (not in excess of the total number of RSUs subject to the Additional RSU Award) of (A) 12/56 of the number of RSUs subject to the Additional RSU Award and (B) the positive difference between (x) the number of RSUs that would have vested under the Additional RSU Award to the date of such termination of employment had vesting been determined at the rate of 1/56 of the total number of RSUs subject to the Additional RSU Award for each month of Georgiadis’ employment measured from the Effective Date and (y) the number of RSUs that actually have vested under the Additional RSU Award to the date of such termination of employment determined in accordance with Section 5(a)(ii) above; and

 

(iv)          receive continued Company provided medical and other insurance benefits with the costs borne by Company for Georgiadis and her dependents until such time as she has secured insurance benefits through another organization’s benefits program, not to exceed twelve (12) months, provided that the Company may provide such medical benefits through the reimbursement of premiums paid by Georgiadis for continued health care coverage in accordance with the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no payments shall be due under this Section 6(b) (other than payment of any earned and unpaid Base Salary, any earned and unpaid Annual Bonus for the Company fiscal year prior to the year of her termination, and any accrued and unused paid time off) unless and until Georgiadis shall have executed a general release and waiver of claims against the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D and consistent with Section 9 below, and such release has become effective in accordance with its terms on or before the 60th day following Georgiadis’ termination of employment.  Subject to such effective release,

 

5



 

(x) payment of the severance payments described in Section 6(b)(i) shall begin on the first regular payroll date following such 60th day, and the initial payment shall include that portion of such severance payments that would otherwise have been payable on the Company’s regular payroll dates occurring between the date of Georgiadis’ termination of employment and the initial severance payment date; and (y) payment of the amount described in Section 6(b)(ii) shall be made within ten (10) days following such 60th day.  The execution of such general release and waiver shall be a condition to Georgiadis’ rights under this Section 6(b) (other than as described above).

 

The Company also agrees to cooperate with Georgiadis in good faith to draft announcements (both for internal Company and external dissemination) that will be communicated following termination of her employment with the Company under Section 6(b).

 

The Company agrees to provide a Mutual Release of Claims between Georgiadis and Company simultaneously with Georgiadis’ execution of the Release attached hereto as Exhibit D, if Company has no claim against her.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, RSU Agreements (as defined in Section 5(b)), or any other agreement governing Georgiadis’ equity in the Company, upon termination of Georgiadis’ employment for any reason, Georgiadis (or her estate, administrators, executors, legatees, and heirs) shall have the same rights as an active senior executive of the Company with respect to retention, transfer, and registration of Shares, vested RSUs, and any other equity in the Company granted following the Effective Date.

 

7.             Change in Control .

 

(a)           Termination Without Cause or Termination for Good Reason .  In the event that a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) occurs and Georgiadis’ employment with the Company (or its successor) terminates in a manner to which Section 6(b) applies either (i) within a period of six (6) months prior to the approval of such Change in Control by the Directors or (ii) within twelve (12) months following the date of the Change in Control, then, subject to Georgiadis’ effective release of claims as described in Section 6(b) and for so long as Georgiadis continues to comply with her obligations under Sections 8 and 9 below, Georgiadis shall be entitled to immediate vesting in full of any unvested portion of the RSUs and full vesting of any other unvested Company equity (including, but not limited to Shares, Restricted Stock Bonus or stock options) granted to Georgiadis after the Effective Date, subject to Section 14 below, in addition to the benefits described in Section 6(b).

 

(b)           Section 280G

 

(i)            Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit Georgiadis would receive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (collectively, the “ Payments ”) would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and, but for this sentence, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any similar or successor provision (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the aggregate amount of the Payments will be either (i) the largest portion of the Payments that would result in no portion of the Payments (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (ii) the entire Payments, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable

 

6



 

marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in Georgiadis’ receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the Payments.  Any reduction in the Payments required by this Section 7(b)(i) will be made in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) reduction of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) reduction of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits paid or provided to Georgiadis.  In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Georgiadis’ equity awards.  If two or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a pro-rata basis.

 

(ii)           The professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the date of the event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in Payments that would otherwise be subject to the Excise Tax will perform the foregoing calculations.  If the tax firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the acquiring company, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized tax firm to make the determinations required by this Section.  The Company will bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such firm required to be made by this Section.  The Company and Georgiadis shall furnish such tax firm such information and documents as the tax firm may reasonably request in order to make its required determination.  The tax firm will provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Georgiadis as soon as practicable following its engagement.  Any good faith determinations of the tax firm made hereunder will be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Georgiadis.

 

8.             Employee Inventions and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement .  Georgiadis agrees to abide by the terms and conditions of the Company’s standard Employee Inventions and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement as executed by Georgiadis and attached hereto as Exhibit C . In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Employee Inventions and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will govern.

 

9.             Covenants Not to Compete or Solicit .  During Georgiadis’ employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of Georgiadis’ employment for any reason, so long as Georgiadis is being paid severance in accordance with the terms of Section 6(b)(i) above, Georgiadis shall not, anywhere in the Geographic Area (as defined below), other than on behalf of the Company or with the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)           perform services for (whether as an employee, agent, consultant, advisor, independent contractor, proprietor, partner, officer, director or otherwise), have any ownership interest in (except for passive ownership of five percent (5%) or less of any entity whose securities have been registered under the Securities Act or Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), or participate in the financing, operation, management or control of, any firm, partnership, corporation, entity or business that engages or participates in a “competing business purpose” (as defined below);

 

(b)           induce or attempt to induce any vendor, supplier, merchant, client, strategic partner, licensee, licensor or business relation of Company to cease doing business with Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any vendor, supplier, merchant, client, strategic partner, licensee, licensor or business relation of Company, whether or not Georgiadis had personal contact with such entity; and

 

7



 

(c)           solicit, encourage, hire or take any other action which is intended to induce or encourage, any employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to terminate his or her employment or relationship with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, other than in the discharge of her duties as an officer of the Company.

 

For the purpose of this Agreement, the term “ competing business purpose ” shall mean the sale or provision of any local goods or services through a deal of the day site that is similar with www.groupon.com.  The term “ Geographic Area ” shall mean the United States of America and any other jurisdiction in which the Company conducts material business activities.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Georgiadis from working for an entity whose primary business does not have a competing business purpose, but said company operates a subsidiary, business unit or division which may compete with www.groupon.com, so long as Georgiadis does not directly run/operate a company with a competing business purpose.

 

If, in any judicial proceeding, a court refuses to enforce any provision of this restrictive covenant (or any part thereof), then such unenforceable provisions (or such part) shall be eliminated from this Agreement to the extent necessary to permit the remaining separate provisions (or portions thereof) to be enforced.  In the event that the provisions of Section 9 are deemed to exceed the time, geographic or scope limitations permitted by applicable law, then such provisions shall be reformed to the permissible  time, geographic or scope limitations, as the case may be,  found to be reasonable by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

10.          Equitable Remedies .  Georgiadis acknowledges and agrees that the agreements and covenants set forth in Sections 8 and 9 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s business interests, that irreparable injury will result to the Company if Georgiadis breaches any of the terms of said covenants, and that in the event of Georgiadis’ actual or threatened breach of any such covenants, the Company will have no adequate remedy at law.  Georgiadis accordingly agrees that, in the event of any actual or threatened breach by Georgiadis of any of said covenants, the Company will be entitled to seek immediate injunctive and other equitable relief.  Nothing in the Section 10 will be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of any damages that it is able to prove.

 

11.          Dispute Resolution .  In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of the Agreement (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race or other discrimination), Georgiadis and the Company agree to first attempt to resolve said dispute through non-binding mediation.  Any disputes not resolved by mediation  shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in Chicago, Illinois in accordance with its Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures, as those rules are currently in effect (and not as they may be modified in the future).  Georgiadis acknowledges that by accepting the arbitration provision she is waiving any right to a jury trial in the event of such dispute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the arbitration provision shall not apply to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the misuse or misappropriation of trade secrets or proprietary information.

 

8



 

12.          Attorneys’ Fees .  Georgiadis shall be entitled to recover from the Company her reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs if she prevails in an action to enforce any right arising out of the Agreement.

 

13.          Indemnification .  The Company agrees to indemnify Georgiadis and hold her and her personal representatives, administrators, trustees, heirs and assigns harmless in accordance with its bylaws and to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, and to insure Georgiadis under the Company’s (and each affiliated organization’s) director and officer liability insurance policy.  In addition, in the event Georgiadis’ former employer brings legal action against her subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, as a result of or in connection with her employment by the Company, the Company shall indemnify and hold her harmless for the cost, including attorney’s fees, of defending against any threatened or actual lawsuit, including the cost of Georgiadis’ choice of counsel to represent her individually if she so elects, in addition to counsel for the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if a fact-finder determines that Georgiadis, without the Company’s knowledge and/or consent, executed this Agreement in violation of an existing written agreement with her prior employer, withheld information that would have caused the Company not to hire her, or violated any obligation to her former employer, Georgiadis shall repay all attorney’s fees and costs advanced on her behalf by the Company.

 

14.          Section  409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

(a)           The Company intends that income provided to Georgiadis pursuant to this Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”).  The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A.  If Georgiadis or the Company believes, at any time, that any provision of this Agreement is subject to the tax under Section 409A, each shall advise the other and the Company and Georgiadis shall reasonably cooperate in good faith to take such steps as are necessary and possible, including amending (and, as required, consenting to the amendment of) the terms of any plan or program under which payments to Georgiadis are to be made, including this Agreement, to avoid the imposition of a tax under Section 409A, without a reduction in payments or diminution in benefits to Georgiadis.  However, the Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect for income provided to Georgiadis pursuant to this Agreement.  In any event, except for the Company’s responsibility to withhold applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to Georgiadis, the Company shall not be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes, penalties, interest, costs, fees, including attorneys fees, or other liability incurred by Employee in connection with compensation paid or provided to Georgiadis pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, no amount payable pursuant to this Agreement on account of Georgiadis’ termination of employment with the Company which constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be paid unless and until Georgiadis has incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.  Furthermore, if Georgiadis is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A as of the date of Georgiadis’ separation from service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of Georgiadis’ separation from service shall be paid to Georgiadis before the date (the “ Delayed Payment Date ”) which is the first business day of the seventh month after the date of Georgiadis’ separation from service or, if earlier, the date of

 

9



 

Georgiadis’ death following such separation from service.  All such amounts that would, but for this Section, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

 

(c)           It is the intent of the Company and Georgiadis that any right of Georgiadis to receive installment payments hereunder shall, for all purposes of Section 409A, be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

 

(d)           With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Section 409A of the Code, (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year, provided that the foregoing clause (ii) shall not be deemed to be violated with regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Section 105(b) of the Code solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect, and (iii) such payments shall be made on or before the last day of Georgiadis’ taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense occurred.

 

15.          Notices .  Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows, with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery, when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier, upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission, upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt.  Notices to Georgiadis shall be sent to:

 

Ms. Margo Georgiadis

 

Copy to:

Laurel G. Bellows

The Bellows Law Group, P.C.

209 S. LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL  60604

 

Notices to Company shall be sent to:

 

Groupon, Inc.

600 West Chicago Avenue,

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

16.          Governing Law .  The Agreement has been executed in the State of Illinois, and Georgiadis and the Company agree that the Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

10



 

17.          Successors and Assigns .  The Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, provided that such successor or assignee is the successor to substantially all of the assets of the Company, or a majority of its then outstanding shares of capital stock, and that such successor or assignee assumes in writing the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company under the Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law.  In view of the personal nature of the services to be performed under the Agreement by Georgiadis, she shall not have the right to assign or transfer any of her rights or obligations  under the Agreement, except that Georgiadis’ rights under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Georgiadis, her administrators, executors, legatees, and heirs, and except as otherwise noted herein.

 

18.          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, including its attached Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement between Georgiadis and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of her employment, with the exception of those provisions of the Plan and the RSU Agreements.  This Agreement, together with the attached Exhibits, supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between Georgiadis and the Company, whether written or oral, concerning Georgiadis’ employment.

 

19.          No Conflict .  Georgiadis represents and warrants to the Company that neither her entry into this Agreement nor her performance of her obligations hereunder will conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of any other agreement or obligation to which Georgiadis is a party or by which Georgiadis is bound, including without limitation, any non-competition or confidentiality agreement previously entered into by Georgiadis.

 

20.          Validity .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 9, above, if any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

21.          Modification .  This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a  written agreement signed by Georgiadis and the Company.

 

22.          Conflict.   In the event that the terms of the RSU Agreements, any shareholder agreement, the Exhibits to this Agreement or any other Company plan, policy, or agreements  with the Company conflict with the terms of this Agreement, then  the terms of this Agreement will govern, so long as the terms of this Agreement are more favorable to Georgiadis.

 

23.          Reimbursement of Legal Fees .  The Company shall reimburse Georgiadis for up to $25,000 of her reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the review, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

24.          Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date and year written below and the executive signing on behalf of the Company warrants that he has the authority to execute this Agreement..

 

 

 

 

Groupon, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Mason

 

 

 

Name:

Andrew Mason

 

 

 

Its:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

/s/ Mary Margaret H. Georgiadis

 

 

 

Mary Margaret H. Georgiadis

 

12




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated June 2, 2011 for Groupon, Inc., in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-174661) and related Prospectus of Groupon, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

August 9, 2011

 




Exhibit 23.2

 

Consent of Independent Auditors

 

We consent to the use of our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 31, 2011, with respect to the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows of CityDeal Europe GmbH included in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-174661) and related Prospectus of Groupon Inc. for the registration of shares of common stock.

 

 

Ernst & Young GmbH

Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

Berlin, Germany

August 9, 2011

 

 

/s/Jantz

 

/s/Stander

(Jantz)

 

(Stander)

Certified Public Accountant

 

Wirtschaftsprüfer

 




Exhibit 23.3

 

Consent of Independent Auditors

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 25, 2011, with respect to the financial statements of Qpod.inc for the period from June 4, 2010 to August 11, 2010 included in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-174661) and related Prospectus of Groupon, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young ShinNihon LLC

Tokyo, Japan

August 9, 2011

 




Exhibit 23.4

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated July 13, 2011 for Ludic Labs, Inc. and Goodrec, Inc. in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-174661) and related Prospectus of Groupon, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

August 9, 2011